diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 05:22:24 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 05:22:24 -0700 |
| commit | cb6ebd194d1434c63fe55698895c854ae442457f (patch) | |
| tree | b8a23a0c333d819ed65670c50e975c8371284d43 | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 3809-0.txt | 5464 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 3809-0.zip | bin | 0 -> 99811 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 3809-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 363258 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 3809-h/3809-h.htm | 7362 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 3809-h/images/cover.jpg | bin | 0 -> 260212 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/3809.txt | 5601 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/thmst10.txt | 5639 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/thmst10.zip | bin | 0 -> 99032 bytes |
11 files changed, 24082 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/3809-0.txt b/3809-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..12b8b92 --- /dev/null +++ b/3809-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5464 @@ +The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Master of the World, by Jules Verne + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and +most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions +whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms +of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at +www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you +will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before +using this eBook. + +Title: The Master of the World + +Author: Jules Verne + +Release Date: September 19, 2001 [eBook #3809] +[Most recently updated: November 12, 2020] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +Produced by: Norm Wolcott. HTML version by Al Haines. + +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE MASTER OF THE WORLD *** + +[Illustration] + + + + +The Master of the World + +by Jules Verne + + +Contents + + I. What Happened in the Mountains + II. I Reach Morganton + III. The Great Eyrie + IV. A Meeting of the Automobile Club + V. Along the Shores of New England + VI. The First Letter + VII. A Third Machine + VIII. At Any Cost + IX. The Second Letter + X. Outside the Law + XI. The Campaign + XII. Black Rock Creek + XIII. On Board the Terror + XIV. Niagara + XV. The Eagle’s Nest + XVI. Robur, the Conqueror + XVII. In the Name of the Law + XVIII. The Old Housekeeper’s Last Comment + + + + +I. +WHAT HAPPENED IN THE MOUNTAINS + + +If I speak of myself in this story, it is because I have been deeply +involved in its startling events, events doubtless among the most +extraordinary which this twentieth century will witness. Sometimes I +even ask myself if all this has really happened, if its pictures dwell +in truth in my memory, and not merely in my imagination. In my position +as head inspector in the federal police department at Washington, urged +on moreover by the desire, which has always been very strong in me, to +investigate and understand everything which is mysterious, I naturally +became much interested in these remarkable occurrences. And as I have +been employed by the government in various important affairs and secret +missions since I was a mere lad, it also happened very naturally that +the head of my department placed in my charge this astonishing +investigation, wherein I found myself wrestling with so many +impenetrable mysteries. + +In the remarkable passages of the recital, it is important that you +should believe my word. For some of the facts I can bring no other +testimony than my own. If you do not wish to believe me, so be it. I +can scarce believe it all myself. + +The strange occurrences began in the western part of our great American +State of North Carolina. There, deep amid the Blueridge Mountains rises +the crest called the Great Eyrie. Its huge rounded form is distinctly +seen from the little town of Morganton on the Catawba River, and still +more clearly as one approaches the mountains by way of the village of +Pleasant Garden. + +Why the name of Great Eyrie was originally given this mountain by the +people of the surrounding region, I am not quite sure. It rises rocky +and grim and inaccessible, and under certain atmospheric conditions has +a peculiarly blue and distant effect. But the idea one would naturally +get from the name is of a refuge for birds of prey, eagles, condors, +vultures; the home of vast numbers of the feathered tribes, wheeling +and screaming above peaks beyond the reach of man. Now, the Great Eyrie +did not seem particularly attractive to birds; on the contrary, the +people of the neighborhood began to remark that on some days when birds +approached its summit they mounted still further, circled high above +the crest, and then flew swiftly away, troubling the air with harsh +cries. + +Why then the name Great Eyrie? Perhaps the mount might better have been +called a crater, for in the center of those steep and rounded walls +there might well be a huge deep basin. Perhaps there might even lie +within their circuit a mountain lake, such as exists in other parts of +the Appalachian mountain system, a lagoon fed by the rain and the +winter snows. + +In brief was not this the site of an ancient volcano, one which had +slept through ages, but whose inner fires might yet reawake? Might not +the Great Eyrie reproduce in its neighborhood the violence of Mount +Krakatoa or the terrible disaster of Mont Pelee? If there were indeed a +central lake, was there not danger that its waters, penetrating the +strata beneath, would be turned to steam by the volcanic fires and tear +their way forth in a tremendous explosion, deluging the fair plains of +Carolina with an eruption such as that of 1902 in Martinique? + +Indeed, with regard to this last possibility there had been certain +symptoms recently observed which might well be due to volcanic action. +Smoke had floated above the mountain and once the country folk passing +near had heard subterranean noises, unexplainable rumblings. A glow in +the sky had crowned the height at night. + +When the wind blew the smoky cloud eastward toward Pleasant Garden, a +few cinders and ashes drifted down from it. And finally one stormy +night pale flames, reflected from the clouds above the summit, cast +upon the district below a sinister, warning light. + +In presence of these strange phenomena, it is not astonishing that the +people of the surrounding district became seriously disquieted. And to +the disquiet was joined an imperious need of knowing the true condition +of the mountain. The Carolina newspapers had flaring headlines, “The +Mystery of Great Eyrie!” They asked if it was not dangerous to dwell in +such a region. Their articles aroused curiosity and fear—curiosity +among those who being in no danger themselves were interested in the +disturbance merely as a strange phenomenon of nature, fear in those who +were likely to be the victims if a catastrophe actually occurred. Those +more immediately threatened were the citizens of Morganton, and even +more the good folk of Pleasant Garden and the hamlets and farms yet +closer to the mountain. + +Assuredly it was regrettable that mountain climbers had not previously +attempted to ascend to the summit of the Great Eyrie. The cliffs of +rock which surrounded it had never been scaled. Perhaps they might +offer no path by which even the most daring climber could penetrate to +the interior. Yet, if a volcanic eruption menaced all the western +region of the Carolinas, then a complete examination of the mountain +was become absolutely necessary. + +Now before the actual ascent of the crater, with its many serious +difficulties, was attempted, there was one way which offered an +opportunity of reconnoitering the interior, without clambering up the +precipices. In the first days of September of that memorable year, a +well-known aeronaut named Wilker came to Morganton with his balloon. By +waiting for a breeze from the east, he could easily rise in his balloon +and drift over the Great Eyrie. There from a safe height above he could +search with a powerful glass into its deeps. Thus he would know if the +mouth of a volcano really opened amid the mighty rocks. This was the +principal question. If this were settled, it would be known if the +surrounding country must fear an eruption at some period more or less +distant. + +The ascension was begun according to the programme suggested. The wind +was fair and steady; the sky clear; the morning clouds were +disappearing under the vigorous rays of the sun. If the interior of the +Great Eyrie was not filled with smoke, the aeronaut would be able to +search with his glass its entire extent. If the vapors were rising, he, +no doubt, could detect their source. + +The balloon rose at once to a height of fifteen hundred feet, and there +rested almost motionless for a quarter of an hour. Evidently the east +wind, which was brisk upon the Surface of the earth, did not make +itself felt at that height. Then, unlucky chance, the balloon was +caught in an adverse current, and began to drift toward the east. Its +distance from the mountain chain rapidly increased. Despite all the +efforts of the aeronaut, the citizens of Morganton saw the balloon +disappear on the wrong horizon. Later, they learned that it had landed +in the neighborhood of Raleigh, the capital of North Carolina. + +This attempt having failed, it was agreed that it should be tried again +under better conditions. Indeed, fresh rumblings were heard from the +mountain, accompanied by heavy clouds and wavering glimmerings of light +at night. Folk began to realize that the Great Eyrie was a serious and +perhaps imminent source of danger. Yes, the entire country lay under +the threat of some seismic or volcanic disaster. + +During the first days of April of that year, these more or less vague +apprehensions turned to actual panic. The newspapers gave prompt echo +to the public terror. The entire district between the mountains and +Morganton was sure that an eruption was at hand. + +The night of the fourth of April, the good folk of Pleasant Garden were +awakened by a sudden uproar. They thought that the mountains were +falling upon them. They rushed from their houses, ready for instant +flight, fearing to see open before them some immense abyss, engulfing +the farms and villages for miles around. + +The night was very dark. A weight of heavy clouds pressed down upon the +plain. Even had it been day the crest of the mountains would have been +invisible. + +In the midst of this impenetrable obscurity, there was no response to +the cries which arose from every side. Frightened groups of men, women, +and children groped their way along the black roads in wild confusion. +From every quarter came the screaming voices: “It is an earthquake!” +“It is an eruption!” “Whence comes it?” “From the Great Eyrie!” + +Into Morganton sped the news that stones, lava, ashes, were raining +down upon the country. + +Shrewd citizens of the town, however, observed that if there were an +eruption the noise would have continued and increased, the flames would +have appeared above the crater; or at least their lurid reflections +would have penetrated the clouds. Now, even these reflections were no +longer seen. If there had been an earthquake, the terrified people saw +that at least their houses had not crumbled beneath the shock. It was +possible that the uproar had been caused by an avalanche, the fall of +some mighty rock from the summit of the mountains. + +An hour passed without other incident. A wind from the west sweeping +over the long chain of the Blueridge, set the pines and hemlocks +wailing on the higher slopes. There seemed no new cause for panic; and +folk began to return to their houses. All, however, awaited impatiently +the return of day. + +Then suddenly, toward three o’clock in the morning, another alarm! +Flames leaped up above the rocky wall of the Great Eyrie. Reflected +from the clouds, they illuminated the atmosphere for a great distance. +A crackling, as if of many burning trees, was heard. + +Had a fire spontaneously broken out? And to what cause was it due? +Lightning could not have started the conflagration; for no thunder had +been heard. True, there was plenty of material for fire; at this height +the chain of the Blueridge is well wooded. But these flames were too +sudden for any ordinary cause. + +“An eruption! An eruption!” + +The cry resounded from all sides. An eruption! The Great Eyrie was then +indeed the crater of a volcano buried in the bowels of the mountains. +And after so many years, so many ages even, had it reawakened? Added to +the flames, was a rain of stones and ashes about to follow? Were the +lavas going to pour down torrents of molten fire, destroying everything +in their passage, annihilating the towns, the villages, the farms, all +this beautiful world of meadows, fields and forests, even as far as +Pleasant Garden and Morganton? + +This time the panic was overwhelming; nothing could stop it. Women +carrying their infants, crazed with terror, rushed along the eastward +roads. Men, deserting their homes, made hurried bundles of their most +precious belongings and set free their livestock, cows, sheep, pigs, +which fled in all directions. What disorder resulted from this +agglomeration, human and animal, under darkest night, amid forests, +threatened by the fires of the volcano, along the border of marshes +whose waters might be upheaved and overflow! With the earth itself +threatening to disappear from under the feet of the fugitives! Would +they be in time to save themselves, if a cascade of glowing lava came +rolling down the slope of the mountain across their route? + +Nevertheless, some of the chief and shrewder farm owners were not swept +away in this mad flight, which they did their best to restrain. +Venturing within a mile of the mountain, they saw that the glare of the +flames was decreasing. In truth it hardly seemed that the region was +immediately menaced by any further upheaval. No stones were being +hurled into space; no torrent of lava was visible upon the slopes; no +rumblings rose from the ground. There was no further manifestation of +any seismic disturbance capable of overwhelming the land. + +At length, the flight of the fugitives ceased at a distance where they +seemed secure from all danger. Then a few ventured back toward the +mountain. Some farms were reoccupied before the break of day. + +By morning the crests of the Great Eyrie showed scarcely the least +remnant of its cloud of smoke. The fires were certainly at an end; and +if it were impossible to determine their cause, one might at least hope +that they would not break out again. + +It appeared possible that the Great Eyrie had not really been the +theater of volcanic phenomena at all. There was no further evidence +that the neighborhood was at the mercy either of eruptions or of +earthquakes. + +Yet once more about five o’clock, from beneath the ridge of the +mountain, where the shadows of night still lingered, a strange noise +swept across the air, a sort of whirring, accompanied by the beating of +mighty wings. And had it been a clear day, perhaps the farmers would +have seen the passage of a mighty bird of prey, some monster of the +skies, which having risen from the Great Eyrie sped away toward the +east. + + + + +II. +I REACH MORGANTON + + +The twenty-seventh of April, having left Washington the night before, I +arrived at Raleigh, the capital of the State of North Carolina. + +Two days before, the head of the federal police had called me to his +room. He was awaiting me with some impatience. “John Strock,” said he, +“are you still the man who on so many occasions has proven to me both +his devotion and his ability?” + +“Mr. Ward,” I answered, with a bow, “I cannot promise success or even +ability, but as to devotion, I assure you, it is yours.” + +“I do not doubt it,” responded the chief. “And I will ask you instead +this more exact question: Are you as fond of riddles as ever? As eager +to penetrate into mysteries, as I have known you before?” + +“I am, Mr. Ward.” + +“Good, Strock; then listen.” + +Mr. Ward, a man of about fifty years, of great power and intellect, was +fully master of the important position he filled. He had several times +entrusted to me difficult missions which I had accomplished +successfully, and which had won me his confidence. For several months +past, however, he had found no occasion for my services. Therefore I +awaited with impatience what he had to say. I did not doubt that his +questioning implied a serious and important task for me. + +“Doubtless you know,” said he, “what has happened down in the Blueridge +Mountains near Morganton.” + +“Surely, Mr. Ward, the phenomena reported from there have been singular +enough to arouse anyone’s curiosity.” + +“They are singular, even remarkable, Strock. No doubt about that. But +there is also reason to ask, if these phenomena about the Great Eyrie +are not a source of continued danger to the people there, if they are +not forerunners of some disaster as terrible as it is mysterious.” + +“It is to be feared, sir.” + +“So we must know, Strock, what is inside of that mountain. If we are +helpless in the face of some great force of nature, people must be +warned in time of the danger which threatens them.” + +“It is clearly the duty of the authorities, Mr. Ward,” responded I, “to +learn what is going on within there.” + +“True, Strock; but that presents great difficulties. Everyone reports +that it is impossible to scale the precipices of the Great Eyrie and +reach its interior. But has anyone ever attempted it with scientific +appliances and under the best conditions? I doubt it, and believe a +resolute attempt may bring success.” + +“Nothing is impossible, Mr. Ward; what we face here is merely a +question of expense.” + +“We must not regard expense when we are seeking to reassure an entire +population, or to preserve it from a catastrophe. There is another +suggestion I would make to you. Perhaps this Great Eyrie is not so +inaccessible as is supposed. Perhaps a band of malefactors have +secreted themselves there, gaining access by ways known only to +themselves.” + +“What! You suspect that robbers—” + +“Perhaps I am wrong, Strock; and these strange sights and sounds have +all had natural causes. Well, that is what we have to settle, and as +quickly as possible.” + +“I have one question to ask.” + +“Go ahead, Strock.” + +“When the Great Eyrie has been visited, when we know the source of +these phenomena, if there really is a crater there and an eruption is +imminent, can we avert it?” + +“No, Strock; but we can estimate the extent of the danger. If some +volcano in the Alleghanies threatens North Carolina with a disaster +similar to that of Martinique, buried beneath the outpourings of Mont +Pelee, then these people must leave their homes.” + +“I hope, sir, there is no such widespread danger.” + +“I think not, Strock; it seems to me highly improbable that an active +volcano exists in the Blueridge mountain chain. Our Appalachian +mountain system is nowhere volcanic in its origin. But all these events +cannot be without basis. In short, Strock, we have decided to make a +strict inquiry into the phenomena of the Great Eyrie, to gather all the +testimony, to question the people of the towns and farms. To do this, I +have made choice of an agent in whom we have full confidence; and this +agent is you, Strock.” + +“Good! I am ready, Mr. Ward,” cried I, “and be sure that I shall +neglect nothing to bring you full information.” + +“I know it, Strock, and I will add that I regard you as specially +fitted for the work. You will have a splendid opportunity to exercise, +and I hope to satisfy, your favorite passion of curiosity.” + +“As you say, sir.” + +“You will be free to act according to circumstances. As to expenses, if +there seems reason to organize an ascension party, which will be +costly, you have carte blanche.” + +“I will act as seems best, Mr. Ward.” + +“Let me caution you to act with all possible discretion. The people in +the vicinity are already over-excited. It will be well to move +secretly. Do not mention the suspicions I have suggested to you. And +above all, avoid arousing any fresh panic.” + +“It is understood.” + +“You will be accredited to the Mayor of Morganton, who will assist you. +Once more, be prudent, Strock, and acquaint no one with your mission, +unless it is absolutely necessary. You have often given proofs of your +intelligence and address; and this time I feel assured you will +succeed.” + +I asked him only “When shall I start?” + +“Tomorrow.” + +“Tomorrow, I shall leave Washington; and the day after, I shall be at +Morganton.” + +How little suspicion had I of what the future had in store for me! + +I returned immediately to my house where I made my preparations for +departure; and the next evening found me in Raleigh. There I passed the +night, and in the course of the next afternoon arrived at the railroad +station of Morganton. + +Morganton is but a small town, built upon strata of the jurassic +period, particularly rich in coal. Its mines give it some prosperity. +It also has numerous unpleasant mineral waters, so that the season +there attracts many visitors. Around Morganton is a rich farming +country, with broad fields of grain. It lies in the midst of swamps, +covered with mosses and reeds. Evergreen forests rise high up the +mountain slopes. All that the region lacks is the wells of natural gas, +that invaluable natural source of power, light, and warmth, so abundant +in most of the Alleghany valleys. Villages and farms are numerous up to +the very borders of the mountain forests. Thus there were many +thousands of people threatened, if the Great Eyrie proved indeed a +volcano, if the convulsions of nature extended to Pleasant Garden and +to Morganton. + +The mayor of Morganton, Mr. Elias Smith, was a tall man, vigorous and +enterprising, forty years old or more, and of a health to defy all the +doctors of the two Americas. He was a great hunter of bears and +panthers, beasts which may still be found in the wild gorges and mighty +forests of the Alleghanies. + +Mr. Smith was himself a rich land-owner, possessing several farms in +the neighborhood. Even his most distant tenants received frequent +visits from him. Indeed, whenever his official duties did not keep him +in his so-called home at Morganton, he was exploring the surrounding +country, irresistibly drawn by the instincts of the hunter. + +I went at once to the house of Mr. Smith. He was expecting me, having +been warned by telegram. He received me very frankly, without any +formality, his pipe in his mouth, a glass of brandy on the table. A +second glass was brought in by a servant, and I had to drink to my host +before beginning our interview. + +“Mr. Ward sent you,” said he to me in a jovial tone. “Good; let us +drink to Mr. Ward’s health.” + +I clinked glasses with him, and drank in honor of the chief of police. + +“And now,” demanded Elias Smith, “what is worrying him?” + +At this I made known to the mayor of Morganton the cause and the +purpose of my mission in North Carolina. I assured him that my chief +had given me full power, and would render me every assistance, +financial and otherwise, to solve the riddle and relieve the +neighborhood of its anxiety relative to the Great Eyrie. + +Elias Smith listened to me without uttering a word, but not without +several times refilling his glass and mine. While he puffed steadily at +his pipe, the close attention which he gave me was beyond question. I +saw his cheeks flush at times, and his eyes gleam under their bushy +brows. Evidently the chief magistrate of Morganton was uneasy about +Great Eyrie, and would be as eager as I to discover the cause of these +phenomena. + +When I had finished my communication, Elias Smith gazed at me for some +moments in silence. Then he said, softly, “So at Washington they wish +to know what the Great Eyrie hides within its circuit?” + +“Yes, Mr. Smith.” + +“And you, also?” + +“I do.” + +“So do I, Mr. Strock.” + +He and I were as one in our curiosity. + +“You will understand,” added he, knocking the cinders from his pipe, +“that as a land-owner, I am much interested in these stories of the +Great Eyrie, and as mayor, I wish to protect my constituents.” + +“A double reason,” I commented, “to stimulate you to discover the cause +of these extraordinary occurrences! Without doubt, my dear Mr. Smith, +they have appeared to you as inexplicable and as threatening as to your +people.” + +“Inexplicable, certainly, Mr. Strock. For on my part, I do not believe +it possible that the Great Eyrie can be a volcano; the Alleghanies are +nowhere of volcanic origins. I, myself, in our immediate district, have +never found any geological traces of scoria, or lava, or any eruptive +rock whatever. I do not think, therefore, that Morganton can possibly +be threatened from such a source.” + +“You really think not, Mr. Smith?” + +“Certainly.” + +“But these tremblings of the earth that have been felt in the +neighborhood!” + +“Yes these tremblings! These tremblings!” repeated Mr. Smith, shaking +his head; “but in the first place, is it certain that there have been +tremblings? At the moment when the flames showed most sharply, I was on +my farm of Wildon, less than a mile from the Great Eyrie. There was +certainly a tumult in the air, but I felt no quivering of the earth.” + +“But in the reports sent to Mr. Ward—” + +“Reports made under the impulse of the panic,” interrupted the mayor of +Morganton. “I said nothing of any earth tremors in mine.” + +“But as to the flames which rose clearly above the crest?” + +“Yes, as to those, Mr. Strock, that is different. I saw them; saw them +with my own eyes, and the clouds certainly reflected them for miles +around. Moreover noises certainly came from the crater of the Great +Eyrie, hissings, as if a great boiler were letting off steam.” + +“You have reliable testimony of this?” + +“Yes, the evidence of my own ears.” + +“And in the midst of this noise, Mr. Smith, did you believe that you +heard that most remarkable of all the phenomena, a sound like the +flapping of great wings?” + +“I thought so, Mr. Strock; but what mighty bird could this be, which +sped away after the flames had died down, and what wings could ever +make such tremendous sounds. I therefore seriously question, if this +must not have been a deception of my imagination. The Great Eyrie a +refuge for unknown monsters of the sky! Would they not have been seen +long since, soaring above their immense nest of stone? In short, there +is in all this a mystery which has not yet been solved.” + +“But we will solve it, Mr. Smith, if you will give me your aid.” + +“Surely, Mr. Strock; tomorrow we will start our campaign.” + +“Tomorrow.” And on that word the mayor and I separated. I went to a +hotel, and established myself for a stay which might be indefinitely +prolonged. Then having dined, and written to Mr. Ward, I saw Mr. Smith +again in the afternoon, and arranged to leave Morganton with him at +daybreak. + +Our first purpose was to undertake the ascent of the mountain, with the +aid of two experienced guides. These men had ascended Mt. Mitchell and +others of the highest peaks of the Blueridge. They had never, however, +attempted the Great Eyrie, knowing that its walls of inaccessible +cliffs defended it on every side. Moreover, before the recent startling +occurrences the Great Eyrie had not particularly attracted the +attention of tourists. Mr. Smith knew the two guides personally as men +daring, skillful and trustworthy. They would stop at no obstacle; and +we were resolved to follow them through everything. + +Moreover Mr. Smith remarked at the last that perhaps it was no longer +as difficult as formerly to penetrate within the Great Eyrie. + +“And why?” asked I. + +“Because a huge block has recently broken away from the mountain side +and perhaps it has left a practicable path or entrance.” + +“That would be a fortunate chance, Mr. Smith.” + +“We shall know all about it, Mr. Strock, no later than tomorrow.” + +“Till tomorrow, then.” + + + + +III. +THE GREAT EYRIE + + +The next day at dawn, Elias Smith and I left Morganton by a road which, +winding along the left bank of the Catawba River, led to the village of +Pleasant Garden. The guides accompanied us, Harry Horn, a man of +thirty, and James Bruck, aged twenty-five. They were both natives of +the region, and in constant demand among the tourists who climbed the +peaks of the Blueridge and Cumberland Mountains. + +A light wagon with two good horses was provided to carry us to the foot +of the range. It contained provisions for two or three days, beyond +which our trip surely would not be protracted. Mr. Smith had shown +himself a generous provider both in meats and in liquors. As to water +the mountain springs would furnish it in abundance, increased by the +heavy rains, frequent in that region during springtime. + +It is needless to add that the Mayor of Morganton in his role of +hunter, had brought along his gun and his dog, Nisko, who gamboled +joyously about the wagon. Nisko, however, was to remain behind at the +farm at Wildon, when we attempted our ascent. He could not possibly +follow us to the Great Eyrie with its cliffs to scale and its crevasses +to cross. + +The day was beautiful, the fresh air in that climate is still cool of +an April morning. A few fleecy clouds sped rapidly overhead, driven by +a light breeze which swept across the long plains, from the distant +Atlantic. The sun peeping forth at intervals, illumined all the fresh +young verdure of the countryside. + +An entire world animated the woods through which we passed. From before +our equipage fled squirrels, field-mice, parroquets of brilliant colors +and deafening loquacity. Opossums passed in hurried leaps, bearing +their young in their pouches. Myriads of birds were scattered amid the +foliage of banyans, palms, and masses of rhododendrons, so luxuriant +that their thickets were impenetrable. + +We arrived that evening at Pleasant Garden, where we were comfortably +located for the night with the mayor of the town, a particular friend +of Mr. Smith. Pleasant Garden proved little more than a village; but +its mayor gave us a warm and generous reception, and we supped +pleasantly in his charming home, which stood beneath the shades of some +giant beech-trees. + +Naturally the conversation turned upon our attempt to explore the +interior of the Great Eyrie. “You are right,” said our host, “until we +all know what is hidden within there, our people will remain uneasy.” + +“Has nothing new occurred,” I asked, “since the last appearance of +flames above the Great Eyrie?” + +“Nothing, Mr. Strock. From Pleasant Garden we can see the entire crest +of the mountain. Not a suspicious noise has come down to us. Not a +spark has risen. If a legion of devils is in hiding there, they must +have finished their infernal cookery, and soared away to some other +haunt.” + +“Devils!” cried Mr. Smith. “Well, I hope they have not decamped without +leaving some traces of their occupation, some parings of hoofs or horns +or tails. We shall find them out.” + +On the morrow, the twenty-ninth of April, we started again at dawn. By +the end of this second day, we expected to reach the farm of Wildon at +the foot of the mountain. The country was much the same as before, +except that our road led more steeply upward. Woods and marshes +alternated, though the latter grew sparser, being drained by the sun as +we approached the higher levels. The country was also less populous. +There were only a few little hamlets, almost lost beneath the beech +trees, a few lonely farms, abundantly watered by the many streams that +rushed downward toward the Catawba River. + +The smaller birds and beasts grew yet more numerous. “I am much tempted +to take my gun,” said Mr. Smith, “and to go off with Nisko. This will +be the first time that I have passed here without trying my luck with +the partridges and hares. The good beasts will not recognize me. But +not only have we plenty of provisions, but we have a bigger chase on +hand today. The chase of a mystery.” + +“And let us hope,” added I, “we do not come back disappointed hunters.” + +In the afternoon the whole chain of the Blueridge stretched before us +at a distance of only six miles. The mountain crests were sharply +outlined against the clear sky. Well wooded at the base, they grew more +bare and showed only stunted evergreens toward the summit. There the +scraggly trees, grotesquely twisted, gave to the rocky heights a bleak +and bizarre appearance. Here and there the ridge rose in sharp peaks. +On our right the Black Dome, nearly seven thousand feet high, reared +its gigantic head, sparkling at times above the clouds. + +“Have you ever climbed that dome, Mr. Smith?” I asked. + +“No,” answered he, “but I am told that it is a very difficult ascent. A +few mountaineers have climbed it; but they report that it has no +outlook commanding the crater of the Great Eyrie.” + +“That is so,” said the guide, Harry Horn. “I have tried it myself.” + +“Perhaps,” suggested I, “the weather was unfavorable.” + +“On the contrary, Mr. Strock, it was unusually clear. But the wall of +the Great Eyrie on that side rose so high, it completely hid the +interior.” + +“Forward,” cried Mr. Smith. “I shall not be sorry to set foot where no +person has ever stepped, or even looked, before.” + +Certainly on this day the Great Eyrie looked tranquil enough. As we +gazed upon it, there rose from its heights neither smoke nor flame. + +Toward five o’clock our expedition halted at the Wildon farm, where the +tenants warmly welcomed their landlord. The farmer assured us that +nothing notable had happened about the Great Eyrie for some time. We +supped at a common table with all the people of the farm; and our sleep +that night was sound and wholly untroubled by premonitions of the +future. + +On the morrow, before break of day, we set out for the ascent of the +mountain. The height of the Great Eyrie scarce exceeds five thousand +feet. A modest altitude, often surpassed in this section of the +Alleghanies. As we were already more than three thousand feet above sea +level, the fatigue of the ascent could not be great. A few hours should +suffice to bring us to the crest of the crater. Of course, difficulties +might present themselves, precipices to scale, clefts and breaks in the +ridge might necessitate painful and even dangerous detours. This was +the unknown, the spur to our attempt. As I said, our guides knew no +more than we upon this point. What made me anxious, was, of course, the +common report that the Great Eyrie was wholly inaccessible. But this +remained unproven. And then there was the new chance that a fallen +block had left a breach in the rocky wall. + +“At last,” said Mr. Smith to me, after lighting the first pipe of the +twenty or more which he smoked each day, “we are well started. As to +whether the ascent will take more or less time—” + +“In any case, Mr. Smith,” interrupted I, “you and I are fully resolved +to pursue our quest to the end.” + +“Fully resolved, Mr. Strock.” + +“My chief has charged me to snatch the secret from this demon of the +Great Eyrie.” + +“We will snatch it from him, willing or unwilling,” vowed Mr. Smith, +calling Heaven to witness. “Even if we have to search the very bowels +of the mountain.” + +“As it may happen, then,” said I, “that our excursion will be prolonged +beyond today, it will be well to look to our provisions.” + +“Be easy, Mr. Strock; our guides have food for two days in their +knapsacks, besides what we carry ourselves. Moreover, though I left my +brave Nisko at the farm, I have my gun. Game will be plentiful in the +woods and gorges of the lower part of the mountain, and perhaps at the +top we shall find a fire to cook it, already lighted.” + +“Already lighted, Mr. Smith?” + +“And why not, Mr. Strock? These flames! These superb flames, which have +so terrified our country folk! Is their fire absolutely cold, is no +spark to be found beneath their ashes? And then, if this is truly a +crater, is the volcano so wholly extinct that we cannot find there a +single ember? Bah! This would be but a poor volcano if it hasn’t enough +fire even to cook an egg or roast a potato. Come, I repeat, we shall +see! We shall see!” + +At that point of the investigation I had, I confess, no opinion formed. +I had my orders to examine the Great Eyrie. If it proved harmless, I +would announce it, and people would be reassured. But at heart, I must +admit, I had the very natural desire of a man possessed by the demon of +curiosity. I should be glad, both for my own sake, and for the renown +which would attach to my mission if the Great Eyrie proved the center +of the most remarkable phenomena—of which I would discover the cause. + +Our ascent began in this order. The two guides went in front to seek +out the most practicable paths. Elias Smith and I followed more +leisurely. We mounted by a narrow and not very steep gorge amid rocks +and trees. A tiny stream trickled downward under our feet. During the +rainy season or after a heavy shower, the water doubtless bounded from +rock to rock in tumultuous cascades. But it evidently was fed only by +the rain, for now we could scarcely trace its course. It could not be +the outlet of any lake within the Great Eyrie. + +After an hour of climbing, the slope became so steep that we had to +turn, now to the right, now to the left; and our progress was much +delayed. Soon the gorge became wholly impracticable; its cliff-like +sides offered no sufficient foothold. We had to cling by branches, to +crawl upon our knees. At this rate the top would not be reached before +sundown. + +“Faith!” cried Mr. Smith, stopping for breath. “I realize why the +climbers of the Great Eyrie have been few, so few, that it has never +been ascended within my knowledge.” + +“The fact is,” I responded, “that it would be much toil for very little +profit. And if we had not special reasons to persist in our attempt.” + +“You never said a truer word,” declared Harry Horn. “My comrade and I +have scaled the Black Dome several times, but we never met such +obstacles as these.” + +“The difficulties seem almost impassable,” added James Bruck. + +The question now was to determine to which side we should turn for a +new route; to right, as to left, arose impenetrable masses of trees and +bushes. In truth even the scaling of cliffs would have been more easy. +Perhaps if we could get above this wooded slope we could advance with +surer foot. Now, we could only go ahead blindly, and trust to the +instincts of our two guides. James Bruck was especially useful. I +believe that that gallant lad would have equaled a monkey in lightness +and a wild goat in agility. Unfortunately, neither Elias Smith nor I +was able to climb where he could. + +However, when it is a matter of real need with me, I trust I shall +never be backward, being resolute by nature and well-trained in bodily +exercise. Where James Bruck went, I was determined to go, also; though +it might cost me some uncomfortable falls. But it was not the same with +the first magistrate of Morganton, less young, less vigorous, larger, +stouter, and less persistent than we others. Plainly he made every +effort, not to retard our progress, but he panted like a seal, and soon +I insisted on his stopping to rest. + +In short, it was evident that the ascent of the Great Eyrie would +require far more time than we had estimated. We had expected to reach +the foot of the rocky wall before eleven o’clock, but we now saw that +mid-day would still find us several hundred feet below it. + +Toward ten o’clock, after repeated attempts to discover some more +practicable route, after numberless turnings and returnings, one of the +guides gave the signal to halt. We found ourselves at last on the upper +border of the heavy wood. The trees, more thinly spaced, permitted us a +glimpse upward to the base of the rocky wall which constituted the true +Great Eyrie. + +“Whew!” exclaimed Mr. Smith, leaning against a mighty pine tree, “a +little respite, a little repose, and even a little repast would not go +badly.” + +“We will rest an hour,” said I. + +“Yes; after working our lungs and our legs, we will make our stomachs +work.” + +We were all agreed on this point. A rest would certainty freshen us. +Our only cause for inquietude was now the appearance of the precipitous +slope above us. We looked up toward one of those bare strips called in +that region, slides. Amid this loose earth, these yielding stones, and +these abrupt rocks there was no roadway. + +Harry Horn said to his comrade, “It will not be easy.” + +“Perhaps impossible,” responded Bruck. + +Their comments caused me secret uneasiness. If I returned without even +having scaled the mountain, my mission would be a complete failure, +without speaking of the torture to my curiosity. And when I stood again +before Mr. Ward, shamed and confused, I should cut but a sorry figure. + +We opened our knapsacks and lunched moderately on bread and cold meat. +Our repast finished, in less than half an hour, Mr. Smith sprang up +eager to push forward once more. James Bruck took the lead; and we had +only to follow him as best we could. + +We advanced slowly. Our guides did not attempt to conceal their doubt +and hesitation. Soon Horn left us and went far ahead to spy out which +road promised most chance of success. + +Twenty minutes later he returned and led us onward toward the +northwest. It was on this side that the Black Dome rose at a distance +of three or four miles. Our path was still difficult and painful, amid +the sliding stones, held in place only occasionally by wiry bushes. At +length after a weary struggle, we gained some two hundred feet further +upward and found ourselves facing a great gash, which broke the earth +at this spot. Here and there were scattered roots recently uptorn, +branches broken off, huge stones reduced to powder, as if an avalanche +had rushed down this flank of the mountain. + +“That must be the path taken by the huge block which broke away from +the Great Eyrie,” commented James Bruck. + +“No doubt,” answered Mr. Smith, “and I think we had better follow the +road that it has made for us.” + +It was indeed this gash that Harry Horn had selected for our ascent. +Our feet found lodgment in the firmer earth which had resisted the +passage of the monster rock. Our task thus became much easier, and our +progress was in a straight line upward, so that toward half past eleven +we reached the upper border of the “slide.” + +Before us, less than a hundred feet away, but towering a hundred feet +straight upwards in the air rose the rocky wall which formed the final +crest, the last defence of the Great Eyrie. + +From this side, the summit of the wall showed capriciously irregular, +rising in rude towers and jagged needles. At one point the outline +appeared to be an enormous eagle silhouetted against the sky, just +ready to take flight. Upon this side, at least, the precipice was +insurmountable. + +“Rest a minute,” said Mr. Smith, “and we will see if it is possible to +make our way around the base of this cliff.” + +“At any rate,” said Harry Horn, “the great block must have fallen from +this part of the cliff; and it has left no breach for entering.” + +They were both right; we must seek entrance elsewhere. After a rest of +ten minutes, we clambered up close to the foot of the wall, and began +to make a circuit of its base. + +Assuredly the Great Eyrie now took on to my eyes an aspect absolutely +fantastic. Its heights seemed peopled by dragons and huge monsters. If +chimeras, griffins, and all the creations of mythology had appeared to +guard it, I should have been scarcely surprised. + +With great difficulty and not without danger we continued our tour of +this circumvallation, where it seemed that nature had worked as man +does, with careful regularity. Nowhere was there any break in the +fortification; nowhere a fault in the strata by which one might clamber +up. Always this mighty wall, a hundred feet in height! + +After an hour and a half of this laborious circuit, we regained our +starting-place. I could not conceal my disappointment, and Mr. Smith +was not less chagrined than I. + +“A thousand devils!” cried he, “we know no better than before what is +inside this confounded Great Eyrie, nor even if it is a crater.” + +“Volcano, or not,” said I, “there are no suspicious noises now; neither +smoke nor flame rises above it; nothing whatever threatens an +eruption.” + +This was true. A profound silence reigned around us; and a perfectly +clear sky shone overhead. We tasted the perfect calm of great +altitudes. + +It was worth noting that the circumference of the huge wall was about +twelve or fifteen hundred feet. As to the space enclosed within, we +could scarce reckon that without knowing the thickness of the +encompassing wall. The surroundings were absolutely deserted. Probably +not a living creature ever mounted to this height, except the few birds +of prey which soared high above us. + +Our watches showed three o’clock, and Mr. Smith cried in disgust, “What +is the use of stopping here all day! We shall learn nothing more. We +must make a start, Mr. Strock, if we want to get back to Pleasant +Garden to-night.” + +I made no answer, and did not move from where I was seated; so he +called again, “Come, Mr. Strock; you don’t answer.” + +In truth, it cut me deeply to abandon our effort, to descend the slope +without having achieved my mission. I felt an imperious need of +persisting; my curiosity had redoubled. But what could I do? Could I +tear open this unyielding earth? Overleap the mighty cliff? Throwing +one last defiant glare at the Great Eyrie, I followed my companions. + +The return was effected without great difficulty. We had only to slide +down where we had so laboriously scrambled up. Before five o’clock we +descended the last slopes of the mountain, and the farmer of Wildon +welcomed us to a much needed meal. + +“Then you didn’t get inside?” said he. + +“No,” responded Mr. Smith, “and I believe that the inside exists only +in the imagination of our country folk.” + +At half past eight our carriage drew up before the house of the Mayor +of Pleasant Garden, where we passed the night. While I strove vainly to +sleep, I asked myself if I should not stop there in the village and +organize a new ascent. But what better chance had it of succeeding than +the first? The wisest course was, doubtless, to return to Washington +and consult Mr. Ward. + +So, the next day, having rewarded our two guides, I took leave of Mr. +Smith at Morganton, and that same evening left by train for Washington. + + + + +IV. +A MEETING OF THE AUTOMOBILE CLUB + + +Was the mystery of the Great Eyrie to be solved some day by chances +beyond our imagining? That was known only to the future. And was the +solution a matter of the first importance? That was beyond doubt, since +the safety of the people of western Carolina perhaps depended upon it. + +Yet a fortnight after my return to Washington, public attention was +wholly distracted from this problem by another very different in +nature, but equally astonishing. + +Toward the middle of that month of May the newspapers of Pennsylvania +informed their readers of some strange occurrences in different parts +of the state. On the roads which radiated from Philadelphia, the chief +city, there circulated an extraordinary vehicle, of which no one could +describe the form, or the nature, or even the size, so rapidly did it +rush past. It was an automobile; all were agreed on that. But as to +what motor drove it, only imagination could say; and when the popular +imagination is aroused, what limit is there to its hypotheses? + +At that period the most improved automobiles, whether driven by steam, +gasoline, or electricity, could not accomplish much more than sixty +miles an hour, a speed that the railroads, with their most rapid +expresses, scarce exceed on the best lines of America and Europe. Now, +this new automobile which was astonishing the world, traveled at more +than double this speed. + +It is needless to add that such a rate constituted an extreme danger on +the highroads, as much so for vehicles, as for pedestrians. This +rushing mass, coming like a thunder-bolt, preceded by a formidable +rumbling, caused a whirlwind, which tore the branches from the trees +along the road, terrified the animals browsing in adjoining fields, and +scattered and killed the birds, which could not resist the suction of +the tremendous air currents engendered by its passage. + +And, a bizarre detail to which the newspapers drew particular +attention, the surface of the roads was scarcely even scratched by the +wheels of the apparition, which left behind it no such ruts as are +usually made by heavy vehicles. At most there was a light touch, a mere +brushing of the dust. It was only the tremendous speed which raised +behind the vehicle such whirlwinds of dust. + +“It is probable,” commented the New York Herald, “that the extreme +rapidity of motion destroys the weight.” + +Naturally there were protests from all sides. It was impossible to +permit the mad speed of this apparition which threatened to overthrow +and destroy everything in its passage, equipages and people. But how +could it be stopped? No one knew to whom the vehicle belonged, nor +whence it came, nor whither it went. It was seen but for an instant as +it darted forward like a bullet in its dizzy flight. How could one +seize a cannon-ball in the air, as it leaped from the mouth of the gun? + +I repeat, there was no evidence as to the character of the propelling +engine. It left behind it no smoke, no steam, no odor of gasoline, or +any other oil. It seemed probable, therefore, that the vehicle ran by +electricity, and that its accumulators were of an unknown model, using +some unknown fluid. + +The public imagination, highly excited, readily accepted every sort of +rumor about this mysterious automobile. It was said to be a +supernatural car. It was driven by a specter, by one of the chauffeurs +of hell, a goblin from another world, a monster escaped from some +mythological menagerie, in short, the devil in person, who could defy +all human intervention, having at his command invisible and infinite +satanic powers. + +But even Satan himself had no right to run at such speed over the roads +of the United States without a special permit, without a number on his +car, and without a regular license. And it was certain that not a +single municipality had given him permission to go two hundred miles an +hour. Public security demanded that some means be found to unmask the +secret of this terrible chauffeur. + +Moreover, it was not only Pennsylvania that served as the theater of +his sportive eccentricities. The police reported his appearance in +other states; in Kentucky near Frankfort; in Ohio near Columbus; in +Tennessee near Nashville; in Missouri near Jefferson; and finally in +Illinois in the neighborhood of Chicago. + +The alarm having been given, it became the duty of the authorities to +take steps against this public danger. To arrest or even to halt an +apparition moving at such speed was scarcely practicable. A better way +would be to erect across the roads solid gateways with which the flying +machine must come in contact sooner or later, and be smashed into a +thousand pieces. + +“Nonsense!” declared the incredulous. “This madman would know well how +to circle around such obstructions.” + +“And if necessary,” added others, “the machine would leap over the +barriers.” + +“And if he is indeed the devil, he has, as a former angel, presumably +preserved his wings, and so he will take to flight.” + +But this last was but the suggestion of foolish old gossips who did not +stop to study the matter. For if the King of Hades possessed a pair of +wings, why did he obstinately persist in running around on the earth at +the risk of crushing his own subjects, when he might more easily have +hurled himself through space as free as a bird. + +Such was the situation when, in the last week of May, a fresh event +occurred, which seemed to show that the United States was indeed +helpless in the hands of some unapproachable monster. And after the New +World, would not the Old in its turn, be desecrated by the mad career +of this remarkable automobilist? + +The following occurrence was reported in all the newspapers of the +Union, and with what comments and outcries it is easy to imagine. + +A race was to be held by the automobile Club of Wisconsin, over the +roads of that state of which Madison is the capital. The route laid out +formed an excellent track, about two hundred miles in length, starting +from Prairie-du-chien on the western frontier, passing by Madison and +ending a little above Milwaukee on the borders of Lake Michigan. Except +for the Japanese road between Nikko and Namode, bordered by giant +cypresses, there is no better track in the world than this of +Wisconsin. It runs straight and level as an arrow for sometimes fifty +miles at a stretch. Many and noted were the machines entered for this +great race. Every kind of motor vehicle was permitted to compete, even +motorcycles, as well as automobiles. The machines were of all makes and +nationalities. The sum of the different prizes reached fifty thousand +dollars, so that the race was sure to be desperately contested. New +records were expected to be made. + +Calculating on the maximum speed hitherto attained, of perhaps eighty +miles an hour, this international contest covering two hundred miles +would last about three hours. And, to avoid all danger, the state +authorities of Wisconsin had forbidden all other traffic between +Prairie-du-chien and Milwaukee during three hours on the morning of the +thirtieth of May. Thus, if there were any accidents, those who suffered +would be themselves to blame. + +There was an enormous crowd; and it was not composed only of the people +of Wisconsin. Many thousands gathered from the neighboring states of +Illinois, Michigan, Iowa, Indiana, and even from New York. Among the +sportsmen assembled were many foreigners, English, French, Germans and +Austrians, each nationality, of course, supporting the chauffeurs of +its land. Moreover, as this was the United States, the country of the +greatest gamblers of the world, bets were made of every sort and of +enormous amounts. + +The start was to be made at eight o’clock in the morning; and to avoid +crowding and the accidents which must result from it, the automobiles +were to follow each other at two minute intervals, along the roads +whose borders were black with spectators. + +The first ten racers, numbered by lot, were dispatched between eight +o’clock and twenty minutes past. Unless there was some disastrous +accident, some of these machines would surely arrive at the goal by +eleven o’clock. The others followed in order. + +An hour and a half had passed. There remained but a single contestant +at Prairie-du-chien. Word was sent back and forth by telephone every +five minutes as to the order of the racers. Midway between Madison and +Milwaukee, the lead was held by a machine of Renault brothers, four +cylindered, of twenty horsepower, and with Michelin tires. It was +closely followed by a Harvard-Watson car and by a Dion-Bouton. Some +accidents had already occurred, other machines were hopelessly behind. +Not more than a dozen would contest the finish. Several chauffeurs had +been injured, but not seriously. And even had they been killed, the +death of men is but a detail, not considered of great importance in +that astonishing country of America. + +Naturally the excitement became more intense as one approached the +finishing line near Milwaukee. There were assembled the most curious, +the most interested; and there the passions of the moment were +unchained. By ten o’clock it was evident, that the first prize, twenty +thousand dollars, lay between five machines, two American, two French, +and one English. Imagine, therefore, the fury with which bets were +being made under the influence of national pride. The regular book +makers could scarcely meet the demands of those who wished to wager. +Offers and amounts were hurled from lip to lip with feverish rapidity. +“One to three on the Harvard-Watson!” + +“One to two on the Dion-Bouton!” + +“Even money on the Renault!” + +These cries rang along the line of spectators at each new announcement +from the telephones. + +Suddenly at half-past nine by the town clock of Prairie-du-chien, two +miles beyond that town was heard a tremendous noise and rumbling which +proceeded from the midst of a flying cloud of dust accompanied by +shrieks like those of a naval siren. + +Scarcely had the crowds time to draw to one side, to escape a +destruction which would have included hundreds of victims. The cloud +swept by like a hurricane. No one could distinguish what it was that +passed with such speed. There was no exaggeration in saying that its +rate was at least one hundred and fifty miles an hour. + +The apparition passed and disappeared in an instant, leaving behind it +a long train of white dust, as an express locomotive leaves behind a +train of smoke. Evidently it was an automobile with a most +extraordinary motor. If it maintained this arrow-like speed, it would +reach the contestants in the fore-front of the race; it would pass them +with this speed double their own; it would arrive first at the goal. + +And then from all parts arose an uproar, as soon as the spectators had +nothing more to fear. + +“It is that infernal machine.” + +“Yes; the one the police cannot stop.” + +“But it has not been heard of for a fortnight.” + +“It was supposed to be done for, destroyed, gone forever.” + +“It is a devil’s car, driven by hellfire, and with Satan driving!” + +In truth, if he were not the devil, who could this mysterious chauffeur +be, driving with this unbelievable velocity, his no less mysterious +machine? At least it was beyond doubt that this was the same machine +which had already attracted so much attention. If the police believed +that they had frightened it away, that it was never to be heard of +more, well, the police were mistaken which happens in America as +elsewhere. + +The first stunned moment of surprise having passed, many people rushed +to the telephones to warn those further along the route of the danger +which menaced, not only the people, but also the automobiles scattered +along the road. + +When this terrible madman arrived like an avalanche they would be +smashed to pieces, ground into powder, annihilated! + +And from the collision might not the destroyer himself emerge safe and +sound? He must be so adroit, this chauffeur of chauffeurs, he must +handle his machine with such perfection of eye and hand, that he knew, +no doubt, how to escape from every situation. Fortunately the Wisconsin +authorities had taken such precautions that the road would be clear +except for contesting automobiles. But what right had this machine +among them! + +And what said the racers themselves, who, warned by telephone, had to +sheer aside from the road in their struggle for the grand prize? By +their estimate, this amazing vehicle was going at least one hundred and +thirty miles an hour. Fast as was their speed, it shot by them at such +a rate that they could hardly make out even the shape of the machine, a +sort of lengthened spindle, probably not over thirty feet long. Its +wheels spun with such velocity that they could scarce be seen. For the +rest, the machine left behind it neither smoke nor scent. + +As for the driver, hidden in the interior of his machine, he had been +quite invisible. He remained as unknown as when he had first appeared +on the various roads throughout the country. + +Milwaukee was promptly warned of the coming of this interloper. Fancy +the excitement the news caused! The immediate purpose agreed upon was +to stop this projectile, to erect across its route an obstacle against +which it would smash into a thousand pieces. But was there time? Would +not the machine appear at any moment? And what need was there, since +the track ended on the edge of Lake Michigan, and so the vehicle would +be forced to stop there anyway, unless its supernatural driver could +ride the water as well as the land. + +Here, also, as all along the route, the most extravagant suggestions +were offered. Even those who would not admit that the mysterious +chauffeur must be Satan in person allowed that he might be some monster +escaped from the fantastic visions of the Apocalypse. + +And now there were no longer minutes to wait. Any second might bring +the expected apparition. + +It was not yet eleven o’clock when a rumbling was heard far down the +track, and the dust rose in violent whirlwinds. Harsh whistlings +shrieked through the air warning all to give passage to the monster. + +It did not slacken speed at the finish. Lake Michigan was not half a +mile beyond, and the machine must certainly be hurled into the water! +Could it be that the mechanician was no longer master of his mechanism? + +There could be little doubt of it. Like a shooting star, the vehicle +flashed through Milwaukee. When it had passed the city, would it plunge +itself to destruction in the waters of Lake Michigan? + +At any rate when it disappeared at a slight bend in the road no trace +was to be found of its passage. + + + + +V. +ALONG THE SHORES OF NEW ENGLAND + + +At the time when the newspapers were filled with these reports, I was +again in Washington. On my return I had presented myself at my chief’s +office, but had been unable to see him. Family affairs had suddenly +called him away, to be absent some weeks. Mr. Ward, however, +undoubtedly knew of the failure of my mission. The newspapers, +especially those of North Carolina, had given full details of our +ascent of the Great Eyrie. + +Naturally, I was much annoyed by this delay which further fretted my +restless curiosity. I could turn to no other plans for the future. +Could I give up the hope of learning the secret of the Great Eyrie? No! +I would return to the attack a dozen times if necessary, and despite +every failure. + +Surely, the winning of access within those walls was not a task beyond +human power. A scaffolding might be raised to the summit of the cliff; +or a tunnel might be pierced through its depth. Our engineers met +problems more difficult every day. But in this case it was necessary to +consider the expense, which might easily grow out of proportion to the +advantages to be gained. A tunnel would cost many thousand dollars, and +what good would it accomplish beyond satisfying the public curiosity +and my own? + +My personal resources were wholly insufficient for the achievement. Mr. +Ward, who held the government’s funds, was away. I even thought of +trying to interest some millionaire. Oh, if I could but have promised +one of them some gold or silver mines within the mountain! But such an +hypothesis was not admissible. The chain of the Appalachians is not +situated in a gold bearing region like that of the Pacific mountains, +the Transvaal, or Australia. + +It was not until the fifteenth of June that Mr. Ward returned to duty. +Despite my lack of success he received me warmly. “Here is our poor +Strock!” cried he, at my entrance. “Our poor Strock, who has failed!” + +“No more, Mr. Ward, than if you had charged me to investigate the +surface of the moon,” answered I. “We found ourselves face to face with +purely natural obstacles insurmountable with the forces then at our +command.” + +“I do not doubt that, Strock, I do not doubt that in the least. +Nevertheless, the fact remains that you have discovered nothing of what +is going on within the Great Eyrie.” + +“Nothing, Mr. Ward.” + +“You saw no sign of fire?” + +“None.” + +“And you heard no suspicious noises whatever?” + +“None.” + +“Then it is still uncertain if there is really a volcano there?” + +“Still uncertain, Mr. Ward. But if it is there, we have good reason to +believe that it has sunk into a profound sleep.” + +“Still,” returned Mr. Ward, “there is nothing to show that it will not +wake up again any day, Strock. It is not enough that a volcano should +sleep, it must be absolutely extinguished unless indeed all these +threatening rumors have been born solely in the Carolinian +imagination.” + +“That is not possible, sir,” I said. “Both Mr. Smith, the mayor of +Morganton and his friend the mayor of Pleasant Garden, are reliable +men. And they speak from their own knowledge in this matter. Flames +have certainly risen above the Great Eyrie. Strange noises have issued +from it. There can be no doubt whatever of the reality of these +phenomena.” + +“Granted,” declared Mr. Ward. “I admit that the evidence is +unassailable. So the deduction to be drawn is that the Great Eyrie has +not yet given up its secret.” + +“If we are determined to know it, Mr. Ward, the solution is only a +solution of expense. Pickaxes and dynamite would soon conquer those +walls.” + +“No doubt,” responded the chief, “but such an undertaking hardly seems +justified, since the mountain is now quiet. We will wait awhile and +perhaps nature herself will disclose her mystery.” + +“Mr. Ward, believe me that I regret deeply that I have been unable to +solve the problem you entrusted to me,” I said. + +“Nonsense! Do not upset yourself, Strock. Take your defeat +philosophically. We cannot always be successful, even in the police. +How many criminals escape us! I believe we should never capture one of +them, if they were a little more intelligent and less imprudent, and if +they did not compromise themselves so stupidly. Nothing, it seems to +me, would be easier than to plan a crime, a theft or an assassination, +and to execute it without arousing any suspicions, or leaving any +traces to be followed. You understand, Strock, I do not want to give +our criminals lessons; I much prefer to have them remain as they are. +Nevertheless there are many whom the police will never be able to track +down.” + +On this matter I shared absolutely the opinion of my chief. It is among +rascals that one finds the most fools. For this very reason I had been +much surprised that none of the authorities had been able to throw any +light upon the recent performances of the “demon automobile.” And when +Mr. Ward brought up this subject, I did not conceal from him my +astonishment. + +He pointed out that the vehicle was practically unpursuable; that in +its earlier appearances, it had apparently vanished from all roads even +before a telephone message could be sent ahead. Active and numerous +police agents had been spread throughout the country, but no one of +them had encountered the delinquent. He did not move continuously from +place to place, even at his amazing speed, but seemed to appear only +for a moment and then to vanish into thin air. True, he had at length +remained visible along the entire route from Prairie-du-Chien to +Milwaukee, and he had covered in less than an hour and a half this +track of two hundred miles. + +But since then, there had been no news whatever of the machine. Arrived +at the end of the route, driven onward by its own impetus, unable to +stop, had it indeed been engulfed within the waters of Lake Michigan? +Must we conclude that the machine and its driver had both perished, +that there was no longer any danger to be feared from either? The great +majority of the public refused to accept this conclusion. They fully +expected the machine to reappear. + +Mr. Ward frankly admitted that the whole matter seemed to him most +extraordinary; and I shared his view. Assuredly if this infernal +chauffeur did not return, his apparition would have to be placed among +those superhuman mysteries which it is not given to man to understand. + +We had fully discussed this affair, the chief and I; and I thought that +our interview was at an end, when, after pacing the room for a few +moments, he said abruptly, “Yes, what happened there at Milwaukee was +very strange. But here is something no less so!” + +With this he handed me a report which he had received from Boston, on a +subject of which the evening papers had just begun to apprise their +readers. While I read it, Mr. Ward was summoned from the room. I seated +myself by the window and studied with extreme attention the matter of +the report. + +For some days the waters along the coast of Maine, Connecticut, and +Massachusetts had been the scene of an appearance which no one could +exactly describe. A moving body would appear amid the waters, some two +or three miles off shore, and go through rapid evolutions. It would +flash for a while back and forth among the waves and then dart out of +sight. + +The body moved with such lightning speed that the best telescopes could +hardly follow it. Its length did not seem to exceed thirty feet. Its +cigar-shaped form and greenish color, made it difficult to distinguish +against the background of the ocean. It had been most frequently +observed along the coast between Cape Cod and Nova Scotia. From +Providence, from Boston, from Portsmouth, and from Portland motor boats +and steam launches had repeatedly attempted to approach this moving +body and even to give it chase. They could not get anywhere near it. +Pursuit seemed useless. It darted like an arrow beyond the range of +view. + +Naturally, widely differing opinions were held as to the nature of this +object. But no hypothesis rested on any secure basis. Seamen were as +much at a loss as others. At first sailors thought it must be some +great fish, like a whale. But it is well known that all these animals +come to the surface with a certain regularity to breathe, and spout up +columns of mingled air and water. Now, this strange animal, if it was +an animal, had never “blown” as the whalers say; nor had it ever made +any noises of breathing. Yet if it were not one of these huge marine +mammals, how was this unknown monster to be classed? Did it belong +among the legendary dwellers in the deep, the krakens, the octopuses, +the leviathans, the famous sea-serpents? + +At any rate, since this monster, whatever it was, had appeared along +the New England shores, the little fishing-smacks and pleasure boats +dared not venture forth. Wherever it appeared the boats fled to the +nearest harbor, as was but prudent. If the animal was of a ferocious +character, none cared to await its attack. + +As to the large ships and coast steamers, they had nothing to fear from +any monster, whale or otherwise. Several of them had seen this creature +at a distance of some miles. But when they attempted to approach, it +fled rapidly away. One day, even, a fast United States gun boat went +out from Boston, if not to pursue the monster, at least to send after +it a few cannon shot. Almost instantly the animal disappeared, and the +attempt was vain. As yet, however, the monster had shown no intention +of attacking either boats or people. + +At this moment Mr. Ward returned and I interrupted my reading to say, +“There seems as yet no reason to complain of this sea-serpent. It flees +before big ships. It does not pursue little ones. Feeling and +intelligence are not very strong in fishes.” + +“Yet their emotions exist, Strock, and if strongly aroused—” + +“But, Mr. Ward, the beast seems not at all dangerous. One of two things +will happen. Either it will presently quit these coasts, or finally it +will be captured and we shall be able to study it at our leisure here +in the museum of Washington.” + +“And if it is not a marine animal?” asked Mr. Ward. + +“What else can it be?” I protested in surprise. + +“Finish your reading,” said Mr. Ward. + +I did so; and found that in the second part of the report, my chief had +underlined some passages in red pencil. + +For some time no one had doubted that this was an animal; and that, if +it were vigorously pursued, it would at last be driven from our shores. +But a change of opinion had come about. People began to ask if, instead +of a fish, this were not some new and remarkable kind of boat. + +Certainly in that case its engine must be one of amazing power. Perhaps +the inventor before selling the secret of his invention, sought to +attract public attention and to astound the maritime world. Such surety +in the movements of his boat, grace in its every evolution, such ease +in defying pursuit by its arrow-like speed, surely, these were enough +to arouse world-wide curiosity! + +At that time great progress had been made in the manufacture of marine +engines. Huge transatlantic steamers completed the ocean passage in +five days. And the engineers had not yet spoken their last word. +Neither were the navies of the world behind. The cruisers, the torpedo +boats, the torpedo-destroyers, could match the swiftest steamers of the +Atlantic and Pacific, or of the Indian trade. + +If, however, this were a boat of some new design, there had as yet been +no opportunity to observe its form. As to the engines which drove it, +they must be of a power far beyond the fastest known. By what force +they worked, was equally a problem. Since the boat had no sails, it was +not driven by the wind; and since it had no smoke-stack, it was not +driven by steam. + +At this point in the report, I again paused in my reading and +considered the comment I wished to make. + +“What are you puzzling over, Strock?” demanded my chief. + +“It is this, Mr. Ward; the motive power of this so-called boat must be +as tremendous and as unknown as that of the remarkable automobile which +has so amazed us all.” + +“So that is your idea, is it, Strock?” + +“Yes, Mr. Ward.” + +There was but one conclusion to be drawn. If the mysterious chauffeur +had disappeared, if he had perished with his machine in Lake Michigan, +it was equally important now to win the secret of this no less +mysterious navigator. And it must be won before he in his turn plunged +into the abyss of the ocean. Was it not the interest of the inventor to +disclose his invention? Would not the American government or any other +give him any price he chose to ask? + +Yet unfortunately, since the inventor of the terrestrial apparition had +persisted in preserving his incognito, was it not to be feared that the +inventor of the marine apparition would equally preserve his? Even if +the first machine still existed, it was no longer heard from; and would +not the second, in the same way, after having disclosed its powers, +disappear in its turn, without a single trace? + +What gave weight to this probability was that since the arrival of this +report at Washington twenty-four hours before, the presence of the +extraordinary boat hadn’t been announced from anywhere along the shore. +Neither had it been seen on any other coast. Though, of course, the +assertion that it would not reappear at all would have been hazardous, +to say the least. + +I noted another interesting and possibly important point. It was a +singular coincidence which indeed Mr. Ward suggested to me, at the same +moment that I was considering it. This was that only after the +disappearance of the wonderful automobile had the no less wonderful +boat come into view. Moreover, their engines both possessed a most +dangerous power of locomotion. If both should go rushing at the same +time over the face of the world, the same danger would threaten mankind +everywhere, in boats, in vehicles, and on foot. Therefore it was +absolutely necessary that the police should in some manner interfere to +protect the public ways of travel. + +That is what Mr. Ward pointed out to me; and our duty was obvious. But +how could we accomplish this task? We discussed the matter for some +time; and I was just about to leave when Mr. Ward made one last +suggestion. + +“Have you not observed, Strock,” said he, “that there is a sort of +fantastic resemblance between the general appearance of this boat and +this automobile?” + +“There is something of the sort, Mr. Ward.” + +“Well, is it not possible that the two are one?” + + + + +VI. +THE FIRST LETTER + + +After leaving Mr. Ward I returned to my home in Long Street. There I +had plenty of time to consider this strange case uninterrupted by +either wife or children. My household consisted solely of an ancient +servant, who having been formerly in the service of my mother, had now +continued for fifteen years in mine. + +Two months before I had obtained a leave of absence. It had still two +weeks to run, unless indeed some unforeseen circumstance interrupted +it, some mission which could not be delayed. This leave, as I have +shown, had already been interrupted for four days by my exploration of +the Great Eyrie. + +And now was it not my duty to abandon my vacation, and endeavor to +throw light upon the remarkable events of which the road to Milwaukee +and the shore of New England had been in turn the scene? I would have +given much to solve the twin mysteries, but how was it possible to +follow the track of this automobile or this boat? + +Seated in my easy chair after breakfast, with my pipe lighted, I opened +my newspaper. To what should I turn? Politics interested me but little, +with its eternal strife between the Republicans and the Democrats. +Neither did I care for the news of society, nor for the sporting page. +You will not be surprised, then, that my first idea was to see if there +was any news from North Carolina about the Great Eyrie. There was +little hope of this, however, for Mr. Smith had promised to telegraph +me at once if anything occurred. I felt quite sure that the mayor of +Morganton was as eager for information and as watchful as could have +been myself. The paper told me nothing new. It dropped idly from my +hand; and I remained deep in thought. + +What most frequently recurred to me was the suggestion of Mr. Ward that +perhaps the automobile and the boat which had attracted our attention +were in reality one and the same. Very probably, at least, the two +machines had been built by the same hand. And beyond doubt, these were +similar engines, which generated this remarkable speed, more than +doubling the previous records of earth and sea. + +“The same inventor!” repeated I. + +Evidently this hypothesis had strong grounds. The fact that the two +machines had not yet appeared at the same time added weight to the +idea. I murmured to myself, “After the mystery of Great Eyrie, comes +that of Milwaukee and Boston. Will this new problem be as difficult to +solve as was the other?” + +I noted idly that this new affair had a general resemblance to the +other, since both menaced the security of the general public. To be +sure, only the inhabitants of the Blueridge region had been in danger +from an eruption or possible earthquake at Great Eyrie. While now, on +every road of the United States, or along every league of its coasts +and harbors, every inhabitant was in danger from this vehicle or this +boat, with its sudden appearance and insane speed. + +I found that, as was to be expected, the newspapers not only suggested, +but enlarged upon the dangers of the case. Timid people everywhere were +much alarmed. My old servant, naturally credulous and superstitious, +was particularly upset. That same day after dinner, as she was clearing +away the things, she stopped before me, a water bottle in one hand, the +serviette in the other, and asked anxiously, “Is there no news, sir?” + +“None,” I answered, knowing well to what she referred. + +“The automobile has not come back?” + +“No.” + +“Nor the boat?” + +“Nor the boat. There is no news even in the best informed papers.” + +“But—your secret police information?” + +“We are no wiser.” + +“Then, sir, if you please, of what use are the police?” + +It is a question which has phased me more than once. + +“Now you see what will happen,” continued the old housekeeper, +complainingly. “Some fine morning, he will come without warning, this +terrible chauffeur, and rush down our street here, and kill us all!” + +“Good! When that happens, there will be some chance of catching him.” + +“He will never be arrested, sir.” + +“Why not?” + +“Because he is the devil himself, and you can’t arrest the devil!” + +Decidedly, thought I, the devil has many uses; and if he did not exist +we would have to invent him, to give people some way of explaining the +inexplicable. It was he who lit the flames of the Great Eyrie. It was +he who smashed the record in the Wisconsin race. It is he who is +scurrying along the shores of Connecticut and Massachusetts. But +putting to one side this evil spirit who is so necessary, for the +convenience of the ignorant, there was no doubt that we were facing a +most bewildering problem. Had both of these machines disappeared +forever? They had passed like a meteor, like a star shooting through +space; and in a hundred years the adventure would become a legend, much +to the taste of the gossips of the next century. + +For several days the newspapers of America and even those of Europe +continued to discuss these events. Editorials crowded upon editorials. +Rumors were added to rumors. Story tellers of every kind crowded to the +front. The public of two continents was interested. In some parts of +Europe there was even jealousy that America should have been chosen as +the field of such an experience. If these marvelous inventors were +American, then their country, their army and navy, would have a great +advantage over others. The United States might acquire an incontestable +superiority. + +Under the date of the tenth of June, a New York paper published a +carefully studied article on this phase of the subject. Comparing the +speed of the swiftest known vessels with the smallest minimum of speed +which could possibly be assigned to the new boat, the article +demonstrated that if the United States secured this secret, Europe +would be but three days away from her, while she would still be five +days from Europe. + +If our own police had searched diligently to discover the mystery of +the Great Eyrie, the secret service of every country in the world was +now interested in these new problems. + +Mr. Ward referred to the matter each time I saw him. Our chat would +begin by his rallying me about my ill-success in Carolina, and I would +respond by reminding him that success there was only a question of +expense. + +“Never mind, my good Strock,” said he, “there will come a chance for +our clever inspector to regain his laurels. Take now this affair of the +automobile and the boat. If you could clear that up in advance of all +the detectives of the world, what an honor it would be to our +department! What glory for you!” + +“It certainly would, Mr. Ward. And if you put the matter in my charge—” + +“Who knows, Strock? Let us wait a while! Let us wait!” + +Matters stood thus when, on the morning of June fifteenth, my old +servant brought me a letter from the letter-carrier, a registered +letter for which I had to sign. I looked at the address. I did not know +the handwriting. The postmark, dating from two days before, was stamped +at the post office of Morganton. + +Morganton! Here at last was, no doubt, news from Mr. Elias Smith. + +“Yes!” exclaimed I, speaking to my old servant, for lack of another, +“it must be from Mr. Smith at last. I know no one else in Morganton. +And if he writes he has news!” + +“Morganton?” said the old woman, “isn’t that the place where the demons +set fire to their mountain?” + +“Exactly.” + +“Oh, sir! I hope you don’t mean to go back there!” + +“Why not?” + +“Because you will end by being burned up in that furnace of the Great +Eyrie. And I wouldn’t want you buried that way, sir.” + +“Cheer up, and let us see if it is not better news than that.” + +The envelope was sealed with red sealing wax, and stamped with a sort +of coat of arms, surmounted with three stars. The paper was thick and +very strong. I broke the envelope and drew out a letter. It was a +single sheet, folded in four, and written on one side only. My first +glance was for the signature. + +There was no signature! Nothing but three initials at the end of the +last line! + +“The letter is not from the Mayor of Morganton,” said I. + +“Then from whom?” asked the old servant, doubly curious in her quality +as a woman and as an old gossip. + +Looking again at the three initials of the signature, I said, “I know +no one for whom these letters would stand; neither at Morganton nor +elsewhere.” + +The hand-writing was bold. Both up strokes and down strokes very sharp, +about twenty lines in all. Here is the letter, of which I, with good +reason, retained an exact copy. It was dated, to my extreme +stupefaction, from that mysterious Great Eyrie: + +Great Eyrie, Blueridge Mtns, +To Mr. Strock: North Carolina, June 13th. +Chief Inspector of Police, +34 Long St., Washington, D. C. + + +Sir, + You were charged with the mission of penetrating the Great Eyrie. + You came on April the twenty-eighth, accompanied by the Mayor of + Morganton and two guides. + You mounted to the foot of the wall, and you encircled it, finding + it too high and steep to climb. + You sought a breech and you found none. Know this: none enter the + Great Eyrie; or if one enters, he never returns. + “Do not try again, for the second attempt will not result as did + the first, but will have grave consequences for you. + “Heed this warning, or evil fortune will come to you. + + +“M. o. W.” + + + + +VII. +A THIRD MACHINE + + +I confess that at first this letter dumfounded me. “Ohs!” and “Ahs!” +slipped from my open mouth. The old servant stared at me, not knowing +what to think. + +“Oh, sir! is it bad news?” + +I answered for I kept few secrets from this faithful soul by reading +her the letter from end to end. She listened with much anxiety. + +“A joke, without doubt,” said I, shrugging my shoulders. + +“Well,” returned my superstitious handmaid, “if it isn’t from the +devil, it’s from the devil’s country, anyway.” + +Left alone, I again went over this unexpected letter. Reflection +inclined me yet more strongly to believe that it was the work of a +practical joker. My adventure was well known. The newspapers had given +it in full detail. Some satirist, such as exists even in America, must +have written this threatening letter to mock me. + +To assume, on the other hand, that the Eyrie really served as the +refuge of a band of criminals, seemed absurd. If they feared that the +police would discover their retreat, surely they would not have been so +foolish as thus to force attention upon themselves. Their chief +security would lie in keeping their presence there unknown. They must +have realized that such a challenge from them would only arouse the +police to renewed activity. Dynamite or melinite would soon open an +entrance to their fortress. Moreover, how could these men have, +themselves, gained entrance into the Eyrie unless there existed a +passage which we had failed to discover? Assuredly the letter came from +a jester or a madman; and I need not worry over it, nor even consider +it. + +Hence, though for an instant I had thought of showing this letter to +Mr. Ward, I decided not to do so. Surely he would attach no importance +to it. However, I did not destroy it, but locked it in my desk for safe +keeping. If more letters came of the same kind, and with the same +initials, I would attach as little weight to them as to this. + +Several days passed quietly. There was nothing to lead me to expect +that I should soon quit Washington; though in my line of duty one is +never certain of the morrow. At any moment I might be sent speeding +from Oregon to Florida, from Maine to Texas. And this unpleasant +thought haunted me frequently if my next mission were no more +successful than that to the Great Eyrie, I might as well give up and +hand in my resignation from the force. Of the mysterious chauffeur or +chauffeurs, nothing more was heard. I knew that our own government +agents, as well as foreign ones, were keeping keen watch over all the +roads and rivers, all the lakes and the coasts of America. Of course, +the size of the country made any close supervision impossible; but +these twin inventors had not before chosen secluded and unfrequented +spots in which to appear. The main highway of Wisconsin on a great race +day, the harbor of Boston, incessantly crossed by thousands of boats, +these were hardly what would be called hiding-places! If the daring +driver had not perished of which there was always strong probability; +then he must have left America. Perhaps he was in the waters of the Old +World, or else resting in some retreat known only to himself, and in +that case— + +“Ah!” I repeated to myself, many times, “for such a retreat, as secret +as inaccessible, this fantastic personage could not find one better +than the Great Eyrie!” But, of course, a boat could not get there, any +more than an automobile. Only high-flying birds of prey, eagles or +condors, could find refuge there. + +The nineteenth of June I was going to the police bureau, when, on +leaving my house, I noticed two men who looked at me with a certain +keenness. Not knowing them, I took no notice; and if my attention was +drawn to the matter, it was because my servant spoke of it when I +returned. + +For some days, she said, she had noticed that two men seemed to be +spying upon me in the street. They stood constantly, perhaps a hundred +steps from my house; and she suspected that they followed me each time +I went up the street. + +“You are sure?” I asked. + +“Yes, sir, and no longer ago than yesterday, when you came into the +house, these men came slipping along in your footsteps, and then went +away as soon as the door was shut behind you.” + +“You must be mistaken!” + +“I am not, sir.” + +“And if you met these two men, you would know them?” + +“I would.” + +“Good;” I cried, laughing, “I see you have the very spirit for a +detective. I must engage you as a member of our force.” + +“Joke if you like, sir. But I have still two good eyes, and I don’t +need spectacles to recognize people. Someone is spying on you, that’s +certain; and you should put some of your men to track them in turn.” + +“All right; I promise to do so,” I said, to satisfy her. “And when my +men get after them, we shall soon know what these mysterious fellows +want of me.” + +In truth I did not take the good soul’s excited announcement very +seriously. I added, however, “When I go out, I will watch the people +around me with great care.” + +“That will be best, sir.” + +My poor old housekeeper was always frightening herself at nothing. “If +I see them again,” she added, “I will warn you before you set foot out +of doors.” + +“Agreed!” And I broke off the conversation, knowing well that if I +allowed her to run on, she would end by being sure that Beelzebub +himself and one of his chief attendants were at my heels. + +The two following days, there was certainly no one spying on me, either +at my exits or entrances. So I concluded my old servant had made much +of nothing, as usual. But on the morning of the twenty-second of June, +after rushing upstairs as rapidly as her age would permit, the devoted +old soul burst into my room and in a half whisper gasped “Sir! Sir!” + +“What is it?” + +“They are there!” + +“Who?” I queried, my mind on anything but the web she had been spinning +about me. + +“The two spies!” + +“Ah, those wonderful spies!” + +“Themselves! In the street! Right in front of our windows! Watching the +house, waiting for you to go out.” + +I went to the window and raising just an edge of the shade, so as not +to give any warning, I saw two men on the pavement. + +They were rather fine-looking men, broad-shouldered and vigorous, aged +somewhat under forty, dressed in the ordinary fashion of the day, with +slouched hats, heavy woolen suits, stout walking shoes and sticks in +hand. Undoubtedly, they were staring persistently at my apparently +unwatchful house. Then, having exchanged a few words, they strolled off +a little way, and returned again. + +“Are you sure these are the same men you saw before?” + +“Yes, sir.” + +Evidently, I could no longer dismiss her warning as a hallucination; +and I promised myself to clear up the matter. As to following the men +myself, I was presumably too well known to them. To address them +directly would probably be of no use. But that very day, one of our +best men should be put on watch, and if the spies returned on the +morrow, they should be tracked in their turn, and watched until their +identity was established. + +At the moment, were they waiting to follow me to police headquarters? +For it was there that I was bound, as usual. If they accompanied me I +might be able to offer them a hospitality for which they would scarce +thank me. + +I took my hat; and while the housekeeper remained peeping from the +window, I went down stairs, opened the door, and stepped into the +street. + +The two men were no longer there. + +Despite all my watchfulness, that day I saw no more of them as I passed +along the streets. From that time on, indeed, neither my old servant +nor I saw them again before the house, nor did I encounter them +elsewhere. Their appearance, however, was stamped upon my memory, I +would not forget them. + +Perhaps after all, admitting that I had been the object of their +espionage, they had been mistaken in my identity. Having obtained a +good look at me, they now followed me no more. So in the end, I came to +regard this matter as of no more importance than the letter with the +initials, M. o. W. + +Then, on the twenty-fourth of June, there came a new event, to further +stimulate both my interest and that of the general public in the +previous mysteries of the automobile and the boat. The Washington +Evening Star published the following account, which was next morning +copied by every paper in the country. + +“Lake Kirdall in Kansas, forty miles west of Topeka, is little known. +It deserves wider knowledge, and doubtless will have it hereafter, for +attention is now drawn to it in a very remarkable way. + +“This lake, deep among the mountains, appears to have no outlet. What +it loses by evaporation, it regains from the little neighboring +streamlets and the heavy rains. + +“Lake Kirdall covers about seventy-five square miles, and its level is +but slightly below that of the heights which surround it. Shut in among +the mountains, it can be reached only by narrow and rocky gorges. +Several villages, however, have sprung up upon its banks. It is full of +fish, and fishing-boats cover its waters. + +“Lake Kirdall is in many places fifty feet deep close to shore. Sharp, +pointed rocks form the edges of this huge basin. Its surges, roused by +high winds, beat upon its banks with fury, and the houses near at hand +are often deluged with spray as if with the downpour of a hurricane. +The lake, already deep at the edge, becomes yet deeper toward the +center, where in some places soundings show over three hundred feet of +water. + +“The fishing industry supports a population of several thousands, and +there are several hundred fishing boats in addition to the dozen or so +of little steamers which serve the traffic of the lake. Beyond the +circle of the mountains lie the railroads which transport the products +of the fishing industry throughout Kansas and the neighboring states. + +“This account of Lake Kirdall is necessary for the understanding of the +remarkable facts which we are about to report.” + +And this is what the Evening Star then reported in its startling +article. “For some time past, the fishermen have noticed a strange +upheaval in the waters of the lake. Sometimes it rises as if a wave +surged up from its depths. Even in perfectly calm weather, when there +is no wind whatever, this upheaval sometimes arises in a mass of foam. + +“Tossed about by violent waves and unaccountable currents, boats have +been swept beyond all control. Sometimes they have been dashed one +against another, and serious damage has resulted. + +“This confusion of the waters evidently has its origin somewhere in the +depths of the lake; and various explanations have been offered to +account for it. At first, it was suggested that the trouble was due to +seismic forces, to some volcanic action beneath the lake; but this +hypothesis had to be rejected when it was recognized that the +disturbance was not confined to one locality, but spread itself over +the entire surface of the lake, either at one part or another, in the +center or along the edges, traveling along almost in a regular line and +in a way to exclude entirely all idea of earthquake or volcanic action. + +“Another hypothesis suggested that it was a marine monster who thus +upheaved the waters. But unless the beast had been born in the lake and +had there grown to its gigantic proportions unsuspected, which was +scarce possible, he must have come there from outside. Lake Kirdall, +however, has no connection with any other waters. If this lake were +situated near any of the oceans, there might be subterranean canals; +but in the center of America, and at the height of some thousands of +feet above sea-level, this is not possible. In short, here is another +riddle not easy to solve, and it is much easier to point out the +impossibility of false explanations, than to discover the true one. + +“Is it possible that a submarine boat is being experimented with +beneath the lake? Such boats are no longer impossible today. Some years +ago, at Bridgeport, Connecticut, there was launched a boat, The +Protector, which could go on the water, under the water, and also upon +land. Built by an inventor named Lake, supplied with two motors, an +electric one of seventy-five horse power, and a gasoline one of two +hundred and fifty horse power, it was also provided with wheels a yard +in diameter, which enabled it to roll over the roads, as well as swim +the seas. + +“But even then, granting that the turmoil of Lake Kirdall might be +produced by a submarine, brought to a high degree of perfection, there +remains as before the question how could it have reached Lake Kirdall? +The lake, shut in on all sides by a circle of mountains, is no more +accessible to a submarine than to a sea-monster. + +“In whatever way this last puzzling question may be solved, the nature +of this strange appearance can no longer be disputed since the +twentieth of June. On that day, in the afternoon, the schooner ‘Markel’ +while speeding with all sails set, came into violent collision with +something just below the water level. There was no shoal nor rock near; +for the lake in this part is eighty or ninety feet deep. The schooner +with both her bow and her side badly broken, ran great danger of +sinking. She managed, however, to reach the shore before her decks were +completely submerged. + +“When the ‘Markel’ had been pumped out and hauled up on shore, an +examination showed that she had received a blow near the bow as if from +a powerful ram. + +“From this it seems evident that there is actually a submarine boat +which darts about beneath the surface of Lake Kirdall with most +remarkable rapidity. + +“The thing is difficult to explain. Not only is there a question as to +how did the submarine get there? But why is it there? Why does it never +come to the surface? What reason has its owner for remaining unknown? +Are other disasters to be expected from its reckless course?” + +The article in the Evening Star closed with this truly striking +suggestion: “After the mysterious automobile, came the mysterious boat. +Now comes the mysterious submarine. + +“Must we conclude that the three engines are due to the genius of the +same inventor, and that the three vehicles are in truth but one?” + + + + +VIII. +AT ANY COST + + +The suggestion of the Star came like a revelation. It was accepted +everywhere. Not only were these three vehicles the work of the same +inventor; they were the same machine! + +It was not easy to see how the remarkable transformation could be +practically accomplished from one means of locomotion to the other. How +could an automobile become a boat, and yet more, a submarine? All the +machine seemed to lack was the power of flying through the air. +Nevertheless, everything that was known of the three different +machines, as to their size, their shape, their lack of odor or of +steam, and above all their remarkable speed, seemed to imply their +identity. The public, grown blase with so many excitements, found in +this new marvel a stimulus to reawaken their curiosity. + +The newspapers dwelt now chiefly on the importance of the invention. +This new engine, whether in one vehicle or three, had given proofs of +its power. What amazing proofs! The invention must be bought at any +price. The United States government must purchase it at once for the +use of the nation. Assuredly, the great European powers would stop at +nothing to be beforehand with America, and gain possession of an engine +so invaluable for military and naval use. What incalculable advantages +would it give to any nation, both on land and sea! Its destructive +powers could not even be estimated, until its qualities and limitations +were better known. No amount of money would be too great to pay for the +secret; America could not put her millions to better use. + +But to buy the machine, it was necessary to find the inventor; and +there seemed the chief difficulty. In vain was Lake Kirdall searched +from end to end. Even its depths were explored with a sounding-line +without result. Must it be concluded that the submarine no longer +lurked beneath its waters? But in that case, how had the boat gotten +away? For that matter, how had it come? An insoluble problem! + +The submarine was heard from no more, neither in Lake Kirdall nor +elsewhere. It had disappeared like the automobile from the roads, and +like the boat from the shores of America. Several times in my +interviews with Mr. Ward, we discussed this matter, which still filled +his mind. Our men continued everywhere on the lookout, but as +unsuccessfully as other agents. + +On the morning of the twenty-seventh of June, I was summoned into the +presence of Mr. Ward. + +“Well, Strock,” said he, “here is a splendid chance for you to get your +revenge.” + +“Revenge for the Great Eyrie disappointment?” + +“Of course.” + +“What chance?” asked I, not knowing if he spoke seriously, or in jest. + +“Why, here,” he answered. “Would not you like to discover the inventor +of this three-fold machine?” + +“I certainly should, Mr. Ward. Give me the order to take charge of the +matter, and I will accomplish the impossible, in order to succeed. It +is true, I believe it will be difficult.” + +“Undoubtedly, Strock. Perhaps even more difficult than to penetrate +into the Great Eyrie.” + +It was evident that Mr. Ward was intent on rallying me about my +unsuccess. He would not do that, I felt assured, out of mere +unkindness. Perhaps then he meant to rouse my resolution. He knew me +well; and realized that I would have given anything in the world to +recoup my defeat. I waited quietly for new instructions. + +Mr. Ward dropped his jesting and said to me very generously, “I know, +Strock, that you accomplished everything that depended on human powers; +and that no blame attaches to you. But we face now a matter very +different from that of the Great Eyrie. The day the government decides +to force that secret, everything is ready. We have only to spend some +thousands of dollars, and the road will be open.” + +“That is what I would urge.” + +“But at present,” said Mr. Ward, shaking his head, “it is much more +important to place our hands on this fantastic inventor, who so +constantly escapes us. That is work for a detective, indeed; a master +detective!” + +“He has not been heard from again?” + +“No; and though there is every reason to believe that he has been, and +still continues, beneath the waters of Lake Kirdall, it has been +impossible to find any trace of him anywhere around there. One would +almost fancy he had the power of making himself invisible, this Proteus +of a mechanic!” + +“It seems likely,” said I, “that he will never be seen until he wishes +to be.” + +“True, Strock. And to my mind there is only one way of dealing with +him, and that is to offer him such an enormous price that he cannot +refuse to sell his invention.” + +Mr. Ward was right. Indeed, the government had already made the effort +to secure speech with this hero of the day, than whom surely no human +being has ever better merited the title. The press had widely spread +the news, and this extraordinary individual must assuredly know what +the government desired of him, and how completely he could name the +terms he wished. + +“Surely,” added Mr. Ward, “this invention can be of no personal use to +the man, that he should hide it from the rest of us. There is every +reason why he should sell it. Can this unknown be already some +dangerous criminal who, thanks to his machine, hopes to defy all +pursuit?” + +My chief then went on to explain that it had been decided to employ +other means in search of the inventor. It was possible after all that +he had perished with his machine in some dangerous maneuver. If so, the +ruined vehicle might prove almost as valuable and instructive to the +mechanical world as the man himself. But since the accident to the +schooner “Markel” on Lake Kirdall, no news of him whatever had reached +the police. + +On this point Mr. Ward did not attempt to hide his disappointment and +his anxiety. Anxiety, yes, for it was manifestly becoming more and more +difficult for him to fulfill his duty of protecting the public. How +could we arrest criminals, if they could flee from justice at such +speed over both land and sea? How could we pursue them under the +oceans? And when dirigible balloons should also have reached their full +perfection, we would even have to chase men through the air! I asked +myself if my colleagues and I would not find ourselves some day reduced +to utter helplessness? If police officials, become a useless +incumbrance, would be definitely discarded by society? + +Here, there recurred to me the jesting letter I had received a +fortnight before, the letter which threatened my liberty and even my +life. I recalled, also, the singular espionage of which I had been the +subject. I asked myself if I had better mention these things to Mr. +Ward. But they seemed to have absolutely no relation to the matter now +in hand. The Great Eyrie affair had been definitely put aside by the +government, since an eruption was no longer threatening. And they now +wished to employ me upon this newer matter. I waited, then, to mention +this letter to my chief at some future time, when it would be not so +sore a joke to me. + +Mr. Ward again took up our conversation. “We are resolved by some means +to establish communication with this inventor. He has disappeared, it +is true; but he may reappear at any moment, and in any part of the +country. I have chosen you, Strock, to follow him the instant he +appears. You must hold yourself ready to leave Washington on the +moment. Do not quit your house, except to come here to headquarters +each day; notify me, each time by telephone, when you start from home, +and report to me personally the moment you arrive here.” + +“I will follow orders exactly, Mr. Ward,” I answered. “But permit me +one question. Ought I to act alone, or will it not be better to join +with me?” + +“That is what I intend,” said the chief, interrupting me. “You are to +choose two of our men whom you think the best fitted.” + +“I will do so, Mr. Ward. And now, if some day or other I stand in the +presence of our man, what am I to do with him?” + +“Above all things, do not lose sight of him. If there is no other way, +arrest him. You shall have a warrant.” + +“A useful precaution, Mr. Ward. If he started to jump into his +automobile and to speed away at the rate we know of, I must stop him at +any cost. One cannot argue long with a man making two hundred miles an +hour!” + +“You must prevent that, Strock. And the arrest made, telegraph me. +After that, the matter will be in my hands.” + +“Count on me, Mr. Ward; at any hour, day or night, I shall be ready to +start with my men. I thank you for having entrusted this mission to me. +If it succeeds, it will be a great honor—” + +“And of great profit,” added my chief, dismissing me. + +Returning home, I made all preparations for a trip of indefinite +duration. Perhaps my good housekeeper imagined that I planned a return +to the Great Eyrie, which she regarded as an ante-chamber of hell +itself. She said nothing, but went about her work with a most +despairing face. Nevertheless, sure as I was of her discretion, I told +her nothing. In this great mission I would confide in no one. + +My choice of the two men to accompany me was easily made. They both +belonged to my own department, and had many times under my direct +command given proofs of their vigor, courage and intelligence. One, +John Hart, of Illinois, was a man of thirty years; the other, aged +thirty-two, was Nab Walker, of Massachusetts. I could not have had +better assistants. + +Several days passed, without news, either of the automobile, the boat, +or the submarine. There were rumors in plenty; but the police knew them +to be false. As to the reckless stories that appeared in the +newspapers, they had most of them, no foundation whatever. Even the +best journals cannot be trusted to refuse an exciting bit of news on +the mere ground of its unreliability. + +Then, twice in quick succession, there came what seemed trustworthy +reports of the “man of the hour.” The first asserted that he had been +seen on the roads of Arkansas, near Little Rock. The second, that he +was in the very middle of Lake Superior. + +Unfortunately, these two notices were absolutely unreconcilable; for +while the first gave the afternoon of June twenty-sixth, as the time of +appearance, the second set it for the evening of the same day. Now, +these two points of the United States territory are not less than eight +hundred miles apart. Even granting the automobile this unthinkable +speed, greater than any it had yet shown, how could it have crossed all +the intervening country unseen? How could it traverse the States of +Arkansas, Missouri, Iowa and Wisconsin, from end to end without any one +of our agents giving us warning, without any interested person rushing +to a telephone? + +After these two momentary appearances, if appearances they were, the +machine again dropped out of knowledge. Mr. Ward did not think it worth +while to dispatch me and my men to either point whence it had been +reported. + +Yet since this marvelous machine seemed still in existence, something +must be done. The following official notice was published in every +newspaper of the United States under July 3d. It was couched in the +most formal terms. + +“During the month of April, of the present year, an automobile +traversed the roads of Pennsylvania, of Kentucky, of Ohio, of +Tennessee, of Missouri, of Illinois; and on the twenty-seventh of May, +during the race held by the American Automobile Club, it covered the +course in Wisconsin. Then it disappeared. + +“During the first week of June, a boat maneuvering at great speed +appeared off the coast of New England between Cape Cod and Cape Sable, +and more particularly around Boston. Then it disappeared. + +“In the second fortnight of the same month, a submarine boat was run +beneath the waters of Lake Kirdall, in Kansas. Then it disappeared. + +“Everything points to the belief that the same inventor must have built +these three machines, or perhaps that they are the same machine, +constructed so as to travel both on land and water. + +“A proposition is therefore addressed to the said inventor, whoever he +be, with the aim of acquiring the said machine. + +“He is requested to make himself known and to name the terms upon which +he will treat with the United States government. He is also requested +to answer as promptly as possible to the Department of Federal Police, +Washington, D. C., United States of America.” + +Such was the notice printed in large type on the front page of every +newspaper. Surely it could not fail to reach the eye of him for whom it +was intended, wherever he might be. He would read it. He could scarce +fail to answer it in some manner. And why should he refuse such an +unlimited offer? We had only to await his reply. + +One can easily imagine how high the public curiosity rose. From morning +till night, an eager and noisy crowd pressed about the bureau of +police, awaiting the arrival of a letter or a telegram. The best +reporters were on the spot. What honor, what profit would come to the +paper which was first to publish the famous news! To know at last the +name and place of the undiscoverable unknown! And to know if he would +agree to some bargain with the government! It goes without saying that +America does things on a magnificent scale. Millions would not be +lacking for the inventor. If necessary all the millionaires in the +country would open their inexhaustible purses! + +The day passed. To how many excited and impatient people it seemed to +contain more than twenty-four hours! And each hour held far more than +sixty minutes! There came no answer, no letter, no telegram! The night +following, there was still no news. And it was the same the next day +and the next. + +There came, however another result, which had been fully foreseen. The +cables informed Europe of what the United States government had done. +The different Powers of the Old World hoped also to obtain possession +of the wonderful invention. Why should they not struggle for an +advantage so tremendous? Why should they not enter the contest with +their millions? + +In brief, every great Power took part in the affair, France, England, +Russia, Italy, Austria, Germany. Only the states of the second order +refrained from entering, with their smaller resources, upon a useless +effort. The European press published notices identical with that of the +United States. The extraordinary “chauffeur” had only to speak, to +become a rival to the Vanderbilts, the Astors, the Goulds, the Morgans, +and the Rothschilds of every country of Europe. + +And, when the mysterious inventor made no sign, what attractive offers +were held forth to tempt him to discard the secrecy in which he was +enwrapped! The whole world became a public market, an auction house +whence arose the most amazing bids. Twice a day the newspapers would +add up the amounts, and these kept rising from millions to millions. +The end came when the United States Congress, after a memorable +session, voted to offer the sum of twenty million dollars. And there +was not a citizen of the States of whatever rank, who objected to the +amount, so much importance was attached to the possession of this +prodigious engine of locomotion. As for me, I said emphatically to my +old housekeeper: “The machine is worth even more than that.” + +Evidently the other nations of the world did not think so, for their +bids remained below the final sum. But how useless was this mighty +struggle of the great rivals! The inventor did not appear! He did not +exist! He had never existed! It was all a monstrous pretense of the +American newspapers. That, at least, became the announced view of the +Old World. + +And so the time passed. There was no further news of our man, there was +no response from him. He appeared no more. For my part, not knowing +what to think, I commenced to lose all hope of reaching any solution to +the strange affair. + +Then on the morning of the fifteenth of July, a letter without postmark +was found in the mailbox of the police bureau. After the authorities +had studied it, it was given out to the Washington journals, which +published it in facsimile, in special numbers. It was couched as +follows: + + + + +IX. +THE SECOND LETTER + + +On Board the Terror + +July 15. + + +To the Old and New World, + + +The propositions emanating from the different governments of Europe, as +also that which has finally been made by the United States of America, +need expect no other answer than this: + + +I refuse absolutely and definitely the sums offered for my invention. + + +My machine will be neither French nor German, nor Austrian nor Russian, +nor English nor American. + + +The invention will remain my own, and I shall use it as pleases me. + + +With it, I hold control of the entire world, and there lies no force +within the reach of humanity which is able to resist me, under any +circumstances whatsoever. + + +Let no one attempt to seize or stop me. It is, and will be, utterly +impossible. Whatever injury anyone attempts against me, I will return a +hundredfold. + + +As to the money which is offered me, I despise it! I have no need of +it. Moreover, on the day when it pleases me to have millions, or +billions, I have but to reach out my hand and take them. + + +Let both the Old and the New World realize this: They can accomplish +nothing against me; I can accomplish anything against them. + + +I sign this letter: +The Master of the World. + + + + +X. +OUTSIDE THE LAW + + +Such was the letter addressed to the government of the United States. +As to the person who had placed it in the mail-box of the police, no +one had seen him. + +The sidewalk in front of our offices had probably not been once vacant +during the entire night. From sunset to sunrise, there had always been +people, busy, anxious, or curious, passing before our door. It is true, +however, that even then, the bearer of the letter might easily have +slipped by unseen and dropped the letter in the box. The night had been +so dark, you could scarcely see from one side of the street to the +other. + +I have said that this letter appeared in facsimile in all the +newspapers to which the government communicated it. Perhaps one would +naturally imagine that the first comment of the public would be, “This +is the work of some practical joker.” It was in that way that I had +accepted my letter from the Great Eyrie, five weeks before. + +But this was not the general attitude toward the present letter, +neither in Washington, nor in the rest of America. To the few who would +have maintained that the document should not be taken seriously, an +immense majority would have responded: “This letter has not the style +nor the spirit of a jester. Only one man could have written it; and +that is the inventor of this unapproachable machine.” + +To most people this conclusion seemed indisputable owing to a curious +state of mind easily explainable. For all the strange facts of which +the key had hitherto been lacking, this letter furnished an +explanation. The theory now almost universally accepted was as follows. +The inventor had hidden himself for a time, only in order to reappear +more startlingly in some new light. Instead of having perished in an +accident, he had concealed himself in some retreat where the police +were unable to discover him. Then to assert positively his attitude +toward all governments he had written this letter. But instead of +dropping it in the post in any one locality, which might have resulted +in its being traced to him, he had come to Washington and deposited it +himself in the very spot suggested by the government’s official notice, +the bureau of police. + +Well! If this remarkable personage had reckoned that this new proof of +his existence would make some noise in two worlds, he certainly figured +rightly. That day, the millions of good folk who read and re-read their +daily paper could to employ a well-known phrase, scarcely believe their +eyes. + +As for myself, I studied carefully every phrase of the defiant +document. The hand-writing was black and heavy. An expert at +chirography would doubtless have distinguished in the lines traces of a +violent temperament, of a character stern and unsocial. Suddenly, a cry +escaped me—a cry that fortunately my housekeeper did not hear. Why had +I not noticed sooner the resemblance of the handwriting to that of the +letter I had received from Morganton? + +Moreover, a yet more significant coincidence, the initials with which +my letter had been signed, did they not stand for the words “Master of +the World?” + +And whence came the second letter? “On Board the ‘Terror.’” Doubtless +this name was that of the triple machine commanded by the mysterious +captain. The initials in my letter were his own signature; and it was +he who had threatened me, if I dared to renew my attempt on the Great +Eyrie. + +I rose and took from my desk the letter of June thirteenth. I compared +it with the facsimile in the newspapers. There was no doubt about it. +They were both in the same peculiar hand-writing. + +My mind worked eagerly. I sought to trace the probable deductions from +this striking fact, known only to myself. The man who had threatened me +was the commander of this “Terror”—startling name, only too well +justified! I asked myself if our search could not now be prosecuted +under less vague conditions. Could we not now start our men upon a +trail which would lead definitely to success? In short, what relation +existed between the “Terror” and the Great Eyrie? What connection was +there between the phenomena of the Blueridge Mountains, arid the no +less phenomenal performances of the fantastic machine? + +I knew what my first step should be; and with the letter in my pocket, +I hastened to police headquarters. Inquiring if Mr. Ward was within and +receiving an affirmative reply, I hastened toward his door, and rapped +upon it with unusual and perhaps unnecessary vigor. Upon his call to +enter, I stepped eagerly into the room. + +The chief had spread before him the letter published in the papers, not +a facsimile, but the original itself which had been deposited in the +letter-box of the department. + +“You come as if you had important news, Strock?” + +“Judge for yourself, Mr. Ward;” and I drew from my pocket the letter +with the initials. + +Mr. Ward took it, glanced at its face, and asked, “What is this?” + +“A letter signed only with initials, as you can see.” + +“And where was it posted?” + +“In Morganton, in North Carolina.” + +“When did you receive it?” + +“A month ago, the thirteenth of June.” + +“What did you think of it then?” + +“That it had been written as a joke.” + +“And now Strock?” + +“I think, what you will think, Mr. Ward, after you have studied it.” + +My chief turned to the letter again and read it carefully. “It is +signed with three initials,” said he. + +“Yes, Mr. Ward, and those initials belong to the words, ‘Master of the +World,’ in this facsimile.” + +“Of which this is the original,” responded Mr. Ward, taking it up. + +“It is quite evident,” I urged, “that the two letters are by the same +hand.” + +“It seems so.” + +“You see what threats are made against me, to protect the Great Eyrie.” + +“Yes, the threat of death! But Strock, you have had this letter for a +month. Why have you not shown it to me before?” + +“Because I attached no importance to it. Today, after the letter from +the ‘Terror,’ it must be taken seriously.” + +“I agree with you. It appears to me most important. I even hope it may +prove the means of tracking this strange personage.” + +“That is what I also hope, Mr. Ward.” + +“Only what connection can possibly exist between the ‘Terror’ and the +Great Eyrie?” + +“That I do not know. I cannot even imagine.” + +“There can be but one explanation,” continued Mr. Ward, “though it is +almost inadmissible, even impossible.” + +“And that is?” + +“That the Great Eyrie was the spot selected by the inventor, where he +gathered his material.” + +“That is impossible!” cried I. “In what way would he get his material +in there? And how get his machine out? After what I have seen, Mr. +Ward, your suggestion is impossible.” + +“Unless, Strock—” + +“Unless what?” I demanded. + +“Unless the machine of this Master of the World has also wings, which +permit it to take refuge in the Great Eyrie.” + +At the suggestion that the “Terror,” which had searched the deeps of +the sea, might be capable also of rivaling the vultures and the eagles, +I could not restrain an expressive shrug of incredulity. Neither did +Mr. Ward himself dwell upon the extravagant hypothesis. + +He took the two letters and compared them afresh. He examined them +under a microscope, especially the signatures, and established their +perfect identity. Not only the same hand, but the same pen had written +them. + +After some moments of further reflection, Mr. Ward said, “I will keep +your letter, Strock. Decidedly, I think, that you are fated to play an +important part in this strange affair or rather in these two affairs. +What thread attaches them, I cannot yet see; but I am sure the thread +exists. You have been connected with the first, and it will not be +surprising if you have a large part in the second.” + +“I hope so, Mr. Ward. You know how inquisitive I am.” + +“I do, Strock. That is understood. Now, I can only repeat my former +order; hold yourself in readiness to leave Washington at a moment’s +warning.” + +All that day, the public excitement caused by the defiant letter +mounted steadily higher. It was felt both at the White House and at the +Capitol that public opinion absolutely demanded some action. Of course, +it was difficult to do anything. Where could one find this Master of +the World? And even if he were discovered, how could he be captured? He +had at his disposal not only the powers he had displayed, but +apparently still greater resources as yet unknown. How had he been able +to reach Lake Kirdall over the rocks; and how had he escaped from it? +Then, if he had indeed appeared on Lake Superior, how had he covered +all the intervening territory unseen? + +What a bewildering affair it was altogether! This, of course, made it +all the more important to get to the bottom of it. Since the millions +of dollars had been refused, force must be employed. The inventor and +his invention were not to be bought. And in what haughty and menacing +terms he had couched his refusal! So be it! He must be treated as an +enemy of society, against whom all means became justified, that he +might be deprived of his power to injure others. The idea that he had +perished was now entirely discarded. He was alive, very much alive; and +his existence constituted a perpetual public danger! + +Influenced by these ideas, the government issued the following +proclamation: + +“Since the commander of the ‘Terror’ has refused to make public his +invention, at any price whatever, since the use which he makes of his +machine constitutes a public menace, against which it is impossible to +guard, the said commander of the ‘Terror’ is hereby placed beyond the +protection of the law. Any measures taken in the effort to capture or +destroy either him or his machine will be approved and rewarded.” + +It was a declaration of war, war to the death against this “Master of +the World” who thought to threaten and defy an entire nation, the +American nation! + +Before the day was over, various rewards of large amounts were promised +to anyone who revealed the hiding place of this dangerous inventor, to +anyone who could identify him, and to anyone who should rid the country +of him. + +Such was the situation during the last fortnight of July. All was left +to the hazard of fortune. The moment the outlaw re-appeared he would be +seen and signaled, and when the chance came he would be arrested. This +could not be accomplished when he was in his automobile on land or in +his boat on the water. No; he must be seized suddenly, before he had +any opportunity to escape by means of that speed which no other machine +could equal. + +I was therefore all alert, awaiting an order from Mr. Ward to start out +with my men. But the order did not arrive for the very good reason that +the man whom it concerned remained undiscovered. The end of July +approached. The newspapers continued the excitement. They published +repeated rumors. New clues were constantly being announced. But all +this was mere idle talk. Telegrams reached the police bureau from every +part of America, each contradicting and nullifying the others. The +enormous rewards offered could not help but lead to accusations, +errors, and blunders, made, many of them, in good faith. One time it +would be a cloud of dust, which must have contained the automobile. At +another time, almost any wave on any of America’s thousand lakes +represented the submarine. In truth, in the excited state of the public +imagination, apparitions assailed us from every side. + +At last, on the twenty-ninth of July, I received a telephone message to +come to Mr. Ward on the instant. Twenty minutes later I was in his +cabinet. + +“You leave in an hour, Strock,” said he. + +“Where for?” + +“For Toledo.” + +“It has been seen?” + +“Yes. At Toledo you will get your final orders.” + +“In an hour, my men and I will be on the way.” + +“Good! And, Strock, I now give you a formal order.” + +“What is it, Mr. Ward?” + +“To succeed! This time to succeed!” + + + + +XI. +THE CAMPAIGN + + +So the undiscoverable commander had reappeared upon the territory of +the United States! He had never shown himself in Europe either on the +roads or in the seas. He had not crossed the Atlantic, which apparently +he could have traversed in three days. Did he then intend to make only +America the scene of his exploits? Ought we to conclude from this that +he was an American? + +Let me insist upon this point. It seemed clear that the submarine might +easily have crossed the vast sea which separates the New and the Old +World. Not only would its amazing speed have made its voyage short, in +comparison to that of the swiftest steamship, but also it would have +escaped all the storms that make the voyage dangerous. Tempests did not +exist for it. It had but to abandon the surface of the waves, and it +could find absolute calm a few score feet beneath. + +But the inventor had not crossed the Atlantic, and if he were to be +captured now, it would probably be in Ohio, since Toledo is a city of +that state. + +This time the fact of the machine’s appearance had been kept secret, +between the police and the agent who had warned them, and whom I was +hurrying to meet. No journal—and many would have paid high for the +chance—was printing this news. We had decided that nothing should be +revealed until our effort was at an end. No indiscretion would be +committed by either my comrades or myself. + +The man to whom I was sent with an order from Mr. Ward was named Arthur +Wells. He awaited us at Toledo. The city of Toledo stands at the +western end of Lake Erie. Our train sped during the night across West +Virginia and Ohio. There was no delay; and before noon the next day the +locomotive stopped in the Toledo depot. + +John Hart, Nab Walker and I stepped out with traveling bags in our +hands, and revolvers in our pockets. Perhaps we should need weapons for +an attack, or even to defend ourselves. Scarcely had I stepped from the +train when I picked out the man who awaited us. He was scanning the +arriving passengers impatiently, evidently as eager and full of haste +as I. + +I approached him. “Mr. Wells?” said I. + +“Mr. Strock?” asked he. + +“Yes.” + +“I am at your command,” said Mr. Wells. + +“Are we to stop any time in Toledo?” I asked. + +“No; with your permission, Mr. Strock. A carriage with two good horses +is waiting outside the station; and we must leave at once to reach our +destination as soon as possible.” + +“We will go at once,” I answered, signing to my two men to follow us. +“Is it far?” + +“Twenty miles.” + +“And the place is called?” + +“Black Rock Creek.” + +Having left our bags at a hotel, we started on our drive. Much to my +surprise I found there were provisions sufficient for several days +packed beneath the seat of the carriage. Mr. Wells told me that the +region around Black Rock Creek was among the wildest in the state. +There was nothing there to attract either farmers or fishermen. We +would find not an inn for our meals nor a room in which to sleep. +Fortunately, during the July heat there would be no hardship even if we +had to lie one or two nights under the stars. + +More probably, however, if we were successful, the matter would not +occupy us many hours. Either the commander of the “Terror” would be +surprised before he had a chance to escape, or he would take to flight +and we must give up all hope of arresting him. + +I found Arthur Wells to be a man of about forty, large and powerful. I +knew him by reputation to be one of the best of our local police +agents. Cool in danger and enterprising always, he had proven his +daring on more than one occasion at the peril of his life. He had been +in Toledo on a wholly different mission, when chance had thrown him on +the track of the “Terror.” + +We drove rapidly along the shore of Lake Erie, toward the southwest. +This inland sea of water is on the northern boundary of the United +States, lying between Canada on one side and the States of Ohio, +Pennsylvania and New York on the other. If I stop to mention the +geographical position of this lake, its depth, its extent, and the +waters nearest around, it is because the knowledge is necessary for the +understanding of the events which were about to happen. + +The surface of Lake Erie covers about ten thousand square miles. It is +nearly six hundred feet above sea level. It is joined on the northwest, +by means of the Detroit River, with the still greater lakes to the +westward, and receives their waters. It has also rivers of its own +though of less importance, such as the Rocky, the Cuyahoga, and the +Black. The lake empties at its northeastern end into Lake Ontario by +means of Niagara River and its celebrated falls. + +The greatest known depth of Lake Erie is over one hundred and thirty +feet. Hence it will be seen that the mass of its waters is +considerable. In short, this is a region of most magnificent lakes. The +land, though not situated far northward, is exposed to the full sweep +of the Arctic cold. The region to the northward is low, and the winds +of winter rush down with extreme violence. Hence Lake Erie is sometimes +frozen over from shore to shore. + +The principal cities on the borders of this great lake are Buffalo at +the east, which belongs to New York State, and Toledo in Ohio, at the +west, with Cleveland and Sandusky, both Ohio cities, at the south. +Smaller towns and villages are numerous along the shore. The traffic is +naturally large, its annual value being estimated at considerably over +two million dollars. + +Our carriage followed a rough and little used road along the borders of +the lake; and as we toiled along, Arthur Wells told me, what he had +learned. + +Less than two days before, on the afternoon of July twenty-seventh +Wells had been riding on horseback toward the town of Herly. Five miles +outside the town, he was riding through a little wood, when he saw, far +up across the lake, a submarine which rose suddenly above the waves. He +stopped, tied his horse, and stole on foot to the edge of the lake. +There, from behind a tree he had seen with his own eyes, seen this +submarine advance toward him, and stop at the mouth of Black Rock +Creek. Was it the famous machine for which the whole world was seeking, +which thus came directly to his feet? + +When the submarine was close to the rocks, two men climbed out upon its +deck and stepped ashore. Was one of them this Master of the World, who +had not been seen since he was reported from Lake Superior? Was this +the mysterious “Terror” which had thus risen from the depths of Lake +Erie? + +“I was alone,” said Wells. “Alone on the edge of the Creek. If you and +your assistants, Mr. Strock, had been there, we four against two, we +would have been able to reach these men and seize them before they +could have regained their boat and fled.” + +“Probably,” I answered. “But were there no others on the boat with +them? Still, if we had seized the two, we could at least have learned +who they were.” + +“And above all,” added Wells, “if one of them turned out to be the +captain of the ‘Terror!’” + +“I have only one fear, Wells; this submarine, whether it is the one we +seek or another, may have left the creek since your departure.” + +“We shall know about that in a few hours, now. Pray Heaven they are +still there! Then when night comes?” + +“But,” I asked, “did you remain watching in the wood until night?” + +“No; I left after an hour’s watching, and rode straight for the +telegraph station at Toledo. I reached there late at night and sent +immediate word to Washington.” + +“That was night before last. Did you return yesterday to Black Rock +Creek?” + +“Yes.” + +“The submarine was still there?” + +“In the same spot.” + +“And the two men?” + +“The same two men. I judge that some accident had happened, and they +came to this lonely spot to repair it.” + +“Probably so,” said I. “Some damage which made it impossible for them +to regain their usual hiding-place. If only they are still here!” + +“I have reason to believe they will be, for quite a lot of stuff was +taken out of the boat, and laid about upon the shore; and as well as I +could discern from a distance they seemed to be working on board.” + +“Only the two men?” + +“Only the two.” + +“But,” protested I, “can two be sufficient to handle an apparatus of +such speed, and of such intricacy, as to be at once automobile, boat +and submarine?” + +“I think not, Mr. Strock; but I only saw the same two. Several times +they came to the edge of the little wood where I was hidden, and +gathered sticks for a fire which they made upon the beach. The region +is so uninhabited and the creek so hidden from the lake that they ran +little danger of discovery. They seemed to know this.” + +“You would recognize them both again?” + +“Perfectly. One was of middle size, vigorous, and quick of movement, +heavily bearded. The other was smaller, but stocky and strong. +Yesterday, as before, I left the wood about five o’clock and hurried +back to Toledo. There I found a telegram from Mr. Ward, notifying me of +your coming; and I awaited you at the station.” + +Summed up, then, the news amounted to this: For forty hours past a +submarine, presumably the one we sought, had been hidden in Black Rock +Creek, engaged in repairs. Probably these were absolutely necessary, +and we should find the boat still there. As to how the “Terror” came to +be in Lake Erie, Arthur Wells and I discussed that, and agreed that it +was a very probable place for her. The last time she had been seen was +on Lake Superior. From there to Lake Erie the machine could have come +by the roads of Michigan, but since no one had remarked its passage and +as both the police and the people were specially aroused and active in +that portion of the country, it seemed more probable, that the “Terror” +had come by water. There was a clear route through the chain of the +Great Lakes and their rivers, by which in her character of a submarine +she could easily proceed undiscovered. + +And now, if the “Terror” had already left the creek, or if she escaped +when we attempted to seize her, in what direction would she turn? In +any case, there was little chance of following her. There were two +torpedo-destroyers at the port of Buffalo, at the other extremity of +Lake Erie. By treaty between the United States and Canada, there are no +vessels of war whatever on the Great Lakes. These might, however, have +been little launches belonging to the customs service. Before I left +Washington Mr. Ward had informed me of their presence; and a telegram +to their commanders would, if there were need, start them in pursuit of +the “Terror.” But despite their splendid speed, how could they vie with +her! And if she plunged beneath the waters, they would be helpless. +Moreover Arthur Wells averred that in case of a battle, the advantage +would not be with the destroyers, despite their large crews, and many +guns. Hence, if we did not succeed this night, the campaign would end +in failure. + +Arthur Wells knew Black Rock Creek thoroughly, having hunted there more +than once. It was bordered in most places with sharp rocks against +which the waters of the lake beat heavily. Its channel was some thirty +feet deep, so that the “Terror” could take shelter either upon the +surface or under water. In two or three places the steep banks gave way +to sand beaches which led to little gorges reaching up toward the +woods, two or three hundred feet. + +It was seven in the evening when our carriage reached these woods. +There was still daylight enough for us to see easily, even in the shade +of the trees. To have crossed openly to the edge of the creek would +have exposed us to the view of the men of the “Terror,” if she were +still there, and thus give her warning to escape. + +“Had we better stop here?” I asked Wells, as our rig drew up to the +edge of the woods. + +“No, Mr. Strock,” said he. “We had better leave the carriage deeper in +the woods, where there will be no chance whatever of our being seen.” + +“Can the carriage drive under these trees?” + +“It can,” declared Wells. “I have already explored these woods +thoroughly. Five or six hundred feet from here, there is a little +clearing, where we will be completely hidden, and where our horses may +find pasture. Then, as soon as it is dark, we will go down to the +beach, at the edge of the rocks which shut in the mouth of the creek. +Thus if the ‘Terror’ is still there, we shall stand between her and +escape.” + +Eager as we all were for action, it was evidently best to do as Wells +suggested and wait for night. The intervening time could well be +occupied as he said. Leading the horses by the bridle, while they +dragged the empty carriage, we proceeded through the heavy woods. The +tall pines, the stalwart oaks, the cypress scattered here and there, +made the evening darker overhead. Beneath our feet spread a carpet of +scattered herbs, pine needles and dead leaves. Such was the thickness +of the upper foliage that the last rays of the setting sun could no +longer penetrate here. We had to feel our way; and it was not without +some knocks that the carriage reached the clearing ten minutes later. + +This clearing, surrounded by great trees, formed a sort of oval, +covered with rich grass. Here it was still daylight, and the darkness +would scarcely deepen for over an hour. There was thus time to arrange +an encampment and to rest awhile after our hard trip over the rough and +rocky roads. + +Of course, we were intensely eager to approach the Creek and see if the +“Terror” was still there. But prudence restrained us. A little +patience, and the night would enable us to reach a commanding position +unsuspected. Wells urged this strongly; and despite my eagerness, I +felt that he was right. + +The horses were unharnessed, and left to browse under the care of the +coachman who had driven us. The provisions were unpacked, and John Hart +and Nab Walker spread out a meal on the grass at the foot of a superb +cypress which recalled to me the forest odors of Morganton and Pleasant +Garden. We were hungry and thirsty; and food and drink were not +lacking. Then our pipes were lighted to calm the anxious moments of +waiting that remained. + +Silence reigned within the wood. The last song of the birds had ceased. +With the coming of night the breeze fell little by little, and the +leaves scarcely quivered even at the tops of the highest branches. The +sky darkened rapidly after sundown and twilight deepened into +obscurity. + +I looked at my watch, it was half-past eight. “It is time, Wells.” + +“When you will, Mr. Strock.” + +“Then let us start.” + +We cautioned the coachman not to let the horses stray beyond the +clearing. Then we started. Wells went in advance, I followed him, and +John Hart and Nab Walker came behind. In the darkness, we three would +have been helpless without the guidance of Wells. Soon we reached the +farther border of the woods; and before us stretched the banks of Black +Rock Creek. + +All was silent; all seemed deserted. We could advance without risk. If +the “Terror” was there, she had cast anchor behind the rocks. But was +she there? That was the momentous question! As we approached the +denouement of this exciting affair, my heart was in my throat. + +Wells motioned to us to advance. The sand of the shore crunched beneath +our steps. The two hundred feet between us and the mouth of the Creek +were crossed softly, and a few minutes sufficed to bring us to the +rocks at the edge of the lake. + +There was nothing! Nothing! + +The spot where Wells had left the “Terror” twenty-four hours before was +empty. The “Master of the World” was no longer at Black Rock Creek. + + + + +XII. +BLACK ROCK CREEK + + +Human nature is prone to illusions. Of course, there had been all along +a probability that the “Terror” had deserted the locality, even +admitting that it was she Wells had seen the previous day. If some +damage to her triple system of locomotion had prevented her from +regaining either by land or by water her usual hiding-place, and +obliged her to seek refuge in Black Rock Creek, what ought we to +conclude now upon finding her here no longer? Obviously, that, having +finished her repairs, she had continued on her way, and was already far +beyond the waters of Lake Erie. + +But probable as this result had been from the first, we had more and +more ignored it as our trip proceeded. We had come to accept as a fact +that we should meet the “Terror,” that we should find her anchored at +the base of the rocks where Wells had seen her. + +And now what disappointment! I might even say, what despair! All our +efforts gone for nothing! Even if the “Terror” was still upon the lake, +to find her, reach her and capture her, was beyond our power, and it +might as well be fully recognized beyond all human power. + +We stood there, Wells and I, completely crushed, while John Hart and +Nab Walker, no less chagrined, went tramping along the banks of the +Creek, seeking any trace that had been left behind. + +Posted there, at the mouth of the Creek, Wells and I exchanged scarcely +a word. What need was there of words to enable us to understand each +other! After our eagerness and our despair, we were now exhausted. +Defeated in our well-planned attempt, we felt as unwilling to abandon +our campaign, as we were unable to continue it. + +Nearly an hour slipped by. We could not resolve to leave the place. Our +eyes still sought to pierce the night. Sometimes a glimmer, due to the +sparkle of the waters, trembled on the surface of the lake. Then it +vanished, and with it the foolish hope that it had roused. Sometimes +again, we thought we saw a shadow outlined against the dark, the +silhouette of an approaching boat. Yet again some eddies would swirl up +at our feet, as if the Creek had been stirred within its depths. These +vain imaginings were dissipated one after the other. They were but the +illusions raised by our strained fancies. + +At length our companions rejoined us. My first question was, “Nothing +new?” + +“Nothing,” said John Hart. + +“You have explored both banks of the Creek?” + +“Yes,” responded Nab Walker, “as far as the shallow water above; and we +have not seen even a vestige of the things which Mr. Wells saw laid on +the shore.” + +“Let us wait awhile,” said I, unable to resolve upon a return to the +woods. + +At that moment our attention was caught by a sudden agitation of the +waters, which swelled upward at the foot of the rocks. + +“It is like the swell from a vessel,” said Wells. + +“Yes,” said I, instinctively lowering my voice. “What has caused it? +The wind has completely died out. Does it come from something on the +surface of the lake?” + +“Or from something underneath,” said Wells, bending forward, the better +to determine. + +The commotion certainly seemed as if caused by some boat, whether from +beneath the water, or approaching the creek from outside upon the lake. + +Silent, motionless, we strained eyes and ears to pierce the profound +obscurity. The faint noise of the waves of the lake lapping on the +shore beyond the creek, came to us distinctly through the night. John +Hart and Nab Walker drew a little aside upon a higher ridge of rocks. +As for me, I leaned close to the water to watch the agitation. It did +not lessen. On the contrary it became momentarily more evident, and I +began to distinguish a sort of regular throbbing, like that produced by +a screw in motion. + +“There is no doubt,” declared Wells, leaning close to me, “there is a +boat coming toward us.” + +“There certainly is,” responded I, “unless they have whales or sharks +in Lake Erie.” + +“No, it is a boat,” repeated Wells. “Is she headed toward the mouth of +the creek, or is she going further up it?” + +“This is just where you saw the boat twice before?” + +“Yes, just here.” + +“Then if this is the same one, and it can be no other, she will +probably return to the same spot.” + +“There!” whispered Wells, extending his hand toward the entrance of the +creek. + +Our companions rejoined us, and all four, crouching low upon the bank, +peered in the direction he pointed. + +We vaguely distinguished a black mass moving through the darkness. It +advanced very slowly and was still outside the creek, upon the lake, +perhaps a cable’s length to the northeast. We could scarcely hear even +now the faint throbbing of its engines. Perhaps they had stopped and +the boat was only gliding forward under their previous impulse. + +It seemed, then, that this was indeed the submarine which Wells had +watched, and it was returning to pass this night, like the last, within +the shelter of the creek. + +Why had it left the anchorage, if only to return? Had it suffered some +new disaster, which again impaired its power? Or had it been before +compelled to leave, with its repairs still unfinished? What cause +constrained it to return here? Was there some imperious reason why it +could no longer be turned into an automobile, and go darting away +across the roads of Ohio? + +To all these questions which came crowding upon me, I could give no +answer. Furthermore both Wells and I kept reasoning under the +assumption that this was really the “Terror” commanded by the “Master +of the World” who had dated from it his letter of defiance to the +government. Yet this premise was still unproven, no matter how +confident we might feel of it. + +Whatever boat this was, that stole so softly through the night, it +continued to approach us. Assuredly its captain must know perfectly the +channels and shores of Black Rock Creek, since he ventured here in such +darkness. Not a light showed upon the deck. Not a single ray from +within the cabin glimmered through any crevice. + +A moment later, we heard some machinery moving very softly. The swell +of the eddies grew stronger, and in a few moments the boat touched the +quay. + +This word “quay,” only used in that region, exactly describes the spot. +The rocks at our feet formed a level, five or six feet above the water, +and descending to it perpendicularly, exactly like a landing wharf. + +“We must not stop here,” whispered Wells, seizing me by the arm. + +“No,” I answered, “they might see us. We must lie crouched upon the +beach! Or we might hide in some crevice of the rocks.” + +“We will follow you.” + +There was not a moment to lose. The dark mass was now close at hand, +and on its deck, but slightly raised above the surface of the water, we +could trace the silhouettes of two men. + +Were there, then, really only two on board? + +We stole softly back to where the ravines rose toward the woods above. +Several niches in the rocks were at hand. Wells and I crouched down in +one, my two assistants in another. If the men on the “Terror” landed, +they could not see us; but we could see them, and would be able to act +as opportunity offered. + +There were some slight noises from the boat, a few words exchanged in +our own language. It was evident that the vessel was preparing to +anchor. Then almost instantly, a rope was thrown out, exactly on the +point of the quay where we had stood. + +Leaning forward, Wells could discern that the rope was seized by one of +the mariners, who had leaped ashore. Then we heard a grappling-iron +scrape along the ground. + +Some moments later, steps crunched upon the sand. Two men came up the +ravine, and went onward toward the edge of the woods, guiding their +steps by a ship lantern. + +Where were they going? Was Black Rock Creek a regular hiding place of +the “Terror?” Had her commander a depot here for stores or provisions? +Did they come here to restock their craft, when the whim of their wild +voyaging brought them to this part of the continent? Did they know this +deserted, uninhabited spot so well, that they had no fear of ever being +discovered here? + +“What shall we do?” whispered Wells. + +“Wait till they return, and then—” My words were cut short by a +surprise. The men were not thirty feet from us, when, one of them +chancing to turn suddenly, the light of their lantern fell full upon +his face. + +He was one of the two men who had watched before my house in Long +Street! I could not be mistaken! I recognized him as positively as my +old servant had done. It was he; it was assuredly one of the spies of +whom I had never been able to find any further traces! There was no +longer any doubt, my warning letter had come from them. It was +therefore from the “Master of the World”; it had been written from the +“Terror” and this was the “Terror.” Once more I asked myself what +could be the connection between this machine and the Great Eyrie! + +In whispered words, I told Wells of my discovery. His only comment was, +“It is all incomprehensible!” + +Meanwhile the two men had continued on their way to the woods, and were +gathering sticks beneath the trees. “What if they discover our +encampment?” murmured Wells. + +“No danger, if they do not go beyond the nearest trees.” + +“But if they do discover it?” + +“They will hurry back to their boat, and we shall be able to cut off +their retreat.” + +Toward the creek, where their craft lay, there was no further sound. I +left my hiding-place; I descended the ravine to the quay; I stood on +the very spot where the grappling-iron was fast among the rocks. + +The “Terror” lay there, quiet at the end of its cable. Not a light was +on board; not a person visible, either on the deck, or on the bank. Was +not this my opportunity? Should I leap on board and there await the +return of the two men? + +“Mr. Strock!” It was Wells, who called to me softly from close at hand. + +I drew back in all haste and crouched down beside him. Was it too late +to take possession of the boat? Or would the attempt perhaps result in +disaster from the presence of others watching on board? + +At any rate, the two men with the lantern were close at hand returning +down the ravine. Plainly they suspected nothing. Each carrying a bundle +of wood, they came forward and stopped upon the quay. + +Then one of them raised his voice, though not loudly. “Hullo! Captain!” + +“All right,” answered a voice from the boat. + +Wells murmured in my ear, “There are three!” + +“Perhaps four,” I answered, “perhaps five or six!” + +The situation grew more complicated. Against a crew so numerous, what +ought we to do? The least imprudence might cost us dear! Now that the +two men had returned, would they re-embark with their faggots? Then +would the boat leave the creek, or would it remain anchored until day? +If it withdrew, would it not be lost to us? It could leave the waters +of Lake Erie, and cross any of the neighboring states by land; or it +could retrace its road by the Detroit River which would lead it to Lake +Huron and the Great Lakes above. Would such an opportunity as this, in +the narrow waters of Black Rock Creek, ever occur again! + +“At least,” said I to Wells, “we are four. They do not expect attack; +they will be surprised. The result is in the hands of Providence.” + +I was about to call our two men, when Wells again seized my arm. +“Listen!” said he. + +One of the men hailed the boat, and it drew close up to the rocks. We +heard the Captain say to the two men ashore, “Everything is all right, +up there?” + +“Everything, Captain.” + +“There are still two bundles of wood left there?” + +“Two.” + +“Then one more trip will bring them all on board the ‘Terror.’” + +The “Terror!” It WAS she! + +“Yes; just one more trip,” answered one of the men. + +“Good; then we will start off again at daybreak.” + +Were there then but three of them on board? The Captain, this Master of +the World, and these two men? + +Evidently they planned to take aboard the last of their wood. Then they +would withdraw within their machine, and go to sleep. Would not that be +the time to surprise them, before they could defend themselves? + +Rather than to attempt to reach and capture the ship in face of this +resolute Captain who was guarding it, Wells and I agreed that it was +better to let his men return unassailed, and wait till they were all +asleep. + +It was now half an hour after ten. Steps were once more heard upon the +shore. The man with a lantern and his companion, again remounted the +ravine toward the woods. When they were safely beyond hearing, Wells +went to warn our men, while I stole forward again to the very edge of +the water. + +The “Terror” lay at the end of a short cable. As well as I could judge, +she was long and slim, shaped like a spindle, without chimney, without +masts, without rigging, such a shape as had been described when she was +seen on the coast of New England. + +I returned to my place, with my men in the shelter of the ravine; and +we looked to our revolvers, which might well prove of service. + +Five minutes had passed since the men reached the woods, and we +expected their return at any moment. After that, we must wait at least +an hour before we made our attack; so that both the Captain and his +comrades might be deep in sleep. It was important that they should have +not a moment either to send their craft darting out upon the waters of +Lake Erie, or to plunge it beneath the waves where we would have been +entrapped with it. + +In all my career I have never felt such impatience. It seemed to me +that the two men must have been detained in the woods. Something had +barred their return. + +Suddenly a loud noise was heard, the tumult of run-away horses, +galloping furiously along the shore! + +They were our own, which, frightened, and perhaps neglected by the +driver, had broken away from the clearing, and now came rushing along +the bank. + +At the same moment, the two men reappeared, and this time they were +running with all speed. Doubtless they had discovered our encampment, +and had at once suspected that there were police hidden in the woods. +They realized that they were watched, they were followed, they would be +seized. So they dashed recklessly down the ravine, and after loosening +the cable, they would doubtless endeavor to leap aboard. The “Terror” +would disappear with the speed of a meteor, and our attempt would be +wholly defeated! + +“Forward,” I cried. And we scrambled down the sides of the ravine to +cut off the retreat of the two men. + +They saw us and, on the instant, throwing down their bundles, fired at +us with revolvers, hitting John Hart in the leg. + +We fired in our turn, but less successfully. The men neither fell nor +faltered in their course. Reaching the edge of the creek, without +stopping to unloose the cable, they plunged overboard, and in a moment +were clinging to the deck of the “Terror.” + +Their captain, springing forward, revolver in hand, fired. The ball +grazed Wells. + +Nab Walker and I seizing the cable, pulled the black mass of the boat +toward shore. Could they cut the rope in time to escape us? + +Suddenly the grappling-iron was torn violently from the rocks. One of +its hooks caught in my belt, while Walker was knocked down by the +flying cable. I was entangled by the iron and the rope and dragged +forward— + +The “Terror,” driven by all the power of her engines, made a single +bound and darted out across Black Rock Creek. + + + + +XIII. +ON BOARD THE TERROR + + +When I came to my senses it was daylight. A half light pierced the +thick glass port-hole of the narrow cabin wherein someone had placed +me—how many hours ago, I could not say! Yet it seemed to me by the +slanting rays, that the sun could not be very far above the horizon. + +I was resting in a narrow bunk with coverings over me. My clothes, +hanging in a corner, had been dried. My belt, torn in half by the hook +of the iron, lay on the floor. + +I felt no wound nor injury, only a little weakness. If I had lost +consciousness, I was sure it had not been from a blow. My head must +have been drawn beneath the water, when I was tangled in the cable. I +should have been suffocated, if someone had not dragged me from the +lake. + +Now, was I on board the “Terror?” And was I alone with the Captain and +his two men? This seemed probable, almost certain. The whole scene of +our encounter rose before my eyes, Hart lying wounded upon the bank; +Wells firing shot after shot, Walker hurled down at the instant when +the grappling hook caught my belt! And my companions? On their side, +must not they think that I had perished in the waters of Lake Erie? + +Where was the “Terror” now, and how was it navigating? Was it moving as +an automobile? Speeding across the roads of some neighboring State? If +so, and if I had been unconscious for many hours, the machine with its +tremendous powers must be already far away. Or, on the other hand, were +we, as a submarine, following some course beneath the lake? + +No, the “Terror” was moving upon some broad liquid surface. The +sunlight, penetrating my cabin, showed that the window was not +submerged. On the other hand, I felt none of the jolting that the +automobile must have suffered even on the smoothest highway. Hence the +“Terror” was not traveling upon land. + +As to deciding whether she was still traversing Lake Erie, that was +another matter. Had not the Captain reascended the Detroit River, and +entered Lake Huron, or even Lake Superior beyond? It was difficult to +say. + +At any rate I decided to go up on deck. From there I might be able to +judge. Dragging myself somewhat heavily from the bunk, I reached for my +clothes and dressed, though without much energy. Was I not probably +locked within this cabin? + +The only exit seemed by a ladder and hatchway above my head. The hatch +rose readily to my hand, and I ascended half way on deck. + +My first care was to look forward, backward, and on both sides of the +speeding “Terror.” Everywhere a vast expanse of waves! Not a shore in +sight! Nothing but the horizon formed by sea and sky! + +Whether it was a lake or the ocean I could easily settle. As we shot +forward at such speed the water cut by the bow, rose furiously upward +on either side, and the spray lashed savagely against me. + +I tasted it. It was fresh water, and very probably that of Lake Erie. +The sun was but midway toward the zenith so it could scarcely be more +than seven or eight hours since the moment when the “Terror” had darted +from Black Rock Creek. + +This must therefore be the following morning, that of the thirty-first +of July. + +Considering that Lake Erie is two hundred and twenty miles long, and +over fifty wide, there was no reason to be surprised that I could see +no land, neither that of the United States to the southeast nor of +Canada to the northwest. + +At this moment there were two men on the deck, one being at the bow on +the look-out, the other in the stern, keeping the course to the +northeast, as I judged by the position of the sun. The one at the bow +was he whom I had recognized as he ascended the ravine at Black Rock. +The second was his companion who had carried the lantern. I looked in +vain for the one whom they had called Captain. He was not in sight. + +It will be readily appreciated how eager was my desire to stand in the +presence of the creator of these prodigious machines of this fantastic +personage who occupied and preoccupied the attention of all the world, +the daring inventor who did not fear to engage in battle against the +entire human race, and who proclaimed himself “Master of the World.” + +I approached the man on the look-out, and after a minute of silence I +asked him, “Where is the Captain?” + +He looked at me through half-closed eyes. He seemed not to understand +me. Yet I knew, having heard him the night before, that he spoke +English. Moreover, I noticed that he did not appear surprised to see me +out of my cabin. Turning his back upon me, he continued to search the +horizon. + +I stepped then toward the stern, determined to ask the same question +about the Captain. But when I approached the steersman, he waved me +away with his hand, and I obtained no other response. + +It only remained for me to study this craft, from which we had been +repelled with revolver shots, when we had seized upon its anchor rope. + +I therefore set leisurely to work to examine the construction of this +machine, which was carrying me—whither? The deck and the upper works +were all made of some metal which I did not recognize. In the center of +the deck, a scuttle half raised covered the room where the engines were +working regularly and almost silently. As I had seen before, neither +masts, nor rigging! Not even a flagstaff at the stern! Toward the bow +there arose the top of a periscope by which the “Terror” could be +guided when beneath the water. + +On the sides were folded back two sort of outshoots resembling the +gangways on certain Dutch boats. Of these I could not understand the +use. + +In the bow there rose a third hatch-way which presumably covered the +quarters occupied by the two men when the “Terror” was at rest. + +At the stern a similar hatch gave access probably to the cabin of the +captain, who remained unseen. When these different hatches were shut +down, they had a sort of rubber covering which closed them hermetically +tight, so that the water could not reach the interior when the boat +plunged beneath the ocean. + +As to the motor, which imparted such prodigious speed to the machine, I +could see nothing of it, nor of the propeller. However, the fast +speeding boat left behind it only a long, smooth wake. The extreme +fineness of the lines of the craft, caused it to make scarcely any +waves, and enabled it to ride lightly over the crest of the billows +even in a rough sea. + +As was already known, the power by which the machine was driven, was +neither steam nor gasoline, nor any of those similar liquids so well +known by their odor, which are usually employed for automobiles and +submarines. No doubt the power here used was electricity, generated on +board, at some high power. Naturally I asked myself whence comes this +electricity, from piles, or from accumulators? But how were these piles +or accumulators charged? Unless, indeed, the electricity was drawn +directly from the surrounding air or from the water, by processes +hitherto unknown. And I asked myself with intense eagerness if in the +present situation, I might be able to discover these secrets. + +Then I thought of my companions, left behind on the shore of Black Rock +Creek. One of them, I knew, was wounded; perhaps the others were also. +Having seen me dragged overboard by the hawser, could they possibly +suppose that I had been rescued by the “Terror?” Surely not! Doubtless +the news of my death had already been telegraphed to Mr. Ward from +Toledo. And now who would dare to undertake a new campaign against this +“Master of the World”? + +These thoughts occupied my mind as I awaited the captain’s appearance +on the deck. He did not appear. + +I soon began to feel very hungry; for I must have fasted now nearly +twenty-four hours. I had eaten nothing since our hasty meal in the +woods, even if that had been the night before. And judging by the pangs +which now assailed my stomach, I began to wonder if I had not been +snatched on board the “Terror” two days before,—or even more. + +Happily the question if they meant to feed me, and how they meant to +feed me, was solved at once. The man at the bow left his post, +descended, and reappeared. Then, without saying a word, he placed some +food before me and returned to his place. Some potted meat, dried fish, +sea-biscuit, and a pot of ale so strong that I had to mix it with +water, such was the meal to which I did full justice. My fellow +travelers had doubtless eaten before I came out of the cabin, and they +did not join me. + +There was nothing further to attract my eyes, and I sank again into +thought. How would this adventure finish? Would I see this invisible +captain at length, and would he restore me to liberty? Could I regain +it in spite of him? That would depend on circumstances! But if the +“Terror” kept thus far away from the shore, or if she traveled beneath +the water, how could I escape from her? Unless we landed, and the +machine became an automobile, must I not abandon all hope of escape? + +Moreover—why should I not admit it?—to escape without having learned +anything of the “Terror’s” secrets would not have contented me at all. +Although I could not thus far flatter myself upon the success of my +campaign, and though I had come within a hairbreadth of losing my life +and though the future promised far more of evil than of good, yet after +all, a step forward had been attained. To be sure, if I was never to be +able to re-enter into communication with the world, if, like this +Master of the World who had voluntarily placed himself outside the law, +I was now placed outside humanity, then the fact that I had reached the +“Terror” would have little value. + +The craft continued headed to the northeast, following the longer axis +of Lake Erie. She was advancing at only half speed; for, had she been +doing her best, she must some hours before have reached the +northeastern extremity of the lake. + +At this end Lake Erie has no other outlet than the Niagara River, by +which it empties into Lake Ontario. Now, this river is barred by the +famous cataract some fifteen miles beyond the important city of +Buffalo. Since the “Terror” had not retreated by the Detroit River, +down which she had descended from the upper lakes, how was she to +escape from these waters, unless indeed she crossed by land? + +The sun passed the meridian. The day was beautiful; warm but not +unpleasantly so, thanks to the breeze made by our passage. The shores +of the lake continued invisible on both the Canadian and the American +side. + +Was the captain determined not to show himself? Had he some reason for +remaining unknown? Such a precaution would indicate that he intended to +set me at liberty in the evening, when the “Terror” could approach the +shore unseen. + +Toward two o’clock, however, I heard a slight noise; the central +hatchway was raised. The man I had so impatiently awaited appeared on +deck. + +I must admit he paid no more attention to me, than his men had done. +Going to the stern, he took the helm. The man whom he had relieved, +after a few words in a low tone, left the deck, descending by the +forward hatchway. The captain, having scanned the horizon, consulted +the compass, and slightly altered our course. The speed of the “Terror” +increased. + +This man, so interesting both to me and to the world, must have been +some years over fifty. He was of middle height, with powerful shoulders +still very erect; a strong head, with thick hair rather gray than +white, smooth shaven cheeks, and a short, crisp beard. His chest was +broad, his jaw prominent, and he had that characteristic sign of +tremendous energy, bushy eyebrows drawn sharply together. Assuredly he +possessed a constitution of iron, splendid health, and warm red blood +beneath his sun burned skin. + +Like his companions the captain was dressed in sea-clothes covered by +an oil-skin coat, and with a woolen cap which could be pulled down to +cover his head entirely, when he so desired. + +Need I add that the captain of the “Terror” was the other of the two +men, who had watched my house in Long street. Moreover, if I recognized +him, he also must recognize me as chief-inspector Strock, to whom had +been assigned the task of penetrating the Great Eyrie. + +I looked at him curiously. On his part, while he did not seek to avoid +my eyes, he showed at least a singular indifference to the fact that he +had a stranger on board. + +As I watched him, the idea came to me, a suggestion which I had not +connected with the first view of him in Washington, that I had already +seen this characteristic figure. Was it in one of the photographs held +in the police department, or was it merely a picture in some shop +window? But the remembrance was very vague. Perhaps I merely imagined +it. + +Well, though his companions had not had the politeness to answer me, +perhaps he would be more courteous. He spoke the same language as I, +although I could not feel quite positive that he was of American birth. +He might indeed have decided to pretend not to understand me, so as to +avoid all discussion while he held me prisoner. + +In that case, what did he mean to do with me? Did he intend to dispose +of me without further ceremony? Was he only waiting for night to throw +me overboard? Did even the little which I knew of him, make me a danger +of which he must rid himself? But in that case, he might better have +left me at the end of his anchor line. That would have saved him the +necessity of drowning me over again. + +I turned, I walked to the stern, I stopped full in front of him. Then, +at length, he fixed full upon me a glance that burned like a flame. + +“Are you the captain?” I asked. + +He was silent. + +“This boat! Is it really the ‘Terror?’” + +To this question also there was no response. Then I reached toward him; +I would have taken hold of his arm. + +He repelled me without violence, but with a movement that suggested +tremendous restrained power. + +Planting myself again before him, I demanded in a louder tone, “What do +you mean to do with me?” + +Words seemed almost ready to burst from his lips, which he compressed +with visible irritation. As though to check his speech he turned his +head aside. His hand touched a regulator of some sort, and the machine +rapidly increased its speed. + +Anger almost mastered me. I wanted to cry out “So be it! Keep your +silence! I know who you are, just as I know your machine, recognized at +Madison, at Boston, at Lake Kirdall. Yes; it is you, who have rushed so +recklessly over our roads, our seas and our lakes! Your boat is the +‘Terror’ and you her commander, wrote that letter to the government. It +is you who fancy you can fight the entire world. You, who call yourself +the Master of the World!” + +And how could he have denied it! I saw at that moment the famous +initials inscribed upon the helm! + +Fortunately I restrained myself; and despairing of getting any response +to my questions, I returned to my seat near the hatchway of my cabin. + +For long hours, I patiently watched the horizon in the hope that land +would soon appear. Yes, I sat waiting! For I was reduced to that! +Waiting! No doubt, before the day closed, the “Terror” must reach the +end of Lake Erie, since she continued her course steadily to the +northeast. + + + + +XIV. +NIAGARA + + +The hours passed, and the situation did not change. The steersman +returned on deck, and the captain, descending, watched the movement of +the engines. Even when our speed increased, these engines continued +working without noise, and with remarkable smoothness. There was never +one of those inevitable breaks, with which in most motors the pistons +sometimes miss a stroke. I concluded that the “Terror,” in each of its +transformations must be worked by rotary engines. But I could not +assure myself of this. + +For the rest, our direction did not change. Always we headed toward the +northeast end of the lake, and hence toward Buffalo. + +Why, I wondered, did the captain persist in following this route? He +could not intend to stop at Buffalo, in the midst of a crowd of boats +and shipping of every kind. If he meant to leave the lake by water, +there was only the Niagara River to follow; and its Falls would be +impassable, even to such a machine as this. The only escape was by the +Detroit River, and the “Terror” was constantly leaving that farther +behind. + +Then another idea occurred to me. Perhaps the captain was only waiting +for night to return to the shore of the lake. There, the boat, changed +to an automobile, would quickly cross the neighboring States. If I did +not succeed in making my escape, during this passage across the land, +all hope of regaining my liberty would be gone. + +True, I might learn where this Master of the World hid himself. I might +learn what no one had yet been able to discover, assuming always that +he did not dispose of me at one time or another—and what I expected his +“disposal” would be, is easily comprehended. + +I knew the northeast end of Lake Erie well, having often visited that +section of New York State which extends westward from Albany to +Buffalo. Three years before, a police mission had led me to explore +carefully the shores of the Niagara River, both above and below the +cataract and its Suspension Bridge. I had visited the two principal +islands between Buffalo and the little city of Niagara Falls, I had +explored Navy Island and also Goat Island, which separates the American +falls from those of the Canadian side. + +Thus if an opportunity for flight presented itself, I should not find +myself in an unknown district. But would this chance offer? And at +heart, did I desire it, or would I seize upon it? What secrets still +remained in this affair in which good fortune or was it evil +fortune—had so closely entangled me! + +On the other hand, I saw no real reason to suppose that there was any +chance of my reaching the shores of the Niagara River. The “Terror” +would surely not venture into this trap which had no exit. Probably she +would not even go to the extremity of the lake. + +Such were the thoughts that spun through my excited brain, while my +eyes remained fixed upon the empty horizon. + +And always one persistent question remained insolvable. Why had the +captain written to me personally that threatening letter? Why had he +spied upon me in Washington? What bond attached him to the Great Eyrie? +There might indeed be subterranean canals which gave him passage to +Lake Kirdall, but could he pierce the impenetrable fortress of the +Eyrie? No! That was beyond him! + +Toward four o’clock in the afternoon, reckoning by the speed of the +“Terror” and her direction, I knew we must be approaching Buffalo; and +indeed, its outlines began to show some fifteen miles ahead. During our +passage, a few boats had been seen, but we had passed them at a long +distance, a distance which our captain could easily keep as great as he +pleased. Moreover, the “Terror” lay so low upon the water, that at even +a mile away it would have been difficult to discover her. + +Now, however, the hills encircling the end of Lake Erie, came within +vision, beyond Buffalo, forming the sort of funnel by which Lake Erie +pours its waters into the channel of the Niagara river. Some dunes rose +on the right, groups of trees stood out here and there. In the +distance, several freight steamers and fishing smacks appeared. The sky +became spotted with trails of smoke, which were swept along by a light +eastern breeze. + +What was our captain thinking of in still heading toward the port of +Buffalo! Did not prudence forbid him to venture further? At each +moment, I expected that he would give a sweep of the helm and turn away +toward the western shore of the lake. Or else, I thought, he would +prepare to plunge beneath the surface. But this persistence in holding +our bow toward Buffalo was impossible to understand! + +At length the helmsman, whose eyes were watching the northeastern +shore, made a sign to his companion. The latter, leaving the bow, went +to the central hatchway, and descended into the engine room. Almost +immediately the captain came on deck, and joining the helmsman, spoke +with him in a low voice. + +The latter, extending his hand toward Buffalo, pointed out two black +spots, which showed five or six miles distant on the starboard side. +The captain studied them attentively. Then shrugging his shoulders, he +seated himself at the stern without altering the course of the +“Terror.” + +A quarter of an hour later, I could see plainly that there were two +smoke clouds at the point they had studied so carefully. Little by +little the black spots beneath these became more defined. They were two +long, low steamers, which, coming from the port of Buffalo, were +approaching rapidly. + +Suddenly it struck me that these were the two torpedo destroyers of +which Mr. Ward had spoken, and which I had been told to summon in case +of need. + +These destroyers were of the newest type, the swiftest boats yet +constructed in the country. Driven by powerful engines of the latest +make, they had covered almost thirty miles an hour. It is true, the +“Terror” commanded an even greater speed, and always, if she were +surrounded so that flight was impossible, she could submerge herself +out of reach of all pursuit. In truth, the destroyers would have had to +be submarines to attack the “Terror” with any chance of success. And I +know not, if even in that case, the contest would have been equal. + +Meanwhile, it seemed to me evident that the commanders of the two ships +had been warned, perhaps by Mr. Wells who, returning swiftly to Toledo, +might have telegraphed to them the news of our defeat. It appeared, +moreover, that they had seen the “Terror,” for they were headed at full +speed toward her. Yet our captain, seemingly giving them no thought +whatever, continued his course toward the Niagara River. + +What would the torpedo destroyers do? Presumably, they would maneuver +so as to seek to shut the “Terror” within the narrowing end of the lake +where the Niagara offered her no passage. + +Our captain now took the helm. One of the men was at the bow, the other +in the engine room. Would the order be given for me to go down into the +cabin? + +It was not, to my extreme satisfaction. To speak frankly, no one paid +any attention to me. It was as if I had not been on board. I watched, +therefore, not without mixed emotions, the approach of the destroyers. +Less than two miles distant now they separated in such a way as to hold +the “Terror” between their fires. + +As to the Master of the World, his manner indicated only the most +profound disdain. He seemed sure that these destroyers were powerless +against him. With a touch to his machinery he could distance them, no +matter what their speed! With a few turns of her engine, the “Terror” +would dart beyond their cannon shots! Or, in the depths of the lake, +what projectiles could find the submarine? + +Five minutes later, scarcely a mile separated us from the two powerful +fighters which pursued us. Our captain permitted them to approach still +closer. Then he pressed upon a handle. The “Terror,” doubling the +action of her propellers, leaped across the surface of the lake. She +played with the destroyers! Instead of turning in flight, she continued +her forward course. Who knew if she would not even have the audacity to +pass between her two enemies, to coax them after her, until the hour +when, as night closed in, they would be forced to abandon the useless +pursuit! + +The city of Buffalo was now in plain view on the border of the lake. I +saw its huge buildings, its church towers, its grain elevators. Only +four or five miles ahead, Niagara river opened to the northward. + +Under these new conditions which way should I turn? When we passed in +front of the destroyers, or perhaps between them, should I not throw +myself into the waters? I was a good swimmer, and such a chance might +never occur again. The captain could not stop to recapture me. By +diving could I not easily escape, even from a bullet? I should surely +be seen by one or other of the pursuers. Perhaps, even, their +commanders had been warned of my presence on board the “Terror.” Would +not a boat be sent to rescue me? + +Evidently my chance of success would be even greater, if the “Terror” +entered the narrow waters of Niagara River. At Navy Island I would be +able to set foot on territory that I knew well. But to suppose that our +captain would rush into this river where he might be swept over the +great cataract! That seemed impossible! I resolved to await the +destroyers’ closest approach and at the last moment I would decide. + +Yet my resolution to escape was but half-hearted. I could not resign +myself thus to lose all chance of following up this mystery. My +instincts as a police official revolted. I had but to reach out my hand +in order to seize this man who had been outlawed! Should I let him +escape me! No! I would not save myself! Yet, on the other hand, what +fate awaited me, and where would I be carried by the “Terror,” if I +remained on board? + +It was a quarter past six. The destroyers, quivering and trembling +under the strain of their speed, gained on us perceptibly. They were +now directly astern, leaving between them a distance of twelve or +fifteen cable lengths. The “Terror,” without increasing her speed, saw +one of them approach on the port side, the other to starboard. + +I did not leave my place. The man at the bow was close by me. Immovable +at the helm, his eyes burning beneath his contracted brows, the captain +waited. He meant, perhaps, to finish the chase by one last maneuver. + +Suddenly, a puff of smoke rose from the destroyer on our left. A +projectile, brushing the surface of the water, passed in front of the +“Terror,” and sped beyond the destroyer on our right. + +I glanced around anxiously. Standing by my side, the lookout seemed to +await a sign from the captain. As for him, he did not even turn his +head; and I shall never forget the expression of disdain imprinted on +his visage. + +At this moment, I was pushed suddenly toward the hatchway of my cabin, +which was fastened above me. At the same instant the other hatchways +were closed; the deck became watertight. I heard a single throb of the +machinery, and the plunge was made, the submarine disappeared beneath +the waters of the lake. + +Cannon shot still boomed above us. Their heavy echo reached my ear; +then everything was peace. Only a faint light penetrated through the +porthole into my cabin. The submarine, without the least rolling or +pitching, sped silently through the deeps. + +I had seen with what rapidity, and also with what ease the +transformation of the “Terror” had been made. No less easy and rapid, +perhaps, would be her change to an automobile. + +And now what would this Master of the World do? Presumably he would +change his course, unless, indeed, he preferred to speed to land, and +there continue his route along the roads. It still seemed more +probable, however, that he would turn back toward the west, and after +distancing the destroyers, regain the Detroit River. Our submersion +would probably only last long enough to escape out of cannon range, or +until night forbade pursuit. + +Fate, however, had decreed a different ending to this exciting chase. +Scarce ten minutes had passed when there seemed some confusion on +board. I heard rapid words exchanged in the engine room. The steadily +moving machinery became noisy and irregular. At once I suspected that +some accident compelled the submarine to reascend. + +I was not mistaken. In a moment, the semi-obscurity of my cabin was +pierced by sunshine. The “Terror” had risen above water. I heard steps +on the deck, and the hatchways were re-opened, including mine. I sprang +up the ladder. + +The captain had resumed his place at the helm, while the two men were +busy below. I looked to see if the destroyers were still in view. Yes! +Only a quarter of a mile away! The “Terror” had already been seen, and +the powerful vessels which enforced the mandates of our government were +swinging into position to give chase. Once more the “Terror” sped in +the direction of Niagara River. + +I must confess, I could make nothing of this maneuver. Plunging into a +cul-de-sac, no longer able to seek the depths because of the accident, +the “Terror” might, indeed, temporarily distance her pursuers; but she +must find her path barred by them when she attempted to return. Did she +intend to land, and if so, could she hope to outrun the telegrams which +would warn every police agency of her approach? + +We were now not half a mile ahead. The destroyers pursued us at top +speed, though being now directly behind, they were in poor position for +using their guns. Our captain seemed content to keep this distance; +though it would have been easy for him to increase it, and then at +nightfall, to dodge back behind the enemy. + +Already Buffalo had disappeared on our right, and a little after seven +o’clock the opening of the Niagara River appeared ahead. If he entered +there, knowing that he could not return, our captain must have lost his +mind! And in truth was he not insane, this man who proclaimed himself, +who believed himself, Master of the World? + +I watched him there, calm, impassive not even turning his head to note +the progress of the destroyers and I wondered at him. + +This end of the lake was absolutely deserted. Freight steamers bound +for the towns on the banks of the upper Niagara are not numerous, as +its navigation is dangerous. Not one was in sight. Not even a +fishing-boat crossed the path of the “Terror.” Even the two destroyers +would soon be obliged to pause in their pursuit, if we continued our +mad rush through these dangerous waters. + +I have said that the Niagara River flows between New York and Canada. +Its width, of about three quarters of a mile, narrows as it approaches +the falls. Its length, from Lake Erie to Lake Ontario, is about fifteen +leagues. It flows in a northerly direction, until it empties the waters +of Lake Superior, Michigan, Huron, and Erie into Ontario, the last lake +of this mighty chain. The celebrated falls, which occur in the midst of +this great river have a height of over a hundred and fifty feet. They +are called sometimes the Horse-shoe Falls, because they curve inward +like the iron shoe. The Indians have given them the name of “Thunder of +Waters,” and in truth a mighty thunder roars from them without +cessation, and with a tumult which is heard for several miles away. + +Between Lake Erie, and the little city of Niagara Falls, two islands +divide the current of the river, Navy Island, a league above the +cataract, and Goat Island, which separates the American and the +Canadian Falls. Indeed, on the lower point of this latter isle stood +once that “Terrapin Tower” so daringly built in the midst of the +plunging waters on the very edge of the abyss. It has been destroyed; +for the constant wearing away of the stone beneath the cataract makes +the ledge move with the ages slowly up the river, and the tower has +been drawn into the gulf. + +The town of Fort Erie stands on the Canadian shore at the entrance of +the river. Two other towns are set along the banks above the falls, +Schlosser on the right bank, and Chippewa on the left, located on +either side of Navy Island. It is at this point that the current, bound +within a narrower channel, begins to move at tremendous speed, to +become two miles further on, the celebrated cataract. + +The “Terror” had already passed Fort Erie. The sun in the west touched +the edge of the Canadian horizon, and the moon, faintly seen, rose +above the mists of the south. Darkness would not envelop us for another +hour. + +The destroyers, with huge clouds of smoke streaming from their funnels, +followed us a mile behind. They sped between banks green with shade +trees and dotted with cottages which lay among lovely gardens. + +Obviously the “Terror” could no longer turn back. The destroyers shut +her in completely. It is true their commanders did not know, as I did, +that an accident to her machinery had forced her to the surface, and +that it was impossible for her to escape them by another plunge. +Nevertheless, they continued to follow, and would assuredly maintain +their pursuit to the very last. + +I marveled at the intrepidity of their chase through these dangerous +waters. I marveled still more at the conduct of our captain. Within a +half hour now, his course would be barred by the cataract. No matter +how perfect his machine, it could not escape the power of the great +falls. If the current once mastered our engines, we should inevitably +disappear in the gulf nearly two hundred feet deep which the waters +have dug at the base of the falls! Perhaps, however, our captain had +still power to turn to one of the shores and flee by the automobile +routes. + +In the midst of this excitement, what action should I take personally? +Should I attempt to gain the shores of Navy Island, if we indeed +advanced that far? If I did not seize this chance, never, after what I +had learned of his secrets, never would the Master of the World restore +me to liberty. + +I suspected, however, that my flight was no longer possible. If I was +not confined within my cabin, I no longer remained unwatched. While the +captain retained his place at the helm, his assistant by my side never +removed his eyes from me. At the first movement, I should be seized and +locked within my room. For the present, my fate was evidently bound up +with that of the “Terror.” + +The distance which separated us from the two destroyers was now growing +rapidly less. Soon they were but a few cable-lengths away. Could the +motor of the “Terror,” since the accident, no longer hold its speeds? +Yet the captain showed not the least anxiety, and made no effort to +reach land! + +We could hear the hissing of the steam which escaped from the valves of +the destroyers, to mingle with the streamers of black smoke. But we +heard, even more plainly, the roar of the cataract, now less than three +miles away. + +The “Terror” took the left branch of the river in passing Navy Island. +At this point, she was within easy reach of the shore, yet she shot +ahead. Five minutes later, we could see the first trees of Goat Island. +The current became more and more irresistible. If the “Terror” did not +stop, the destroyers could not much longer follow her. If it pleased +our accursed captain to plunge us into the vortex of the falls, surely +they did not mean to follow into the abyss! + +Indeed, at this moment they signaled each other, and stopped the +pursuit. They were scarce more than six hundred feet from the cataract. +Then their thunders burst on the air and several cannon shot swept over +the “Terror” without hitting its low-lying deck. + +The sun had set, and through the twilight the moon’s rays shone upon us +from the south. The speed of our craft, doubled by the speed of the +current, was prodigious! In another moment, we should plunge into that +black hollow which forms the very center of the Canadian Falls. + +With an eye of horror, I saw the shores of Goat Island flashed by, then +came the Isles of the Three Sisters, drowned in the spray from the +abyss. + +I sprang up; I started to throw myself into the water, in the desperate +hope of gaining this last refuge. One of the men seized me from behind. + +Suddenly a sharp noise was heard from the mechanism which throbbed +within our craft. The long gangways folded back on the sides of the +machine, spread out like wings, and at the moment when the “Terror” +reached the very edge of the falls, she arose into space, escaping from +the thundering cataract in the center of a lunar rainbow. + + + + +XV. +THE EAGLE’S NEST + + +On the morrow, when I awoke after a sound sleep, our vehicle seemed +motionless. It seemed to me evident that we were not running upon land. +Yet neither were we rushing through or beneath the waters; nor yet +soaring across the sky. Had the inventor regained that mysterious +hiding-place of his, where no human being had ever set foot before him? + +And now, since he had not disembarrassed himself of my presence, was +his secret about to be revealed to me? + +It seemed astonishing that I had slept so profoundly during most of our +voyage through the air. It puzzled me and I asked if this sleep had not +been caused by some drug, mixed with my last meal, the captain of the +“Terror” having wished thus to prevent me from knowing the place where +we landed. All that I can recall of the previous night is the terrible +impression made upon me by that moment when the machine, instead of +being caught in the vortex of the cataract rose under the impulse of +its machinery like a bird with its huge wings beating with tremendous +power! + +So this machine actually fulfilled a four-fold use! It was at the same +time automobile, boat, submarine, and airship. Earth, sea and air,—it +could move through all three elements! And with what power! With what +speed! A few instants sufficed to complete its marvelous +transformations. The same engine drove it along all its courses! And I +had been a witness of its metamorphoses! But that of which I was still +ignorant, and which I could perhaps discover, was the source of the +energy which drove the machine, and above all, who was the inspired +inventor who, after having created it, in every detail, guided it with +so much ability and audacity! + +At the moment when the “Terror” rose above the Canadian Falls, I was +held down against the hatchway of my cabin. The clear, moonlit evening +had permitted me to note the direction taken by the air-ship. It +followed the course of the river and passed the Suspension Bridge three +miles below the falls. It is here that the irresistible rapids of the +Niagara River begin, where the river bends sharply to descend toward +Lake Ontario. + +On leaving this point, I was sure that we had turned toward the east. +The captain continued at the helm. I had not addressed a word to him. +What good would it do? He would not have answered. I noted that the +“Terror” seemed to be guided in its course through the air with +surprising ease. Assuredly the roads of the air were as familiar to it +as those of the seas and of the lands! + +In the presence of such results, could one not understand the enormous +pride of this man who proclaimed himself Master of the World? Was he +not in control of a machine infinitely superior to any that had ever +sprung from the hand of man, and against which men were powerless? In +truth, why should he sell this marvel? Why should he accept the +millions offered him? Yes, I comprehended now that absolute confidence +in himself which was expressed in his every attitude. And where might +not his ambition carry him, if by its own excess it mounted some day +into madness! + +A half hour after the “Terror” soared into the air, I had sunk into +complete unconsciousness, without realizing its approach. I repeat, it +must have been caused by some drug. Without doubt, our commander did +not wish me to know the road he followed. + +Hence I cannot say whether the aviator continued his flight through +space, or whether the mariner sailed the surface of some sea or lake, +or the chauffeur sped across the American roads. No recollection +remains with me of what passed during that night of July thirty-first. + +Now, what was to follow from this adventure? And especially concerning +myself, what would be its end? + +I have said that at the moment when I awoke from my strange sleep, the +“Terror” seemed to me completely motionless. I could hardly be +mistaken; whatever had been her method of progress, I should have felt +some movement, even in the air. I lay in my berth in the cabin, where I +had been shut in without knowing it, just as I had been on the +preceding night which I had passed on board the “Terror” on Lake Erie. + +My business now was to learn if I would be allowed to go on deck here +where the machine had landed. I attempted to raise the hatchway. It was +fastened. + +“Ah!” said I, “am I to be kept here until the ‘Terror’ recommences its +travels?” Was not that, indeed, the only time when escape was hopeless? + +My impatience and anxiety may be appreciated. I knew not how long this +halt might continue. + +I had not a quarter of an hour to wait. A noise of bars being removed +came to my ear. The hatchway was raised from above. A wave of light and +air penetrated my cabin. + +With one bound I reached the deck. My eyes in an instant swept round +the horizon. + +The “Terror,” as I had thought, rested quiet on the ground. She was in +the midst of a rocky hollow measuring from fifteen to eighteen hundred +feet in circumference. A floor of yellow gravel carpeted its entire +extent, unrelieved by a single tuft of herbage. + +This hollow formed an almost regular oval, with its longer diameter +extending north and south. As to the surrounding-wall, what was its +height, what the character of its crest, I could not judge. Above us +was gathered a fog so heavy, that the rays of the sun had not yet +pierced it. Heavy trails of cloud drifted across the sandy floor. +Doubtless the morning was still young, and this mist might later be +dissolved. + +It was quite cold here, although this was the first day of August. I +concluded therefore that we must be far in the north, or else high +above sea-level. We must still be somewhere on the New Continent; +though where, it was impossible to surmise. Yet no matter how rapid our +flight had been, the air-ship could not have traversed either ocean in +the dozen hours since our departure from Niagara. + +At this moment, I saw the captain come from an opening in the rocks, +probably a grotto, at the base of this cliff hidden in the fog. +Occasionally, in the mists above, appeared the shadows of huge birds. +Their raucous cries were the sole interruption to the profound silence. +Who knows if they were not affrighted by the arrival of this +formidable, winged monster, which they could not match either in might +or speed. + +Everything led me to believe that it was here that the Master of the +World withdrew in the intervals between his prodigious journeys. Here +was the garage of his automobile; the harbor of his boat; the hangar of +his air-ship. + +And now the “Terror” stood motionless at the bottom of this hollow. At +last I could examine her; and it looked as if her owners had no +intention of preventing me. The truth is that the commander seemed to +take no more notice of my presence than before. His two companions +joined him, and the three did not hesitate to enter together into the +grotto I had seen. What a chance to study the machine, at least its +exterior! As to its inner parts, probably I should never get beyond +conjecture. + +In fact, except for that of my cabin, the hatchways were closed; and it +would be vain for me to attempt to open them. At any rate, it might be +more interesting to find out what kind of propeller drove the “Terror” +in these many transformations. + +I jumped to the ground and found I was left at leisure, to proceed with +this first examination. + +The machine was as I have said spindle-shaped. The bow was sharper than +the stern. The body was of aluminium, the wings of a substance whose +nature I could not determine. The body rested on four wheels, about two +feet in diameter. These had pneumatic tires so thick as to assure ease +of movement at any speed. Their spokes spread out like paddles or +battledores; and when the “Terror” moved either on or under the water, +they must have increased her pace. + +These wheels were not however, the principal propeller. This consisted +of two “Parsons” turbines placed on either side of the keel. Driven +with extreme rapidity by the engine, they urged the boat onward in the +water by twin screws, and I even questioned if they were not powerful +enough to propel the machine through the air. + +The chief aerial support, however, was that of the great wings, now +again in repose, and folded back along the sides. Thus the theory of +the “heavier than air” flying machine was employed by the inventor, a +system which enabled him to dart through space with a speed probably +superior to that of the largest birds. + +As to the agent which set in action these various mechanisms, I repeat, +it was, it could be, no other than electricity. But from what source +did his batteries get their power? Had he somewhere an electric +factory, to which he must return? Were the dynamos, perhaps working in +one of the caverns of this hollow? + +The result of my examination was that, while I could see that the +machine used wheels and turbine screws and wings, I knew nothing of +either its engine, nor of the force which drove it. To be sure, the +discovery of this secret would be of little value to me. To employ it I +must first be free. And after what I knew—little as that really was—the +Master of the World would never release me. + +There remained, it is true, the chance of escape. But would an +opportunity ever present itself? If there could be none during the +voyages of the “Terror,” might there possibly be, while we remained in +this retreat? + +The first question to be solved was the location of this hollow. What +communication did it have with the surrounding region? Could one only +depart from it by a flying-machine? And in what part of the United +States were we? Was it not reasonable to estimate, that our flight +through the darkness had covered several hundred leagues? + +There was one very natural hypothesis which deserved to be considered, +if not actually accepted. What more natural harbor could there be for +the “Terror” than the Great Eyrie? Was it too difficult a flight for +our aviator to reach the summit? Could he not soar anywhere that the +vultures and the eagles could? Did not that inaccessible Eyrie offer to +the Master of the World just such a retreat as our police had been +unable to discover, one in which he might well believe himself safe +from all attacks? Moreover, the distance between Niagara Falls and this +part of the Blueridge Mountains, did not exceed four hundred and fifty +miles, a flight which would have been easy for the “Terror.” + +Yes, this idea more and more took possession of me. It crowded out a +hundred other unsupported suggestions. Did not this explain the nature +of the bond which existed between the Great Eyrie and the letter which +I had received with our commander’s initials? And the threats against +me if I renewed the ascent! And the espionage to which I had been +subjected! And all the phenomena of which the Great Eyrie had been the +theater, were they not to be attributed to this same cause—though what +lay behind the phenomena was not yet clear? Yes, the Great Eyrie! The +Great Eyrie! + +But since it had been impossible for me to penetrate here, would it not +be equally impossible for me to get out again, except upon the +“Terror?” Ah, if the mists would but lift! Perhaps I should recognize +the place. What was as yet a mere hypothesis, would become a starting +point to act upon. + +However, since I had freedom to move about, since neither the captain +nor his men paid any heed to me, I resolved to explore the hollow. The +three of them were all in the grotto toward the north end of the oval. +Therefore I would commence my inspection at the southern end. + +Reaching the rocky wall, I skirted along its base and found it broken +by many crevices; above, arose more solid rocks of that feldspar of +which the chain of the Alleghanies largely consists. To what height the +rock wall rose, or what was the character of its summit, was still +impossible to see. I must wait until the sun had scattered the mists. + +In the meantime, I continued to follow along the base of the cliff. +None of its cavities seemed to extend inward to any distance. Several +of them contained debris from the hand of man, bits of broken wood, +heaps of dried grasses. On the ground were still to be seen the +footprints that the captain and his men must have left, perhaps months +before, upon the sand. + +My jailers, being doubtless very busy in their cabin, did not show +themselves until they had arranged and packed several large bundles. +Did they purpose to carry those on board the “Terror?” And were they +packing up with the intention of permanently leaving their retreat? + +In half an hour my explorations were completed and I returned toward +the center. Here and there were heaped up piles of ashes, bleached by +weather. There were fragments of burned planks and beams; posts to +which clung rusted iron-work; armatures of metal twisted by fire; all +the remnants of some intricate mechanism destroyed by the flames. + +Clearly at some period not very remote the hollow had been the scene of +a conflagration, accidental or intentional. Naturally I connected this +with the phenomena observed at the Great Eyrie, the flames which rose +above the crest, the noises which had so frightened the people of +Pleasant Garden and Morganton. But of what mechanisms were these the +fragments, and what reason had our captain for destroying them? + +At this moment I felt a breath of air; a breeze came from the east. The +sky swiftly cleared. The hollow was filled with light from the rays of +the sun which appeared midway between the horizon and the zenith. + +A cry escaped me! The crest of the rocky wall rose a hundred feet above +me. And on the eastern side was revealed that easily recognizable +pinnacle, the rock like a mounting eagle. It was the same that had held +the attention of Mr. Elias Smith and myself, when we had looked up at +it from the outer side of the Great Eyrie. + +Thus there was no further doubt. In its flight during the night the +airship had covered the distance between Lake Erie and North Carolina. +It was in the depth of this Eyrie that the machine had found shelter! +This was the nest, worthy of the gigantic and powerful bird created by +the genius of our captain! The fortress whose mighty walls none but he +could scale! Perhaps even, he had discovered in the depths of some +cavern, some subterranean passage by which he himself could quit the +Great Eyrie, leaving the “Terror” safely sheltered within. + +At last I saw it all! This explained the first letter sent me from the +Great Eyrie itself with the threat of death. If we had been able to +penetrate into this hollow, who knows if the secrets of the Master of +the World might not have been discovered before he had been able to set +them beyond our reach? + +I stood there, motionless; my eyes fixed on that mounting eagle of +stone, prey to a sudden, violent emotion. Whatsoever might be the +consequences to myself, was it not my duty to destroy this machine, +here and now, before it could resume its menacing flight of mastery +across the world! + +Steps approached behind me. I turned. The inventor stood by my side, +and pausing looked me in the face. + +I was unable to restrain myself; the words burst forth—“The Great +Eyrie! The Great Eyrie!” + +“Yes, Inspector Strock.” + +“And you! You are the Master of the World?” + +“Of that world to which I have already proved myself to be the most +powerful of men.” + +“You!” I reiterated, stupefied with amazement. + +“I,” responded he, drawing himself up in all his pride, “I, +Robur—Robur, the Conqueror!” + + + + +XVI. +ROBUR, THE CONQUEROR + + +Robur, the Conqueror! This then was the likeness I had vaguely +recalled. Some years before the portrait of this extraordinary man had +been printed in all the American newspapers, under date of the +thirteenth of June, the day after this personage had made his +sensational appearance at the meeting of the Weldon Institute at +Philadelphia. + +I had noted the striking character of the portrait at the time; the +square shoulders; the back like a regular trapezoid, its longer side +formed by that geometrical shoulder line; the robust neck; the enormous +spheroidal head. The eyes at the least emotion, burned with fire, while +above them were the heavy, permanently contracted brows, which +signified such energy. The hair was short and crisp, with a glitter as +of metal in its lights. The huge breast rose and fell like a +blacksmith’s forge; and the thighs, the arms and hands, were worthy of +the mighty body. The narrow beard was the same also, with the smooth +shaven cheeks which showed the powerful muscles of the jaw. + +And this was Robur the Conqueror, who now stood before me, who revealed +himself to me, hurling forth his name like a threat, within his own +impenetrable fortress! + +Let me recall briefly the facts which had previously drawn upon Robur +the Conqueror the attention of the entire world. The Weldon Institute +was a club devoted to aeronautics under the presidency of one of the +chief personages of Philadelphia, commonly called Uncle Prudent. Its +secretary was Mr. Phillip Evans. The members of the Institute were +devoted to the theory of the “lighter than air” machine; and under +their two leaders were constructing an enormous dirigible balloon, the +“Go-Ahead.” + +At a meeting in which they were discussing the details of the +construction of their balloon, this unknown Robur had suddenly appeared +and, ridiculing all their plans, had insisted that the only true +solution of flight lay with the heavier than air machines, and that he +had proven this by constructing one. + +He was in this turn doubted and ridiculed by the members of the club, +who called him in mockery Robur the Conqueror. In the tumult that +followed, revolver shots were fired; and the intruder disappeared. + +That same night he had by force abducted the president and the +secretary of the club, and had taken them, much against their will upon +a voyage in the wonderful air-ship, the “Albatross,” which he had +constructed. He meant thus to prove to them beyond argument the +correctness of his assertions. This ship, a hundred feet long, was +upheld in the air by a large number of horizontal screws and was driven +forward by vertical screws at its bow and stern. It was managed by a +crew of at least half a dozen men, who seemed absolutely devoted to +their leader, Robur. + +After a voyage almost completely around the world, Mr. Prudent and Mr. +Evans managed to escape from the “Albatross” after a desperate +struggle. They even managed to cause an explosion on the airship, +destroying it, and involving the inventor and all his crew in a +terrific fall from the sky into the Pacific ocean. + +Mr. Prudent and Mr. Evans then returned to Philadelphia. They had +learned that the “Albatross” had been constructed on an unknown isle of +the Pacific called Island X; but since the location of this +hiding-place was wholly unknown, its discovery lay scarcely within the +bounds of possibility. Moreover, the search seemed entirely +unnecessary, as the vengeful prisoners were quite certain that they had +destroyed their jailers. + +Hence the two millionaires, restored to their homes, went calmly on +with the construction of their own machine, the “Go-Ahead.” They hoped +by means of it to soar once more into the regions they had traversed +with Robur, and to prove to themselves that their lighter than air +machine was at least the equal of the heavy “Albatross.” If they had +not persisted, they would not have been true Americans. + +On the twentieth of April in the following year the “Go-Ahead” was +finished and the ascent was made, from Fairmount Park in Philadelphia. +I myself was there with thousands of other spectators. We saw the huge +balloon rise gracefully; and, thanks to its powerful screws, it +maneuvered in every direction with surprising ease. Suddenly a cry was +heard, a cry repeated from a thousand throats. Another airship had +appeared in the distant skies and it now approached with marvelous +rapidity. It was another “Albatross,” perhaps even superior to the +first. Robur and his men had escaped death in the Pacific; and, burning +for revenge, they had constructed a second airship in their secret +Island X. + +Like a gigantic bird of prey, the “Albatross” hurled itself upon the +“Go-Ahead.” Doubtless, Robur, while avenging himself wished also to +prove the immeasurable superiority of the heavier than air machines. + +Mr. Prudent and Mr. Evans defended themselves as best they could. +Knowing that their balloon had nothing like the horizontal speed of the +“Albatross,” they attempted to take advantage of their superior +lightness and rise above her. The “Go-Ahead,” throwing out all her +ballast, soared to a height of over twenty thousand feet. Yet even +there the “Albatross” rose above her, and circled round her with ease. + +Suddenly an explosion was heard. The enormous gas-bag of the +“Go-Ahead,” expanding under the dilation of its contents at this great +height, had finally burst. + +Half-emptied, the balloon fell rapidly. + +Then to our universal astonishment, the “Albatross” shot down after her +rival, not to finish the work of destruction but to bring rescue. Yes! +Robur, forgetting his vengeance, rejoined the sinking “Go-Ahead,” and +his men lifted Mr. Prudent, Mr. Evans, and the aeronaut who accompanied +them, onto the platform of his craft. Then the balloon, being at length +entirely empty, fell to its destruction among the trees of Fairmount +Park. + +The public was overwhelmed with astonishment, with fear! Now that Robur +had recaptured his prisoners, how would he avenge himself? Would they +be carried away, this time, forever? + +The “Albatross” continued to descend, as if to land in the clearing at +Fairmount Park. But if it came within reach, would not the infuriated +crowd throw themselves upon the airship, tearing both it and its +inventor to pieces? + +The “Albatross” descended within six feet of the ground. I remember +well the general movement forward with which the crowd threatened to +attack it. Then Robur’s voice rang out in words which even now I can +repeat almost as he said them: + +“Citizens of the United States, the president and the secretary of the +Weldon Institute are again in my power. In holding them prisoners I +would but be exercising my natural right of reprisal for the injuries +they have done me. But the passion and resentment which have been +roused both in them and you by the success of the ‘Albatross,’ show +that the souls of men are not yet ready for the vast increase of power +which the conquest of the air will bring to them. Uncle Prudent, +Phillip Evans, you are free.” + +The three men rescued from the balloon leaped to the ground. The +airship rose some thirty feet out of reach, and Robur recommenced: + +“Citizens of the United States, the conquest of the air is made; but it +shall not be given into your hands until the proper time. I leave, and +I carry my secret with me. It will not be lost to humanity, but shall +be entrusted to them when they have learned not to abuse it. Farewell, +Citizens of the United States!” + +Then the “Albatross” rose under the impulse of its mighty screws, and +sped away amidst the hurrahs of the multitude. + +I have ventured to remind my readers of this last scene somewhat in +detail, because it seemed to reveal the state of mind of the remarkable +personage who now stood before me. Apparently he had not then been +animated by sentiments hostile to humanity. He was content to await the +future; though his attitude undeniably revealed the immeasurable +confidence which he had in his own genius, the immense pride which his +almost superhuman powers had aroused within him. + +It was not astonishing, moreover, that this haughtiness had little by +little been aggravated to such a degree that he now presumed to enslave +the entire world, as his public letter had suggested by its significant +threats. His vehement mind had with time been roused to such +over-excitement that he might easily be driven into the most violent +excesses. + +As to what had happened in the years since the last departure of the +“Albatross,” I could only partly reconstruct this even with my present +knowledge. It had not sufficed the prodigious inventor to create a +flying machine, perfect as that was! He had planned to construct a +machine which could conquer all the elements at once. Probably in the +workshops of Island X, a selected body of devoted workmen had +constructed, one by one, the pieces of this marvelous machine, with its +quadruple transformation. Then the second “Albatross” must have carried +these pieces to the Great Eyrie, where they had been put together, +within easier access of the world of men than the far-off island had +permitted. The “Albatross” itself had apparently been destroyed, +whether by accident or design, within the eyrie. The “Terror” had then +made its appearance on the roads of the United States and in the +neighboring waters. And I have told under what conditions, after having +been vainly pursued across Lake Erie, this remarkable masterpiece had +risen through the air carrying me a prisoner on board. + + + + +XVII. +IN THE NAME OF THE LAW + + +What was to be the issue of this remarkable adventure? Could I bring it +to any denouement whatever, either sooner or later? Did not Robur hold +the results wholly in his own hands? Probably I would never have such +an opportunity for escape as had occurred to Mr. Prudent and Mr. Evans +amid the islands of the Pacific. I could only wait. And how long might +the waiting last! + +To be sure, my curiosity had been partly satisfied. But even now I knew +only the answer to the problems of the Great Eyrie. Having at length +penetrated its circle, I comprehended all the phenomena observed by the +people of the Blueridge Mountains. I was assured that neither the +country-folk throughout the region, nor the townfolk of Pleasant Garden +and Morganton were in danger of volcanic eruptions or earthquakes. No +subterranean forces whatever were battling within the bowels of the +mountains. No crater had arisen in this corner of the Alleghanies. The +Great Eyrie served merely as the retreat of Robur the Conqueror. This +impenetrable hiding-place where he stored his materials and provisions, +had without doubt been discovered by him during one of his aerial +voyages in the “Albatross.” It was a retreat probably even more secure +than that as yet undiscovered Island X in the Pacific. + +This much I knew of him; but of this marvelous machine of his, of the +secrets of its construction and propelling force, what did I really +know? Admitting that this multiple mechanism was driven by electricity, +and that this electricity was, as we knew it had been in the +“Albatross,” extracted directly from the surrounding air by some new +process, what were the details of its mechanism? I had not been +permitted to see the engine; doubtless I should never see it. + +On the question of my liberty I argued thus: Robur evidently intends to +remain unknown. As to what he intends to do with his machine, I fear, +recalling his letter, that the world must expect from it more of evil +than of good. At any rate, the incognito which he has so carefully +guarded in the past he must mean to preserve in the future. Now only +one man can establish the identity of the Master of the World with +Robur the Conqueror. This man is I his prisoner, I who have the right +to arrest him, I, who ought to put my hand on his shoulder, saying, “In +the Name of the Law—” + +On the other hand, could I hope for a rescue from without? Evidently +not. The police authorities must know everything that had happened at +Black Rock Creek. Mr. Ward, advised of all the incidents, would have +reasoned on the matter as follows: when the “Terror” quitted the creek +dragging me at the end of her hawser, I had either been drowned or, +since my body had not been recovered, I had been taken on board the +“Terror,” and was in the hands of its commander. + +In the first case, there was nothing more to do than to write +“deceased” after the name of John Strock, chief inspector of the +federal police in Washington. + +In the second case, could my confreres hope ever to see me again? The +two destroyers which had pursued the “Terror” into the Niagara River +had stopped, perforce, when the current threatened to drag them over +the falls. At that moment, night was closing in, and what could be +thought on board the destroyers but that the “Terror” had been engulfed +in the abyss of the cataract? It was scarce possible that our machine +had been seen when, amid the shades of night, it rose above the +Horseshoe Falls, or when it winged its way high above the mountains on +its route to the Great Eyrie. + +With regard to my own fate, should I resolve to question Robur? Would +he consent even to appear to hear me? Was he not content with having +hurled at me his name? Would not that name seem to him to answer +everything? + +That day wore away without bringing the least change to the situation. +Robur and his men continued actively at work upon the machine, which +apparently needed considerable repair. I concluded that they meant to +start forth again very shortly, and to take me with them. It would, +however, have been quite possible to leave me at the bottom of the +Eyrie. There would have been no way by which I could have escaped, and +there were provisions at hand sufficient to keep me alive for many +days. + +What I studied particularly during this period was the mental state of +Robur. He seemed to me under the dominance of a continuous excitement. +What was it that his ever-seething brain now meditated? What projects +was he forming for the future? Toward what region would he now turn? +Would he put in execution the menaces expressed in his letter—the +menaces of a madman! + +The night of that first day, I slept on a couch of dry grass in one of +the grottoes of the Great Eyrie. Food was set for me in this grotto +each succeeding day. On the second and third of August, the three men +continued at their work scarcely once, however, exchanging any words, +even in the midst of their labors. When the engines were all repaired +to Robur’s satisfaction, the men began putting stores aboard their +craft, as if expecting a long absence. Perhaps the “Terror” was about +to traverse immense distances; perhaps even, the captain intended to +regain his Island X, in the midst of the Pacific. + +Sometimes I saw him wander about the Eyrie buried in thought, or he +would stop and raise his arm toward heaven as if in defiance of that +God with Whom he assumed to divide the empire of the world. Was not his +overweening pride leading him toward insanity? An insanity which his +two companions, hardly less excited than he, could do nothing to +subdue! Had he not come to regard himself as mightier than the elements +which he had so audaciously defied even when he possessed only an +airship, the “Albatross?” And now, how much more powerful had he +become, when earth, air and water combined to offer him an infinite +field where none might follow him! + +Hence I had much to fear from the future, even the most dread +catastrophes. It was impossible for me to escape from the Great Eyrie, +before being dragged into a new voyage. After that, how could I +possibly get away while the “Terror” sped through the air or the ocean? +My only chance must be when she crossed the land, and did so at some +moderate speed. Surely a distant and feeble hope to cling to! + +It will be recalled that after our arrival at the Great Eyrie, I had +attempted to obtain some response from Robur, as to his purpose with +me; but I had failed. On this last day I made another attempt. + +In the afternoon I walked up and down before the large grotto where my +captors were at work. Robur, standing at the entrance, followed me +steadily with his eyes. Did he mean to address me? + +I went up to him. “Captain,” said I, “I have already asked you a +question, which you have not answered. I ask it again: What do you +intend to do with me?” + +We stood face to face scarce two steps apart. With arms folded, he +glared at me, and I was terrified by his glance. Terrified, that is the +word! The glance was not that of a sane man. Indeed, it seemed to +reflect nothing whatever of humanity within. + +I repeated my question in a more challenging tone. For an instant I +thought that Robur would break his silence and burst forth. + +“What do you intend to do with me? Will you set me free?” + +Evidently my captor’s mind was obsessed by some other thought, from +which I had only distracted him for a moment. He made again that +gesture which I had already observed; he raised one defiant arm toward +the zenith. It seemed to me as if some irresistible force drew him +toward those upper zones of the sky, that he belonged no more to the +earth, that he was destined to live in space; a perpetual dweller in +the clouds. + +Without answering me, without seeming to have understood me, Robur +reentered the grotto. + +How long this sojourn or rather relaxation of the “Terror” in the Great +Eyrie was to last, I did not know. I saw, however, on the afternoon of +this third of August that the repairs and the embarkation of stores +were completed. The hold and lockers of our craft must have been +completely crowded with the provisions taken from the grottoes of the +Eyrie. + +Then the chief of the two assistants, a man whom I now recognized as +that John Turner who had been mate of the “Albatross,” began another +labor. With the help of his companion, he dragged to the center of the +hollow all that remained of their materials, empty cases, fragments of +carpentry, peculiar pieces of wood which clearly must have belonged to +the “Albatross,” which had been sacrificed to this new and mightier +engine of locomotion. Beneath this mass there lay a great quantity of +dried grasses. The thought came to me that Robur was preparing to leave +this retreat forever! + +In fact, he could not be ignorant that the attention of the public was +now keenly fixed upon the Great Eyrie; and that some further attempt +was likely to be made to penetrate it. Must he not fear that some day +or other the effort would be successful, and that men would end by +invading his hiding-place? Did he not wish that they should find there +no single evidence of his occupation? + +The sun disappeared behind the crests of the Blueridge. His rays now +lighted only the very summit of Black Dome towering in the northwest. +Probably the “Terror” awaited only the night in order to begin her +flight. The world did not yet know that the automobile and boat could +also transform itself into a flying machine. Until now, it had never +been seen in the air. And would not this fourth transformation be +carefully concealed, until the day when the Master of the World chose +to put into execution his insensate menaces? + +Toward nine o’clock profound obscurity enwrapped the hollow. Not a star +looked down on us. Heavy clouds driven by a keen eastern wind covered +the entire sky. The passage of the “Terror” would be invisible, not +only in our immediate neighborhood, but probably across all the +American territory and even the adjoining seas. + +At this moment Turner, approaching the huge stack in the middle of the +eyrie, set fire to the grass beneath. + +The whole mass flared up at once. From the midst of a dense smoke, the +roaring flames rose to a height which towered above the walls of the +Great Eyrie. Once more the good folk of Morganton and Pleasant Garden +would believe that the crater had reopened. These flames would announce +to them another volcanic upheaval. + +I watched the conflagration. I heard the roarings and cracklings which +filled the air. From the deck of the “Terror,” Robur watched it also. + +Turner and his companion pushed back into the fire the fragments which +the violence of the flames cast forth. Little by little the huge +bonfire grew less. The flames sank down into a mere mass of burnt-out +ashes; and once more all was silence and blackest night. + +Suddenly I felt myself seized by the arm. Turner drew me toward the +“Terror.” Resistance would have been useless. And moreover what could +be worse than to be abandoned without resources in this prison whose +walls I could not climb! + +As soon as I set foot on the deck, Turner also embarked. His companion +went forward to the look-out; Turner climbed down into the engine-room, +lighted by electric bulbs, from which not a gleam escaped outside. + +Robur himself was at the helm, the regulator within reach of his hand, +so that he could control both our speed and our direction. As to me, I +was forced to descend into my cabin, and the hatchway was fastened +above me. During that night, as on that of our departure from Niagara, +I was not allowed to watch the movements of the “Terror.” + +Nevertheless, if I could see nothing of what was passing on board, I +could hear the noises of the machinery. I had first the feeling that +our craft, its bow slightly raised, lost contact with the earth. Some +swerves and balancings in the air followed. Then the turbines +underneath spun with prodigious rapidity, while the great wings beat +with steady regularity. + +Thus the “Terror,” probably forever, had left the Great Eyrie, and +launched into the air as a ship launches into the waters. Our captain +soared above the double chain of the Alleghanies, and without doubt he +would remain in the upper zones of the air until he had left all the +mountain region behind. + +But in what direction would he turn? Would he pass in flight across the +plains of North Carolina, seeking the Atlantic Ocean? Or would he head +to the west to reach the Pacific? Perhaps he would seek, to the south, +the waters of the Gulf of Mexico. When day came how should I recognize +which sea we were upon, if the horizon of water and sky encircled us on +every side? + +Several hours passed; and how long they seemed to me! I made no effort +to find forgetfulness in sleep. Wild and incoherent thoughts assailed +me. I felt myself swept over worlds of imagination, as I was swept +through space, by an aerial monster. At the speed which the “Terror” +possessed, whither might I not be carried during this interminable +night? I recalled the unbelievable voyage of the “Albatross,” of which +the Weldon Institute had published an account, as described by Mr. +Prudent and Mr. Evans. What Robur, the Conqueror, had done with his +first airship, he could do even more readily with this quadruple +machine. + +At length the first rays of daylight brightened my cabin. Would I be +permitted to go out now, to take my place upon the deck, as I had done +upon Lake Erie? + +I pushed upon the hatchway: it opened. I came half way out upon the +deck. + +All about was sky and sea. We floated in the air above an ocean, at a +height which I judged to be about a thousand or twelve hundred feet. I +could not see Robur, so he was probably in the engine room. Turner was +at the helm, his companion on the look-out. + +Now that I was upon the deck, I saw what I had not been able to see +during our former nocturnal voyage, the action of those powerful wings +which beat upon either side at the same time that the screws spun +beneath the flanks of the machine. + +By the position of the sun, as it slowly mounted from the horizon, I +realized that we were advancing toward the south. Hence if this +direction had not been changed during the night this was the Gulf of +Mexico which lay beneath us. + +A hot day was announced by the heavy livid clouds which clung to the +horizon. These warnings of a coming storm did not escape the eye of +Robur when toward eight o’clock he came on deck and took Turner’s place +at the helm. Perhaps the cloud-bank recalled to him the waterspout in +which the “Albatross” had so nearly been destroyed, or the mighty +cyclone from which he had escaped only as if by a miracle above the +Antarctic Sea. + +It is true that the forces of Nature which had been too strong for the +“Albatross,” might easily be evaded by this lighter and more versatile +machine. It could abandon the sky where the elements were in battle and +descend to the surface of the sea; and if the waves beat against it +there too heavily, it could always find calm in the tranquil depths. + +Doubtless, however, there were some signs by which Robur, who must be +experienced in judging, decided that the storm would not burst until +the next day. + +He continued his flight; and in the afternoon, when we settled down +upon the surface of the sea, there was not a sign of bad weather. The +“Terror” is a sea bird, an albatross or frigate-bird, which can rest at +will upon the waves! Only we have this advantage, that fatigue has +never any hold upon this metal organism, driven by the inexhaustible +electricity! + +The whole vast ocean around us was empty. Not a sail nor a trail of +smoke was visible even on the limits of the horizon. Hence our passage +through the clouds had not been seen and signaled ahead. + +The afternoon was not marked by any incident. The “Terror” advanced at +easy speed. What her captain intended to do, I could not guess. If he +continued in this direction, we should reach some one of the West +Indies, or beyond that, at the end of the Gulf, the shore of Venezuela +or Colombia. But when night came, perhaps we would again rise in the +air to clear the mountainous barrier of Guatemala and Nicaragua, and +take flight toward Island X, somewhere in the unknown regions of the +Pacific. + +Evening came. The sun sank in a horizon red as blood. The sea glistened +around the “Terror,” which seemed to raise a shower of sparks in its +passage. There was a storm at hand. Evidently our captain thought so. +Instead of being allowed to remain on deck, I was compelled to re-enter +my cabin, and the hatchway was closed above me. + +In a few moments from the noises that followed, I knew that the machine +was about to be submerged. In fact, five minutes later, we were moving +peacefully forward through the ocean’s depths. + +Thoroughly worn out, less by fatigue than by excitement and anxious +thought, I fell into a profound sleep, natural this time and not +provoked by any soporific drug. When I awoke, after a length of time +which I could not reckon, the “Terror” had not yet returned to the +surface of the sea. + +This maneuver was executed a little later. The daylight pierced my +porthole; and at the same moment I felt the pitching and tossing to +which we were subjected by a heavy sea. + +I was allowed to take my place once more outside the hatchway; where my +first thought was for the weather. A storm was approaching from the +northwest. Vivid lightning darted amid the dense, black clouds. Already +we could hear the rumbling of thunder echoing continuously through +space. I was surprised—more than surprised, frightened!—by the rapidity +with which the storm rushed upward toward the zenith. Scarcely would a +ship have had time to furl her sails to escape the shock of the blast, +before it was upon her! The advance was as swift as it was terrible. + +Suddenly the wind was unchained with unheard of violence, as if it had +suddenly burst from this prison of cloud. In an instant a frightful sea +uprose. The breaking waves, foaming along all their crests, swept with +their full weight over the “Terror.” If I had not been wedged solidly +against the rail, I should have been swept overboard! + +There was but one thing to do—to change our machine again into a +submarine. It would find security and calm at a few dozen feet beneath +the surface. To continue to brave the fury of this outrageous sea was +impossible. + +Robur himself was on deck, and I awaited the order to return to my +cabin—an order which was not given. There was not even any preparation +for the plunge. With an eye more burning than ever, impassive before +this frightful storm, the captain looked it full in the face, as if to +defy it, knowing that he had nothing to fear. + +It was imperative that the “Terror” should plunge below without losing +a moment. Yet Robur seemed to have no thought of doing so. No! He +preserved his haughty attitude as of a man who in his immeasurable +pride, believed himself above or beyond humanity. + +Seeing him thus I asked myself with almost superstitious awe, if he +were not indeed a demoniac being, escaped from some supernatural world. + +A cry leaped from his mouth, and was heard amid the shrieks of the +tempest and the howlings of the thunder. “I, Robur! Robur!—The master +of the world!” + +He made a gesture which Turner and his companions understood. It was a +command; and without any hesitation these unhappy men, insane as their +master, obeyed it. + +The great wings shot out, and the airship rose as it had risen above +the falls of Niagara. But if on that day it had escaped the might of +the cataract, this time it was amidst the might of the hurricane that +we attempted our insensate flight. + +The air-ship soared upward into the heart of the sky, amid a thousand +lightning flashes, surrounded and shaken by the bursts of thunder. It +steered amid the blinding, darting lights, courting destruction at +every instant. + +Robur’s position and attitude did not change. With one hand on the +helm, the other on the speed regulators while the great wings beat +furiously, he headed his machine toward the very center of the storm, +where the electric flashes were leaping from cloud to cloud. + +I must throw myself upon this madman to prevent him from driving his +machine into the very middle of this aerial furnace! I must compel him +to descend, to seek beneath the waters, a safety which was no longer +possible either upon the surface of the sea or in the sky! Beneath, we +could wait until this frightful outburst of the elements was at an end! + +Then amid this wild excitement my own passion, all my instincts of +duty, arose within me! Yes, this was madness! Yet must I not arrest +this criminal whom my country had outlawed, who threatened the entire +world with his terrible invention? Must I not put my hand on his +shoulder and summon him to surrender to justice! Was I or was I not +Strock, chief inspector of the federal police? Forgetting where I was, +one against three, uplifted in mid-sky above a howling ocean, I leaped +toward the stern, and in a voice which rose above the tempest, I cried +as I hurled myself upon Robur: + +“In the name of the law, I—” + +Suddenly the “Terror” trembled as if from a violent shock. All her +frame quivered, as the human frame quivers under the electric fluid. +Struck by the lightning in the very middle of her powerful batteries, +the air-ship spread out on all sides and went to pieces. + +With her wings fallen, her screws broken, with bolt after bolt of the +lightning darting amid her ruins, the “Terror” fell from the height of +more than a thousand feet into the ocean beneath. + + + + +XVIII. +THE OLD HOUSEKEEPER’S LAST COMMENT + + +When I came to myself after having been unconscious for many hours, a +group of sailors whose care had restored me to life surrounded the door +of a cabin in which I lay. By my pillow sat an officer who questioned +me; and as my senses slowly returned, I answered to his questioning. + +I told them everything. Yes, everything! And assuredly my listeners +must have thought that they had upon their hands an unfortunate whose +reason had not returned with his consciousness. + +I was on board the steamer Ottawa, in the Gulf of Mexico, headed for +the port of New Orleans. This ship, while flying before the same +terrific thunder-storm which destroyed the “Terror,” had encountered +some wreckage, among whose fragments was entangled my helpless body. +Thus I found myself back among humankind once more, while Robur the +Conqueror and his two companions had ended their adventurous careers in +the waters of the Gulf. The Master of the World had disappeared +forever, struck down by those thunder-bolts which he had dared to brave +in the regions of their fullest power. He carried with him the secret +of his extraordinary machine. + +Five days later the Ottawa sighted the shores of Louisiana; and on the +morning of the tenth of August she reached her port. After taking a +warm leave of my rescuers, I set out at once by train for Washington, +which more than once I had despaired of ever seeing again. + +I went first of all to the bureau of police, meaning to make my +earliest appearance before Mr. Ward. + +What was the surprise, the stupefaction, and also the joy of my chief, +when the door of his cabinet opened before me! Had he not every reason +to believe, from the report of my companions, that I had perished in +the waters of Lake Erie? + +I informed him of all my experiences since I had disappeared, the +pursuit of the destroyers on the lake, the soaring of the “Terror” from +amid Niagara Falls, the halt within the crater of the Great Eyrie, and +the catastrophe, during the storm, above the Gulf of Mexico. + +He learned for the first time that the machine created by the genius of +this Robur, could traverse space, as it did the earth and the sea. + +In truth, did not the possession of so complete and marvelous a machine +justify the name of Master of the World, which Robur had taken to +himself? Certain it is that the comfort and even the lives of the +public must have been forever in danger from him; and that all methods +of defence must have been feeble and ineffective. + +But the pride which I had seen rising bit by bit within the heart of +this prodigious man had driven him to give equal battle to the most +terrible of all the elements. It was a miracle that I had escaped safe +and sound from that frightful catastrophe. + +Mr. Ward could scarcely believe my story. “Well, my dear Strock,” said +he at last, “you have come back; and that is the main thing. Next to +this notorious Robur, you will be the man of the hour. I hope that your +head will not be turned with vanity, like that of this crazy inventor!” + +“No, Mr. Ward,” I responded, “but you will agree with me that never was +inquisitive man put to greater straits to satisfy his curiosity.” + +“I agree, Strock; and the mysteries of the Great Eyrie, the +transformations of the “Terror,” you have discovered them! But +unfortunately, the still greater secrets of this Master of the World +have perished with him.” + +The same evening the newspapers published an account of my adventures, +the truthfulness of which could not be doubted. Then, as Mr. Ward had +prophesied, I was the man of the hour. + +One of the papers said, “Thanks to Inspector Strock the American police +still lead the world. While others have accomplished their work, with +more or less success, by land and by sea, the American police hurl +themselves in pursuit of criminals through the depths of lakes and +oceans and even through the sky.” + +Yet, in following, as I have told, in pursuit of the “Terror,” had I +done anything more than by the close of the present century will have +become the regular duty of my successors? + +It is easy to imagine what a welcome my old housekeeper gave me when I +entered my house in Long Street. When my apparition—does not the word +seem just—stood before her, I feared for a moment she would drop dead, +poor woman! Then, after hearing my story, with eyes streaming with +tears, she thanked Providence for having saved me from so many perils. + +“Now, sir,” said she, “now—was I wrong?” + +“Wrong? About what?” + +“In saying that the Great Eyrie was the home of the devil?” + +“Nonsense; this Robur was not the devil!” + +“Ah, well!” replied the old woman, “he was worthy of being so!” + + + + +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE MASTER OF THE WORLD *** + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will +be renamed. + +Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright +law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, +so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the +United States without permission and without paying copyright +royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part +of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, +and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following +the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use +of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for +copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very +easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation +of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project +Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may +do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected +by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark +license, especially commercial redistribution. + +START: FULL LICENSE + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full +Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at +www.gutenberg.org/license. + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or +destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your +possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a +Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound +by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the +person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph +1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this +agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the +Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection +of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual +works in the collection are in the public domain in the United +States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the +United States and you are located in the United States, we do not +claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, +displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as +all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope +that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting +free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm +works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the +Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily +comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the +same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when +you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are +in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, +check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this +agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, +distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any +other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no +representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any +country other than the United States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other +immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear +prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work +on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, +performed, viewed, copied or distributed: + + This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and + most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no + restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it + under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this + eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the + United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where + you are located before using this eBook. + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is +derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not +contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the +copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in +the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are +redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply +either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or +obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm +trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any +additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms +will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works +posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the +beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including +any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access +to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format +other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official +version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm website +(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense +to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means +of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain +Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the +full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +provided that: + +* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed + to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has + agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid + within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are + legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty + payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in + Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg + Literary Archive Foundation." + +* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all + copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue + all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm + works. + +* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of + any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of + receipt of the work. + +* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than +are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing +from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of +the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set +forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project +Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may +contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate +or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or +other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or +cannot be read by your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium +with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you +with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in +lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person +or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second +opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If +the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing +without further opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO +OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of +damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement +violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the +agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or +limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or +unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the +remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in +accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the +production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, +including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of +the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this +or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or +additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any +Defect you cause. + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of +computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It +exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations +from people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future +generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see +Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at +www.gutenberg.org + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by +U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, +Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up +to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's website +and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without +widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND +DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular +state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To +donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project +Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be +freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and +distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of +volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in +the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not +necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper +edition. + +Most people start at our website which has the main PG search +facility: www.gutenberg.org + +This website includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + diff --git a/3809-0.zip b/3809-0.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..dc09a78 --- /dev/null +++ b/3809-0.zip diff --git a/3809-h.zip b/3809-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..27227be --- /dev/null +++ b/3809-h.zip diff --git a/3809-h/3809-h.htm b/3809-h/3809-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..557a80d --- /dev/null +++ b/3809-h/3809-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,7362 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" +"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" /> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" /> +<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Master of the World, by Jules Verne</title> +<link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" /> +<style type="text/css"> + +body { margin-left: 20%; + margin-right: 20%; + text-align: justify; } + +h1, h2, h3, h4, h5 {text-align: center; font-style: normal; font-weight: +normal; line-height: 1.5; margin-top: .5em; margin-bottom: .5em;} + +h1 {font-size: 300%; + margin-top: 0.6em; + margin-bottom: 0.6em; + letter-spacing: 0.12em; + word-spacing: 0.2em; + text-indent: 0em;} +h2 {font-size: 150%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 1em;} +h3 {font-size: 130%; margin-top: 1em;} +h4 {font-size: 120%;} +h5 {font-size: 110%;} + +hr {width: 80%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em;} + +div.chapter {page-break-before: always; margin-top: 4em;} + +p {text-indent: 1em; + margin-top: 0.25em; + margin-bottom: 0.25em; } + +p.letter {text-indent: 0%; + margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em; } + +p.right {text-align: right; + margin-right: 10%; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em; } + +div.fig { display:block; + margin:0 auto; + text-align:center; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em;} + +a:link {color:blue; text-decoration:none} +a:visited {color:blue; text-decoration:none} +a:hover {color:red} + +</style> + +</head> + +<body> + +<div style='text-align:center; font-size:1.2em; font-weight:bold'>The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Master of the World, by Jules Verne</div> +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and +most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions +whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms +of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online +at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you +are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the +country where you are located before using this eBook. +</div> +<div style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Title: The Master of the World</div> +<div style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Author: Jules Verne</div> +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Release Date: September 19, 2001 [eBook #3809]<br /> +[Most recently updated: November 12, 2020]</div> +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Language: English</div> +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Character set encoding: UTF-8</div> +<div style='display:block; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Produced by: Norm Wolcott. HTML version by Al Haines.</div> +<div style='margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:4em'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE MASTER OF THE WORLD ***</div> + +<div class="fig" style="width:80%;"> +<img src="images/cover.jpg" style="width:100%;" alt="[Illustration]" /> +</div> + +<h1>The Master of the World</h1> + +<h2>by Jules Verne</h2> + +<hr /> + +<h2>Contents</h2> + +<table summary="" style=""> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap01">I. What Happened in the Mountains</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap02">II. I Reach Morganton</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap03">III. The Great Eyrie</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap04">IV. A Meeting of the Automobile Club</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap05">V. Along the Shores of New England</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap06">VI. The First Letter</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap07">VII. A Third Machine</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap08">VIII. At Any Cost</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap09">IX. The Second Letter</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap10">X. Outside the Law</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap11">XI. The Campaign</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap12">XII. Black Rock Creek</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap13">XIII. On Board the Terror</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap14">XIV. Niagara</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap15">XV. The Eagle’s Nest</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap16">XVI. Robur, the Conqueror</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap17">XVII. In the Name of the Law</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap18">XVIII. The Old Housekeeper’s Last Comment</a></td> +</tr> + +</table> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap01"></a>I.<br /> +WHAT HAPPENED IN THE MOUNTAINS</h2> + +<p> +If I speak of myself in this story, it is because I have been deeply involved +in its startling events, events doubtless among the most extraordinary which +this twentieth century will witness. Sometimes I even ask myself if all this +has really happened, if its pictures dwell in truth in my memory, and not +merely in my imagination. In my position as head inspector in the federal +police department at Washington, urged on moreover by the desire, which has +always been very strong in me, to investigate and understand everything which +is mysterious, I naturally became much interested in these remarkable +occurrences. And as I have been employed by the government in various important +affairs and secret missions since I was a mere lad, it also happened very +naturally that the head of my department placed in my charge this astonishing +investigation, wherein I found myself wrestling with so many impenetrable +mysteries. +</p> + +<p> +In the remarkable passages of the recital, it is important that you should +believe my word. For some of the facts I can bring no other testimony than my +own. If you do not wish to believe me, so be it. I can scarce believe it all +myself. +</p> + +<p> +The strange occurrences began in the western part of our great American State +of North Carolina. There, deep amid the Blueridge Mountains rises the crest +called the Great Eyrie. Its huge rounded form is distinctly seen from the +little town of Morganton on the Catawba River, and still more clearly as one +approaches the mountains by way of the village of Pleasant Garden. +</p> + +<p> +Why the name of Great Eyrie was originally given this mountain by the people of +the surrounding region, I am not quite sure. It rises rocky and grim and +inaccessible, and under certain atmospheric conditions has a peculiarly blue +and distant effect. But the idea one would naturally get from the name is of a +refuge for birds of prey, eagles, condors, vultures; the home of vast numbers +of the feathered tribes, wheeling and screaming above peaks beyond the reach of +man. Now, the Great Eyrie did not seem particularly attractive to birds; on the +contrary, the people of the neighborhood began to remark that on some days when +birds approached its summit they mounted still further, circled high above the +crest, and then flew swiftly away, troubling the air with harsh cries. +</p> + +<p> +Why then the name Great Eyrie? Perhaps the mount might better have been called +a crater, for in the center of those steep and rounded walls there might well +be a huge deep basin. Perhaps there might even lie within their circuit a +mountain lake, such as exists in other parts of the Appalachian mountain +system, a lagoon fed by the rain and the winter snows. +</p> + +<p> +In brief was not this the site of an ancient volcano, one which had slept +through ages, but whose inner fires might yet reawake? Might not the Great +Eyrie reproduce in its neighborhood the violence of Mount Krakatoa or the +terrible disaster of Mont Pelee? If there were indeed a central lake, was there +not danger that its waters, penetrating the strata beneath, would be turned to +steam by the volcanic fires and tear their way forth in a tremendous explosion, +deluging the fair plains of Carolina with an eruption such as that of 1902 in +Martinique? +</p> + +<p> +Indeed, with regard to this last possibility there had been certain symptoms +recently observed which might well be due to volcanic action. Smoke had floated +above the mountain and once the country folk passing near had heard +subterranean noises, unexplainable rumblings. A glow in the sky had crowned the +height at night. +</p> + +<p> +When the wind blew the smoky cloud eastward toward Pleasant Garden, a few +cinders and ashes drifted down from it. And finally one stormy night pale +flames, reflected from the clouds above the summit, cast upon the district +below a sinister, warning light. +</p> + +<p> +In presence of these strange phenomena, it is not astonishing that the people +of the surrounding district became seriously disquieted. And to the disquiet +was joined an imperious need of knowing the true condition of the mountain. The +Carolina newspapers had flaring headlines, “The Mystery of Great +Eyrie!” They asked if it was not dangerous to dwell in such a region. +Their articles aroused curiosity and fear—curiosity among those who being +in no danger themselves were interested in the disturbance merely as a strange +phenomenon of nature, fear in those who were likely to be the victims if a +catastrophe actually occurred. Those more immediately threatened were the +citizens of Morganton, and even more the good folk of Pleasant Garden and the +hamlets and farms yet closer to the mountain. +</p> + +<p> +Assuredly it was regrettable that mountain climbers had not previously +attempted to ascend to the summit of the Great Eyrie. The cliffs of rock which +surrounded it had never been scaled. Perhaps they might offer no path by which +even the most daring climber could penetrate to the interior. Yet, if a +volcanic eruption menaced all the western region of the Carolinas, then a +complete examination of the mountain was become absolutely necessary. +</p> + +<p> +Now before the actual ascent of the crater, with its many serious difficulties, +was attempted, there was one way which offered an opportunity of reconnoitering +the interior, without clambering up the precipices. In the first days of +September of that memorable year, a well-known aeronaut named Wilker came to +Morganton with his balloon. By waiting for a breeze from the east, he could +easily rise in his balloon and drift over the Great Eyrie. There from a safe +height above he could search with a powerful glass into its deeps. Thus he +would know if the mouth of a volcano really opened amid the mighty rocks. This +was the principal question. If this were settled, it would be known if the +surrounding country must fear an eruption at some period more or less distant. +</p> + +<p> +The ascension was begun according to the programme suggested. The wind was fair +and steady; the sky clear; the morning clouds were disappearing under the +vigorous rays of the sun. If the interior of the Great Eyrie was not filled +with smoke, the aeronaut would be able to search with his glass its entire +extent. If the vapors were rising, he, no doubt, could detect their source. +</p> + +<p> +The balloon rose at once to a height of fifteen hundred feet, and there rested +almost motionless for a quarter of an hour. Evidently the east wind, which was +brisk upon the Surface of the earth, did not make itself felt at that height. +Then, unlucky chance, the balloon was caught in an adverse current, and began +to drift toward the east. Its distance from the mountain chain rapidly +increased. Despite all the efforts of the aeronaut, the citizens of Morganton +saw the balloon disappear on the wrong horizon. Later, they learned that it had +landed in the neighborhood of Raleigh, the capital of North Carolina. +</p> + +<p> +This attempt having failed, it was agreed that it should be tried again under +better conditions. Indeed, fresh rumblings were heard from the mountain, +accompanied by heavy clouds and wavering glimmerings of light at night. Folk +began to realize that the Great Eyrie was a serious and perhaps imminent source +of danger. Yes, the entire country lay under the threat of some seismic or +volcanic disaster. +</p> + +<p> +During the first days of April of that year, these more or less vague +apprehensions turned to actual panic. The newspapers gave prompt echo to the +public terror. The entire district between the mountains and Morganton was sure +that an eruption was at hand. +</p> + +<p> +The night of the fourth of April, the good folk of Pleasant Garden were +awakened by a sudden uproar. They thought that the mountains were falling upon +them. They rushed from their houses, ready for instant flight, fearing to see +open before them some immense abyss, engulfing the farms and villages for miles +around. +</p> + +<p> +The night was very dark. A weight of heavy clouds pressed down upon the plain. +Even had it been day the crest of the mountains would have been invisible. +</p> + +<p> +In the midst of this impenetrable obscurity, there was no response to the cries +which arose from every side. Frightened groups of men, women, and children +groped their way along the black roads in wild confusion. From every quarter +came the screaming voices: “It is an earthquake!” “It is an +eruption!” “Whence comes it?” “From the Great +Eyrie!” +</p> + +<p> +Into Morganton sped the news that stones, lava, ashes, were raining down upon +the country. +</p> + +<p> +Shrewd citizens of the town, however, observed that if there were an eruption +the noise would have continued and increased, the flames would have appeared +above the crater; or at least their lurid reflections would have penetrated the +clouds. Now, even these reflections were no longer seen. If there had been an +earthquake, the terrified people saw that at least their houses had not +crumbled beneath the shock. It was possible that the uproar had been caused by +an avalanche, the fall of some mighty rock from the summit of the mountains. +</p> + +<p> +An hour passed without other incident. A wind from the west sweeping over the +long chain of the Blueridge, set the pines and hemlocks wailing on the higher +slopes. There seemed no new cause for panic; and folk began to return to their +houses. All, however, awaited impatiently the return of day. +</p> + +<p> +Then suddenly, toward three o’clock in the morning, another alarm! Flames +leaped up above the rocky wall of the Great Eyrie. Reflected from the clouds, +they illuminated the atmosphere for a great distance. A crackling, as if of +many burning trees, was heard. +</p> + +<p> +Had a fire spontaneously broken out? And to what cause was it due? Lightning +could not have started the conflagration; for no thunder had been heard. True, +there was plenty of material for fire; at this height the chain of the +Blueridge is well wooded. But these flames were too sudden for any ordinary +cause. +</p> + +<p> +“An eruption! An eruption!” +</p> + +<p> +The cry resounded from all sides. An eruption! The Great Eyrie was then indeed +the crater of a volcano buried in the bowels of the mountains. And after so +many years, so many ages even, had it reawakened? Added to the flames, was a +rain of stones and ashes about to follow? Were the lavas going to pour down +torrents of molten fire, destroying everything in their passage, annihilating +the towns, the villages, the farms, all this beautiful world of meadows, fields +and forests, even as far as Pleasant Garden and Morganton? +</p> + +<p> +This time the panic was overwhelming; nothing could stop it. Women carrying +their infants, crazed with terror, rushed along the eastward roads. Men, +deserting their homes, made hurried bundles of their most precious belongings +and set free their livestock, cows, sheep, pigs, which fled in all directions. +What disorder resulted from this agglomeration, human and animal, under darkest +night, amid forests, threatened by the fires of the volcano, along the border +of marshes whose waters might be upheaved and overflow! With the earth itself +threatening to disappear from under the feet of the fugitives! Would they be in +time to save themselves, if a cascade of glowing lava came rolling down the +slope of the mountain across their route? +</p> + +<p> +Nevertheless, some of the chief and shrewder farm owners were not swept away in +this mad flight, which they did their best to restrain. Venturing within a mile +of the mountain, they saw that the glare of the flames was decreasing. In truth +it hardly seemed that the region was immediately menaced by any further +upheaval. No stones were being hurled into space; no torrent of lava was +visible upon the slopes; no rumblings rose from the ground. There was no +further manifestation of any seismic disturbance capable of overwhelming the +land. +</p> + +<p> +At length, the flight of the fugitives ceased at a distance where they seemed +secure from all danger. Then a few ventured back toward the mountain. Some +farms were reoccupied before the break of day. +</p> + +<p> +By morning the crests of the Great Eyrie showed scarcely the least remnant of +its cloud of smoke. The fires were certainly at an end; and if it were +impossible to determine their cause, one might at least hope that they would +not break out again. +</p> + +<p> +It appeared possible that the Great Eyrie had not really been the theater of +volcanic phenomena at all. There was no further evidence that the neighborhood +was at the mercy either of eruptions or of earthquakes. +</p> + +<p> +Yet once more about five o’clock, from beneath the ridge of the mountain, +where the shadows of night still lingered, a strange noise swept across the +air, a sort of whirring, accompanied by the beating of mighty wings. And had it +been a clear day, perhaps the farmers would have seen the passage of a mighty +bird of prey, some monster of the skies, which having risen from the Great +Eyrie sped away toward the east. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap02"></a>II.<br /> +I REACH MORGANTON</h2> + +<p> +The twenty-seventh of April, having left Washington the night before, I arrived +at Raleigh, the capital of the State of North Carolina. +</p> + +<p> +Two days before, the head of the federal police had called me to his room. He +was awaiting me with some impatience. “John Strock,” said he, +“are you still the man who on so many occasions has proven to me both his +devotion and his ability?” +</p> + +<p> +“Mr. Ward,” I answered, with a bow, “I cannot promise success +or even ability, but as to devotion, I assure you, it is yours.” +</p> + +<p> +“I do not doubt it,” responded the chief. “And I will ask you +instead this more exact question: Are you as fond of riddles as ever? As eager +to penetrate into mysteries, as I have known you before?” +</p> + +<p> +“I am, Mr. Ward.” +</p> + +<p> +“Good, Strock; then listen.” +</p> + +<p> +Mr. Ward, a man of about fifty years, of great power and intellect, was fully +master of the important position he filled. He had several times entrusted to +me difficult missions which I had accomplished successfully, and which had won +me his confidence. For several months past, however, he had found no occasion +for my services. Therefore I awaited with impatience what he had to say. I did +not doubt that his questioning implied a serious and important task for me. +</p> + +<p> +“Doubtless you know,” said he, “what has happened down in the +Blueridge Mountains near Morganton.” +</p> + +<p> +“Surely, Mr. Ward, the phenomena reported from there have been singular +enough to arouse anyone’s curiosity.” +</p> + +<p> +“They are singular, even remarkable, Strock. No doubt about that. But +there is also reason to ask, if these phenomena about the Great Eyrie are not a +source of continued danger to the people there, if they are not forerunners of +some disaster as terrible as it is mysterious.” +</p> + +<p> +“It is to be feared, sir.” +</p> + +<p> +“So we must know, Strock, what is inside of that mountain. If we are +helpless in the face of some great force of nature, people must be warned in +time of the danger which threatens them.” +</p> + +<p> +“It is clearly the duty of the authorities, Mr. Ward,” responded I, +“to learn what is going on within there.” +</p> + +<p> +“True, Strock; but that presents great difficulties. Everyone reports +that it is impossible to scale the precipices of the Great Eyrie and reach its +interior. But has anyone ever attempted it with scientific appliances and under +the best conditions? I doubt it, and believe a resolute attempt may bring +success.” +</p> + +<p> +“Nothing is impossible, Mr. Ward; what we face here is merely a question +of expense.” +</p> + +<p> +“We must not regard expense when we are seeking to reassure an entire +population, or to preserve it from a catastrophe. There is another suggestion I +would make to you. Perhaps this Great Eyrie is not so inaccessible as is +supposed. Perhaps a band of malefactors have secreted themselves there, gaining +access by ways known only to themselves.” +</p> + +<p> +“What! You suspect that robbers—” +</p> + +<p> +“Perhaps I am wrong, Strock; and these strange sights and sounds have all +had natural causes. Well, that is what we have to settle, and as quickly as +possible.” +</p> + +<p> +“I have one question to ask.” +</p> + +<p> +“Go ahead, Strock.” +</p> + +<p> +“When the Great Eyrie has been visited, when we know the source of these +phenomena, if there really is a crater there and an eruption is imminent, can +we avert it?” +</p> + +<p> +“No, Strock; but we can estimate the extent of the danger. If some +volcano in the Alleghanies threatens North Carolina with a disaster similar to +that of Martinique, buried beneath the outpourings of Mont Pelee, then these +people must leave their homes.” +</p> + +<p> +“I hope, sir, there is no such widespread danger.” +</p> + +<p> +“I think not, Strock; it seems to me highly improbable that an active +volcano exists in the Blueridge mountain chain. Our Appalachian mountain system +is nowhere volcanic in its origin. But all these events cannot be without +basis. In short, Strock, we have decided to make a strict inquiry into the +phenomena of the Great Eyrie, to gather all the testimony, to question the +people of the towns and farms. To do this, I have made choice of an agent in +whom we have full confidence; and this agent is you, Strock.” +</p> + +<p> +“Good! I am ready, Mr. Ward,” cried I, “and be sure that I +shall neglect nothing to bring you full information.” +</p> + +<p> +“I know it, Strock, and I will add that I regard you as specially fitted +for the work. You will have a splendid opportunity to exercise, and I hope to +satisfy, your favorite passion of curiosity.” +</p> + +<p> +“As you say, sir.” +</p> + +<p> +“You will be free to act according to circumstances. As to expenses, if +there seems reason to organize an ascension party, which will be costly, you +have carte blanche.” +</p> + +<p> +“I will act as seems best, Mr. Ward.” +</p> + +<p> +“Let me caution you to act with all possible discretion. The people in +the vicinity are already over-excited. It will be well to move secretly. Do not +mention the suspicions I have suggested to you. And above all, avoid arousing +any fresh panic.” +</p> + +<p> +“It is understood.” +</p> + +<p> +“You will be accredited to the Mayor of Morganton, who will assist you. +Once more, be prudent, Strock, and acquaint no one with your mission, unless it +is absolutely necessary. You have often given proofs of your intelligence and +address; and this time I feel assured you will succeed.” +</p> + +<p> +I asked him only “When shall I start?” +</p> + +<p> +“Tomorrow.” +</p> + +<p> +“Tomorrow, I shall leave Washington; and the day after, I shall be at +Morganton.” +</p> + +<p> +How little suspicion had I of what the future had in store for me! +</p> + +<p> +I returned immediately to my house where I made my preparations for departure; +and the next evening found me in Raleigh. There I passed the night, and in the +course of the next afternoon arrived at the railroad station of Morganton. +</p> + +<p> +Morganton is but a small town, built upon strata of the jurassic period, +particularly rich in coal. Its mines give it some prosperity. It also has +numerous unpleasant mineral waters, so that the season there attracts many +visitors. Around Morganton is a rich farming country, with broad fields of +grain. It lies in the midst of swamps, covered with mosses and reeds. Evergreen +forests rise high up the mountain slopes. All that the region lacks is the +wells of natural gas, that invaluable natural source of power, light, and +warmth, so abundant in most of the Alleghany valleys. Villages and farms are +numerous up to the very borders of the mountain forests. Thus there were many +thousands of people threatened, if the Great Eyrie proved indeed a volcano, if +the convulsions of nature extended to Pleasant Garden and to Morganton. +</p> + +<p> +The mayor of Morganton, Mr. Elias Smith, was a tall man, vigorous and +enterprising, forty years old or more, and of a health to defy all the doctors +of the two Americas. He was a great hunter of bears and panthers, beasts which +may still be found in the wild gorges and mighty forests of the Alleghanies. +</p> + +<p> +Mr. Smith was himself a rich land-owner, possessing several farms in the +neighborhood. Even his most distant tenants received frequent visits from him. +Indeed, whenever his official duties did not keep him in his so-called home at +Morganton, he was exploring the surrounding country, irresistibly drawn by the +instincts of the hunter. +</p> + +<p> +I went at once to the house of Mr. Smith. He was expecting me, having been +warned by telegram. He received me very frankly, without any formality, his +pipe in his mouth, a glass of brandy on the table. A second glass was brought +in by a servant, and I had to drink to my host before beginning our interview. +</p> + +<p> +“Mr. Ward sent you,” said he to me in a jovial tone. “Good; +let us drink to Mr. Ward’s health.” +</p> + +<p> +I clinked glasses with him, and drank in honor of the chief of police. +</p> + +<p> +“And now,” demanded Elias Smith, “what is worrying +him?” +</p> + +<p> +At this I made known to the mayor of Morganton the cause and the purpose of my +mission in North Carolina. I assured him that my chief had given me full power, +and would render me every assistance, financial and otherwise, to solve the +riddle and relieve the neighborhood of its anxiety relative to the Great Eyrie. +</p> + +<p> +Elias Smith listened to me without uttering a word, but not without several +times refilling his glass and mine. While he puffed steadily at his pipe, the +close attention which he gave me was beyond question. I saw his cheeks flush at +times, and his eyes gleam under their bushy brows. Evidently the chief +magistrate of Morganton was uneasy about Great Eyrie, and would be as eager as +I to discover the cause of these phenomena. +</p> + +<p> +When I had finished my communication, Elias Smith gazed at me for some moments +in silence. Then he said, softly, “So at Washington they wish to know +what the Great Eyrie hides within its circuit?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, Mr. Smith.” +</p> + +<p> +“And you, also?” +</p> + +<p> +“I do.” +</p> + +<p> +“So do I, Mr. Strock.” +</p> + +<p> +He and I were as one in our curiosity. +</p> + +<p> +“You will understand,” added he, knocking the cinders from his +pipe, “that as a land-owner, I am much interested in these stories of the +Great Eyrie, and as mayor, I wish to protect my constituents.” +</p> + +<p> +“A double reason,” I commented, “to stimulate you to discover +the cause of these extraordinary occurrences! Without doubt, my dear Mr. Smith, +they have appeared to you as inexplicable and as threatening as to your +people.” +</p> + +<p> +“Inexplicable, certainly, Mr. Strock. For on my part, I do not believe it +possible that the Great Eyrie can be a volcano; the Alleghanies are nowhere of +volcanic origins. I, myself, in our immediate district, have never found any +geological traces of scoria, or lava, or any eruptive rock whatever. I do not +think, therefore, that Morganton can possibly be threatened from such a +source.” +</p> + +<p> +“You really think not, Mr. Smith?” +</p> + +<p> +“Certainly.” +</p> + +<p> +“But these tremblings of the earth that have been felt in the +neighborhood!” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes these tremblings! These tremblings!” repeated Mr. Smith, +shaking his head; “but in the first place, is it certain that there have +been tremblings? At the moment when the flames showed most sharply, I was on my +farm of Wildon, less than a mile from the Great Eyrie. There was certainly a +tumult in the air, but I felt no quivering of the earth.” +</p> + +<p> +“But in the reports sent to Mr. Ward—” +</p> + +<p> +“Reports made under the impulse of the panic,” interrupted the +mayor of Morganton. “I said nothing of any earth tremors in mine.” +</p> + +<p> +“But as to the flames which rose clearly above the crest?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, as to those, Mr. Strock, that is different. I saw them; saw them +with my own eyes, and the clouds certainly reflected them for miles around. +Moreover noises certainly came from the crater of the Great Eyrie, hissings, as +if a great boiler were letting off steam.” +</p> + +<p> +“You have reliable testimony of this?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, the evidence of my own ears.” +</p> + +<p> +“And in the midst of this noise, Mr. Smith, did you believe that you +heard that most remarkable of all the phenomena, a sound like the flapping of +great wings?” +</p> + +<p> +“I thought so, Mr. Strock; but what mighty bird could this be, which sped +away after the flames had died down, and what wings could ever make such +tremendous sounds. I therefore seriously question, if this must not have been a +deception of my imagination. The Great Eyrie a refuge for unknown monsters of +the sky! Would they not have been seen long since, soaring above their immense +nest of stone? In short, there is in all this a mystery which has not yet been +solved.” +</p> + +<p> +“But we will solve it, Mr. Smith, if you will give me your aid.” +</p> + +<p> +“Surely, Mr. Strock; tomorrow we will start our campaign.” +</p> + +<p> +“Tomorrow.” And on that word the mayor and I separated. I went to a +hotel, and established myself for a stay which might be indefinitely prolonged. +Then having dined, and written to Mr. Ward, I saw Mr. Smith again in the +afternoon, and arranged to leave Morganton with him at daybreak. +</p> + +<p> +Our first purpose was to undertake the ascent of the mountain, with the aid of +two experienced guides. These men had ascended Mt. Mitchell and others of the +highest peaks of the Blueridge. They had never, however, attempted the Great +Eyrie, knowing that its walls of inaccessible cliffs defended it on every side. +Moreover, before the recent startling occurrences the Great Eyrie had not +particularly attracted the attention of tourists. Mr. Smith knew the two guides +personally as men daring, skillful and trustworthy. They would stop at no +obstacle; and we were resolved to follow them through everything. +</p> + +<p> +Moreover Mr. Smith remarked at the last that perhaps it was no longer as +difficult as formerly to penetrate within the Great Eyrie. +</p> + +<p> +“And why?” asked I. +</p> + +<p> +“Because a huge block has recently broken away from the mountain side and +perhaps it has left a practicable path or entrance.” +</p> + +<p> +“That would be a fortunate chance, Mr. Smith.” +</p> + +<p> +“We shall know all about it, Mr. Strock, no later than tomorrow.” +</p> + +<p> +“Till tomorrow, then.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap03"></a>III.<br /> +THE GREAT EYRIE</h2> + +<p> +The next day at dawn, Elias Smith and I left Morganton by a road which, winding +along the left bank of the Catawba River, led to the village of Pleasant +Garden. The guides accompanied us, Harry Horn, a man of thirty, and James +Bruck, aged twenty-five. They were both natives of the region, and in constant +demand among the tourists who climbed the peaks of the Blueridge and Cumberland +Mountains. +</p> + +<p> +A light wagon with two good horses was provided to carry us to the foot of the +range. It contained provisions for two or three days, beyond which our trip +surely would not be protracted. Mr. Smith had shown himself a generous provider +both in meats and in liquors. As to water the mountain springs would furnish it +in abundance, increased by the heavy rains, frequent in that region during +springtime. +</p> + +<p> +It is needless to add that the Mayor of Morganton in his role of hunter, had +brought along his gun and his dog, Nisko, who gamboled joyously about the +wagon. Nisko, however, was to remain behind at the farm at Wildon, when we +attempted our ascent. He could not possibly follow us to the Great Eyrie with +its cliffs to scale and its crevasses to cross. +</p> + +<p> +The day was beautiful, the fresh air in that climate is still cool of an April +morning. A few fleecy clouds sped rapidly overhead, driven by a light breeze +which swept across the long plains, from the distant Atlantic. The sun peeping +forth at intervals, illumined all the fresh young verdure of the countryside. +</p> + +<p> +An entire world animated the woods through which we passed. From before our +equipage fled squirrels, field-mice, parroquets of brilliant colors and +deafening loquacity. Opossums passed in hurried leaps, bearing their young in +their pouches. Myriads of birds were scattered amid the foliage of banyans, +palms, and masses of rhododendrons, so luxuriant that their thickets were +impenetrable. +</p> + +<p> +We arrived that evening at Pleasant Garden, where we were comfortably located +for the night with the mayor of the town, a particular friend of Mr. Smith. +Pleasant Garden proved little more than a village; but its mayor gave us a warm +and generous reception, and we supped pleasantly in his charming home, which +stood beneath the shades of some giant beech-trees. +</p> + +<p> +Naturally the conversation turned upon our attempt to explore the interior of +the Great Eyrie. “You are right,” said our host, “until we +all know what is hidden within there, our people will remain uneasy.” +</p> + +<p> +“Has nothing new occurred,” I asked, “since the last +appearance of flames above the Great Eyrie?” +</p> + +<p> +“Nothing, Mr. Strock. From Pleasant Garden we can see the entire crest of +the mountain. Not a suspicious noise has come down to us. Not a spark has +risen. If a legion of devils is in hiding there, they must have finished their +infernal cookery, and soared away to some other haunt.” +</p> + +<p> +“Devils!” cried Mr. Smith. “Well, I hope they have not +decamped without leaving some traces of their occupation, some parings of hoofs +or horns or tails. We shall find them out.” +</p> + +<p> +On the morrow, the twenty-ninth of April, we started again at dawn. By the end +of this second day, we expected to reach the farm of Wildon at the foot of the +mountain. The country was much the same as before, except that our road led +more steeply upward. Woods and marshes alternated, though the latter grew +sparser, being drained by the sun as we approached the higher levels. The +country was also less populous. There were only a few little hamlets, almost +lost beneath the beech trees, a few lonely farms, abundantly watered by the +many streams that rushed downward toward the Catawba River. +</p> + +<p> +The smaller birds and beasts grew yet more numerous. “I am much tempted +to take my gun,” said Mr. Smith, “and to go off with Nisko. This +will be the first time that I have passed here without trying my luck with the +partridges and hares. The good beasts will not recognize me. But not only have +we plenty of provisions, but we have a bigger chase on hand today. The chase of +a mystery.” +</p> + +<p> +“And let us hope,” added I, “we do not come back disappointed +hunters.” +</p> + +<p> +In the afternoon the whole chain of the Blueridge stretched before us at a +distance of only six miles. The mountain crests were sharply outlined against +the clear sky. Well wooded at the base, they grew more bare and showed only +stunted evergreens toward the summit. There the scraggly trees, grotesquely +twisted, gave to the rocky heights a bleak and bizarre appearance. Here and +there the ridge rose in sharp peaks. On our right the Black Dome, nearly seven +thousand feet high, reared its gigantic head, sparkling at times above the +clouds. +</p> + +<p> +“Have you ever climbed that dome, Mr. Smith?” I asked. +</p> + +<p> +“No,” answered he, “but I am told that it is a very difficult +ascent. A few mountaineers have climbed it; but they report that it has no +outlook commanding the crater of the Great Eyrie.” +</p> + +<p> +“That is so,” said the guide, Harry Horn. “I have tried it +myself.” +</p> + +<p> +“Perhaps,” suggested I, “the weather was unfavorable.” +</p> + +<p> +“On the contrary, Mr. Strock, it was unusually clear. But the wall of the +Great Eyrie on that side rose so high, it completely hid the interior.” +</p> + +<p> +“Forward,” cried Mr. Smith. “I shall not be sorry to set foot +where no person has ever stepped, or even looked, before.” +</p> + +<p> +Certainly on this day the Great Eyrie looked tranquil enough. As we gazed upon +it, there rose from its heights neither smoke nor flame. +</p> + +<p> +Toward five o’clock our expedition halted at the Wildon farm, where the +tenants warmly welcomed their landlord. The farmer assured us that nothing +notable had happened about the Great Eyrie for some time. We supped at a common +table with all the people of the farm; and our sleep that night was sound and +wholly untroubled by premonitions of the future. +</p> + +<p> +On the morrow, before break of day, we set out for the ascent of the mountain. +The height of the Great Eyrie scarce exceeds five thousand feet. A modest +altitude, often surpassed in this section of the Alleghanies. As we were +already more than three thousand feet above sea level, the fatigue of the +ascent could not be great. A few hours should suffice to bring us to the crest +of the crater. Of course, difficulties might present themselves, precipices to +scale, clefts and breaks in the ridge might necessitate painful and even +dangerous detours. This was the unknown, the spur to our attempt. As I said, +our guides knew no more than we upon this point. What made me anxious, was, of +course, the common report that the Great Eyrie was wholly inaccessible. But +this remained unproven. And then there was the new chance that a fallen block +had left a breach in the rocky wall. +</p> + +<p> +“At last,” said Mr. Smith to me, after lighting the first pipe of +the twenty or more which he smoked each day, “we are well started. As to +whether the ascent will take more or less time—” +</p> + +<p> +“In any case, Mr. Smith,” interrupted I, “you and I are fully +resolved to pursue our quest to the end.” +</p> + +<p> +“Fully resolved, Mr. Strock.” +</p> + +<p> +“My chief has charged me to snatch the secret from this demon of the +Great Eyrie.” +</p> + +<p> +“We will snatch it from him, willing or unwilling,” vowed Mr. +Smith, calling Heaven to witness. “Even if we have to search the very +bowels of the mountain.” +</p> + +<p> +“As it may happen, then,” said I, “that our excursion will be +prolonged beyond today, it will be well to look to our provisions.” +</p> + +<p> +“Be easy, Mr. Strock; our guides have food for two days in their +knapsacks, besides what we carry ourselves. Moreover, though I left my brave +Nisko at the farm, I have my gun. Game will be plentiful in the woods and +gorges of the lower part of the mountain, and perhaps at the top we shall find +a fire to cook it, already lighted.” +</p> + +<p> +“Already lighted, Mr. Smith?” +</p> + +<p> +“And why not, Mr. Strock? These flames! These superb flames, which have +so terrified our country folk! Is their fire absolutely cold, is no spark to be +found beneath their ashes? And then, if this is truly a crater, is the volcano +so wholly extinct that we cannot find there a single ember? Bah! This would be +but a poor volcano if it hasn’t enough fire even to cook an egg or roast +a potato. Come, I repeat, we shall see! We shall see!” +</p> + +<p> +At that point of the investigation I had, I confess, no opinion formed. I had +my orders to examine the Great Eyrie. If it proved harmless, I would announce +it, and people would be reassured. But at heart, I must admit, I had the very +natural desire of a man possessed by the demon of curiosity. I should be glad, +both for my own sake, and for the renown which would attach to my mission if +the Great Eyrie proved the center of the most remarkable phenomena—of +which I would discover the cause. +</p> + +<p> +Our ascent began in this order. The two guides went in front to seek out the +most practicable paths. Elias Smith and I followed more leisurely. We mounted +by a narrow and not very steep gorge amid rocks and trees. A tiny stream +trickled downward under our feet. During the rainy season or after a heavy +shower, the water doubtless bounded from rock to rock in tumultuous cascades. +But it evidently was fed only by the rain, for now we could scarcely trace its +course. It could not be the outlet of any lake within the Great Eyrie. +</p> + +<p> +After an hour of climbing, the slope became so steep that we had to turn, now +to the right, now to the left; and our progress was much delayed. Soon the +gorge became wholly impracticable; its cliff-like sides offered no sufficient +foothold. We had to cling by branches, to crawl upon our knees. At this rate +the top would not be reached before sundown. +</p> + +<p> +“Faith!” cried Mr. Smith, stopping for breath. “I realize why +the climbers of the Great Eyrie have been few, so few, that it has never been +ascended within my knowledge.” +</p> + +<p> +“The fact is,” I responded, “that it would be much toil for +very little profit. And if we had not special reasons to persist in our +attempt.” +</p> + +<p> +“You never said a truer word,” declared Harry Horn. “My +comrade and I have scaled the Black Dome several times, but we never met such +obstacles as these.” +</p> + +<p> +“The difficulties seem almost impassable,” added James Bruck. +</p> + +<p> +The question now was to determine to which side we should turn for a new route; +to right, as to left, arose impenetrable masses of trees and bushes. In truth +even the scaling of cliffs would have been more easy. Perhaps if we could get +above this wooded slope we could advance with surer foot. Now, we could only go +ahead blindly, and trust to the instincts of our two guides. James Bruck was +especially useful. I believe that that gallant lad would have equaled a monkey +in lightness and a wild goat in agility. Unfortunately, neither Elias Smith nor +I was able to climb where he could. +</p> + +<p> +However, when it is a matter of real need with me, I trust I shall never be +backward, being resolute by nature and well-trained in bodily exercise. Where +James Bruck went, I was determined to go, also; though it might cost me some +uncomfortable falls. But it was not the same with the first magistrate of +Morganton, less young, less vigorous, larger, stouter, and less persistent than +we others. Plainly he made every effort, not to retard our progress, but he +panted like a seal, and soon I insisted on his stopping to rest. +</p> + +<p> +In short, it was evident that the ascent of the Great Eyrie would require far +more time than we had estimated. We had expected to reach the foot of the rocky +wall before eleven o’clock, but we now saw that mid-day would still find +us several hundred feet below it. +</p> + +<p> +Toward ten o’clock, after repeated attempts to discover some more +practicable route, after numberless turnings and returnings, one of the guides +gave the signal to halt. We found ourselves at last on the upper border of the +heavy wood. The trees, more thinly spaced, permitted us a glimpse upward to the +base of the rocky wall which constituted the true Great Eyrie. +</p> + +<p> +“Whew!” exclaimed Mr. Smith, leaning against a mighty pine tree, +“a little respite, a little repose, and even a little repast would not go +badly.” +</p> + +<p> +“We will rest an hour,” said I. +</p> + +<p> +“Yes; after working our lungs and our legs, we will make our stomachs +work.” +</p> + +<p> +We were all agreed on this point. A rest would certainty freshen us. Our only +cause for inquietude was now the appearance of the precipitous slope above us. +We looked up toward one of those bare strips called in that region, slides. +Amid this loose earth, these yielding stones, and these abrupt rocks there was +no roadway. +</p> + +<p> +Harry Horn said to his comrade, “It will not be easy.” +</p> + +<p> +“Perhaps impossible,” responded Bruck. +</p> + +<p> +Their comments caused me secret uneasiness. If I returned without even having +scaled the mountain, my mission would be a complete failure, without speaking +of the torture to my curiosity. And when I stood again before Mr. Ward, shamed +and confused, I should cut but a sorry figure. +</p> + +<p> +We opened our knapsacks and lunched moderately on bread and cold meat. Our +repast finished, in less than half an hour, Mr. Smith sprang up eager to push +forward once more. James Bruck took the lead; and we had only to follow him as +best we could. +</p> + +<p> +We advanced slowly. Our guides did not attempt to conceal their doubt and +hesitation. Soon Horn left us and went far ahead to spy out which road promised +most chance of success. +</p> + +<p> +Twenty minutes later he returned and led us onward toward the northwest. It was +on this side that the Black Dome rose at a distance of three or four miles. Our +path was still difficult and painful, amid the sliding stones, held in place +only occasionally by wiry bushes. At length after a weary struggle, we gained +some two hundred feet further upward and found ourselves facing a great gash, +which broke the earth at this spot. Here and there were scattered roots +recently uptorn, branches broken off, huge stones reduced to powder, as if an +avalanche had rushed down this flank of the mountain. +</p> + +<p> +“That must be the path taken by the huge block which broke away from the +Great Eyrie,” commented James Bruck. +</p> + +<p> +“No doubt,” answered Mr. Smith, “and I think we had better +follow the road that it has made for us.” +</p> + +<p> +It was indeed this gash that Harry Horn had selected for our ascent. Our feet +found lodgment in the firmer earth which had resisted the passage of the +monster rock. Our task thus became much easier, and our progress was in a +straight line upward, so that toward half past eleven we reached the upper +border of the “slide.” +</p> + +<p> +Before us, less than a hundred feet away, but towering a hundred feet straight +upwards in the air rose the rocky wall which formed the final crest, the last +defence of the Great Eyrie. +</p> + +<p> +From this side, the summit of the wall showed capriciously irregular, rising in +rude towers and jagged needles. At one point the outline appeared to be an +enormous eagle silhouetted against the sky, just ready to take flight. Upon +this side, at least, the precipice was insurmountable. +</p> + +<p> +“Rest a minute,” said Mr. Smith, “and we will see if it is +possible to make our way around the base of this cliff.” +</p> + +<p> +“At any rate,” said Harry Horn, “the great block must have +fallen from this part of the cliff; and it has left no breach for +entering.” +</p> + +<p> +They were both right; we must seek entrance elsewhere. After a rest of ten +minutes, we clambered up close to the foot of the wall, and began to make a +circuit of its base. +</p> + +<p> +Assuredly the Great Eyrie now took on to my eyes an aspect absolutely +fantastic. Its heights seemed peopled by dragons and huge monsters. If +chimeras, griffins, and all the creations of mythology had appeared to guard +it, I should have been scarcely surprised. +</p> + +<p> +With great difficulty and not without danger we continued our tour of this +circumvallation, where it seemed that nature had worked as man does, with +careful regularity. Nowhere was there any break in the fortification; nowhere a +fault in the strata by which one might clamber up. Always this mighty wall, a +hundred feet in height! +</p> + +<p> +After an hour and a half of this laborious circuit, we regained our +starting-place. I could not conceal my disappointment, and Mr. Smith was not +less chagrined than I. +</p> + +<p> +“A thousand devils!” cried he, “we know no better than before +what is inside this confounded Great Eyrie, nor even if it is a crater.” +</p> + +<p> +“Volcano, or not,” said I, “there are no suspicious noises +now; neither smoke nor flame rises above it; nothing whatever threatens an +eruption.” +</p> + +<p> +This was true. A profound silence reigned around us; and a perfectly clear sky +shone overhead. We tasted the perfect calm of great altitudes. +</p> + +<p> +It was worth noting that the circumference of the huge wall was about twelve or +fifteen hundred feet. As to the space enclosed within, we could scarce reckon +that without knowing the thickness of the encompassing wall. The surroundings +were absolutely deserted. Probably not a living creature ever mounted to this +height, except the few birds of prey which soared high above us. +</p> + +<p> +Our watches showed three o’clock, and Mr. Smith cried in disgust, +“What is the use of stopping here all day! We shall learn nothing more. +We must make a start, Mr. Strock, if we want to get back to Pleasant Garden +to-night.” +</p> + +<p> +I made no answer, and did not move from where I was seated; so he called again, +“Come, Mr. Strock; you don’t answer.” +</p> + +<p> +In truth, it cut me deeply to abandon our effort, to descend the slope without +having achieved my mission. I felt an imperious need of persisting; my +curiosity had redoubled. But what could I do? Could I tear open this unyielding +earth? Overleap the mighty cliff? Throwing one last defiant glare at the Great +Eyrie, I followed my companions. +</p> + +<p> +The return was effected without great difficulty. We had only to slide down +where we had so laboriously scrambled up. Before five o’clock we +descended the last slopes of the mountain, and the farmer of Wildon welcomed us +to a much needed meal. +</p> + +<p> +“Then you didn’t get inside?” said he. +</p> + +<p> +“No,” responded Mr. Smith, “and I believe that the inside +exists only in the imagination of our country folk.” +</p> + +<p> +At half past eight our carriage drew up before the house of the Mayor of +Pleasant Garden, where we passed the night. While I strove vainly to sleep, I +asked myself if I should not stop there in the village and organize a new +ascent. But what better chance had it of succeeding than the first? The wisest +course was, doubtless, to return to Washington and consult Mr. Ward. +</p> + +<p> +So, the next day, having rewarded our two guides, I took leave of Mr. Smith at +Morganton, and that same evening left by train for Washington. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap04"></a>IV.<br /> +A MEETING OF THE AUTOMOBILE CLUB</h2> + +<p> +Was the mystery of the Great Eyrie to be solved some day by chances beyond our +imagining? That was known only to the future. And was the solution a matter of +the first importance? That was beyond doubt, since the safety of the people of +western Carolina perhaps depended upon it. +</p> + +<p> +Yet a fortnight after my return to Washington, public attention was wholly +distracted from this problem by another very different in nature, but equally +astonishing. +</p> + +<p> +Toward the middle of that month of May the newspapers of Pennsylvania informed +their readers of some strange occurrences in different parts of the state. On +the roads which radiated from Philadelphia, the chief city, there circulated an +extraordinary vehicle, of which no one could describe the form, or the nature, +or even the size, so rapidly did it rush past. It was an automobile; all were +agreed on that. But as to what motor drove it, only imagination could say; and +when the popular imagination is aroused, what limit is there to its hypotheses? +</p> + +<p> +At that period the most improved automobiles, whether driven by steam, +gasoline, or electricity, could not accomplish much more than sixty miles an +hour, a speed that the railroads, with their most rapid expresses, scarce +exceed on the best lines of America and Europe. Now, this new automobile which +was astonishing the world, traveled at more than double this speed. +</p> + +<p> +It is needless to add that such a rate constituted an extreme danger on the +highroads, as much so for vehicles, as for pedestrians. This rushing mass, +coming like a thunder-bolt, preceded by a formidable rumbling, caused a +whirlwind, which tore the branches from the trees along the road, terrified the +animals browsing in adjoining fields, and scattered and killed the birds, which +could not resist the suction of the tremendous air currents engendered by its +passage. +</p> + +<p> +And, a bizarre detail to which the newspapers drew particular attention, the +surface of the roads was scarcely even scratched by the wheels of the +apparition, which left behind it no such ruts as are usually made by heavy +vehicles. At most there was a light touch, a mere brushing of the dust. It was +only the tremendous speed which raised behind the vehicle such whirlwinds of +dust. +</p> + +<p> +“It is probable,” commented the New York Herald, “that the +extreme rapidity of motion destroys the weight.” +</p> + +<p> +Naturally there were protests from all sides. It was impossible to permit the +mad speed of this apparition which threatened to overthrow and destroy +everything in its passage, equipages and people. But how could it be stopped? +No one knew to whom the vehicle belonged, nor whence it came, nor whither it +went. It was seen but for an instant as it darted forward like a bullet in its +dizzy flight. How could one seize a cannon-ball in the air, as it leaped from +the mouth of the gun? +</p> + +<p> +I repeat, there was no evidence as to the character of the propelling engine. +It left behind it no smoke, no steam, no odor of gasoline, or any other oil. It +seemed probable, therefore, that the vehicle ran by electricity, and that its +accumulators were of an unknown model, using some unknown fluid. +</p> + +<p> +The public imagination, highly excited, readily accepted every sort of rumor +about this mysterious automobile. It was said to be a supernatural car. It was +driven by a specter, by one of the chauffeurs of hell, a goblin from another +world, a monster escaped from some mythological menagerie, in short, the devil +in person, who could defy all human intervention, having at his command +invisible and infinite satanic powers. +</p> + +<p> +But even Satan himself had no right to run at such speed over the roads of the +United States without a special permit, without a number on his car, and +without a regular license. And it was certain that not a single municipality +had given him permission to go two hundred miles an hour. Public security +demanded that some means be found to unmask the secret of this terrible +chauffeur. +</p> + +<p> +Moreover, it was not only Pennsylvania that served as the theater of his +sportive eccentricities. The police reported his appearance in other states; in +Kentucky near Frankfort; in Ohio near Columbus; in Tennessee near Nashville; in +Missouri near Jefferson; and finally in Illinois in the neighborhood of +Chicago. +</p> + +<p> +The alarm having been given, it became the duty of the authorities to take +steps against this public danger. To arrest or even to halt an apparition +moving at such speed was scarcely practicable. A better way would be to erect +across the roads solid gateways with which the flying machine must come in +contact sooner or later, and be smashed into a thousand pieces. +</p> + +<p> +“Nonsense!” declared the incredulous. “This madman would know +well how to circle around such obstructions.” +</p> + +<p> +“And if necessary,” added others, “the machine would leap +over the barriers.” +</p> + +<p> +“And if he is indeed the devil, he has, as a former angel, presumably +preserved his wings, and so he will take to flight.” +</p> + +<p> +But this last was but the suggestion of foolish old gossips who did not stop to +study the matter. For if the King of Hades possessed a pair of wings, why did +he obstinately persist in running around on the earth at the risk of crushing +his own subjects, when he might more easily have hurled himself through space +as free as a bird. +</p> + +<p> +Such was the situation when, in the last week of May, a fresh event occurred, +which seemed to show that the United States was indeed helpless in the hands of +some unapproachable monster. And after the New World, would not the Old in its +turn, be desecrated by the mad career of this remarkable automobilist? +</p> + +<p> +The following occurrence was reported in all the newspapers of the Union, and +with what comments and outcries it is easy to imagine. +</p> + +<p> +A race was to be held by the automobile Club of Wisconsin, over the roads of +that state of which Madison is the capital. The route laid out formed an +excellent track, about two hundred miles in length, starting from +Prairie-du-chien on the western frontier, passing by Madison and ending a +little above Milwaukee on the borders of Lake Michigan. Except for the Japanese +road between Nikko and Namode, bordered by giant cypresses, there is no better +track in the world than this of Wisconsin. It runs straight and level as an +arrow for sometimes fifty miles at a stretch. Many and noted were the machines +entered for this great race. Every kind of motor vehicle was permitted to +compete, even motorcycles, as well as automobiles. The machines were of all +makes and nationalities. The sum of the different prizes reached fifty thousand +dollars, so that the race was sure to be desperately contested. New records +were expected to be made. +</p> + +<p> +Calculating on the maximum speed hitherto attained, of perhaps eighty miles an +hour, this international contest covering two hundred miles would last about +three hours. And, to avoid all danger, the state authorities of Wisconsin had +forbidden all other traffic between Prairie-du-chien and Milwaukee during three +hours on the morning of the thirtieth of May. Thus, if there were any +accidents, those who suffered would be themselves to blame. +</p> + +<p> +There was an enormous crowd; and it was not composed only of the people of +Wisconsin. Many thousands gathered from the neighboring states of Illinois, +Michigan, Iowa, Indiana, and even from New York. Among the sportsmen assembled +were many foreigners, English, French, Germans and Austrians, each nationality, +of course, supporting the chauffeurs of its land. Moreover, as this was the +United States, the country of the greatest gamblers of the world, bets were +made of every sort and of enormous amounts. +</p> + +<p> +The start was to be made at eight o’clock in the morning; and to avoid +crowding and the accidents which must result from it, the automobiles were to +follow each other at two minute intervals, along the roads whose borders were +black with spectators. +</p> + +<p> +The first ten racers, numbered by lot, were dispatched between eight +o’clock and twenty minutes past. Unless there was some disastrous +accident, some of these machines would surely arrive at the goal by eleven +o’clock. The others followed in order. +</p> + +<p> +An hour and a half had passed. There remained but a single contestant at +Prairie-du-chien. Word was sent back and forth by telephone every five minutes +as to the order of the racers. Midway between Madison and Milwaukee, the lead +was held by a machine of Renault brothers, four cylindered, of twenty +horsepower, and with Michelin tires. It was closely followed by a +Harvard-Watson car and by a Dion-Bouton. Some accidents had already occurred, +other machines were hopelessly behind. Not more than a dozen would contest the +finish. Several chauffeurs had been injured, but not seriously. And even had +they been killed, the death of men is but a detail, not considered of great +importance in that astonishing country of America. +</p> + +<p> +Naturally the excitement became more intense as one approached the finishing +line near Milwaukee. There were assembled the most curious, the most +interested; and there the passions of the moment were unchained. By ten +o’clock it was evident, that the first prize, twenty thousand dollars, +lay between five machines, two American, two French, and one English. Imagine, +therefore, the fury with which bets were being made under the influence of +national pride. The regular book makers could scarcely meet the demands of +those who wished to wager. Offers and amounts were hurled from lip to lip with +feverish rapidity. “One to three on the Harvard-Watson!” +</p> + +<p> +“One to two on the Dion-Bouton!” +</p> + +<p> +“Even money on the Renault!” +</p> + +<p> +These cries rang along the line of spectators at each new announcement from the +telephones. +</p> + +<p> +Suddenly at half-past nine by the town clock of Prairie-du-chien, two miles +beyond that town was heard a tremendous noise and rumbling which proceeded from +the midst of a flying cloud of dust accompanied by shrieks like those of a +naval siren. +</p> + +<p> +Scarcely had the crowds time to draw to one side, to escape a destruction which +would have included hundreds of victims. The cloud swept by like a hurricane. +No one could distinguish what it was that passed with such speed. There was no +exaggeration in saying that its rate was at least one hundred and fifty miles +an hour. +</p> + +<p> +The apparition passed and disappeared in an instant, leaving behind it a long +train of white dust, as an express locomotive leaves behind a train of smoke. +Evidently it was an automobile with a most extraordinary motor. If it +maintained this arrow-like speed, it would reach the contestants in the +fore-front of the race; it would pass them with this speed double their own; it +would arrive first at the goal. +</p> + +<p> +And then from all parts arose an uproar, as soon as the spectators had nothing +more to fear. +</p> + +<p> +“It is that infernal machine.” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes; the one the police cannot stop.” +</p> + +<p> +“But it has not been heard of for a fortnight.” +</p> + +<p> +“It was supposed to be done for, destroyed, gone forever.” +</p> + +<p> +“It is a devil’s car, driven by hellfire, and with Satan +driving!” +</p> + +<p> +In truth, if he were not the devil, who could this mysterious chauffeur be, +driving with this unbelievable velocity, his no less mysterious machine? At +least it was beyond doubt that this was the same machine which had already +attracted so much attention. If the police believed that they had frightened it +away, that it was never to be heard of more, well, the police were mistaken +which happens in America as elsewhere. +</p> + +<p> +The first stunned moment of surprise having passed, many people rushed to the +telephones to warn those further along the route of the danger which menaced, +not only the people, but also the automobiles scattered along the road. +</p> + +<p> +When this terrible madman arrived like an avalanche they would be smashed to +pieces, ground into powder, annihilated! +</p> + +<p> +And from the collision might not the destroyer himself emerge safe and sound? +He must be so adroit, this chauffeur of chauffeurs, he must handle his machine +with such perfection of eye and hand, that he knew, no doubt, how to escape +from every situation. Fortunately the Wisconsin authorities had taken such +precautions that the road would be clear except for contesting automobiles. But +what right had this machine among them! +</p> + +<p> +And what said the racers themselves, who, warned by telephone, had to sheer +aside from the road in their struggle for the grand prize? By their estimate, +this amazing vehicle was going at least one hundred and thirty miles an hour. +Fast as was their speed, it shot by them at such a rate that they could hardly +make out even the shape of the machine, a sort of lengthened spindle, probably +not over thirty feet long. Its wheels spun with such velocity that they could +scarce be seen. For the rest, the machine left behind it neither smoke nor +scent. +</p> + +<p> +As for the driver, hidden in the interior of his machine, he had been quite +invisible. He remained as unknown as when he had first appeared on the various +roads throughout the country. +</p> + +<p> +Milwaukee was promptly warned of the coming of this interloper. Fancy the +excitement the news caused! The immediate purpose agreed upon was to stop this +projectile, to erect across its route an obstacle against which it would smash +into a thousand pieces. But was there time? Would not the machine appear at any +moment? And what need was there, since the track ended on the edge of Lake +Michigan, and so the vehicle would be forced to stop there anyway, unless its +supernatural driver could ride the water as well as the land. +</p> + +<p> +Here, also, as all along the route, the most extravagant suggestions were +offered. Even those who would not admit that the mysterious chauffeur must be +Satan in person allowed that he might be some monster escaped from the +fantastic visions of the Apocalypse. +</p> + +<p> +And now there were no longer minutes to wait. Any second might bring the +expected apparition. +</p> + +<p> +It was not yet eleven o’clock when a rumbling was heard far down the +track, and the dust rose in violent whirlwinds. Harsh whistlings shrieked +through the air warning all to give passage to the monster. +</p> + +<p> +It did not slacken speed at the finish. Lake Michigan was not half a mile +beyond, and the machine must certainly be hurled into the water! Could it be +that the mechanician was no longer master of his mechanism? +</p> + +<p> +There could be little doubt of it. Like a shooting star, the vehicle flashed +through Milwaukee. When it had passed the city, would it plunge itself to +destruction in the waters of Lake Michigan? +</p> + +<p> +At any rate when it disappeared at a slight bend in the road no trace was to be +found of its passage. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap05"></a>V.<br /> +ALONG THE SHORES OF NEW ENGLAND</h2> + +<p> +At the time when the newspapers were filled with these reports, I was again in +Washington. On my return I had presented myself at my chief’s office, but +had been unable to see him. Family affairs had suddenly called him away, to be +absent some weeks. Mr. Ward, however, undoubtedly knew of the failure of my +mission. The newspapers, especially those of North Carolina, had given full +details of our ascent of the Great Eyrie. +</p> + +<p> +Naturally, I was much annoyed by this delay which further fretted my restless +curiosity. I could turn to no other plans for the future. Could I give up the +hope of learning the secret of the Great Eyrie? No! I would return to the +attack a dozen times if necessary, and despite every failure. +</p> + +<p> +Surely, the winning of access within those walls was not a task beyond human +power. A scaffolding might be raised to the summit of the cliff; or a tunnel +might be pierced through its depth. Our engineers met problems more difficult +every day. But in this case it was necessary to consider the expense, which +might easily grow out of proportion to the advantages to be gained. A tunnel +would cost many thousand dollars, and what good would it accomplish beyond +satisfying the public curiosity and my own? +</p> + +<p> +My personal resources were wholly insufficient for the achievement. Mr. Ward, +who held the government’s funds, was away. I even thought of trying to +interest some millionaire. Oh, if I could but have promised one of them some +gold or silver mines within the mountain! But such an hypothesis was not +admissible. The chain of the Appalachians is not situated in a gold bearing +region like that of the Pacific mountains, the Transvaal, or Australia. +</p> + +<p> +It was not until the fifteenth of June that Mr. Ward returned to duty. Despite +my lack of success he received me warmly. “Here is our poor +Strock!” cried he, at my entrance. “Our poor Strock, who has +failed!” +</p> + +<p> +“No more, Mr. Ward, than if you had charged me to investigate the surface +of the moon,” answered I. “We found ourselves face to face with +purely natural obstacles insurmountable with the forces then at our +command.” +</p> + +<p> +“I do not doubt that, Strock, I do not doubt that in the least. +Nevertheless, the fact remains that you have discovered nothing of what is +going on within the Great Eyrie.” +</p> + +<p> +“Nothing, Mr. Ward.” +</p> + +<p> +“You saw no sign of fire?” +</p> + +<p> +“None.” +</p> + +<p> +“And you heard no suspicious noises whatever?” +</p> + +<p> +“None.” +</p> + +<p> +“Then it is still uncertain if there is really a volcano there?” +</p> + +<p> +“Still uncertain, Mr. Ward. But if it is there, we have good reason to +believe that it has sunk into a profound sleep.” +</p> + +<p> +“Still,” returned Mr. Ward, “there is nothing to show that it +will not wake up again any day, Strock. It is not enough that a volcano should +sleep, it must be absolutely extinguished unless indeed all these threatening +rumors have been born solely in the Carolinian imagination.” +</p> + +<p> +“That is not possible, sir,” I said. “Both Mr. Smith, the +mayor of Morganton and his friend the mayor of Pleasant Garden, are reliable +men. And they speak from their own knowledge in this matter. Flames have +certainly risen above the Great Eyrie. Strange noises have issued from it. +There can be no doubt whatever of the reality of these phenomena.” +</p> + +<p> +“Granted,” declared Mr. Ward. “I admit that the evidence is +unassailable. So the deduction to be drawn is that the Great Eyrie has not yet +given up its secret.” +</p> + +<p> +“If we are determined to know it, Mr. Ward, the solution is only a +solution of expense. Pickaxes and dynamite would soon conquer those +walls.” +</p> + +<p> +“No doubt,” responded the chief, “but such an undertaking +hardly seems justified, since the mountain is now quiet. We will wait awhile +and perhaps nature herself will disclose her mystery.” +</p> + +<p> +“Mr. Ward, believe me that I regret deeply that I have been unable to +solve the problem you entrusted to me,” I said. +</p> + +<p> +“Nonsense! Do not upset yourself, Strock. Take your defeat +philosophically. We cannot always be successful, even in the police. How many +criminals escape us! I believe we should never capture one of them, if they +were a little more intelligent and less imprudent, and if they did not +compromise themselves so stupidly. Nothing, it seems to me, would be easier +than to plan a crime, a theft or an assassination, and to execute it without +arousing any suspicions, or leaving any traces to be followed. You understand, +Strock, I do not want to give our criminals lessons; I much prefer to have them +remain as they are. Nevertheless there are many whom the police will never be +able to track down.” +</p> + +<p> +On this matter I shared absolutely the opinion of my chief. It is among rascals +that one finds the most fools. For this very reason I had been much surprised +that none of the authorities had been able to throw any light upon the recent +performances of the “demon automobile.” And when Mr. Ward brought +up this subject, I did not conceal from him my astonishment. +</p> + +<p> +He pointed out that the vehicle was practically unpursuable; that in its +earlier appearances, it had apparently vanished from all roads even before a +telephone message could be sent ahead. Active and numerous police agents had +been spread throughout the country, but no one of them had encountered the +delinquent. He did not move continuously from place to place, even at his +amazing speed, but seemed to appear only for a moment and then to vanish into +thin air. True, he had at length remained visible along the entire route from +Prairie-du-Chien to Milwaukee, and he had covered in less than an hour and a +half this track of two hundred miles. +</p> + +<p> +But since then, there had been no news whatever of the machine. Arrived at the +end of the route, driven onward by its own impetus, unable to stop, had it +indeed been engulfed within the waters of Lake Michigan? Must we conclude that +the machine and its driver had both perished, that there was no longer any +danger to be feared from either? The great majority of the public refused to +accept this conclusion. They fully expected the machine to reappear. +</p> + +<p> +Mr. Ward frankly admitted that the whole matter seemed to him most +extraordinary; and I shared his view. Assuredly if this infernal chauffeur did +not return, his apparition would have to be placed among those superhuman +mysteries which it is not given to man to understand. +</p> + +<p> +We had fully discussed this affair, the chief and I; and I thought that our +interview was at an end, when, after pacing the room for a few moments, he said +abruptly, “Yes, what happened there at Milwaukee was very strange. But +here is something no less so!” +</p> + +<p> +With this he handed me a report which he had received from Boston, on a subject +of which the evening papers had just begun to apprise their readers. While I +read it, Mr. Ward was summoned from the room. I seated myself by the window and +studied with extreme attention the matter of the report. +</p> + +<p> +For some days the waters along the coast of Maine, Connecticut, and +Massachusetts had been the scene of an appearance which no one could exactly +describe. A moving body would appear amid the waters, some two or three miles +off shore, and go through rapid evolutions. It would flash for a while back and +forth among the waves and then dart out of sight. +</p> + +<p> +The body moved with such lightning speed that the best telescopes could hardly +follow it. Its length did not seem to exceed thirty feet. Its cigar-shaped form +and greenish color, made it difficult to distinguish against the background of +the ocean. It had been most frequently observed along the coast between Cape +Cod and Nova Scotia. From Providence, from Boston, from Portsmouth, and from +Portland motor boats and steam launches had repeatedly attempted to approach +this moving body and even to give it chase. They could not get anywhere near +it. Pursuit seemed useless. It darted like an arrow beyond the range of view. +</p> + +<p> +Naturally, widely differing opinions were held as to the nature of this object. +But no hypothesis rested on any secure basis. Seamen were as much at a loss as +others. At first sailors thought it must be some great fish, like a whale. But +it is well known that all these animals come to the surface with a certain +regularity to breathe, and spout up columns of mingled air and water. Now, this +strange animal, if it was an animal, had never “blown” as the +whalers say; nor had it ever made any noises of breathing. Yet if it were not +one of these huge marine mammals, how was this unknown monster to be classed? +Did it belong among the legendary dwellers in the deep, the krakens, the +octopuses, the leviathans, the famous sea-serpents? +</p> + +<p> +At any rate, since this monster, whatever it was, had appeared along the New +England shores, the little fishing-smacks and pleasure boats dared not venture +forth. Wherever it appeared the boats fled to the nearest harbor, as was but +prudent. If the animal was of a ferocious character, none cared to await its +attack. +</p> + +<p> +As to the large ships and coast steamers, they had nothing to fear from any +monster, whale or otherwise. Several of them had seen this creature at a +distance of some miles. But when they attempted to approach, it fled rapidly +away. One day, even, a fast United States gun boat went out from Boston, if not +to pursue the monster, at least to send after it a few cannon shot. Almost +instantly the animal disappeared, and the attempt was vain. As yet, however, +the monster had shown no intention of attacking either boats or people. +</p> + +<p> +At this moment Mr. Ward returned and I interrupted my reading to say, +“There seems as yet no reason to complain of this sea-serpent. It flees +before big ships. It does not pursue little ones. Feeling and intelligence are +not very strong in fishes.” +</p> + +<p> +“Yet their emotions exist, Strock, and if strongly aroused—” +</p> + +<p> +“But, Mr. Ward, the beast seems not at all dangerous. One of two things +will happen. Either it will presently quit these coasts, or finally it will be +captured and we shall be able to study it at our leisure here in the museum of +Washington.” +</p> + +<p> +“And if it is not a marine animal?” asked Mr. Ward. +</p> + +<p> +“What else can it be?” I protested in surprise. +</p> + +<p> +“Finish your reading,” said Mr. Ward. +</p> + +<p> +I did so; and found that in the second part of the report, my chief had +underlined some passages in red pencil. +</p> + +<p> +For some time no one had doubted that this was an animal; and that, if it were +vigorously pursued, it would at last be driven from our shores. But a change of +opinion had come about. People began to ask if, instead of a fish, this were +not some new and remarkable kind of boat. +</p> + +<p> +Certainly in that case its engine must be one of amazing power. Perhaps the +inventor before selling the secret of his invention, sought to attract public +attention and to astound the maritime world. Such surety in the movements of +his boat, grace in its every evolution, such ease in defying pursuit by its +arrow-like speed, surely, these were enough to arouse world-wide curiosity! +</p> + +<p> +At that time great progress had been made in the manufacture of marine engines. +Huge transatlantic steamers completed the ocean passage in five days. And the +engineers had not yet spoken their last word. Neither were the navies of the +world behind. The cruisers, the torpedo boats, the torpedo-destroyers, could +match the swiftest steamers of the Atlantic and Pacific, or of the Indian +trade. +</p> + +<p> +If, however, this were a boat of some new design, there had as yet been no +opportunity to observe its form. As to the engines which drove it, they must be +of a power far beyond the fastest known. By what force they worked, was equally +a problem. Since the boat had no sails, it was not driven by the wind; and +since it had no smoke-stack, it was not driven by steam. +</p> + +<p> +At this point in the report, I again paused in my reading and considered the +comment I wished to make. +</p> + +<p> +“What are you puzzling over, Strock?” demanded my chief. +</p> + +<p> +“It is this, Mr. Ward; the motive power of this so-called boat must be as +tremendous and as unknown as that of the remarkable automobile which has so +amazed us all.” +</p> + +<p> +“So that is your idea, is it, Strock?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, Mr. Ward.” +</p> + +<p> +There was but one conclusion to be drawn. If the mysterious chauffeur had +disappeared, if he had perished with his machine in Lake Michigan, it was +equally important now to win the secret of this no less mysterious navigator. +And it must be won before he in his turn plunged into the abyss of the ocean. +Was it not the interest of the inventor to disclose his invention? Would not +the American government or any other give him any price he chose to ask? +</p> + +<p> +Yet unfortunately, since the inventor of the terrestrial apparition had +persisted in preserving his incognito, was it not to be feared that the +inventor of the marine apparition would equally preserve his? Even if the first +machine still existed, it was no longer heard from; and would not the second, +in the same way, after having disclosed its powers, disappear in its turn, +without a single trace? +</p> + +<p> +What gave weight to this probability was that since the arrival of this report +at Washington twenty-four hours before, the presence of the extraordinary boat +hadn’t been announced from anywhere along the shore. Neither had it been +seen on any other coast. Though, of course, the assertion that it would not +reappear at all would have been hazardous, to say the least. +</p> + +<p> +I noted another interesting and possibly important point. It was a singular +coincidence which indeed Mr. Ward suggested to me, at the same moment that I +was considering it. This was that only after the disappearance of the wonderful +automobile had the no less wonderful boat come into view. Moreover, their +engines both possessed a most dangerous power of locomotion. If both should go +rushing at the same time over the face of the world, the same danger would +threaten mankind everywhere, in boats, in vehicles, and on foot. Therefore it +was absolutely necessary that the police should in some manner interfere to +protect the public ways of travel. +</p> + +<p> +That is what Mr. Ward pointed out to me; and our duty was obvious. But how +could we accomplish this task? We discussed the matter for some time; and I was +just about to leave when Mr. Ward made one last suggestion. +</p> + +<p> +“Have you not observed, Strock,” said he, “that there is a +sort of fantastic resemblance between the general appearance of this boat and +this automobile?” +</p> + +<p> +“There is something of the sort, Mr. Ward.” +</p> + +<p> +“Well, is it not possible that the two are one?” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap06"></a>VI.<br /> +THE FIRST LETTER</h2> + +<p> +After leaving Mr. Ward I returned to my home in Long Street. There I had plenty +of time to consider this strange case uninterrupted by either wife or children. +My household consisted solely of an ancient servant, who having been formerly +in the service of my mother, had now continued for fifteen years in mine. +</p> + +<p> +Two months before I had obtained a leave of absence. It had still two weeks to +run, unless indeed some unforeseen circumstance interrupted it, some mission +which could not be delayed. This leave, as I have shown, had already been +interrupted for four days by my exploration of the Great Eyrie. +</p> + +<p> +And now was it not my duty to abandon my vacation, and endeavor to throw light +upon the remarkable events of which the road to Milwaukee and the shore of New +England had been in turn the scene? I would have given much to solve the twin +mysteries, but how was it possible to follow the track of this automobile or +this boat? +</p> + +<p> +Seated in my easy chair after breakfast, with my pipe lighted, I opened my +newspaper. To what should I turn? Politics interested me but little, with its +eternal strife between the Republicans and the Democrats. Neither did I care +for the news of society, nor for the sporting page. You will not be surprised, +then, that my first idea was to see if there was any news from North Carolina +about the Great Eyrie. There was little hope of this, however, for Mr. Smith +had promised to telegraph me at once if anything occurred. I felt quite sure +that the mayor of Morganton was as eager for information and as watchful as +could have been myself. The paper told me nothing new. It dropped idly from my +hand; and I remained deep in thought. +</p> + +<p> +What most frequently recurred to me was the suggestion of Mr. Ward that perhaps +the automobile and the boat which had attracted our attention were in reality +one and the same. Very probably, at least, the two machines had been built by +the same hand. And beyond doubt, these were similar engines, which generated +this remarkable speed, more than doubling the previous records of earth and +sea. +</p> + +<p> +“The same inventor!” repeated I. +</p> + +<p> +Evidently this hypothesis had strong grounds. The fact that the two machines +had not yet appeared at the same time added weight to the idea. I murmured to +myself, “After the mystery of Great Eyrie, comes that of Milwaukee and +Boston. Will this new problem be as difficult to solve as was the other?” +</p> + +<p> +I noted idly that this new affair had a general resemblance to the other, since +both menaced the security of the general public. To be sure, only the +inhabitants of the Blueridge region had been in danger from an eruption or +possible earthquake at Great Eyrie. While now, on every road of the United +States, or along every league of its coasts and harbors, every inhabitant was +in danger from this vehicle or this boat, with its sudden appearance and insane +speed. +</p> + +<p> +I found that, as was to be expected, the newspapers not only suggested, but +enlarged upon the dangers of the case. Timid people everywhere were much +alarmed. My old servant, naturally credulous and superstitious, was +particularly upset. That same day after dinner, as she was clearing away the +things, she stopped before me, a water bottle in one hand, the serviette in the +other, and asked anxiously, “Is there no news, sir?” +</p> + +<p> +“None,” I answered, knowing well to what she referred. +</p> + +<p> +“The automobile has not come back?” +</p> + +<p> +“No.” +</p> + +<p> +“Nor the boat?” +</p> + +<p> +“Nor the boat. There is no news even in the best informed papers.” +</p> + +<p> +“But—your secret police information?” +</p> + +<p> +“We are no wiser.” +</p> + +<p> +“Then, sir, if you please, of what use are the police?” +</p> + +<p> +It is a question which has phased me more than once. +</p> + +<p> +“Now you see what will happen,” continued the old housekeeper, +complainingly. “Some fine morning, he will come without warning, this +terrible chauffeur, and rush down our street here, and kill us all!” +</p> + +<p> +“Good! When that happens, there will be some chance of catching +him.” +</p> + +<p> +“He will never be arrested, sir.” +</p> + +<p> +“Why not?” +</p> + +<p> +“Because he is the devil himself, and you can’t arrest the +devil!” +</p> + +<p> +Decidedly, thought I, the devil has many uses; and if he did not exist we would +have to invent him, to give people some way of explaining the inexplicable. It +was he who lit the flames of the Great Eyrie. It was he who smashed the record +in the Wisconsin race. It is he who is scurrying along the shores of +Connecticut and Massachusetts. But putting to one side this evil spirit who is +so necessary, for the convenience of the ignorant, there was no doubt that we +were facing a most bewildering problem. Had both of these machines disappeared +forever? They had passed like a meteor, like a star shooting through space; and +in a hundred years the adventure would become a legend, much to the taste of +the gossips of the next century. +</p> + +<p> +For several days the newspapers of America and even those of Europe continued +to discuss these events. Editorials crowded upon editorials. Rumors were added +to rumors. Story tellers of every kind crowded to the front. The public of two +continents was interested. In some parts of Europe there was even jealousy that +America should have been chosen as the field of such an experience. If these +marvelous inventors were American, then their country, their army and navy, +would have a great advantage over others. The United States might acquire an +incontestable superiority. +</p> + +<p> +Under the date of the tenth of June, a New York paper published a carefully +studied article on this phase of the subject. Comparing the speed of the +swiftest known vessels with the smallest minimum of speed which could possibly +be assigned to the new boat, the article demonstrated that if the United States +secured this secret, Europe would be but three days away from her, while she +would still be five days from Europe. +</p> + +<p> +If our own police had searched diligently to discover the mystery of the Great +Eyrie, the secret service of every country in the world was now interested in +these new problems. +</p> + +<p> +Mr. Ward referred to the matter each time I saw him. Our chat would begin by +his rallying me about my ill-success in Carolina, and I would respond by +reminding him that success there was only a question of expense. +</p> + +<p> +“Never mind, my good Strock,” said he, “there will come a +chance for our clever inspector to regain his laurels. Take now this affair of +the automobile and the boat. If you could clear that up in advance of all the +detectives of the world, what an honor it would be to our department! What +glory for you!” +</p> + +<p> +“It certainly would, Mr. Ward. And if you put the matter in my +charge—” +</p> + +<p> +“Who knows, Strock? Let us wait a while! Let us wait!” +</p> + +<p> +Matters stood thus when, on the morning of June fifteenth, my old servant +brought me a letter from the letter-carrier, a registered letter for which I +had to sign. I looked at the address. I did not know the handwriting. The +postmark, dating from two days before, was stamped at the post office of +Morganton. +</p> + +<p> +Morganton! Here at last was, no doubt, news from Mr. Elias Smith. +</p> + +<p> +“Yes!” exclaimed I, speaking to my old servant, for lack of +another, “it must be from Mr. Smith at last. I know no one else in +Morganton. And if he writes he has news!” +</p> + +<p> +“Morganton?” said the old woman, “isn’t that the place +where the demons set fire to their mountain?” +</p> + +<p> +“Exactly.” +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, sir! I hope you don’t mean to go back there!” +</p> + +<p> +“Why not?” +</p> + +<p> +“Because you will end by being burned up in that furnace of the Great +Eyrie. And I wouldn’t want you buried that way, sir.” +</p> + +<p> +“Cheer up, and let us see if it is not better news than that.” +</p> + +<p> +The envelope was sealed with red sealing wax, and stamped with a sort of coat +of arms, surmounted with three stars. The paper was thick and very strong. I +broke the envelope and drew out a letter. It was a single sheet, folded in +four, and written on one side only. My first glance was for the signature. +</p> + +<p> +There was no signature! Nothing but three initials at the end of the last line! +</p> + +<p> +“The letter is not from the Mayor of Morganton,” said I. +</p> + +<p> +“Then from whom?” asked the old servant, doubly curious in her +quality as a woman and as an old gossip. +</p> + +<p> +Looking again at the three initials of the signature, I said, “I know no +one for whom these letters would stand; neither at Morganton nor +elsewhere.” +</p> + +<p> +The hand-writing was bold. Both up strokes and down strokes very sharp, about +twenty lines in all. Here is the letter, of which I, with good reason, retained +an exact copy. It was dated, to my extreme stupefaction, from that mysterious +Great Eyrie: +</p> + +<p class="letter"> +Great Eyrie, Blueridge Mtns,<br /> +To Mr. Strock: North Carolina, June 13th.<br /> +Chief Inspector of Police,<br /> +34 Long St., Washington, D. C. +</p> + +<p class="letter"> +Sir,<br /> + You were charged with the mission of penetrating the Great Eyrie.<br /> + You came on April the twenty-eighth, accompanied by the Mayor of Morganton +and two guides.<br /> + You mounted to the foot of the wall, and you encircled it, finding it too +high and steep to climb.<br /> + You sought a breech and you found none. Know this: none enter the Great +Eyrie; or if one enters, he never returns.<br /> + “Do not try again, for the second attempt will not result as did the +first, but will have grave consequences for you.<br /> + “Heed this warning, or evil fortune will come to you. +</p> + +<p class="right"> +“M. o. W.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap07"></a>VII.<br /> +A THIRD MACHINE</h2> + +<p> +I confess that at first this letter dumfounded me. “Ohs!” and +“Ahs!” slipped from my open mouth. The old servant stared at me, +not knowing what to think. +</p> + +<p> +“Oh, sir! is it bad news?” +</p> + +<p> +I answered for I kept few secrets from this faithful soul by reading her the +letter from end to end. She listened with much anxiety. +</p> + +<p> +“A joke, without doubt,” said I, shrugging my shoulders. +</p> + +<p> +“Well,” returned my superstitious handmaid, “if it +isn’t from the devil, it’s from the devil’s country, +anyway.” +</p> + +<p> +Left alone, I again went over this unexpected letter. Reflection inclined me +yet more strongly to believe that it was the work of a practical joker. My +adventure was well known. The newspapers had given it in full detail. Some +satirist, such as exists even in America, must have written this threatening +letter to mock me. +</p> + +<p> +To assume, on the other hand, that the Eyrie really served as the refuge of a +band of criminals, seemed absurd. If they feared that the police would discover +their retreat, surely they would not have been so foolish as thus to force +attention upon themselves. Their chief security would lie in keeping their +presence there unknown. They must have realized that such a challenge from them +would only arouse the police to renewed activity. Dynamite or melinite would +soon open an entrance to their fortress. Moreover, how could these men have, +themselves, gained entrance into the Eyrie unless there existed a passage which +we had failed to discover? Assuredly the letter came from a jester or a madman; +and I need not worry over it, nor even consider it. +</p> + +<p> +Hence, though for an instant I had thought of showing this letter to Mr. Ward, +I decided not to do so. Surely he would attach no importance to it. However, I +did not destroy it, but locked it in my desk for safe keeping. If more letters +came of the same kind, and with the same initials, I would attach as little +weight to them as to this. +</p> + +<p> +Several days passed quietly. There was nothing to lead me to expect that I +should soon quit Washington; though in my line of duty one is never certain of +the morrow. At any moment I might be sent speeding from Oregon to Florida, from +Maine to Texas. And this unpleasant thought haunted me frequently if my next +mission were no more successful than that to the Great Eyrie, I might as well +give up and hand in my resignation from the force. Of the mysterious chauffeur +or chauffeurs, nothing more was heard. I knew that our own government agents, +as well as foreign ones, were keeping keen watch over all the roads and rivers, +all the lakes and the coasts of America. Of course, the size of the country +made any close supervision impossible; but these twin inventors had not before +chosen secluded and unfrequented spots in which to appear. The main highway of +Wisconsin on a great race day, the harbor of Boston, incessantly crossed by +thousands of boats, these were hardly what would be called hiding-places! If +the daring driver had not perished of which there was always strong +probability; then he must have left America. Perhaps he was in the waters of +the Old World, or else resting in some retreat known only to himself, and in +that case— +</p> + +<p> +“Ah!” I repeated to myself, many times, “for such a retreat, +as secret as inaccessible, this fantastic personage could not find one better +than the Great Eyrie!” But, of course, a boat could not get there, any +more than an automobile. Only high-flying birds of prey, eagles or condors, +could find refuge there. +</p> + +<p> +The nineteenth of June I was going to the police bureau, when, on leaving my +house, I noticed two men who looked at me with a certain keenness. Not knowing +them, I took no notice; and if my attention was drawn to the matter, it was +because my servant spoke of it when I returned. +</p> + +<p> +For some days, she said, she had noticed that two men seemed to be spying upon +me in the street. They stood constantly, perhaps a hundred steps from my house; +and she suspected that they followed me each time I went up the street. +</p> + +<p> +“You are sure?” I asked. +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, sir, and no longer ago than yesterday, when you came into the +house, these men came slipping along in your footsteps, and then went away as +soon as the door was shut behind you.” +</p> + +<p> +“You must be mistaken!” +</p> + +<p> +“I am not, sir.” +</p> + +<p> +“And if you met these two men, you would know them?” +</p> + +<p> +“I would.” +</p> + +<p> +“Good;” I cried, laughing, “I see you have the very spirit +for a detective. I must engage you as a member of our force.” +</p> + +<p> +“Joke if you like, sir. But I have still two good eyes, and I don’t +need spectacles to recognize people. Someone is spying on you, that’s +certain; and you should put some of your men to track them in turn.” +</p> + +<p> +“All right; I promise to do so,” I said, to satisfy her. “And +when my men get after them, we shall soon know what these mysterious fellows +want of me.” +</p> + +<p> +In truth I did not take the good soul’s excited announcement very +seriously. I added, however, “When I go out, I will watch the people +around me with great care.” +</p> + +<p> +“That will be best, sir.” +</p> + +<p> +My poor old housekeeper was always frightening herself at nothing. “If I +see them again,” she added, “I will warn you before you set foot +out of doors.” +</p> + +<p> +“Agreed!” And I broke off the conversation, knowing well that if I +allowed her to run on, she would end by being sure that Beelzebub himself and +one of his chief attendants were at my heels. +</p> + +<p> +The two following days, there was certainly no one spying on me, either at my +exits or entrances. So I concluded my old servant had made much of nothing, as +usual. But on the morning of the twenty-second of June, after rushing upstairs +as rapidly as her age would permit, the devoted old soul burst into my room and +in a half whisper gasped “Sir! Sir!” +</p> + +<p> +“What is it?” +</p> + +<p> +“They are there!” +</p> + +<p> +“Who?” I queried, my mind on anything but the web she had been +spinning about me. +</p> + +<p> +“The two spies!” +</p> + +<p> +“Ah, those wonderful spies!” +</p> + +<p> +“Themselves! In the street! Right in front of our windows! Watching the +house, waiting for you to go out.” +</p> + +<p> +I went to the window and raising just an edge of the shade, so as not to give +any warning, I saw two men on the pavement. +</p> + +<p> +They were rather fine-looking men, broad-shouldered and vigorous, aged somewhat +under forty, dressed in the ordinary fashion of the day, with slouched hats, +heavy woolen suits, stout walking shoes and sticks in hand. Undoubtedly, they +were staring persistently at my apparently unwatchful house. Then, having +exchanged a few words, they strolled off a little way, and returned again. +</p> + +<p> +“Are you sure these are the same men you saw before?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, sir.” +</p> + +<p> +Evidently, I could no longer dismiss her warning as a hallucination; and I +promised myself to clear up the matter. As to following the men myself, I was +presumably too well known to them. To address them directly would probably be +of no use. But that very day, one of our best men should be put on watch, and +if the spies returned on the morrow, they should be tracked in their turn, and +watched until their identity was established. +</p> + +<p> +At the moment, were they waiting to follow me to police headquarters? For it +was there that I was bound, as usual. If they accompanied me I might be able to +offer them a hospitality for which they would scarce thank me. +</p> + +<p> +I took my hat; and while the housekeeper remained peeping from the window, I +went down stairs, opened the door, and stepped into the street. +</p> + +<p> +The two men were no longer there. +</p> + +<p> +Despite all my watchfulness, that day I saw no more of them as I passed along +the streets. From that time on, indeed, neither my old servant nor I saw them +again before the house, nor did I encounter them elsewhere. Their appearance, +however, was stamped upon my memory, I would not forget them. +</p> + +<p> +Perhaps after all, admitting that I had been the object of their espionage, +they had been mistaken in my identity. Having obtained a good look at me, they +now followed me no more. So in the end, I came to regard this matter as of no +more importance than the letter with the initials, M. o. W. +</p> + +<p> +Then, on the twenty-fourth of June, there came a new event, to further +stimulate both my interest and that of the general public in the previous +mysteries of the automobile and the boat. The Washington Evening Star published +the following account, which was next morning copied by every paper in the +country. +</p> + +<p> +“Lake Kirdall in Kansas, forty miles west of Topeka, is little known. It +deserves wider knowledge, and doubtless will have it hereafter, for attention +is now drawn to it in a very remarkable way. +</p> + +<p> +“This lake, deep among the mountains, appears to have no outlet. What it +loses by evaporation, it regains from the little neighboring streamlets and the +heavy rains. +</p> + +<p> +“Lake Kirdall covers about seventy-five square miles, and its level is +but slightly below that of the heights which surround it. Shut in among the +mountains, it can be reached only by narrow and rocky gorges. Several villages, +however, have sprung up upon its banks. It is full of fish, and fishing-boats +cover its waters. +</p> + +<p> +“Lake Kirdall is in many places fifty feet deep close to shore. Sharp, +pointed rocks form the edges of this huge basin. Its surges, roused by high +winds, beat upon its banks with fury, and the houses near at hand are often +deluged with spray as if with the downpour of a hurricane. The lake, already +deep at the edge, becomes yet deeper toward the center, where in some places +soundings show over three hundred feet of water. +</p> + +<p> +“The fishing industry supports a population of several thousands, and +there are several hundred fishing boats in addition to the dozen or so of +little steamers which serve the traffic of the lake. Beyond the circle of the +mountains lie the railroads which transport the products of the fishing +industry throughout Kansas and the neighboring states. +</p> + +<p> +“This account of Lake Kirdall is necessary for the understanding of the +remarkable facts which we are about to report.” +</p> + +<p> +And this is what the Evening Star then reported in its startling article. +“For some time past, the fishermen have noticed a strange upheaval in the +waters of the lake. Sometimes it rises as if a wave surged up from its depths. +Even in perfectly calm weather, when there is no wind whatever, this upheaval +sometimes arises in a mass of foam. +</p> + +<p> +“Tossed about by violent waves and unaccountable currents, boats have +been swept beyond all control. Sometimes they have been dashed one against +another, and serious damage has resulted. +</p> + +<p> +“This confusion of the waters evidently has its origin somewhere in the +depths of the lake; and various explanations have been offered to account for +it. At first, it was suggested that the trouble was due to seismic forces, to +some volcanic action beneath the lake; but this hypothesis had to be rejected +when it was recognized that the disturbance was not confined to one locality, +but spread itself over the entire surface of the lake, either at one part or +another, in the center or along the edges, traveling along almost in a regular +line and in a way to exclude entirely all idea of earthquake or volcanic +action. +</p> + +<p> +“Another hypothesis suggested that it was a marine monster who thus +upheaved the waters. But unless the beast had been born in the lake and had +there grown to its gigantic proportions unsuspected, which was scarce possible, +he must have come there from outside. Lake Kirdall, however, has no connection +with any other waters. If this lake were situated near any of the oceans, there +might be subterranean canals; but in the center of America, and at the height +of some thousands of feet above sea-level, this is not possible. In short, here +is another riddle not easy to solve, and it is much easier to point out the +impossibility of false explanations, than to discover the true one. +</p> + +<p> +“Is it possible that a submarine boat is being experimented with beneath +the lake? Such boats are no longer impossible today. Some years ago, at +Bridgeport, Connecticut, there was launched a boat, The Protector, which could +go on the water, under the water, and also upon land. Built by an inventor +named Lake, supplied with two motors, an electric one of seventy-five horse +power, and a gasoline one of two hundred and fifty horse power, it was also +provided with wheels a yard in diameter, which enabled it to roll over the +roads, as well as swim the seas. +</p> + +<p> +“But even then, granting that the turmoil of Lake Kirdall might be +produced by a submarine, brought to a high degree of perfection, there remains +as before the question how could it have reached Lake Kirdall? The lake, shut +in on all sides by a circle of mountains, is no more accessible to a submarine +than to a sea-monster. +</p> + +<p> +“In whatever way this last puzzling question may be solved, the nature of +this strange appearance can no longer be disputed since the twentieth of June. +On that day, in the afternoon, the schooner ‘Markel’ while speeding +with all sails set, came into violent collision with something just below the +water level. There was no shoal nor rock near; for the lake in this part is +eighty or ninety feet deep. The schooner with both her bow and her side badly +broken, ran great danger of sinking. She managed, however, to reach the shore +before her decks were completely submerged. +</p> + +<p> +“When the ‘Markel’ had been pumped out and hauled up on +shore, an examination showed that she had received a blow near the bow as if +from a powerful ram. +</p> + +<p> +“From this it seems evident that there is actually a submarine boat which +darts about beneath the surface of Lake Kirdall with most remarkable rapidity. +</p> + +<p> +“The thing is difficult to explain. Not only is there a question as to +how did the submarine get there? But why is it there? Why does it never come to +the surface? What reason has its owner for remaining unknown? Are other +disasters to be expected from its reckless course?” +</p> + +<p> +The article in the Evening Star closed with this truly striking suggestion: +“After the mysterious automobile, came the mysterious boat. Now comes the +mysterious submarine. +</p> + +<p> +“Must we conclude that the three engines are due to the genius of the +same inventor, and that the three vehicles are in truth but one?” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap08"></a>VIII.<br /> +AT ANY COST</h2> + +<p> +The suggestion of the Star came like a revelation. It was accepted everywhere. +Not only were these three vehicles the work of the same inventor; they were the +same machine! +</p> + +<p> +It was not easy to see how the remarkable transformation could be practically +accomplished from one means of locomotion to the other. How could an automobile +become a boat, and yet more, a submarine? All the machine seemed to lack was +the power of flying through the air. Nevertheless, everything that was known of +the three different machines, as to their size, their shape, their lack of odor +or of steam, and above all their remarkable speed, seemed to imply their +identity. The public, grown blase with so many excitements, found in this new +marvel a stimulus to reawaken their curiosity. +</p> + +<p> +The newspapers dwelt now chiefly on the importance of the invention. This new +engine, whether in one vehicle or three, had given proofs of its power. What +amazing proofs! The invention must be bought at any price. The United States +government must purchase it at once for the use of the nation. Assuredly, the +great European powers would stop at nothing to be beforehand with America, and +gain possession of an engine so invaluable for military and naval use. What +incalculable advantages would it give to any nation, both on land and sea! Its +destructive powers could not even be estimated, until its qualities and +limitations were better known. No amount of money would be too great to pay for +the secret; America could not put her millions to better use. +</p> + +<p> +But to buy the machine, it was necessary to find the inventor; and there seemed +the chief difficulty. In vain was Lake Kirdall searched from end to end. Even +its depths were explored with a sounding-line without result. Must it be +concluded that the submarine no longer lurked beneath its waters? But in that +case, how had the boat gotten away? For that matter, how had it come? An +insoluble problem! +</p> + +<p> +The submarine was heard from no more, neither in Lake Kirdall nor elsewhere. It +had disappeared like the automobile from the roads, and like the boat from the +shores of America. Several times in my interviews with Mr. Ward, we discussed +this matter, which still filled his mind. Our men continued everywhere on the +lookout, but as unsuccessfully as other agents. +</p> + +<p> +On the morning of the twenty-seventh of June, I was summoned into the presence +of Mr. Ward. +</p> + +<p> +“Well, Strock,” said he, “here is a splendid chance for you +to get your revenge.” +</p> + +<p> +“Revenge for the Great Eyrie disappointment?” +</p> + +<p> +“Of course.” +</p> + +<p> +“What chance?” asked I, not knowing if he spoke seriously, or in +jest. +</p> + +<p> +“Why, here,” he answered. “Would not you like to discover the +inventor of this three-fold machine?” +</p> + +<p> +“I certainly should, Mr. Ward. Give me the order to take charge of the +matter, and I will accomplish the impossible, in order to succeed. It is true, +I believe it will be difficult.” +</p> + +<p> +“Undoubtedly, Strock. Perhaps even more difficult than to penetrate into +the Great Eyrie.” +</p> + +<p> +It was evident that Mr. Ward was intent on rallying me about my unsuccess. He +would not do that, I felt assured, out of mere unkindness. Perhaps then he +meant to rouse my resolution. He knew me well; and realized that I would have +given anything in the world to recoup my defeat. I waited quietly for new +instructions. +</p> + +<p> +Mr. Ward dropped his jesting and said to me very generously, “I know, +Strock, that you accomplished everything that depended on human powers; and +that no blame attaches to you. But we face now a matter very different from +that of the Great Eyrie. The day the government decides to force that secret, +everything is ready. We have only to spend some thousands of dollars, and the +road will be open.” +</p> + +<p> +“That is what I would urge.” +</p> + +<p> +“But at present,” said Mr. Ward, shaking his head, “it is +much more important to place our hands on this fantastic inventor, who so +constantly escapes us. That is work for a detective, indeed; a master +detective!” +</p> + +<p> +“He has not been heard from again?” +</p> + +<p> +“No; and though there is every reason to believe that he has been, and +still continues, beneath the waters of Lake Kirdall, it has been impossible to +find any trace of him anywhere around there. One would almost fancy he had the +power of making himself invisible, this Proteus of a mechanic!” +</p> + +<p> +“It seems likely,” said I, “that he will never be seen until +he wishes to be.” +</p> + +<p> +“True, Strock. And to my mind there is only one way of dealing with him, +and that is to offer him such an enormous price that he cannot refuse to sell +his invention.” +</p> + +<p> +Mr. Ward was right. Indeed, the government had already made the effort to +secure speech with this hero of the day, than whom surely no human being has +ever better merited the title. The press had widely spread the news, and this +extraordinary individual must assuredly know what the government desired of +him, and how completely he could name the terms he wished. +</p> + +<p> +“Surely,” added Mr. Ward, “this invention can be of no +personal use to the man, that he should hide it from the rest of us. There is +every reason why he should sell it. Can this unknown be already some dangerous +criminal who, thanks to his machine, hopes to defy all pursuit?” +</p> + +<p> +My chief then went on to explain that it had been decided to employ other means +in search of the inventor. It was possible after all that he had perished with +his machine in some dangerous maneuver. If so, the ruined vehicle might prove +almost as valuable and instructive to the mechanical world as the man himself. +But since the accident to the schooner “Markel” on Lake Kirdall, no +news of him whatever had reached the police. +</p> + +<p> +On this point Mr. Ward did not attempt to hide his disappointment and his +anxiety. Anxiety, yes, for it was manifestly becoming more and more difficult +for him to fulfill his duty of protecting the public. How could we arrest +criminals, if they could flee from justice at such speed over both land and +sea? How could we pursue them under the oceans? And when dirigible balloons +should also have reached their full perfection, we would even have to chase men +through the air! I asked myself if my colleagues and I would not find ourselves +some day reduced to utter helplessness? If police officials, become a useless +incumbrance, would be definitely discarded by society? +</p> + +<p> +Here, there recurred to me the jesting letter I had received a fortnight +before, the letter which threatened my liberty and even my life. I recalled, +also, the singular espionage of which I had been the subject. I asked myself if +I had better mention these things to Mr. Ward. But they seemed to have +absolutely no relation to the matter now in hand. The Great Eyrie affair had +been definitely put aside by the government, since an eruption was no longer +threatening. And they now wished to employ me upon this newer matter. I waited, +then, to mention this letter to my chief at some future time, when it would be +not so sore a joke to me. +</p> + +<p> +Mr. Ward again took up our conversation. “We are resolved by some means +to establish communication with this inventor. He has disappeared, it is true; +but he may reappear at any moment, and in any part of the country. I have +chosen you, Strock, to follow him the instant he appears. You must hold +yourself ready to leave Washington on the moment. Do not quit your house, +except to come here to headquarters each day; notify me, each time by +telephone, when you start from home, and report to me personally the moment you +arrive here.” +</p> + +<p> +“I will follow orders exactly, Mr. Ward,” I answered. “But +permit me one question. Ought I to act alone, or will it not be better to join +with me?” +</p> + +<p> +“That is what I intend,” said the chief, interrupting me. +“You are to choose two of our men whom you think the best fitted.” +</p> + +<p> +“I will do so, Mr. Ward. And now, if some day or other I stand in the +presence of our man, what am I to do with him?” +</p> + +<p> +“Above all things, do not lose sight of him. If there is no other way, +arrest him. You shall have a warrant.” +</p> + +<p> +“A useful precaution, Mr. Ward. If he started to jump into his automobile +and to speed away at the rate we know of, I must stop him at any cost. One +cannot argue long with a man making two hundred miles an hour!” +</p> + +<p> +“You must prevent that, Strock. And the arrest made, telegraph me. After +that, the matter will be in my hands.” +</p> + +<p> +“Count on me, Mr. Ward; at any hour, day or night, I shall be ready to +start with my men. I thank you for having entrusted this mission to me. If it +succeeds, it will be a great honor—” +</p> + +<p> +“And of great profit,” added my chief, dismissing me. +</p> + +<p> +Returning home, I made all preparations for a trip of indefinite duration. +Perhaps my good housekeeper imagined that I planned a return to the Great +Eyrie, which she regarded as an ante-chamber of hell itself. She said nothing, +but went about her work with a most despairing face. Nevertheless, sure as I +was of her discretion, I told her nothing. In this great mission I would +confide in no one. +</p> + +<p> +My choice of the two men to accompany me was easily made. They both belonged to +my own department, and had many times under my direct command given proofs of +their vigor, courage and intelligence. One, John Hart, of Illinois, was a man +of thirty years; the other, aged thirty-two, was Nab Walker, of Massachusetts. +I could not have had better assistants. +</p> + +<p> +Several days passed, without news, either of the automobile, the boat, or the +submarine. There were rumors in plenty; but the police knew them to be false. +As to the reckless stories that appeared in the newspapers, they had most of +them, no foundation whatever. Even the best journals cannot be trusted to +refuse an exciting bit of news on the mere ground of its unreliability. +</p> + +<p> +Then, twice in quick succession, there came what seemed trustworthy reports of +the “man of the hour.” The first asserted that he had been seen on +the roads of Arkansas, near Little Rock. The second, that he was in the very +middle of Lake Superior. +</p> + +<p> +Unfortunately, these two notices were absolutely unreconcilable; for while the +first gave the afternoon of June twenty-sixth, as the time of appearance, the +second set it for the evening of the same day. Now, these two points of the +United States territory are not less than eight hundred miles apart. Even +granting the automobile this unthinkable speed, greater than any it had yet +shown, how could it have crossed all the intervening country unseen? How could +it traverse the States of Arkansas, Missouri, Iowa and Wisconsin, from end to +end without any one of our agents giving us warning, without any interested +person rushing to a telephone? +</p> + +<p> +After these two momentary appearances, if appearances they were, the machine +again dropped out of knowledge. Mr. Ward did not think it worth while to +dispatch me and my men to either point whence it had been reported. +</p> + +<p> +Yet since this marvelous machine seemed still in existence, something must be +done. The following official notice was published in every newspaper of the +United States under July 3d. It was couched in the most formal terms. +</p> + +<p> +“During the month of April, of the present year, an automobile traversed +the roads of Pennsylvania, of Kentucky, of Ohio, of Tennessee, of Missouri, of +Illinois; and on the twenty-seventh of May, during the race held by the +American Automobile Club, it covered the course in Wisconsin. Then it +disappeared. +</p> + +<p> +“During the first week of June, a boat maneuvering at great speed +appeared off the coast of New England between Cape Cod and Cape Sable, and more +particularly around Boston. Then it disappeared. +</p> + +<p> +“In the second fortnight of the same month, a submarine boat was run +beneath the waters of Lake Kirdall, in Kansas. Then it disappeared. +</p> + +<p> +“Everything points to the belief that the same inventor must have built +these three machines, or perhaps that they are the same machine, constructed so +as to travel both on land and water. +</p> + +<p> +“A proposition is therefore addressed to the said inventor, whoever he +be, with the aim of acquiring the said machine. +</p> + +<p> +“He is requested to make himself known and to name the terms upon which +he will treat with the United States government. He is also requested to answer +as promptly as possible to the Department of Federal Police, Washington, D. C., +United States of America.” +</p> + +<p> +Such was the notice printed in large type on the front page of every newspaper. +Surely it could not fail to reach the eye of him for whom it was intended, +wherever he might be. He would read it. He could scarce fail to answer it in +some manner. And why should he refuse such an unlimited offer? We had only to +await his reply. +</p> + +<p> +One can easily imagine how high the public curiosity rose. From morning till +night, an eager and noisy crowd pressed about the bureau of police, awaiting +the arrival of a letter or a telegram. The best reporters were on the spot. +What honor, what profit would come to the paper which was first to publish the +famous news! To know at last the name and place of the undiscoverable unknown! +And to know if he would agree to some bargain with the government! It goes +without saying that America does things on a magnificent scale. Millions would +not be lacking for the inventor. If necessary all the millionaires in the +country would open their inexhaustible purses! +</p> + +<p> +The day passed. To how many excited and impatient people it seemed to contain +more than twenty-four hours! And each hour held far more than sixty minutes! +There came no answer, no letter, no telegram! The night following, there was +still no news. And it was the same the next day and the next. +</p> + +<p> +There came, however another result, which had been fully foreseen. The cables +informed Europe of what the United States government had done. The different +Powers of the Old World hoped also to obtain possession of the wonderful +invention. Why should they not struggle for an advantage so tremendous? Why +should they not enter the contest with their millions? +</p> + +<p> +In brief, every great Power took part in the affair, France, England, Russia, +Italy, Austria, Germany. Only the states of the second order refrained from +entering, with their smaller resources, upon a useless effort. The European +press published notices identical with that of the United States. The +extraordinary “chauffeur” had only to speak, to become a rival to +the Vanderbilts, the Astors, the Goulds, the Morgans, and the Rothschilds of +every country of Europe. +</p> + +<p> +And, when the mysterious inventor made no sign, what attractive offers were +held forth to tempt him to discard the secrecy in which he was enwrapped! The +whole world became a public market, an auction house whence arose the most +amazing bids. Twice a day the newspapers would add up the amounts, and these +kept rising from millions to millions. The end came when the United States +Congress, after a memorable session, voted to offer the sum of twenty million +dollars. And there was not a citizen of the States of whatever rank, who +objected to the amount, so much importance was attached to the possession of +this prodigious engine of locomotion. As for me, I said emphatically to my old +housekeeper: “The machine is worth even more than that.” +</p> + +<p> +Evidently the other nations of the world did not think so, for their bids +remained below the final sum. But how useless was this mighty struggle of the +great rivals! The inventor did not appear! He did not exist! He had never +existed! It was all a monstrous pretense of the American newspapers. That, at +least, became the announced view of the Old World. +</p> + +<p> +And so the time passed. There was no further news of our man, there was no +response from him. He appeared no more. For my part, not knowing what to think, +I commenced to lose all hope of reaching any solution to the strange affair. +</p> + +<p> +Then on the morning of the fifteenth of July, a letter without postmark was +found in the mailbox of the police bureau. After the authorities had studied +it, it was given out to the Washington journals, which published it in +facsimile, in special numbers. It was couched as follows: +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap09"></a>IX.<br /> +THE SECOND LETTER</h2> + +<p class="letter"> +On Board the Terror<br /><br /> +July 15. +</p> + +<p class="letter"> +To the Old and New World, +</p> + +<p class="letter"> +The propositions emanating from the different governments of Europe, as also +that which has finally been made by the United States of America, need expect +no other answer than this: +</p> + +<p class="letter"> +I refuse absolutely and definitely the sums offered for my invention. +</p> + +<p class="letter"> +My machine will be neither French nor German, nor Austrian nor Russian, nor +English nor American. +</p> + +<p class="letter"> +The invention will remain my own, and I shall use it as pleases me. +</p> + +<p class="letter"> +With it, I hold control of the entire world, and there lies no force within the +reach of humanity which is able to resist me, under any circumstances +whatsoever. +</p> + +<p class="letter"> +Let no one attempt to seize or stop me. It is, and will be, utterly impossible. +Whatever injury anyone attempts against me, I will return a hundredfold. +</p> + +<p class="letter"> +As to the money which is offered me, I despise it! I have no need of it. +Moreover, on the day when it pleases me to have millions, or billions, I have +but to reach out my hand and take them. +</p> + +<p class="letter"> +Let both the Old and the New World realize this: They can accomplish nothing +against me; I can accomplish anything against them. +</p> + +<p class="letter"> +I sign this letter:<br /> +The Master of the World. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap10"></a>X.<br /> +OUTSIDE THE LAW</h2> + +<p> +Such was the letter addressed to the government of the United States. As to the +person who had placed it in the mail-box of the police, no one had seen him. +</p> + +<p> +The sidewalk in front of our offices had probably not been once vacant during +the entire night. From sunset to sunrise, there had always been people, busy, +anxious, or curious, passing before our door. It is true, however, that even +then, the bearer of the letter might easily have slipped by unseen and dropped +the letter in the box. The night had been so dark, you could scarcely see from +one side of the street to the other. +</p> + +<p> +I have said that this letter appeared in facsimile in all the newspapers to +which the government communicated it. Perhaps one would naturally imagine that +the first comment of the public would be, “This is the work of some +practical joker.” It was in that way that I had accepted my letter from +the Great Eyrie, five weeks before. +</p> + +<p> +But this was not the general attitude toward the present letter, neither in +Washington, nor in the rest of America. To the few who would have maintained +that the document should not be taken seriously, an immense majority would have +responded: “This letter has not the style nor the spirit of a jester. +Only one man could have written it; and that is the inventor of this +unapproachable machine.” +</p> + +<p> +To most people this conclusion seemed indisputable owing to a curious state of +mind easily explainable. For all the strange facts of which the key had +hitherto been lacking, this letter furnished an explanation. The theory now +almost universally accepted was as follows. The inventor had hidden himself for +a time, only in order to reappear more startlingly in some new light. Instead +of having perished in an accident, he had concealed himself in some retreat +where the police were unable to discover him. Then to assert positively his +attitude toward all governments he had written this letter. But instead of +dropping it in the post in any one locality, which might have resulted in its +being traced to him, he had come to Washington and deposited it himself in the +very spot suggested by the government’s official notice, the bureau of +police. +</p> + +<p> +Well! If this remarkable personage had reckoned that this new proof of his +existence would make some noise in two worlds, he certainly figured rightly. +That day, the millions of good folk who read and re-read their daily paper +could to employ a well-known phrase, scarcely believe their eyes. +</p> + +<p> +As for myself, I studied carefully every phrase of the defiant document. The +hand-writing was black and heavy. An expert at chirography would doubtless have +distinguished in the lines traces of a violent temperament, of a character +stern and unsocial. Suddenly, a cry escaped me—a cry that fortunately my +housekeeper did not hear. Why had I not noticed sooner the resemblance of the +handwriting to that of the letter I had received from Morganton? +</p> + +<p> +Moreover, a yet more significant coincidence, the initials with which my letter +had been signed, did they not stand for the words “Master of the +World?” +</p> + +<p> +And whence came the second letter? “On Board the +‘Terror.’” Doubtless this name was that of the triple machine +commanded by the mysterious captain. The initials in my letter were his own +signature; and it was he who had threatened me, if I dared to renew my attempt +on the Great Eyrie. +</p> + +<p> +I rose and took from my desk the letter of June thirteenth. I compared it with +the facsimile in the newspapers. There was no doubt about it. They were both in +the same peculiar hand-writing. +</p> + +<p> +My mind worked eagerly. I sought to trace the probable deductions from this +striking fact, known only to myself. The man who had threatened me was the +commander of this “Terror”—startling name, only too well +justified! I asked myself if our search could not now be prosecuted under less +vague conditions. Could we not now start our men upon a trail which would lead +definitely to success? In short, what relation existed between the +“Terror” and the Great Eyrie? What connection was there between the +phenomena of the Blueridge Mountains, arid the no less phenomenal performances +of the fantastic machine? +</p> + +<p> +I knew what my first step should be; and with the letter in my pocket, I +hastened to police headquarters. Inquiring if Mr. Ward was within and receiving +an affirmative reply, I hastened toward his door, and rapped upon it with +unusual and perhaps unnecessary vigor. Upon his call to enter, I stepped +eagerly into the room. +</p> + +<p> +The chief had spread before him the letter published in the papers, not a +facsimile, but the original itself which had been deposited in the letter-box +of the department. +</p> + +<p> +“You come as if you had important news, Strock?” +</p> + +<p> +“Judge for yourself, Mr. Ward;” and I drew from my pocket the +letter with the initials. +</p> + +<p> +Mr. Ward took it, glanced at its face, and asked, “What is this?” +</p> + +<p> +“A letter signed only with initials, as you can see.” +</p> + +<p> +“And where was it posted?” +</p> + +<p> +“In Morganton, in North Carolina.” +</p> + +<p> +“When did you receive it?” +</p> + +<p> +“A month ago, the thirteenth of June.” +</p> + +<p> +“What did you think of it then?” +</p> + +<p> +“That it had been written as a joke.” +</p> + +<p> +“And now Strock?” +</p> + +<p> +“I think, what you will think, Mr. Ward, after you have studied +it.” +</p> + +<p> +My chief turned to the letter again and read it carefully. “It is signed +with three initials,” said he. +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, Mr. Ward, and those initials belong to the words, ‘Master of +the World,’ in this facsimile.” +</p> + +<p> +“Of which this is the original,” responded Mr. Ward, taking it up. +</p> + +<p> +“It is quite evident,” I urged, “that the two letters are by +the same hand.” +</p> + +<p> +“It seems so.” +</p> + +<p> +“You see what threats are made against me, to protect the Great +Eyrie.” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, the threat of death! But Strock, you have had this letter for a +month. Why have you not shown it to me before?” +</p> + +<p> +“Because I attached no importance to it. Today, after the letter from the +‘Terror,’ it must be taken seriously.” +</p> + +<p> +“I agree with you. It appears to me most important. I even hope it may +prove the means of tracking this strange personage.” +</p> + +<p> +“That is what I also hope, Mr. Ward.” +</p> + +<p> +“Only what connection can possibly exist between the ‘Terror’ +and the Great Eyrie?” +</p> + +<p> +“That I do not know. I cannot even imagine.” +</p> + +<p> +“There can be but one explanation,” continued Mr. Ward, +“though it is almost inadmissible, even impossible.” +</p> + +<p> +“And that is?” +</p> + +<p> +“That the Great Eyrie was the spot selected by the inventor, where he +gathered his material.” +</p> + +<p> +“That is impossible!” cried I. “In what way would he get his +material in there? And how get his machine out? After what I have seen, Mr. +Ward, your suggestion is impossible.” +</p> + +<p> +“Unless, Strock—” +</p> + +<p> +“Unless what?” I demanded. +</p> + +<p> +“Unless the machine of this Master of the World has also wings, which +permit it to take refuge in the Great Eyrie.” +</p> + +<p> +At the suggestion that the “Terror,” which had searched the deeps +of the sea, might be capable also of rivaling the vultures and the eagles, I +could not restrain an expressive shrug of incredulity. Neither did Mr. Ward +himself dwell upon the extravagant hypothesis. +</p> + +<p> +He took the two letters and compared them afresh. He examined them under a +microscope, especially the signatures, and established their perfect identity. +Not only the same hand, but the same pen had written them. +</p> + +<p> +After some moments of further reflection, Mr. Ward said, “I will keep +your letter, Strock. Decidedly, I think, that you are fated to play an +important part in this strange affair or rather in these two affairs. What +thread attaches them, I cannot yet see; but I am sure the thread exists. You +have been connected with the first, and it will not be surprising if you have a +large part in the second.” +</p> + +<p> +“I hope so, Mr. Ward. You know how inquisitive I am.” +</p> + +<p> +“I do, Strock. That is understood. Now, I can only repeat my former +order; hold yourself in readiness to leave Washington at a moment’s +warning.” +</p> + +<p> +All that day, the public excitement caused by the defiant letter mounted +steadily higher. It was felt both at the White House and at the Capitol that +public opinion absolutely demanded some action. Of course, it was difficult to +do anything. Where could one find this Master of the World? And even if he were +discovered, how could he be captured? He had at his disposal not only the +powers he had displayed, but apparently still greater resources as yet unknown. +How had he been able to reach Lake Kirdall over the rocks; and how had he +escaped from it? Then, if he had indeed appeared on Lake Superior, how had he +covered all the intervening territory unseen? +</p> + +<p> +What a bewildering affair it was altogether! This, of course, made it all the +more important to get to the bottom of it. Since the millions of dollars had +been refused, force must be employed. The inventor and his invention were not +to be bought. And in what haughty and menacing terms he had couched his +refusal! So be it! He must be treated as an enemy of society, against whom all +means became justified, that he might be deprived of his power to injure +others. The idea that he had perished was now entirely discarded. He was alive, +very much alive; and his existence constituted a perpetual public danger! +</p> + +<p> +Influenced by these ideas, the government issued the following proclamation: +</p> + +<p> +“Since the commander of the ‘Terror’ has refused to make +public his invention, at any price whatever, since the use which he makes of +his machine constitutes a public menace, against which it is impossible to +guard, the said commander of the ‘Terror’ is hereby placed beyond +the protection of the law. Any measures taken in the effort to capture or +destroy either him or his machine will be approved and rewarded.” +</p> + +<p> +It was a declaration of war, war to the death against this “Master of the +World” who thought to threaten and defy an entire nation, the American +nation! +</p> + +<p> +Before the day was over, various rewards of large amounts were promised to +anyone who revealed the hiding place of this dangerous inventor, to anyone who +could identify him, and to anyone who should rid the country of him. +</p> + +<p> +Such was the situation during the last fortnight of July. All was left to the +hazard of fortune. The moment the outlaw re-appeared he would be seen and +signaled, and when the chance came he would be arrested. This could not be +accomplished when he was in his automobile on land or in his boat on the water. +No; he must be seized suddenly, before he had any opportunity to escape by +means of that speed which no other machine could equal. +</p> + +<p> +I was therefore all alert, awaiting an order from Mr. Ward to start out with my +men. But the order did not arrive for the very good reason that the man whom it +concerned remained undiscovered. The end of July approached. The newspapers +continued the excitement. They published repeated rumors. New clues were +constantly being announced. But all this was mere idle talk. Telegrams reached +the police bureau from every part of America, each contradicting and nullifying +the others. The enormous rewards offered could not help but lead to +accusations, errors, and blunders, made, many of them, in good faith. One time +it would be a cloud of dust, which must have contained the automobile. At +another time, almost any wave on any of America’s thousand lakes +represented the submarine. In truth, in the excited state of the public +imagination, apparitions assailed us from every side. +</p> + +<p> +At last, on the twenty-ninth of July, I received a telephone message to come to +Mr. Ward on the instant. Twenty minutes later I was in his cabinet. +</p> + +<p> +“You leave in an hour, Strock,” said he. +</p> + +<p> +“Where for?” +</p> + +<p> +“For Toledo.” +</p> + +<p> +“It has been seen?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes. At Toledo you will get your final orders.” +</p> + +<p> +“In an hour, my men and I will be on the way.” +</p> + +<p> +“Good! And, Strock, I now give you a formal order.” +</p> + +<p> +“What is it, Mr. Ward?” +</p> + +<p> +“To succeed! This time to succeed!” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap11"></a>XI.<br /> +THE CAMPAIGN</h2> + +<p> +So the undiscoverable commander had reappeared upon the territory of the United +States! He had never shown himself in Europe either on the roads or in the +seas. He had not crossed the Atlantic, which apparently he could have traversed +in three days. Did he then intend to make only America the scene of his +exploits? Ought we to conclude from this that he was an American? +</p> + +<p> +Let me insist upon this point. It seemed clear that the submarine might easily +have crossed the vast sea which separates the New and the Old World. Not only +would its amazing speed have made its voyage short, in comparison to that of +the swiftest steamship, but also it would have escaped all the storms that make +the voyage dangerous. Tempests did not exist for it. It had but to abandon the +surface of the waves, and it could find absolute calm a few score feet beneath. +</p> + +<p> +But the inventor had not crossed the Atlantic, and if he were to be captured +now, it would probably be in Ohio, since Toledo is a city of that state. +</p> + +<p> +This time the fact of the machine’s appearance had been kept secret, +between the police and the agent who had warned them, and whom I was hurrying +to meet. No journal—and many would have paid high for the +chance—was printing this news. We had decided that nothing should be +revealed until our effort was at an end. No indiscretion would be committed by +either my comrades or myself. +</p> + +<p> +The man to whom I was sent with an order from Mr. Ward was named Arthur Wells. +He awaited us at Toledo. The city of Toledo stands at the western end of Lake +Erie. Our train sped during the night across West Virginia and Ohio. There was +no delay; and before noon the next day the locomotive stopped in the Toledo +depot. +</p> + +<p> +John Hart, Nab Walker and I stepped out with traveling bags in our hands, and +revolvers in our pockets. Perhaps we should need weapons for an attack, or even +to defend ourselves. Scarcely had I stepped from the train when I picked out +the man who awaited us. He was scanning the arriving passengers impatiently, +evidently as eager and full of haste as I. +</p> + +<p> +I approached him. “Mr. Wells?” said I. +</p> + +<p> +“Mr. Strock?” asked he. +</p> + +<p> +“Yes.” +</p> + +<p> +“I am at your command,” said Mr. Wells. +</p> + +<p> +“Are we to stop any time in Toledo?” I asked. +</p> + +<p> +“No; with your permission, Mr. Strock. A carriage with two good horses is +waiting outside the station; and we must leave at once to reach our destination +as soon as possible.” +</p> + +<p> +“We will go at once,” I answered, signing to my two men to follow +us. “Is it far?” +</p> + +<p> +“Twenty miles.” +</p> + +<p> +“And the place is called?” +</p> + +<p> +“Black Rock Creek.” +</p> + +<p> +Having left our bags at a hotel, we started on our drive. Much to my surprise I +found there were provisions sufficient for several days packed beneath the seat +of the carriage. Mr. Wells told me that the region around Black Rock Creek was +among the wildest in the state. There was nothing there to attract either +farmers or fishermen. We would find not an inn for our meals nor a room in +which to sleep. Fortunately, during the July heat there would be no hardship +even if we had to lie one or two nights under the stars. +</p> + +<p> +More probably, however, if we were successful, the matter would not occupy us +many hours. Either the commander of the “Terror” would be surprised +before he had a chance to escape, or he would take to flight and we must give +up all hope of arresting him. +</p> + +<p> +I found Arthur Wells to be a man of about forty, large and powerful. I knew him +by reputation to be one of the best of our local police agents. Cool in danger +and enterprising always, he had proven his daring on more than one occasion at +the peril of his life. He had been in Toledo on a wholly different mission, +when chance had thrown him on the track of the “Terror.” +</p> + +<p> +We drove rapidly along the shore of Lake Erie, toward the southwest. This +inland sea of water is on the northern boundary of the United States, lying +between Canada on one side and the States of Ohio, Pennsylvania and New York on +the other. If I stop to mention the geographical position of this lake, its +depth, its extent, and the waters nearest around, it is because the knowledge +is necessary for the understanding of the events which were about to happen. +</p> + +<p> +The surface of Lake Erie covers about ten thousand square miles. It is nearly +six hundred feet above sea level. It is joined on the northwest, by means of +the Detroit River, with the still greater lakes to the westward, and receives +their waters. It has also rivers of its own though of less importance, such as +the Rocky, the Cuyahoga, and the Black. The lake empties at its northeastern +end into Lake Ontario by means of Niagara River and its celebrated falls. +</p> + +<p> +The greatest known depth of Lake Erie is over one hundred and thirty feet. +Hence it will be seen that the mass of its waters is considerable. In short, +this is a region of most magnificent lakes. The land, though not situated far +northward, is exposed to the full sweep of the Arctic cold. The region to the +northward is low, and the winds of winter rush down with extreme violence. +Hence Lake Erie is sometimes frozen over from shore to shore. +</p> + +<p> +The principal cities on the borders of this great lake are Buffalo at the east, +which belongs to New York State, and Toledo in Ohio, at the west, with +Cleveland and Sandusky, both Ohio cities, at the south. Smaller towns and +villages are numerous along the shore. The traffic is naturally large, its +annual value being estimated at considerably over two million dollars. +</p> + +<p> +Our carriage followed a rough and little used road along the borders of the +lake; and as we toiled along, Arthur Wells told me, what he had learned. +</p> + +<p> +Less than two days before, on the afternoon of July twenty-seventh Wells had +been riding on horseback toward the town of Herly. Five miles outside the town, +he was riding through a little wood, when he saw, far up across the lake, a +submarine which rose suddenly above the waves. He stopped, tied his horse, and +stole on foot to the edge of the lake. There, from behind a tree he had seen +with his own eyes, seen this submarine advance toward him, and stop at the +mouth of Black Rock Creek. Was it the famous machine for which the whole world +was seeking, which thus came directly to his feet? +</p> + +<p> +When the submarine was close to the rocks, two men climbed out upon its deck +and stepped ashore. Was one of them this Master of the World, who had not been +seen since he was reported from Lake Superior? Was this the mysterious +“Terror” which had thus risen from the depths of Lake Erie? +</p> + +<p> +“I was alone,” said Wells. “Alone on the edge of the Creek. +If you and your assistants, Mr. Strock, had been there, we four against two, we +would have been able to reach these men and seize them before they could have +regained their boat and fled.” +</p> + +<p> +“Probably,” I answered. “But were there no others on the boat +with them? Still, if we had seized the two, we could at least have learned who +they were.” +</p> + +<p> +“And above all,” added Wells, “if one of them turned out to +be the captain of the ‘Terror!’” +</p> + +<p> +“I have only one fear, Wells; this submarine, whether it is the one we +seek or another, may have left the creek since your departure.” +</p> + +<p> +“We shall know about that in a few hours, now. Pray Heaven they are still +there! Then when night comes?” +</p> + +<p> +“But,” I asked, “did you remain watching in the wood until +night?” +</p> + +<p> +“No; I left after an hour’s watching, and rode straight for the +telegraph station at Toledo. I reached there late at night and sent immediate +word to Washington.” +</p> + +<p> +“That was night before last. Did you return yesterday to Black Rock +Creek?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes.” +</p> + +<p> +“The submarine was still there?” +</p> + +<p> +“In the same spot.” +</p> + +<p> +“And the two men?” +</p> + +<p> +“The same two men. I judge that some accident had happened, and they came +to this lonely spot to repair it.” +</p> + +<p> +“Probably so,” said I. “Some damage which made it impossible +for them to regain their usual hiding-place. If only they are still +here!” +</p> + +<p> +“I have reason to believe they will be, for quite a lot of stuff was +taken out of the boat, and laid about upon the shore; and as well as I could +discern from a distance they seemed to be working on board.” +</p> + +<p> +“Only the two men?” +</p> + +<p> +“Only the two.” +</p> + +<p> +“But,” protested I, “can two be sufficient to handle an +apparatus of such speed, and of such intricacy, as to be at once automobile, +boat and submarine?” +</p> + +<p> +“I think not, Mr. Strock; but I only saw the same two. Several times they +came to the edge of the little wood where I was hidden, and gathered sticks for +a fire which they made upon the beach. The region is so uninhabited and the +creek so hidden from the lake that they ran little danger of discovery. They +seemed to know this.” +</p> + +<p> +“You would recognize them both again?” +</p> + +<p> +“Perfectly. One was of middle size, vigorous, and quick of movement, +heavily bearded. The other was smaller, but stocky and strong. Yesterday, as +before, I left the wood about five o’clock and hurried back to Toledo. +There I found a telegram from Mr. Ward, notifying me of your coming; and I +awaited you at the station.” +</p> + +<p> +Summed up, then, the news amounted to this: For forty hours past a submarine, +presumably the one we sought, had been hidden in Black Rock Creek, engaged in +repairs. Probably these were absolutely necessary, and we should find the boat +still there. As to how the “Terror” came to be in Lake Erie, Arthur +Wells and I discussed that, and agreed that it was a very probable place for +her. The last time she had been seen was on Lake Superior. From there to Lake +Erie the machine could have come by the roads of Michigan, but since no one had +remarked its passage and as both the police and the people were specially +aroused and active in that portion of the country, it seemed more probable, +that the “Terror” had come by water. There was a clear route +through the chain of the Great Lakes and their rivers, by which in her +character of a submarine she could easily proceed undiscovered. +</p> + +<p> +And now, if the “Terror” had already left the creek, or if she +escaped when we attempted to seize her, in what direction would she turn? In +any case, there was little chance of following her. There were two +torpedo-destroyers at the port of Buffalo, at the other extremity of Lake Erie. +By treaty between the United States and Canada, there are no vessels of war +whatever on the Great Lakes. These might, however, have been little launches +belonging to the customs service. Before I left Washington Mr. Ward had +informed me of their presence; and a telegram to their commanders would, if +there were need, start them in pursuit of the “Terror.” But despite +their splendid speed, how could they vie with her! And if she plunged beneath +the waters, they would be helpless. Moreover Arthur Wells averred that in case +of a battle, the advantage would not be with the destroyers, despite their +large crews, and many guns. Hence, if we did not succeed this night, the +campaign would end in failure. +</p> + +<p> +Arthur Wells knew Black Rock Creek thoroughly, having hunted there more than +once. It was bordered in most places with sharp rocks against which the waters +of the lake beat heavily. Its channel was some thirty feet deep, so that the +“Terror” could take shelter either upon the surface or under water. +In two or three places the steep banks gave way to sand beaches which led to +little gorges reaching up toward the woods, two or three hundred feet. +</p> + +<p> +It was seven in the evening when our carriage reached these woods. There was +still daylight enough for us to see easily, even in the shade of the trees. To +have crossed openly to the edge of the creek would have exposed us to the view +of the men of the “Terror,” if she were still there, and thus give +her warning to escape. +</p> + +<p> +“Had we better stop here?” I asked Wells, as our rig drew up to the +edge of the woods. +</p> + +<p> +“No, Mr. Strock,” said he. “We had better leave the carriage +deeper in the woods, where there will be no chance whatever of our being +seen.” +</p> + +<p> +“Can the carriage drive under these trees?” +</p> + +<p> +“It can,” declared Wells. “I have already explored these +woods thoroughly. Five or six hundred feet from here, there is a little +clearing, where we will be completely hidden, and where our horses may find +pasture. Then, as soon as it is dark, we will go down to the beach, at the edge +of the rocks which shut in the mouth of the creek. Thus if the +‘Terror’ is still there, we shall stand between her and +escape.” +</p> + +<p> +Eager as we all were for action, it was evidently best to do as Wells suggested +and wait for night. The intervening time could well be occupied as he said. +Leading the horses by the bridle, while they dragged the empty carriage, we +proceeded through the heavy woods. The tall pines, the stalwart oaks, the +cypress scattered here and there, made the evening darker overhead. Beneath our +feet spread a carpet of scattered herbs, pine needles and dead leaves. Such was +the thickness of the upper foliage that the last rays of the setting sun could +no longer penetrate here. We had to feel our way; and it was not without some +knocks that the carriage reached the clearing ten minutes later. +</p> + +<p> +This clearing, surrounded by great trees, formed a sort of oval, covered with +rich grass. Here it was still daylight, and the darkness would scarcely deepen +for over an hour. There was thus time to arrange an encampment and to rest +awhile after our hard trip over the rough and rocky roads. +</p> + +<p> +Of course, we were intensely eager to approach the Creek and see if the +“Terror” was still there. But prudence restrained us. A little +patience, and the night would enable us to reach a commanding position +unsuspected. Wells urged this strongly; and despite my eagerness, I felt that +he was right. +</p> + +<p> +The horses were unharnessed, and left to browse under the care of the coachman +who had driven us. The provisions were unpacked, and John Hart and Nab Walker +spread out a meal on the grass at the foot of a superb cypress which recalled +to me the forest odors of Morganton and Pleasant Garden. We were hungry and +thirsty; and food and drink were not lacking. Then our pipes were lighted to +calm the anxious moments of waiting that remained. +</p> + +<p> +Silence reigned within the wood. The last song of the birds had ceased. With +the coming of night the breeze fell little by little, and the leaves scarcely +quivered even at the tops of the highest branches. The sky darkened rapidly +after sundown and twilight deepened into obscurity. +</p> + +<p> +I looked at my watch, it was half-past eight. “It is time, Wells.” +</p> + +<p> +“When you will, Mr. Strock.” +</p> + +<p> +“Then let us start.” +</p> + +<p> +We cautioned the coachman not to let the horses stray beyond the clearing. Then +we started. Wells went in advance, I followed him, and John Hart and Nab Walker +came behind. In the darkness, we three would have been helpless without the +guidance of Wells. Soon we reached the farther border of the woods; and before +us stretched the banks of Black Rock Creek. +</p> + +<p> +All was silent; all seemed deserted. We could advance without risk. If the +“Terror” was there, she had cast anchor behind the rocks. But was +she there? That was the momentous question! As we approached the denouement of +this exciting affair, my heart was in my throat. +</p> + +<p> +Wells motioned to us to advance. The sand of the shore crunched beneath our +steps. The two hundred feet between us and the mouth of the Creek were crossed +softly, and a few minutes sufficed to bring us to the rocks at the edge of the +lake. +</p> + +<p> +There was nothing! Nothing! +</p> + +<p> +The spot where Wells had left the “Terror” twenty-four hours before +was empty. The “Master of the World” was no longer at Black Rock +Creek. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap12"></a>XII.<br /> +BLACK ROCK CREEK</h2> + +<p> +Human nature is prone to illusions. Of course, there had been all along a +probability that the “Terror” had deserted the locality, even +admitting that it was she Wells had seen the previous day. If some damage to +her triple system of locomotion had prevented her from regaining either by land +or by water her usual hiding-place, and obliged her to seek refuge in Black +Rock Creek, what ought we to conclude now upon finding her here no longer? +Obviously, that, having finished her repairs, she had continued on her way, and +was already far beyond the waters of Lake Erie. +</p> + +<p> +But probable as this result had been from the first, we had more and more +ignored it as our trip proceeded. We had come to accept as a fact that we +should meet the “Terror,” that we should find her anchored at the +base of the rocks where Wells had seen her. +</p> + +<p> +And now what disappointment! I might even say, what despair! All our efforts +gone for nothing! Even if the “Terror” was still upon the lake, to +find her, reach her and capture her, was beyond our power, and it might as well +be fully recognized beyond all human power. +</p> + +<p> +We stood there, Wells and I, completely crushed, while John Hart and Nab +Walker, no less chagrined, went tramping along the banks of the Creek, seeking +any trace that had been left behind. +</p> + +<p> +Posted there, at the mouth of the Creek, Wells and I exchanged scarcely a word. +What need was there of words to enable us to understand each other! After our +eagerness and our despair, we were now exhausted. Defeated in our well-planned +attempt, we felt as unwilling to abandon our campaign, as we were unable to +continue it. +</p> + +<p> +Nearly an hour slipped by. We could not resolve to leave the place. Our eyes +still sought to pierce the night. Sometimes a glimmer, due to the sparkle of +the waters, trembled on the surface of the lake. Then it vanished, and with it +the foolish hope that it had roused. Sometimes again, we thought we saw a +shadow outlined against the dark, the silhouette of an approaching boat. Yet +again some eddies would swirl up at our feet, as if the Creek had been stirred +within its depths. These vain imaginings were dissipated one after the other. +They were but the illusions raised by our strained fancies. +</p> + +<p> +At length our companions rejoined us. My first question was, “Nothing +new?” +</p> + +<p> +“Nothing,” said John Hart. +</p> + +<p> +“You have explored both banks of the Creek?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes,” responded Nab Walker, “as far as the shallow water +above; and we have not seen even a vestige of the things which Mr. Wells saw +laid on the shore.” +</p> + +<p> +“Let us wait awhile,” said I, unable to resolve upon a return to +the woods. +</p> + +<p> +At that moment our attention was caught by a sudden agitation of the waters, +which swelled upward at the foot of the rocks. +</p> + +<p> +“It is like the swell from a vessel,” said Wells. +</p> + +<p> +“Yes,” said I, instinctively lowering my voice. “What has +caused it? The wind has completely died out. Does it come from something on the +surface of the lake?” +</p> + +<p> +“Or from something underneath,” said Wells, bending forward, the +better to determine. +</p> + +<p> +The commotion certainly seemed as if caused by some boat, whether from beneath +the water, or approaching the creek from outside upon the lake. +</p> + +<p> +Silent, motionless, we strained eyes and ears to pierce the profound obscurity. +The faint noise of the waves of the lake lapping on the shore beyond the creek, +came to us distinctly through the night. John Hart and Nab Walker drew a little +aside upon a higher ridge of rocks. As for me, I leaned close to the water to +watch the agitation. It did not lessen. On the contrary it became momentarily +more evident, and I began to distinguish a sort of regular throbbing, like that +produced by a screw in motion. +</p> + +<p> +“There is no doubt,” declared Wells, leaning close to me, +“there is a boat coming toward us.” +</p> + +<p> +“There certainly is,” responded I, “unless they have whales +or sharks in Lake Erie.” +</p> + +<p> +“No, it is a boat,” repeated Wells. “Is she headed toward the +mouth of the creek, or is she going further up it?” +</p> + +<p> +“This is just where you saw the boat twice before?” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, just here.” +</p> + +<p> +“Then if this is the same one, and it can be no other, she will probably +return to the same spot.” +</p> + +<p> +“There!” whispered Wells, extending his hand toward the entrance of +the creek. +</p> + +<p> +Our companions rejoined us, and all four, crouching low upon the bank, peered +in the direction he pointed. +</p> + +<p> +We vaguely distinguished a black mass moving through the darkness. It advanced +very slowly and was still outside the creek, upon the lake, perhaps a +cable’s length to the northeast. We could scarcely hear even now the +faint throbbing of its engines. Perhaps they had stopped and the boat was only +gliding forward under their previous impulse. +</p> + +<p> +It seemed, then, that this was indeed the submarine which Wells had watched, +and it was returning to pass this night, like the last, within the shelter of +the creek. +</p> + +<p> +Why had it left the anchorage, if only to return? Had it suffered some new +disaster, which again impaired its power? Or had it been before compelled to +leave, with its repairs still unfinished? What cause constrained it to return +here? Was there some imperious reason why it could no longer be turned into an +automobile, and go darting away across the roads of Ohio? +</p> + +<p> +To all these questions which came crowding upon me, I could give no answer. +Furthermore both Wells and I kept reasoning under the assumption that this was +really the “Terror” commanded by the “Master of the +World” who had dated from it his letter of defiance to the government. +Yet this premise was still unproven, no matter how confident we might feel of +it. +</p> + +<p> +Whatever boat this was, that stole so softly through the night, it continued to +approach us. Assuredly its captain must know perfectly the channels and shores +of Black Rock Creek, since he ventured here in such darkness. Not a light +showed upon the deck. Not a single ray from within the cabin glimmered through +any crevice. +</p> + +<p> +A moment later, we heard some machinery moving very softly. The swell of the +eddies grew stronger, and in a few moments the boat touched the quay. +</p> + +<p> +This word “quay,” only used in that region, exactly describes the +spot. The rocks at our feet formed a level, five or six feet above the water, +and descending to it perpendicularly, exactly like a landing wharf. +</p> + +<p> +“We must not stop here,” whispered Wells, seizing me by the arm. +</p> + +<p> +“No,” I answered, “they might see us. We must lie crouched +upon the beach! Or we might hide in some crevice of the rocks.” +</p> + +<p> +“We will follow you.” +</p> + +<p> +There was not a moment to lose. The dark mass was now close at hand, and on its +deck, but slightly raised above the surface of the water, we could trace the +silhouettes of two men. +</p> + +<p> +Were there, then, really only two on board? +</p> + +<p> +We stole softly back to where the ravines rose toward the woods above. Several +niches in the rocks were at hand. Wells and I crouched down in one, my two +assistants in another. If the men on the “Terror” landed, they +could not see us; but we could see them, and would be able to act as +opportunity offered. +</p> + +<p> +There were some slight noises from the boat, a few words exchanged in our own +language. It was evident that the vessel was preparing to anchor. Then almost +instantly, a rope was thrown out, exactly on the point of the quay where we had +stood. +</p> + +<p> +Leaning forward, Wells could discern that the rope was seized by one of the +mariners, who had leaped ashore. Then we heard a grappling-iron scrape along +the ground. +</p> + +<p> +Some moments later, steps crunched upon the sand. Two men came up the ravine, +and went onward toward the edge of the woods, guiding their steps by a ship +lantern. +</p> + +<p> +Where were they going? Was Black Rock Creek a regular hiding place of the +“Terror?” Had her commander a depot here for stores or provisions? +Did they come here to restock their craft, when the whim of their wild voyaging +brought them to this part of the continent? Did they know this deserted, +uninhabited spot so well, that they had no fear of ever being discovered here? +</p> + +<p> +“What shall we do?” whispered Wells. +</p> + +<p> +“Wait till they return, and then—” My words were cut short by +a surprise. The men were not thirty feet from us, when, one of them chancing to +turn suddenly, the light of their lantern fell full upon his face. +</p> + +<p> +He was one of the two men who had watched before my house in Long Street! I +could not be mistaken! I recognized him as positively as my old servant had +done. It was he; it was assuredly one of the spies of whom I had never been +able to find any further traces! There was no longer any doubt, my warning +letter had come from them. It was therefore from the “Master of the +World”; it had been written from the “Terror” and this was +the “Terror.” Once more I asked myself what could be the +connection between this machine and the Great Eyrie! +</p> + +<p> +In whispered words, I told Wells of my discovery. His only comment was, +“It is all incomprehensible!” +</p> + +<p> +Meanwhile the two men had continued on their way to the woods, and were +gathering sticks beneath the trees. “What if they discover our +encampment?” murmured Wells. +</p> + +<p> +“No danger, if they do not go beyond the nearest trees.” +</p> + +<p> +“But if they do discover it?” +</p> + +<p> +“They will hurry back to their boat, and we shall be able to cut off +their retreat.” +</p> + +<p> +Toward the creek, where their craft lay, there was no further sound. I left my +hiding-place; I descended the ravine to the quay; I stood on the very spot +where the grappling-iron was fast among the rocks. +</p> + +<p> +The “Terror” lay there, quiet at the end of its cable. Not a light +was on board; not a person visible, either on the deck, or on the bank. Was not +this my opportunity? Should I leap on board and there await the return of the +two men? +</p> + +<p> +“Mr. Strock!” It was Wells, who called to me softly from close at +hand. +</p> + +<p> +I drew back in all haste and crouched down beside him. Was it too late to take +possession of the boat? Or would the attempt perhaps result in disaster from +the presence of others watching on board? +</p> + +<p> +At any rate, the two men with the lantern were close at hand returning down the +ravine. Plainly they suspected nothing. Each carrying a bundle of wood, they +came forward and stopped upon the quay. +</p> + +<p> +Then one of them raised his voice, though not loudly. “Hullo! +Captain!” +</p> + +<p> +“All right,” answered a voice from the boat. +</p> + +<p> +Wells murmured in my ear, “There are three!” +</p> + +<p> +“Perhaps four,” I answered, “perhaps five or six!” +</p> + +<p> +The situation grew more complicated. Against a crew so numerous, what ought we +to do? The least imprudence might cost us dear! Now that the two men had +returned, would they re-embark with their faggots? Then would the boat leave +the creek, or would it remain anchored until day? If it withdrew, would it not +be lost to us? It could leave the waters of Lake Erie, and cross any of the +neighboring states by land; or it could retrace its road by the Detroit River +which would lead it to Lake Huron and the Great Lakes above. Would such an +opportunity as this, in the narrow waters of Black Rock Creek, ever occur +again! +</p> + +<p> +“At least,” said I to Wells, “we are four. They do not expect +attack; they will be surprised. The result is in the hands of +Providence.” +</p> + +<p> +I was about to call our two men, when Wells again seized my arm. +“Listen!” said he. +</p> + +<p> +One of the men hailed the boat, and it drew close up to the rocks. We heard the +Captain say to the two men ashore, “Everything is all right, up +there?” +</p> + +<p> +“Everything, Captain.” +</p> + +<p> +“There are still two bundles of wood left there?” +</p> + +<p> +“Two.” +</p> + +<p> +“Then one more trip will bring them all on board the +‘Terror.’” +</p> + +<p> +The “Terror!” It WAS she! +</p> + +<p> +“Yes; just one more trip,” answered one of the men. +</p> + +<p> +“Good; then we will start off again at daybreak.” +</p> + +<p> +Were there then but three of them on board? The Captain, this Master of the +World, and these two men? +</p> + +<p> +Evidently they planned to take aboard the last of their wood. Then they would +withdraw within their machine, and go to sleep. Would not that be the time to +surprise them, before they could defend themselves? +</p> + +<p> +Rather than to attempt to reach and capture the ship in face of this resolute +Captain who was guarding it, Wells and I agreed that it was better to let his +men return unassailed, and wait till they were all asleep. +</p> + +<p> +It was now half an hour after ten. Steps were once more heard upon the shore. +The man with a lantern and his companion, again remounted the ravine toward the +woods. When they were safely beyond hearing, Wells went to warn our men, while +I stole forward again to the very edge of the water. +</p> + +<p> +The “Terror” lay at the end of a short cable. As well as I could +judge, she was long and slim, shaped like a spindle, without chimney, without +masts, without rigging, such a shape as had been described when she was seen on +the coast of New England. +</p> + +<p> +I returned to my place, with my men in the shelter of the ravine; and we looked +to our revolvers, which might well prove of service. +</p> + +<p> +Five minutes had passed since the men reached the woods, and we expected their +return at any moment. After that, we must wait at least an hour before we made +our attack; so that both the Captain and his comrades might be deep in sleep. +It was important that they should have not a moment either to send their craft +darting out upon the waters of Lake Erie, or to plunge it beneath the waves +where we would have been entrapped with it. +</p> + +<p> +In all my career I have never felt such impatience. It seemed to me that the +two men must have been detained in the woods. Something had barred their +return. +</p> + +<p> +Suddenly a loud noise was heard, the tumult of run-away horses, galloping +furiously along the shore! +</p> + +<p> +They were our own, which, frightened, and perhaps neglected by the driver, had +broken away from the clearing, and now came rushing along the bank. +</p> + +<p> +At the same moment, the two men reappeared, and this time they were running +with all speed. Doubtless they had discovered our encampment, and had at once +suspected that there were police hidden in the woods. They realized that they +were watched, they were followed, they would be seized. So they dashed +recklessly down the ravine, and after loosening the cable, they would doubtless +endeavor to leap aboard. The “Terror” would disappear with the +speed of a meteor, and our attempt would be wholly defeated! +</p> + +<p> +“Forward,” I cried. And we scrambled down the sides of the ravine +to cut off the retreat of the two men. +</p> + +<p> +They saw us and, on the instant, throwing down their bundles, fired at us with +revolvers, hitting John Hart in the leg. +</p> + +<p> +We fired in our turn, but less successfully. The men neither fell nor faltered +in their course. Reaching the edge of the creek, without stopping to unloose +the cable, they plunged overboard, and in a moment were clinging to the deck of +the “Terror.” +</p> + +<p> +Their captain, springing forward, revolver in hand, fired. The ball grazed +Wells. +</p> + +<p> +Nab Walker and I seizing the cable, pulled the black mass of the boat toward +shore. Could they cut the rope in time to escape us? +</p> + +<p> +Suddenly the grappling-iron was torn violently from the rocks. One of its hooks +caught in my belt, while Walker was knocked down by the flying cable. I was +entangled by the iron and the rope and dragged forward— +</p> + +<p> +The “Terror,” driven by all the power of her engines, made a single +bound and darted out across Black Rock Creek. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap13"></a>XIII.<br /> +ON BOARD THE TERROR</h2> + +<p> +When I came to my senses it was daylight. A half light pierced the thick glass +port-hole of the narrow cabin wherein someone had placed me—how many +hours ago, I could not say! Yet it seemed to me by the slanting rays, that the +sun could not be very far above the horizon. +</p> + +<p> +I was resting in a narrow bunk with coverings over me. My clothes, hanging in a +corner, had been dried. My belt, torn in half by the hook of the iron, lay on +the floor. +</p> + +<p> +I felt no wound nor injury, only a little weakness. If I had lost +consciousness, I was sure it had not been from a blow. My head must have been +drawn beneath the water, when I was tangled in the cable. I should have been +suffocated, if someone had not dragged me from the lake. +</p> + +<p> +Now, was I on board the “Terror?” And was I alone with the Captain +and his two men? This seemed probable, almost certain. The whole scene of our +encounter rose before my eyes, Hart lying wounded upon the bank; Wells firing +shot after shot, Walker hurled down at the instant when the grappling hook +caught my belt! And my companions? On their side, must not they think that I +had perished in the waters of Lake Erie? +</p> + +<p> +Where was the “Terror” now, and how was it navigating? Was it +moving as an automobile? Speeding across the roads of some neighboring State? +If so, and if I had been unconscious for many hours, the machine with its +tremendous powers must be already far away. Or, on the other hand, were we, as +a submarine, following some course beneath the lake? +</p> + +<p> +No, the “Terror” was moving upon some broad liquid surface. The +sunlight, penetrating my cabin, showed that the window was not submerged. On +the other hand, I felt none of the jolting that the automobile must have +suffered even on the smoothest highway. Hence the “Terror” was not +traveling upon land. +</p> + +<p> +As to deciding whether she was still traversing Lake Erie, that was another +matter. Had not the Captain reascended the Detroit River, and entered Lake +Huron, or even Lake Superior beyond? It was difficult to say. +</p> + +<p> +At any rate I decided to go up on deck. From there I might be able to judge. +Dragging myself somewhat heavily from the bunk, I reached for my clothes and +dressed, though without much energy. Was I not probably locked within this +cabin? +</p> + +<p> +The only exit seemed by a ladder and hatchway above my head. The hatch rose +readily to my hand, and I ascended half way on deck. +</p> + +<p> +My first care was to look forward, backward, and on both sides of the speeding +“Terror.” Everywhere a vast expanse of waves! Not a shore in +sight! Nothing but the horizon formed by sea and sky! +</p> + +<p> +Whether it was a lake or the ocean I could easily settle. As we shot forward at +such speed the water cut by the bow, rose furiously upward on either side, and +the spray lashed savagely against me. +</p> + +<p> +I tasted it. It was fresh water, and very probably that of Lake Erie. The sun +was but midway toward the zenith so it could scarcely be more than seven or +eight hours since the moment when the “Terror” had darted from +Black Rock Creek. +</p> + +<p> +This must therefore be the following morning, that of the thirty-first of July. +</p> + +<p> +Considering that Lake Erie is two hundred and twenty miles long, and over fifty +wide, there was no reason to be surprised that I could see no land, neither +that of the United States to the southeast nor of Canada to the northwest. +</p> + +<p> +At this moment there were two men on the deck, one being at the bow on the +look-out, the other in the stern, keeping the course to the northeast, as I +judged by the position of the sun. The one at the bow was he whom I had +recognized as he ascended the ravine at Black Rock. The second was his +companion who had carried the lantern. I looked in vain for the one whom they +had called Captain. He was not in sight. +</p> + +<p> +It will be readily appreciated how eager was my desire to stand in the presence +of the creator of these prodigious machines of this fantastic personage who +occupied and preoccupied the attention of all the world, the daring inventor +who did not fear to engage in battle against the entire human race, and who +proclaimed himself “Master of the World.” +</p> + +<p> +I approached the man on the look-out, and after a minute of silence I asked +him, “Where is the Captain?” +</p> + +<p> +He looked at me through half-closed eyes. He seemed not to understand me. Yet I +knew, having heard him the night before, that he spoke English. Moreover, I +noticed that he did not appear surprised to see me out of my cabin. Turning his +back upon me, he continued to search the horizon. +</p> + +<p> +I stepped then toward the stern, determined to ask the same question about the +Captain. But when I approached the steersman, he waved me away with his hand, +and I obtained no other response. +</p> + +<p> +It only remained for me to study this craft, from which we had been repelled +with revolver shots, when we had seized upon its anchor rope. +</p> + +<p> +I therefore set leisurely to work to examine the construction of this machine, +which was carrying me—whither? The deck and the upper works were all made +of some metal which I did not recognize. In the center of the deck, a scuttle +half raised covered the room where the engines were working regularly and +almost silently. As I had seen before, neither masts, nor rigging! Not even a +flagstaff at the stern! Toward the bow there arose the top of a periscope by +which the “Terror” could be guided when beneath the water. +</p> + +<p> +On the sides were folded back two sort of outshoots resembling the gangways on +certain Dutch boats. Of these I could not understand the use. +</p> + +<p> +In the bow there rose a third hatch-way which presumably covered the quarters +occupied by the two men when the “Terror” was at rest. +</p> + +<p> +At the stern a similar hatch gave access probably to the cabin of the captain, +who remained unseen. When these different hatches were shut down, they had a +sort of rubber covering which closed them hermetically tight, so that the water +could not reach the interior when the boat plunged beneath the ocean. +</p> + +<p> +As to the motor, which imparted such prodigious speed to the machine, I could +see nothing of it, nor of the propeller. However, the fast speeding boat left +behind it only a long, smooth wake. The extreme fineness of the lines of the +craft, caused it to make scarcely any waves, and enabled it to ride lightly +over the crest of the billows even in a rough sea. +</p> + +<p> +As was already known, the power by which the machine was driven, was neither +steam nor gasoline, nor any of those similar liquids so well known by their +odor, which are usually employed for automobiles and submarines. No doubt the +power here used was electricity, generated on board, at some high power. +Naturally I asked myself whence comes this electricity, from piles, or from +accumulators? But how were these piles or accumulators charged? Unless, indeed, +the electricity was drawn directly from the surrounding air or from the water, +by processes hitherto unknown. And I asked myself with intense eagerness if in +the present situation, I might be able to discover these secrets. +</p> + +<p> +Then I thought of my companions, left behind on the shore of Black Rock Creek. +One of them, I knew, was wounded; perhaps the others were also. Having seen me +dragged overboard by the hawser, could they possibly suppose that I had been +rescued by the “Terror?” Surely not! Doubtless the news of my +death had already been telegraphed to Mr. Ward from Toledo. And now who would +dare to undertake a new campaign against this “Master of the +World”? +</p> + +<p> +These thoughts occupied my mind as I awaited the captain’s appearance on +the deck. He did not appear. +</p> + +<p> +I soon began to feel very hungry; for I must have fasted now nearly twenty-four +hours. I had eaten nothing since our hasty meal in the woods, even if that had +been the night before. And judging by the pangs which now assailed my stomach, +I began to wonder if I had not been snatched on board the “Terror” +two days before,—or even more. +</p> + +<p> +Happily the question if they meant to feed me, and how they meant to feed me, +was solved at once. The man at the bow left his post, descended, and +reappeared. Then, without saying a word, he placed some food before me and +returned to his place. Some potted meat, dried fish, sea-biscuit, and a pot of +ale so strong that I had to mix it with water, such was the meal to which I did +full justice. My fellow travelers had doubtless eaten before I came out of the +cabin, and they did not join me. +</p> + +<p> +There was nothing further to attract my eyes, and I sank again into thought. +How would this adventure finish? Would I see this invisible captain at length, +and would he restore me to liberty? Could I regain it in spite of him? That +would depend on circumstances! But if the “Terror” kept thus far +away from the shore, or if she traveled beneath the water, how could I escape +from her? Unless we landed, and the machine became an automobile, must I not +abandon all hope of escape? +</p> + +<p> +Moreover—why should I not admit it?—to escape without having +learned anything of the “Terror’s” secrets would not have +contented me at all. Although I could not thus far flatter myself upon the +success of my campaign, and though I had come within a hairbreadth of losing my +life and though the future promised far more of evil than of good, yet after +all, a step forward had been attained. To be sure, if I was never to be able to +re-enter into communication with the world, if, like this Master of the World +who had voluntarily placed himself outside the law, I was now placed outside +humanity, then the fact that I had reached the “Terror” would have +little value. +</p> + +<p> +The craft continued headed to the northeast, following the longer axis of Lake +Erie. She was advancing at only half speed; for, had she been doing her best, +she must some hours before have reached the northeastern extremity of the lake. +</p> + +<p> +At this end Lake Erie has no other outlet than the Niagara River, by which it +empties into Lake Ontario. Now, this river is barred by the famous cataract +some fifteen miles beyond the important city of Buffalo. Since the +“Terror” had not retreated by the Detroit River, down which she had +descended from the upper lakes, how was she to escape from these waters, unless +indeed she crossed by land? +</p> + +<p> +The sun passed the meridian. The day was beautiful; warm but not unpleasantly +so, thanks to the breeze made by our passage. The shores of the lake continued +invisible on both the Canadian and the American side. +</p> + +<p> +Was the captain determined not to show himself? Had he some reason for +remaining unknown? Such a precaution would indicate that he intended to set me +at liberty in the evening, when the “Terror” could approach the +shore unseen. +</p> + +<p> +Toward two o’clock, however, I heard a slight noise; the central hatchway +was raised. The man I had so impatiently awaited appeared on deck. +</p> + +<p> +I must admit he paid no more attention to me, than his men had done. Going to +the stern, he took the helm. The man whom he had relieved, after a few words in +a low tone, left the deck, descending by the forward hatchway. The captain, +having scanned the horizon, consulted the compass, and slightly altered our +course. The speed of the “Terror” increased. +</p> + +<p> +This man, so interesting both to me and to the world, must have been some years +over fifty. He was of middle height, with powerful shoulders still very erect; +a strong head, with thick hair rather gray than white, smooth shaven cheeks, +and a short, crisp beard. His chest was broad, his jaw prominent, and he had +that characteristic sign of tremendous energy, bushy eyebrows drawn sharply +together. Assuredly he possessed a constitution of iron, splendid health, and +warm red blood beneath his sun burned skin. +</p> + +<p> +Like his companions the captain was dressed in sea-clothes covered by an +oil-skin coat, and with a woolen cap which could be pulled down to cover his +head entirely, when he so desired. +</p> + +<p> +Need I add that the captain of the “Terror” was the other of the +two men, who had watched my house in Long street. Moreover, if I recognized +him, he also must recognize me as chief-inspector Strock, to whom had been +assigned the task of penetrating the Great Eyrie. +</p> + +<p> +I looked at him curiously. On his part, while he did not seek to avoid my eyes, +he showed at least a singular indifference to the fact that he had a stranger +on board. +</p> + +<p> +As I watched him, the idea came to me, a suggestion which I had not connected +with the first view of him in Washington, that I had already seen this +characteristic figure. Was it in one of the photographs held in the police +department, or was it merely a picture in some shop window? But the remembrance +was very vague. Perhaps I merely imagined it. +</p> + +<p> +Well, though his companions had not had the politeness to answer me, perhaps he +would be more courteous. He spoke the same language as I, although I could not +feel quite positive that he was of American birth. He might indeed have decided +to pretend not to understand me, so as to avoid all discussion while he held me +prisoner. +</p> + +<p> +In that case, what did he mean to do with me? Did he intend to dispose of me +without further ceremony? Was he only waiting for night to throw me overboard? +Did even the little which I knew of him, make me a danger of which he must rid +himself? But in that case, he might better have left me at the end of his +anchor line. That would have saved him the necessity of drowning me over again. +</p> + +<p> +I turned, I walked to the stern, I stopped full in front of him. Then, at +length, he fixed full upon me a glance that burned like a flame. +</p> + +<p> +“Are you the captain?” I asked. +</p> + +<p> +He was silent. +</p> + +<p> +“This boat! Is it really the ‘Terror?’” +</p> + +<p> +To this question also there was no response. Then I reached toward him; I would +have taken hold of his arm. +</p> + +<p> +He repelled me without violence, but with a movement that suggested tremendous +restrained power. +</p> + +<p> +Planting myself again before him, I demanded in a louder tone, “What do +you mean to do with me?” +</p> + +<p> +Words seemed almost ready to burst from his lips, which he compressed with +visible irritation. As though to check his speech he turned his head aside. His +hand touched a regulator of some sort, and the machine rapidly increased its +speed. +</p> + +<p> +Anger almost mastered me. I wanted to cry out “So be it! Keep your +silence! I know who you are, just as I know your machine, recognized at +Madison, at Boston, at Lake Kirdall. Yes; it is you, who have rushed so +recklessly over our roads, our seas and our lakes! Your boat is the +‘Terror’ and you her commander, wrote that letter to the +government. It is you who fancy you can fight the entire world. You, who call +yourself the Master of the World!” +</p> + +<p> +And how could he have denied it! I saw at that moment the famous initials +inscribed upon the helm! +</p> + +<p> +Fortunately I restrained myself; and despairing of getting any response to my +questions, I returned to my seat near the hatchway of my cabin. +</p> + +<p> +For long hours, I patiently watched the horizon in the hope that land would +soon appear. Yes, I sat waiting! For I was reduced to that! Waiting! No doubt, +before the day closed, the “Terror” must reach the end of Lake +Erie, since she continued her course steadily to the northeast. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap14"></a>XIV.<br /> +NIAGARA</h2> + +<p> +The hours passed, and the situation did not change. The steersman returned on +deck, and the captain, descending, watched the movement of the engines. Even +when our speed increased, these engines continued working without noise, and +with remarkable smoothness. There was never one of those inevitable breaks, +with which in most motors the pistons sometimes miss a stroke. I concluded that +the “Terror,” in each of its transformations must be worked by +rotary engines. But I could not assure myself of this. +</p> + +<p> +For the rest, our direction did not change. Always we headed toward the +northeast end of the lake, and hence toward Buffalo. +</p> + +<p> +Why, I wondered, did the captain persist in following this route? He could not +intend to stop at Buffalo, in the midst of a crowd of boats and shipping of +every kind. If he meant to leave the lake by water, there was only the Niagara +River to follow; and its Falls would be impassable, even to such a machine as +this. The only escape was by the Detroit River, and the “Terror” +was constantly leaving that farther behind. +</p> + +<p> +Then another idea occurred to me. Perhaps the captain was only waiting for +night to return to the shore of the lake. There, the boat, changed to an +automobile, would quickly cross the neighboring States. If I did not succeed in +making my escape, during this passage across the land, all hope of regaining my +liberty would be gone. +</p> + +<p> +True, I might learn where this Master of the World hid himself. I might learn +what no one had yet been able to discover, assuming always that he did not +dispose of me at one time or another—and what I expected his +“disposal” would be, is easily comprehended. +</p> + +<p> +I knew the northeast end of Lake Erie well, having often visited that section +of New York State which extends westward from Albany to Buffalo. Three years +before, a police mission had led me to explore carefully the shores of the +Niagara River, both above and below the cataract and its Suspension Bridge. I +had visited the two principal islands between Buffalo and the little city of +Niagara Falls, I had explored Navy Island and also Goat Island, which separates +the American falls from those of the Canadian side. +</p> + +<p> +Thus if an opportunity for flight presented itself, I should not find myself in +an unknown district. But would this chance offer? And at heart, did I desire +it, or would I seize upon it? What secrets still remained in this affair in +which good fortune or was it evil fortune—had so closely entangled me! +</p> + +<p> +On the other hand, I saw no real reason to suppose that there was any chance of +my reaching the shores of the Niagara River. The “Terror” would +surely not venture into this trap which had no exit. Probably she would not +even go to the extremity of the lake. +</p> + +<p> +Such were the thoughts that spun through my excited brain, while my eyes +remained fixed upon the empty horizon. +</p> + +<p> +And always one persistent question remained insolvable. Why had the captain +written to me personally that threatening letter? Why had he spied upon me in +Washington? What bond attached him to the Great Eyrie? There might indeed be +subterranean canals which gave him passage to Lake Kirdall, but could he pierce +the impenetrable fortress of the Eyrie? No! That was beyond him! +</p> + +<p> +Toward four o’clock in the afternoon, reckoning by the speed of the +“Terror” and her direction, I knew we must be approaching Buffalo; +and indeed, its outlines began to show some fifteen miles ahead. During our +passage, a few boats had been seen, but we had passed them at a long distance, +a distance which our captain could easily keep as great as he pleased. +Moreover, the “Terror” lay so low upon the water, that at even a +mile away it would have been difficult to discover her. +</p> + +<p> +Now, however, the hills encircling the end of Lake Erie, came within vision, +beyond Buffalo, forming the sort of funnel by which Lake Erie pours its waters +into the channel of the Niagara river. Some dunes rose on the right, groups of +trees stood out here and there. In the distance, several freight steamers and +fishing smacks appeared. The sky became spotted with trails of smoke, which +were swept along by a light eastern breeze. +</p> + +<p> +What was our captain thinking of in still heading toward the port of Buffalo! +Did not prudence forbid him to venture further? At each moment, I expected that +he would give a sweep of the helm and turn away toward the western shore of the +lake. Or else, I thought, he would prepare to plunge beneath the surface. But +this persistence in holding our bow toward Buffalo was impossible to +understand! +</p> + +<p> +At length the helmsman, whose eyes were watching the northeastern shore, made a +sign to his companion. The latter, leaving the bow, went to the central +hatchway, and descended into the engine room. Almost immediately the captain +came on deck, and joining the helmsman, spoke with him in a low voice. +</p> + +<p> +The latter, extending his hand toward Buffalo, pointed out two black spots, +which showed five or six miles distant on the starboard side. The captain +studied them attentively. Then shrugging his shoulders, he seated himself at +the stern without altering the course of the “Terror.” +</p> + +<p> +A quarter of an hour later, I could see plainly that there were two smoke +clouds at the point they had studied so carefully. Little by little the black +spots beneath these became more defined. They were two long, low steamers, +which, coming from the port of Buffalo, were approaching rapidly. +</p> + +<p> +Suddenly it struck me that these were the two torpedo destroyers of which Mr. +Ward had spoken, and which I had been told to summon in case of need. +</p> + +<p> +These destroyers were of the newest type, the swiftest boats yet constructed in +the country. Driven by powerful engines of the latest make, they had covered +almost thirty miles an hour. It is true, the “Terror” commanded an +even greater speed, and always, if she were surrounded so that flight was +impossible, she could submerge herself out of reach of all pursuit. In truth, +the destroyers would have had to be submarines to attack the +“Terror” with any chance of success. And I know not, if even in +that case, the contest would have been equal. +</p> + +<p> +Meanwhile, it seemed to me evident that the commanders of the two ships had +been warned, perhaps by Mr. Wells who, returning swiftly to Toledo, might have +telegraphed to them the news of our defeat. It appeared, moreover, that they +had seen the “Terror,” for they were headed at full speed toward +her. Yet our captain, seemingly giving them no thought whatever, continued his +course toward the Niagara River. +</p> + +<p> +What would the torpedo destroyers do? Presumably, they would maneuver so as to +seek to shut the “Terror” within the narrowing end of the lake +where the Niagara offered her no passage. +</p> + +<p> +Our captain now took the helm. One of the men was at the bow, the other in the +engine room. Would the order be given for me to go down into the cabin? +</p> + +<p> +It was not, to my extreme satisfaction. To speak frankly, no one paid any +attention to me. It was as if I had not been on board. I watched, therefore, +not without mixed emotions, the approach of the destroyers. Less than two miles +distant now they separated in such a way as to hold the “Terror” +between their fires. +</p> + +<p> +As to the Master of the World, his manner indicated only the most profound +disdain. He seemed sure that these destroyers were powerless against him. With +a touch to his machinery he could distance them, no matter what their speed! +With a few turns of her engine, the “Terror” would dart beyond +their cannon shots! Or, in the depths of the lake, what projectiles could find +the submarine? +</p> + +<p> +Five minutes later, scarcely a mile separated us from the two powerful fighters +which pursued us. Our captain permitted them to approach still closer. Then he +pressed upon a handle. The “Terror,” doubling the action of her +propellers, leaped across the surface of the lake. She played with the +destroyers! Instead of turning in flight, she continued her forward course. Who +knew if she would not even have the audacity to pass between her two enemies, +to coax them after her, until the hour when, as night closed in, they would be +forced to abandon the useless pursuit! +</p> + +<p> +The city of Buffalo was now in plain view on the border of the lake. I saw its +huge buildings, its church towers, its grain elevators. Only four or five miles +ahead, Niagara river opened to the northward. +</p> + +<p> +Under these new conditions which way should I turn? When we passed in front of +the destroyers, or perhaps between them, should I not throw myself into the +waters? I was a good swimmer, and such a chance might never occur again. The +captain could not stop to recapture me. By diving could I not easily escape, +even from a bullet? I should surely be seen by one or other of the pursuers. +Perhaps, even, their commanders had been warned of my presence on board the +“Terror.” Would not a boat be sent to rescue me? +</p> + +<p> +Evidently my chance of success would be even greater, if the +“Terror” entered the narrow waters of Niagara River. At Navy Island +I would be able to set foot on territory that I knew well. But to suppose that +our captain would rush into this river where he might be swept over the great +cataract! That seemed impossible! I resolved to await the destroyers’ +closest approach and at the last moment I would decide. +</p> + +<p> +Yet my resolution to escape was but half-hearted. I could not resign myself +thus to lose all chance of following up this mystery. My instincts as a police +official revolted. I had but to reach out my hand in order to seize this man +who had been outlawed! Should I let him escape me! No! I would not save myself! +Yet, on the other hand, what fate awaited me, and where would I be carried by +the “Terror,” if I remained on board? +</p> + +<p> +It was a quarter past six. The destroyers, quivering and trembling under the +strain of their speed, gained on us perceptibly. They were now directly astern, +leaving between them a distance of twelve or fifteen cable lengths. The +“Terror,” without increasing her speed, saw one of them approach on +the port side, the other to starboard. +</p> + +<p> +I did not leave my place. The man at the bow was close by me. Immovable at the +helm, his eyes burning beneath his contracted brows, the captain waited. He +meant, perhaps, to finish the chase by one last maneuver. +</p> + +<p> +Suddenly, a puff of smoke rose from the destroyer on our left. A projectile, +brushing the surface of the water, passed in front of the “Terror,” +and sped beyond the destroyer on our right. +</p> + +<p> +I glanced around anxiously. Standing by my side, the lookout seemed to await a +sign from the captain. As for him, he did not even turn his head; and I shall +never forget the expression of disdain imprinted on his visage. +</p> + +<p> +At this moment, I was pushed suddenly toward the hatchway of my cabin, which +was fastened above me. At the same instant the other hatchways were closed; the +deck became watertight. I heard a single throb of the machinery, and the plunge +was made, the submarine disappeared beneath the waters of the lake. +</p> + +<p> +Cannon shot still boomed above us. Their heavy echo reached my ear; then +everything was peace. Only a faint light penetrated through the porthole into +my cabin. The submarine, without the least rolling or pitching, sped silently +through the deeps. +</p> + +<p> +I had seen with what rapidity, and also with what ease the transformation of +the “Terror” had been made. No less easy and rapid, perhaps, would +be her change to an automobile. +</p> + +<p> +And now what would this Master of the World do? Presumably he would change his +course, unless, indeed, he preferred to speed to land, and there continue his +route along the roads. It still seemed more probable, however, that he would +turn back toward the west, and after distancing the destroyers, regain the +Detroit River. Our submersion would probably only last long enough to escape +out of cannon range, or until night forbade pursuit. +</p> + +<p> +Fate, however, had decreed a different ending to this exciting chase. Scarce +ten minutes had passed when there seemed some confusion on board. I heard rapid +words exchanged in the engine room. The steadily moving machinery became noisy +and irregular. At once I suspected that some accident compelled the submarine +to reascend. +</p> + +<p> +I was not mistaken. In a moment, the semi-obscurity of my cabin was pierced by +sunshine. The “Terror” had risen above water. I heard steps on the +deck, and the hatchways were re-opened, including mine. I sprang up the ladder. +</p> + +<p> +The captain had resumed his place at the helm, while the two men were busy +below. I looked to see if the destroyers were still in view. Yes! Only a +quarter of a mile away! The “Terror” had already been seen, and the +powerful vessels which enforced the mandates of our government were swinging +into position to give chase. Once more the “Terror” sped in the +direction of Niagara River. +</p> + +<p> +I must confess, I could make nothing of this maneuver. Plunging into a +cul-de-sac, no longer able to seek the depths because of the accident, the +“Terror” might, indeed, temporarily distance her pursuers; but she +must find her path barred by them when she attempted to return. Did she intend +to land, and if so, could she hope to outrun the telegrams which would warn +every police agency of her approach? +</p> + +<p> +We were now not half a mile ahead. The destroyers pursued us at top speed, +though being now directly behind, they were in poor position for using their +guns. Our captain seemed content to keep this distance; though it would have +been easy for him to increase it, and then at nightfall, to dodge back behind +the enemy. +</p> + +<p> +Already Buffalo had disappeared on our right, and a little after seven +o’clock the opening of the Niagara River appeared ahead. If he entered +there, knowing that he could not return, our captain must have lost his mind! +And in truth was he not insane, this man who proclaimed himself, who believed +himself, Master of the World? +</p> + +<p> +I watched him there, calm, impassive not even turning his head to note the +progress of the destroyers and I wondered at him. +</p> + +<p> +This end of the lake was absolutely deserted. Freight steamers bound for the +towns on the banks of the upper Niagara are not numerous, as its navigation is +dangerous. Not one was in sight. Not even a fishing-boat crossed the path of +the “Terror.” Even the two destroyers would soon be obliged to +pause in their pursuit, if we continued our mad rush through these dangerous +waters. +</p> + +<p> +I have said that the Niagara River flows between New York and Canada. Its +width, of about three quarters of a mile, narrows as it approaches the falls. +Its length, from Lake Erie to Lake Ontario, is about fifteen leagues. It flows +in a northerly direction, until it empties the waters of Lake Superior, +Michigan, Huron, and Erie into Ontario, the last lake of this mighty chain. The +celebrated falls, which occur in the midst of this great river have a height of +over a hundred and fifty feet. They are called sometimes the Horse-shoe Falls, +because they curve inward like the iron shoe. The Indians have given them the +name of “Thunder of Waters,” and in truth a mighty thunder roars +from them without cessation, and with a tumult which is heard for several miles +away. +</p> + +<p> +Between Lake Erie, and the little city of Niagara Falls, two islands divide the +current of the river, Navy Island, a league above the cataract, and Goat +Island, which separates the American and the Canadian Falls. Indeed, on the +lower point of this latter isle stood once that “Terrapin Tower” so +daringly built in the midst of the plunging waters on the very edge of the +abyss. It has been destroyed; for the constant wearing away of the stone +beneath the cataract makes the ledge move with the ages slowly up the river, +and the tower has been drawn into the gulf. +</p> + +<p> +The town of Fort Erie stands on the Canadian shore at the entrance of the +river. Two other towns are set along the banks above the falls, Schlosser on +the right bank, and Chippewa on the left, located on either side of Navy +Island. It is at this point that the current, bound within a narrower channel, +begins to move at tremendous speed, to become two miles further on, the +celebrated cataract. +</p> + +<p> +The “Terror” had already passed Fort Erie. The sun in the west +touched the edge of the Canadian horizon, and the moon, faintly seen, rose +above the mists of the south. Darkness would not envelop us for another hour. +</p> + +<p> +The destroyers, with huge clouds of smoke streaming from their funnels, +followed us a mile behind. They sped between banks green with shade trees and +dotted with cottages which lay among lovely gardens. +</p> + +<p> +Obviously the “Terror” could no longer turn back. The destroyers +shut her in completely. It is true their commanders did not know, as I did, +that an accident to her machinery had forced her to the surface, and that it +was impossible for her to escape them by another plunge. Nevertheless, they +continued to follow, and would assuredly maintain their pursuit to the very +last. +</p> + +<p> +I marveled at the intrepidity of their chase through these dangerous waters. I +marveled still more at the conduct of our captain. Within a half hour now, his +course would be barred by the cataract. No matter how perfect his machine, it +could not escape the power of the great falls. If the current once mastered our +engines, we should inevitably disappear in the gulf nearly two hundred feet +deep which the waters have dug at the base of the falls! Perhaps, however, our +captain had still power to turn to one of the shores and flee by the automobile +routes. +</p> + +<p> +In the midst of this excitement, what action should I take personally? Should I +attempt to gain the shores of Navy Island, if we indeed advanced that far? If I +did not seize this chance, never, after what I had learned of his secrets, +never would the Master of the World restore me to liberty. +</p> + +<p> +I suspected, however, that my flight was no longer possible. If I was not +confined within my cabin, I no longer remained unwatched. While the captain +retained his place at the helm, his assistant by my side never removed his eyes +from me. At the first movement, I should be seized and locked within my room. +For the present, my fate was evidently bound up with that of the +“Terror.” +</p> + +<p> +The distance which separated us from the two destroyers was now growing rapidly +less. Soon they were but a few cable-lengths away. Could the motor of the +“Terror,” since the accident, no longer hold its speeds? Yet the +captain showed not the least anxiety, and made no effort to reach land! +</p> + +<p> +We could hear the hissing of the steam which escaped from the valves of the +destroyers, to mingle with the streamers of black smoke. But we heard, even +more plainly, the roar of the cataract, now less than three miles away. +</p> + +<p> +The “Terror” took the left branch of the river in passing Navy +Island. At this point, she was within easy reach of the shore, yet she shot +ahead. Five minutes later, we could see the first trees of Goat Island. The +current became more and more irresistible. If the “Terror” did not +stop, the destroyers could not much longer follow her. If it pleased our +accursed captain to plunge us into the vortex of the falls, surely they did not +mean to follow into the abyss! +</p> + +<p> +Indeed, at this moment they signaled each other, and stopped the pursuit. They +were scarce more than six hundred feet from the cataract. Then their thunders +burst on the air and several cannon shot swept over the “Terror” +without hitting its low-lying deck. +</p> + +<p> +The sun had set, and through the twilight the moon’s rays shone upon us +from the south. The speed of our craft, doubled by the speed of the current, +was prodigious! In another moment, we should plunge into that black hollow +which forms the very center of the Canadian Falls. +</p> + +<p> +With an eye of horror, I saw the shores of Goat Island flashed by, then came +the Isles of the Three Sisters, drowned in the spray from the abyss. +</p> + +<p> +I sprang up; I started to throw myself into the water, in the desperate hope of +gaining this last refuge. One of the men seized me from behind. +</p> + +<p> +Suddenly a sharp noise was heard from the mechanism which throbbed within our +craft. The long gangways folded back on the sides of the machine, spread out +like wings, and at the moment when the “Terror” reached the very +edge of the falls, she arose into space, escaping from the thundering cataract +in the center of a lunar rainbow. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap15"></a>XV.<br /> +THE EAGLE’S NEST</h2> + +<p> +On the morrow, when I awoke after a sound sleep, our vehicle seemed motionless. +It seemed to me evident that we were not running upon land. Yet neither were we +rushing through or beneath the waters; nor yet soaring across the sky. Had the +inventor regained that mysterious hiding-place of his, where no human being had +ever set foot before him? +</p> + +<p> +And now, since he had not disembarrassed himself of my presence, was his secret +about to be revealed to me? +</p> + +<p> +It seemed astonishing that I had slept so profoundly during most of our voyage +through the air. It puzzled me and I asked if this sleep had not been caused by +some drug, mixed with my last meal, the captain of the “Terror” +having wished thus to prevent me from knowing the place where we landed. All +that I can recall of the previous night is the terrible impression made upon me +by that moment when the machine, instead of being caught in the vortex of the +cataract rose under the impulse of its machinery like a bird with its huge +wings beating with tremendous power! +</p> + +<p> +So this machine actually fulfilled a four-fold use! It was at the same time +automobile, boat, submarine, and airship. Earth, sea and air,—it could +move through all three elements! And with what power! With what speed! A few +instants sufficed to complete its marvelous transformations. The same engine +drove it along all its courses! And I had been a witness of its metamorphoses! +But that of which I was still ignorant, and which I could perhaps discover, was +the source of the energy which drove the machine, and above all, who was the +inspired inventor who, after having created it, in every detail, guided it with +so much ability and audacity! +</p> + +<p> +At the moment when the “Terror” rose above the Canadian Falls, I +was held down against the hatchway of my cabin. The clear, moonlit evening had +permitted me to note the direction taken by the air-ship. It followed the +course of the river and passed the Suspension Bridge three miles below the +falls. It is here that the irresistible rapids of the Niagara River begin, +where the river bends sharply to descend toward Lake Ontario. +</p> + +<p> +On leaving this point, I was sure that we had turned toward the east. The +captain continued at the helm. I had not addressed a word to him. What good +would it do? He would not have answered. I noted that the “Terror” +seemed to be guided in its course through the air with surprising ease. +Assuredly the roads of the air were as familiar to it as those of the seas and +of the lands! +</p> + +<p> +In the presence of such results, could one not understand the enormous pride of +this man who proclaimed himself Master of the World? Was he not in control of a +machine infinitely superior to any that had ever sprung from the hand of man, +and against which men were powerless? In truth, why should he sell this marvel? +Why should he accept the millions offered him? Yes, I comprehended now that +absolute confidence in himself which was expressed in his every attitude. And +where might not his ambition carry him, if by its own excess it mounted some +day into madness! +</p> + +<p> +A half hour after the “Terror” soared into the air, I had sunk into +complete unconsciousness, without realizing its approach. I repeat, it must +have been caused by some drug. Without doubt, our commander did not wish me to +know the road he followed. +</p> + +<p> +Hence I cannot say whether the aviator continued his flight through space, or +whether the mariner sailed the surface of some sea or lake, or the chauffeur +sped across the American roads. No recollection remains with me of what passed +during that night of July thirty-first. +</p> + +<p> +Now, what was to follow from this adventure? And especially concerning myself, +what would be its end? +</p> + +<p> +I have said that at the moment when I awoke from my strange sleep, the +“Terror” seemed to me completely motionless. I could hardly be +mistaken; whatever had been her method of progress, I should have felt some +movement, even in the air. I lay in my berth in the cabin, where I had been +shut in without knowing it, just as I had been on the preceding night which I +had passed on board the “Terror” on Lake Erie. +</p> + +<p> +My business now was to learn if I would be allowed to go on deck here where the +machine had landed. I attempted to raise the hatchway. It was fastened. +</p> + +<p> +“Ah!” said I, “am I to be kept here until the +‘Terror’ recommences its travels?” Was not that, indeed, the +only time when escape was hopeless? +</p> + +<p> +My impatience and anxiety may be appreciated. I knew not how long this halt +might continue. +</p> + +<p> +I had not a quarter of an hour to wait. A noise of bars being removed came to +my ear. The hatchway was raised from above. A wave of light and air penetrated +my cabin. +</p> + +<p> +With one bound I reached the deck. My eyes in an instant swept round the +horizon. +</p> + +<p> +The “Terror,” as I had thought, rested quiet on the ground. She was +in the midst of a rocky hollow measuring from fifteen to eighteen hundred feet +in circumference. A floor of yellow gravel carpeted its entire extent, +unrelieved by a single tuft of herbage. +</p> + +<p> +This hollow formed an almost regular oval, with its longer diameter extending +north and south. As to the surrounding-wall, what was its height, what the +character of its crest, I could not judge. Above us was gathered a fog so +heavy, that the rays of the sun had not yet pierced it. Heavy trails of cloud +drifted across the sandy floor. Doubtless the morning was still young, and this +mist might later be dissolved. +</p> + +<p> +It was quite cold here, although this was the first day of August. I concluded +therefore that we must be far in the north, or else high above sea-level. We +must still be somewhere on the New Continent; though where, it was impossible +to surmise. Yet no matter how rapid our flight had been, the air-ship could not +have traversed either ocean in the dozen hours since our departure from +Niagara. +</p> + +<p> +At this moment, I saw the captain come from an opening in the rocks, probably a +grotto, at the base of this cliff hidden in the fog. Occasionally, in the mists +above, appeared the shadows of huge birds. Their raucous cries were the sole +interruption to the profound silence. Who knows if they were not affrighted by +the arrival of this formidable, winged monster, which they could not match +either in might or speed. +</p> + +<p> +Everything led me to believe that it was here that the Master of the World +withdrew in the intervals between his prodigious journeys. Here was the garage +of his automobile; the harbor of his boat; the hangar of his air-ship. +</p> + +<p> +And now the “Terror” stood motionless at the bottom of this hollow. +At last I could examine her; and it looked as if her owners had no intention of +preventing me. The truth is that the commander seemed to take no more notice of +my presence than before. His two companions joined him, and the three did not +hesitate to enter together into the grotto I had seen. What a chance to study +the machine, at least its exterior! As to its inner parts, probably I should +never get beyond conjecture. +</p> + +<p> +In fact, except for that of my cabin, the hatchways were closed; and it would +be vain for me to attempt to open them. At any rate, it might be more +interesting to find out what kind of propeller drove the “Terror” +in these many transformations. +</p> + +<p> +I jumped to the ground and found I was left at leisure, to proceed with this +first examination. +</p> + +<p> +The machine was as I have said spindle-shaped. The bow was sharper than the +stern. The body was of aluminium, the wings of a substance whose nature I could +not determine. The body rested on four wheels, about two feet in diameter. +These had pneumatic tires so thick as to assure ease of movement at any speed. +Their spokes spread out like paddles or battledores; and when the +“Terror” moved either on or under the water, they must have +increased her pace. +</p> + +<p> +These wheels were not however, the principal propeller. This consisted of two +“Parsons” turbines placed on either side of the keel. Driven with +extreme rapidity by the engine, they urged the boat onward in the water by twin +screws, and I even questioned if they were not powerful enough to propel the +machine through the air. +</p> + +<p> +The chief aerial support, however, was that of the great wings, now again in +repose, and folded back along the sides. Thus the theory of the “heavier +than air” flying machine was employed by the inventor, a system which +enabled him to dart through space with a speed probably superior to that of the +largest birds. +</p> + +<p> +As to the agent which set in action these various mechanisms, I repeat, it was, +it could be, no other than electricity. But from what source did his batteries +get their power? Had he somewhere an electric factory, to which he must return? +Were the dynamos, perhaps working in one of the caverns of this hollow? +</p> + +<p> +The result of my examination was that, while I could see that the machine used +wheels and turbine screws and wings, I knew nothing of either its engine, nor +of the force which drove it. To be sure, the discovery of this secret would be +of little value to me. To employ it I must first be free. And after what I +knew—little as that really was—the Master of the World would never +release me. +</p> + +<p> +There remained, it is true, the chance of escape. But would an opportunity ever +present itself? If there could be none during the voyages of the +“Terror,” might there possibly be, while we remained in this +retreat? +</p> + +<p> +The first question to be solved was the location of this hollow. What +communication did it have with the surrounding region? Could one only depart +from it by a flying-machine? And in what part of the United States were we? Was +it not reasonable to estimate, that our flight through the darkness had covered +several hundred leagues? +</p> + +<p> +There was one very natural hypothesis which deserved to be considered, if not +actually accepted. What more natural harbor could there be for the +“Terror” than the Great Eyrie? Was it too difficult a flight for +our aviator to reach the summit? Could he not soar anywhere that the vultures +and the eagles could? Did not that inaccessible Eyrie offer to the Master of +the World just such a retreat as our police had been unable to discover, one in +which he might well believe himself safe from all attacks? Moreover, the +distance between Niagara Falls and this part of the Blueridge Mountains, did +not exceed four hundred and fifty miles, a flight which would have been easy +for the “Terror.” +</p> + +<p> +Yes, this idea more and more took possession of me. It crowded out a hundred +other unsupported suggestions. Did not this explain the nature of the bond +which existed between the Great Eyrie and the letter which I had received with +our commander’s initials? And the threats against me if I renewed the +ascent! And the espionage to which I had been subjected! And all the phenomena +of which the Great Eyrie had been the theater, were they not to be attributed +to this same cause—though what lay behind the phenomena was not yet +clear? Yes, the Great Eyrie! The Great Eyrie! +</p> + +<p> +But since it had been impossible for me to penetrate here, would it not be +equally impossible for me to get out again, except upon the +“Terror?” Ah, if the mists would but lift! Perhaps I should +recognize the place. What was as yet a mere hypothesis, would become a starting +point to act upon. +</p> + +<p> +However, since I had freedom to move about, since neither the captain nor his +men paid any heed to me, I resolved to explore the hollow. The three of them +were all in the grotto toward the north end of the oval. Therefore I would +commence my inspection at the southern end. +</p> + +<p> +Reaching the rocky wall, I skirted along its base and found it broken by many +crevices; above, arose more solid rocks of that feldspar of which the chain of +the Alleghanies largely consists. To what height the rock wall rose, or what +was the character of its summit, was still impossible to see. I must wait until +the sun had scattered the mists. +</p> + +<p> +In the meantime, I continued to follow along the base of the cliff. None of its +cavities seemed to extend inward to any distance. Several of them contained +debris from the hand of man, bits of broken wood, heaps of dried grasses. On +the ground were still to be seen the footprints that the captain and his men +must have left, perhaps months before, upon the sand. +</p> + +<p> +My jailers, being doubtless very busy in their cabin, did not show themselves +until they had arranged and packed several large bundles. Did they purpose to +carry those on board the “Terror?” And were they packing up with +the intention of permanently leaving their retreat? +</p> + +<p> +In half an hour my explorations were completed and I returned toward the +center. Here and there were heaped up piles of ashes, bleached by weather. +There were fragments of burned planks and beams; posts to which clung rusted +iron-work; armatures of metal twisted by fire; all the remnants of some +intricate mechanism destroyed by the flames. +</p> + +<p> +Clearly at some period not very remote the hollow had been the scene of a +conflagration, accidental or intentional. Naturally I connected this with the +phenomena observed at the Great Eyrie, the flames which rose above the crest, +the noises which had so frightened the people of Pleasant Garden and Morganton. +But of what mechanisms were these the fragments, and what reason had our +captain for destroying them? +</p> + +<p> +At this moment I felt a breath of air; a breeze came from the east. The sky +swiftly cleared. The hollow was filled with light from the rays of the sun +which appeared midway between the horizon and the zenith. +</p> + +<p> +A cry escaped me! The crest of the rocky wall rose a hundred feet above me. And +on the eastern side was revealed that easily recognizable pinnacle, the rock +like a mounting eagle. It was the same that had held the attention of Mr. Elias +Smith and myself, when we had looked up at it from the outer side of the Great +Eyrie. +</p> + +<p> +Thus there was no further doubt. In its flight during the night the airship had +covered the distance between Lake Erie and North Carolina. It was in the depth +of this Eyrie that the machine had found shelter! This was the nest, worthy of +the gigantic and powerful bird created by the genius of our captain! The +fortress whose mighty walls none but he could scale! Perhaps even, he had +discovered in the depths of some cavern, some subterranean passage by which he +himself could quit the Great Eyrie, leaving the “Terror” safely +sheltered within. +</p> + +<p> +At last I saw it all! This explained the first letter sent me from the Great +Eyrie itself with the threat of death. If we had been able to penetrate into +this hollow, who knows if the secrets of the Master of the World might not have +been discovered before he had been able to set them beyond our reach? +</p> + +<p> +I stood there, motionless; my eyes fixed on that mounting eagle of stone, prey +to a sudden, violent emotion. Whatsoever might be the consequences to myself, +was it not my duty to destroy this machine, here and now, before it could +resume its menacing flight of mastery across the world! +</p> + +<p> +Steps approached behind me. I turned. The inventor stood by my side, and +pausing looked me in the face. +</p> + +<p> +I was unable to restrain myself; the words burst forth—“The Great +Eyrie! The Great Eyrie!” +</p> + +<p> +“Yes, Inspector Strock.” +</p> + +<p> +“And you! You are the Master of the World?” +</p> + +<p> +“Of that world to which I have already proved myself to be the most +powerful of men.” +</p> + +<p> +“You!” I reiterated, stupefied with amazement. +</p> + +<p> +“I,” responded he, drawing himself up in all his pride, “I, +Robur—Robur, the Conqueror!” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap16"></a>XVI.<br /> +ROBUR, THE CONQUEROR</h2> + +<p> +Robur, the Conqueror! This then was the likeness I had vaguely recalled. Some +years before the portrait of this extraordinary man had been printed in all the +American newspapers, under date of the thirteenth of June, the day after this +personage had made his sensational appearance at the meeting of the Weldon +Institute at Philadelphia. +</p> + +<p> +I had noted the striking character of the portrait at the time; the square +shoulders; the back like a regular trapezoid, its longer side formed by that +geometrical shoulder line; the robust neck; the enormous spheroidal head. The +eyes at the least emotion, burned with fire, while above them were the heavy, +permanently contracted brows, which signified such energy. The hair was short +and crisp, with a glitter as of metal in its lights. The huge breast rose and +fell like a blacksmith’s forge; and the thighs, the arms and hands, were +worthy of the mighty body. The narrow beard was the same also, with the smooth +shaven cheeks which showed the powerful muscles of the jaw. +</p> + +<p> +And this was Robur the Conqueror, who now stood before me, who revealed himself +to me, hurling forth his name like a threat, within his own impenetrable +fortress! +</p> + +<p> +Let me recall briefly the facts which had previously drawn upon Robur the +Conqueror the attention of the entire world. The Weldon Institute was a club +devoted to aeronautics under the presidency of one of the chief personages of +Philadelphia, commonly called Uncle Prudent. Its secretary was Mr. Phillip +Evans. The members of the Institute were devoted to the theory of the +“lighter than air” machine; and under their two leaders were +constructing an enormous dirigible balloon, the “Go-Ahead.” +</p> + +<p> +At a meeting in which they were discussing the details of the construction of +their balloon, this unknown Robur had suddenly appeared and, ridiculing all +their plans, had insisted that the only true solution of flight lay with the +heavier than air machines, and that he had proven this by constructing one. +</p> + +<p> +He was in this turn doubted and ridiculed by the members of the club, who +called him in mockery Robur the Conqueror. In the tumult that followed, +revolver shots were fired; and the intruder disappeared. +</p> + +<p> +That same night he had by force abducted the president and the secretary of the +club, and had taken them, much against their will upon a voyage in the +wonderful air-ship, the “Albatross,” which he had constructed. He +meant thus to prove to them beyond argument the correctness of his assertions. +This ship, a hundred feet long, was upheld in the air by a large number of +horizontal screws and was driven forward by vertical screws at its bow and +stern. It was managed by a crew of at least half a dozen men, who seemed +absolutely devoted to their leader, Robur. +</p> + +<p> +After a voyage almost completely around the world, Mr. Prudent and Mr. Evans +managed to escape from the “Albatross” after a desperate struggle. +They even managed to cause an explosion on the airship, destroying it, and +involving the inventor and all his crew in a terrific fall from the sky into +the Pacific ocean. +</p> + +<p> +Mr. Prudent and Mr. Evans then returned to Philadelphia. They had learned that +the “Albatross” had been constructed on an unknown isle of the +Pacific called Island X; but since the location of this hiding-place was wholly +unknown, its discovery lay scarcely within the bounds of possibility. Moreover, +the search seemed entirely unnecessary, as the vengeful prisoners were quite +certain that they had destroyed their jailers. +</p> + +<p> +Hence the two millionaires, restored to their homes, went calmly on with the +construction of their own machine, the “Go-Ahead.” They hoped by +means of it to soar once more into the regions they had traversed with Robur, +and to prove to themselves that their lighter than air machine was at least the +equal of the heavy “Albatross.” If they had not persisted, they +would not have been true Americans. +</p> + +<p> +On the twentieth of April in the following year the “Go-Ahead” was +finished and the ascent was made, from Fairmount Park in Philadelphia. I myself +was there with thousands of other spectators. We saw the huge balloon rise +gracefully; and, thanks to its powerful screws, it maneuvered in every +direction with surprising ease. Suddenly a cry was heard, a cry repeated from a +thousand throats. Another airship had appeared in the distant skies and it now +approached with marvelous rapidity. It was another “Albatross,” +perhaps even superior to the first. Robur and his men had escaped death in the +Pacific; and, burning for revenge, they had constructed a second airship in +their secret Island X. +</p> + +<p> +Like a gigantic bird of prey, the “Albatross” hurled itself upon +the “Go-Ahead.” Doubtless, Robur, while avenging himself wished +also to prove the immeasurable superiority of the heavier than air machines. +</p> + +<p> +Mr. Prudent and Mr. Evans defended themselves as best they could. Knowing that +their balloon had nothing like the horizontal speed of the +“Albatross,” they attempted to take advantage of their superior +lightness and rise above her. The “Go-Ahead,” throwing out all her +ballast, soared to a height of over twenty thousand feet. Yet even there the +“Albatross” rose above her, and circled round her with ease. +</p> + +<p> +Suddenly an explosion was heard. The enormous gas-bag of the +“Go-Ahead,” expanding under the dilation of its contents at this +great height, had finally burst. +</p> + +<p> +Half-emptied, the balloon fell rapidly. +</p> + +<p> +Then to our universal astonishment, the “Albatross” shot down after +her rival, not to finish the work of destruction but to bring rescue. Yes! +Robur, forgetting his vengeance, rejoined the sinking “Go-Ahead,” +and his men lifted Mr. Prudent, Mr. Evans, and the aeronaut who accompanied +them, onto the platform of his craft. Then the balloon, being at length +entirely empty, fell to its destruction among the trees of Fairmount Park. +</p> + +<p> +The public was overwhelmed with astonishment, with fear! Now that Robur had +recaptured his prisoners, how would he avenge himself? Would they be carried +away, this time, forever? +</p> + +<p> +The “Albatross” continued to descend, as if to land in the clearing +at Fairmount Park. But if it came within reach, would not the infuriated crowd +throw themselves upon the airship, tearing both it and its inventor to pieces? +</p> + +<p> +The “Albatross” descended within six feet of the ground. I remember +well the general movement forward with which the crowd threatened to attack it. +Then Robur’s voice rang out in words which even now I can repeat almost +as he said them: +</p> + +<p> +“Citizens of the United States, the president and the secretary of the +Weldon Institute are again in my power. In holding them prisoners I would but +be exercising my natural right of reprisal for the injuries they have done me. +But the passion and resentment which have been roused both in them and you by +the success of the ‘Albatross,’ show that the souls of men are not +yet ready for the vast increase of power which the conquest of the air will +bring to them. Uncle Prudent, Phillip Evans, you are free.” +</p> + +<p> +The three men rescued from the balloon leaped to the ground. The airship rose +some thirty feet out of reach, and Robur recommenced: +</p> + +<p> +“Citizens of the United States, the conquest of the air is made; but it +shall not be given into your hands until the proper time. I leave, and I carry +my secret with me. It will not be lost to humanity, but shall be entrusted to +them when they have learned not to abuse it. Farewell, Citizens of the United +States!” +</p> + +<p> +Then the “Albatross” rose under the impulse of its mighty screws, +and sped away amidst the hurrahs of the multitude. +</p> + +<p> +I have ventured to remind my readers of this last scene somewhat in detail, +because it seemed to reveal the state of mind of the remarkable personage who +now stood before me. Apparently he had not then been animated by sentiments +hostile to humanity. He was content to await the future; though his attitude +undeniably revealed the immeasurable confidence which he had in his own genius, +the immense pride which his almost superhuman powers had aroused within him. +</p> + +<p> +It was not astonishing, moreover, that this haughtiness had little by little +been aggravated to such a degree that he now presumed to enslave the entire +world, as his public letter had suggested by its significant threats. His +vehement mind had with time been roused to such over-excitement that he might +easily be driven into the most violent excesses. +</p> + +<p> +As to what had happened in the years since the last departure of the +“Albatross,” I could only partly reconstruct this even with my +present knowledge. It had not sufficed the prodigious inventor to create a +flying machine, perfect as that was! He had planned to construct a machine +which could conquer all the elements at once. Probably in the workshops of +Island X, a selected body of devoted workmen had constructed, one by one, the +pieces of this marvelous machine, with its quadruple transformation. Then the +second “Albatross” must have carried these pieces to the Great +Eyrie, where they had been put together, within easier access of the world of +men than the far-off island had permitted. The “Albatross” itself +had apparently been destroyed, whether by accident or design, within the eyrie. +The “Terror” had then made its appearance on the roads of the +United States and in the neighboring waters. And I have told under what +conditions, after having been vainly pursued across Lake Erie, this remarkable +masterpiece had risen through the air carrying me a prisoner on board. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap17"></a>XVII.<br /> +IN THE NAME OF THE LAW</h2> + +<p> +What was to be the issue of this remarkable adventure? Could I bring it to any +denouement whatever, either sooner or later? Did not Robur hold the results +wholly in his own hands? Probably I would never have such an opportunity for +escape as had occurred to Mr. Prudent and Mr. Evans amid the islands of the +Pacific. I could only wait. And how long might the waiting last! +</p> + +<p> +To be sure, my curiosity had been partly satisfied. But even now I knew only +the answer to the problems of the Great Eyrie. Having at length penetrated its +circle, I comprehended all the phenomena observed by the people of the +Blueridge Mountains. I was assured that neither the country-folk throughout the +region, nor the townfolk of Pleasant Garden and Morganton were in danger of +volcanic eruptions or earthquakes. No subterranean forces whatever were +battling within the bowels of the mountains. No crater had arisen in this +corner of the Alleghanies. The Great Eyrie served merely as the retreat of +Robur the Conqueror. This impenetrable hiding-place where he stored his +materials and provisions, had without doubt been discovered by him during one +of his aerial voyages in the “Albatross.” It was a retreat +probably even more secure than that as yet undiscovered Island X in the +Pacific. +</p> + +<p> +This much I knew of him; but of this marvelous machine of his, of the secrets +of its construction and propelling force, what did I really know? Admitting +that this multiple mechanism was driven by electricity, and that this +electricity was, as we knew it had been in the “Albatross,” +extracted directly from the surrounding air by some new process, what were the +details of its mechanism? I had not been permitted to see the engine; doubtless +I should never see it. +</p> + +<p> +On the question of my liberty I argued thus: Robur evidently intends to remain +unknown. As to what he intends to do with his machine, I fear, recalling his +letter, that the world must expect from it more of evil than of good. At any +rate, the incognito which he has so carefully guarded in the past he must mean +to preserve in the future. Now only one man can establish the identity of the +Master of the World with Robur the Conqueror. This man is I his prisoner, I who +have the right to arrest him, I, who ought to put my hand on his shoulder, +saying, “In the Name of the Law—” +</p> + +<p> +On the other hand, could I hope for a rescue from without? Evidently not. The +police authorities must know everything that had happened at Black Rock Creek. +Mr. Ward, advised of all the incidents, would have reasoned on the matter as +follows: when the “Terror” quitted the creek dragging me at the end +of her hawser, I had either been drowned or, since my body had not been +recovered, I had been taken on board the “Terror,” and was in the +hands of its commander. +</p> + +<p> +In the first case, there was nothing more to do than to write +“deceased” after the name of John Strock, chief inspector of the +federal police in Washington. +</p> + +<p> +In the second case, could my confreres hope ever to see me again? The two +destroyers which had pursued the “Terror” into the Niagara River +had stopped, perforce, when the current threatened to drag them over the falls. +At that moment, night was closing in, and what could be thought on board the +destroyers but that the “Terror” had been engulfed in the abyss of +the cataract? It was scarce possible that our machine had been seen when, amid +the shades of night, it rose above the Horseshoe Falls, or when it winged its +way high above the mountains on its route to the Great Eyrie. +</p> + +<p> +With regard to my own fate, should I resolve to question Robur? Would he +consent even to appear to hear me? Was he not content with having hurled at me +his name? Would not that name seem to him to answer everything? +</p> + +<p> +That day wore away without bringing the least change to the situation. Robur +and his men continued actively at work upon the machine, which apparently +needed considerable repair. I concluded that they meant to start forth again +very shortly, and to take me with them. It would, however, have been quite +possible to leave me at the bottom of the Eyrie. There would have been no way +by which I could have escaped, and there were provisions at hand sufficient to +keep me alive for many days. +</p> + +<p> +What I studied particularly during this period was the mental state of Robur. +He seemed to me under the dominance of a continuous excitement. What was it +that his ever-seething brain now meditated? What projects was he forming for +the future? Toward what region would he now turn? Would he put in execution the +menaces expressed in his letter—the menaces of a madman! +</p> + +<p> +The night of that first day, I slept on a couch of dry grass in one of the +grottoes of the Great Eyrie. Food was set for me in this grotto each succeeding +day. On the second and third of August, the three men continued at their work +scarcely once, however, exchanging any words, even in the midst of their +labors. When the engines were all repaired to Robur’s satisfaction, the +men began putting stores aboard their craft, as if expecting a long absence. +Perhaps the “Terror” was about to traverse immense distances; +perhaps even, the captain intended to regain his Island X, in the midst of the +Pacific. +</p> + +<p> +Sometimes I saw him wander about the Eyrie buried in thought, or he would stop +and raise his arm toward heaven as if in defiance of that God with Whom he +assumed to divide the empire of the world. Was not his overweening pride +leading him toward insanity? An insanity which his two companions, hardly less +excited than he, could do nothing to subdue! Had he not come to regard himself +as mightier than the elements which he had so audaciously defied even when he +possessed only an airship, the “Albatross?” And now, how much more +powerful had he become, when earth, air and water combined to offer him an +infinite field where none might follow him! +</p> + +<p> +Hence I had much to fear from the future, even the most dread catastrophes. It +was impossible for me to escape from the Great Eyrie, before being dragged into +a new voyage. After that, how could I possibly get away while the +“Terror” sped through the air or the ocean? My only chance must be +when she crossed the land, and did so at some moderate speed. Surely a distant +and feeble hope to cling to! +</p> + +<p> +It will be recalled that after our arrival at the Great Eyrie, I had attempted +to obtain some response from Robur, as to his purpose with me; but I had +failed. On this last day I made another attempt. +</p> + +<p> +In the afternoon I walked up and down before the large grotto where my captors +were at work. Robur, standing at the entrance, followed me steadily with his +eyes. Did he mean to address me? +</p> + +<p> +I went up to him. “Captain,” said I, “I have already asked +you a question, which you have not answered. I ask it again: What do you intend +to do with me?” +</p> + +<p> +We stood face to face scarce two steps apart. With arms folded, he glared at +me, and I was terrified by his glance. Terrified, that is the word! The glance +was not that of a sane man. Indeed, it seemed to reflect nothing whatever of +humanity within. +</p> + +<p> +I repeated my question in a more challenging tone. For an instant I thought +that Robur would break his silence and burst forth. +</p> + +<p> +“What do you intend to do with me? Will you set me free?” +</p> + +<p> +Evidently my captor’s mind was obsessed by some other thought, from which +I had only distracted him for a moment. He made again that gesture which I had +already observed; he raised one defiant arm toward the zenith. It seemed to me +as if some irresistible force drew him toward those upper zones of the sky, +that he belonged no more to the earth, that he was destined to live in space; a +perpetual dweller in the clouds. +</p> + +<p> +Without answering me, without seeming to have understood me, Robur reentered +the grotto. +</p> + +<p> +How long this sojourn or rather relaxation of the “Terror” in the +Great Eyrie was to last, I did not know. I saw, however, on the afternoon of +this third of August that the repairs and the embarkation of stores were +completed. The hold and lockers of our craft must have been completely crowded +with the provisions taken from the grottoes of the Eyrie. +</p> + +<p> +Then the chief of the two assistants, a man whom I now recognized as that John +Turner who had been mate of the “Albatross,” began another labor. +With the help of his companion, he dragged to the center of the hollow all that +remained of their materials, empty cases, fragments of carpentry, peculiar +pieces of wood which clearly must have belonged to the “Albatross,” +which had been sacrificed to this new and mightier engine of locomotion. +Beneath this mass there lay a great quantity of dried grasses. The thought came +to me that Robur was preparing to leave this retreat forever! +</p> + +<p> +In fact, he could not be ignorant that the attention of the public was now +keenly fixed upon the Great Eyrie; and that some further attempt was likely to +be made to penetrate it. Must he not fear that some day or other the effort +would be successful, and that men would end by invading his hiding-place? Did +he not wish that they should find there no single evidence of his occupation? +</p> + +<p> +The sun disappeared behind the crests of the Blueridge. His rays now lighted +only the very summit of Black Dome towering in the northwest. Probably the +“Terror” awaited only the night in order to begin her flight. The +world did not yet know that the automobile and boat could also transform itself +into a flying machine. Until now, it had never been seen in the air. And would +not this fourth transformation be carefully concealed, until the day when the +Master of the World chose to put into execution his insensate menaces? +</p> + +<p> +Toward nine o’clock profound obscurity enwrapped the hollow. Not a star +looked down on us. Heavy clouds driven by a keen eastern wind covered the +entire sky. The passage of the “Terror” would be invisible, not +only in our immediate neighborhood, but probably across all the American +territory and even the adjoining seas. +</p> + +<p> +At this moment Turner, approaching the huge stack in the middle of the eyrie, +set fire to the grass beneath. +</p> + +<p> +The whole mass flared up at once. From the midst of a dense smoke, the roaring +flames rose to a height which towered above the walls of the Great Eyrie. Once +more the good folk of Morganton and Pleasant Garden would believe that the +crater had reopened. These flames would announce to them another volcanic +upheaval. +</p> + +<p> +I watched the conflagration. I heard the roarings and cracklings which filled +the air. From the deck of the “Terror,” Robur watched it also. +</p> + +<p> +Turner and his companion pushed back into the fire the fragments which the +violence of the flames cast forth. Little by little the huge bonfire grew less. +The flames sank down into a mere mass of burnt-out ashes; and once more all was +silence and blackest night. +</p> + +<p> +Suddenly I felt myself seized by the arm. Turner drew me toward the +“Terror.” Resistance would have been useless. And moreover what +could be worse than to be abandoned without resources in this prison whose +walls I could not climb! +</p> + +<p> +As soon as I set foot on the deck, Turner also embarked. His companion went +forward to the look-out; Turner climbed down into the engine-room, lighted by +electric bulbs, from which not a gleam escaped outside. +</p> + +<p> +Robur himself was at the helm, the regulator within reach of his hand, so that +he could control both our speed and our direction. As to me, I was forced to +descend into my cabin, and the hatchway was fastened above me. During that +night, as on that of our departure from Niagara, I was not allowed to watch the +movements of the “Terror.” +</p> + +<p> +Nevertheless, if I could see nothing of what was passing on board, I could hear +the noises of the machinery. I had first the feeling that our craft, its bow +slightly raised, lost contact with the earth. Some swerves and balancings in +the air followed. Then the turbines underneath spun with prodigious rapidity, +while the great wings beat with steady regularity. +</p> + +<p> +Thus the “Terror,” probably forever, had left the Great Eyrie, and +launched into the air as a ship launches into the waters. Our captain soared +above the double chain of the Alleghanies, and without doubt he would remain in +the upper zones of the air until he had left all the mountain region behind. +</p> + +<p> +But in what direction would he turn? Would he pass in flight across the plains +of North Carolina, seeking the Atlantic Ocean? Or would he head to the west to +reach the Pacific? Perhaps he would seek, to the south, the waters of the Gulf +of Mexico. When day came how should I recognize which sea we were upon, if the +horizon of water and sky encircled us on every side? +</p> + +<p> +Several hours passed; and how long they seemed to me! I made no effort to find +forgetfulness in sleep. Wild and incoherent thoughts assailed me. I felt myself +swept over worlds of imagination, as I was swept through space, by an aerial +monster. At the speed which the “Terror” possessed, whither might I +not be carried during this interminable night? I recalled the unbelievable +voyage of the “Albatross,” of which the Weldon Institute had +published an account, as described by Mr. Prudent and Mr. Evans. What Robur, +the Conqueror, had done with his first airship, he could do even more readily +with this quadruple machine. +</p> + +<p> +At length the first rays of daylight brightened my cabin. Would I be permitted +to go out now, to take my place upon the deck, as I had done upon Lake Erie? +</p> + +<p> +I pushed upon the hatchway: it opened. I came half way out upon the deck. +</p> + +<p> +All about was sky and sea. We floated in the air above an ocean, at a height +which I judged to be about a thousand or twelve hundred feet. I could not see +Robur, so he was probably in the engine room. Turner was at the helm, his +companion on the look-out. +</p> + +<p> +Now that I was upon the deck, I saw what I had not been able to see during our +former nocturnal voyage, the action of those powerful wings which beat upon +either side at the same time that the screws spun beneath the flanks of the +machine. +</p> + +<p> +By the position of the sun, as it slowly mounted from the horizon, I realized +that we were advancing toward the south. Hence if this direction had not been +changed during the night this was the Gulf of Mexico which lay beneath us. +</p> + +<p> +A hot day was announced by the heavy livid clouds which clung to the horizon. +These warnings of a coming storm did not escape the eye of Robur when toward +eight o’clock he came on deck and took Turner’s place at the helm. +Perhaps the cloud-bank recalled to him the waterspout in which the +“Albatross” had so nearly been destroyed, or the mighty cyclone +from which he had escaped only as if by a miracle above the Antarctic Sea. +</p> + +<p> +It is true that the forces of Nature which had been too strong for the +“Albatross,” might easily be evaded by this lighter and more +versatile machine. It could abandon the sky where the elements were in battle +and descend to the surface of the sea; and if the waves beat against it there +too heavily, it could always find calm in the tranquil depths. +</p> + +<p> +Doubtless, however, there were some signs by which Robur, who must be +experienced in judging, decided that the storm would not burst until the next +day. +</p> + +<p> +He continued his flight; and in the afternoon, when we settled down upon the +surface of the sea, there was not a sign of bad weather. The +“Terror” is a sea bird, an albatross or frigate-bird, which can +rest at will upon the waves! Only we have this advantage, that fatigue has +never any hold upon this metal organism, driven by the inexhaustible +electricity! +</p> + +<p> +The whole vast ocean around us was empty. Not a sail nor a trail of smoke was +visible even on the limits of the horizon. Hence our passage through the clouds +had not been seen and signaled ahead. +</p> + +<p> +The afternoon was not marked by any incident. The “Terror” advanced +at easy speed. What her captain intended to do, I could not guess. If he +continued in this direction, we should reach some one of the West Indies, or +beyond that, at the end of the Gulf, the shore of Venezuela or Colombia. But +when night came, perhaps we would again rise in the air to clear the +mountainous barrier of Guatemala and Nicaragua, and take flight toward Island +X, somewhere in the unknown regions of the Pacific. +</p> + +<p> +Evening came. The sun sank in a horizon red as blood. The sea glistened around +the “Terror,” which seemed to raise a shower of sparks in its +passage. There was a storm at hand. Evidently our captain thought so. Instead +of being allowed to remain on deck, I was compelled to re-enter my cabin, and +the hatchway was closed above me. +</p> + +<p> +In a few moments from the noises that followed, I knew that the machine was +about to be submerged. In fact, five minutes later, we were moving peacefully +forward through the ocean’s depths. +</p> + +<p> +Thoroughly worn out, less by fatigue than by excitement and anxious thought, I +fell into a profound sleep, natural this time and not provoked by any soporific +drug. When I awoke, after a length of time which I could not reckon, the +“Terror” had not yet returned to the surface of the sea. +</p> + +<p> +This maneuver was executed a little later. The daylight pierced my porthole; +and at the same moment I felt the pitching and tossing to which we were +subjected by a heavy sea. +</p> + +<p> +I was allowed to take my place once more outside the hatchway; where my first +thought was for the weather. A storm was approaching from the northwest. Vivid +lightning darted amid the dense, black clouds. Already we could hear the +rumbling of thunder echoing continuously through space. I was +surprised—more than surprised, frightened!—by the rapidity with +which the storm rushed upward toward the zenith. Scarcely would a ship have had +time to furl her sails to escape the shock of the blast, before it was upon +her! The advance was as swift as it was terrible. +</p> + +<p> +Suddenly the wind was unchained with unheard of violence, as if it had suddenly +burst from this prison of cloud. In an instant a frightful sea uprose. The +breaking waves, foaming along all their crests, swept with their full weight +over the “Terror.” If I had not been wedged solidly against the +rail, I should have been swept overboard! +</p> + +<p> +There was but one thing to do—to change our machine again into a +submarine. It would find security and calm at a few dozen feet beneath the +surface. To continue to brave the fury of this outrageous sea was impossible. +</p> + +<p> +Robur himself was on deck, and I awaited the order to return to my +cabin—an order which was not given. There was not even any preparation +for the plunge. With an eye more burning than ever, impassive before this +frightful storm, the captain looked it full in the face, as if to defy it, +knowing that he had nothing to fear. +</p> + +<p> +It was imperative that the “Terror” should plunge below without +losing a moment. Yet Robur seemed to have no thought of doing so. No! He +preserved his haughty attitude as of a man who in his immeasurable pride, +believed himself above or beyond humanity. +</p> + +<p> +Seeing him thus I asked myself with almost superstitious awe, if he were not +indeed a demoniac being, escaped from some supernatural world. +</p> + +<p> +A cry leaped from his mouth, and was heard amid the shrieks of the tempest and +the howlings of the thunder. “I, Robur! Robur!—The master of the +world!” +</p> + +<p> +He made a gesture which Turner and his companions understood. It was a command; +and without any hesitation these unhappy men, insane as their master, obeyed +it. +</p> + +<p> +The great wings shot out, and the airship rose as it had risen above the falls +of Niagara. But if on that day it had escaped the might of the cataract, this +time it was amidst the might of the hurricane that we attempted our insensate +flight. +</p> + +<p> +The air-ship soared upward into the heart of the sky, amid a thousand lightning +flashes, surrounded and shaken by the bursts of thunder. It steered amid the +blinding, darting lights, courting destruction at every instant. +</p> + +<p> +Robur’s position and attitude did not change. With one hand on the helm, +the other on the speed regulators while the great wings beat furiously, he +headed his machine toward the very center of the storm, where the electric +flashes were leaping from cloud to cloud. +</p> + +<p> +I must throw myself upon this madman to prevent him from driving his machine +into the very middle of this aerial furnace! I must compel him to descend, to +seek beneath the waters, a safety which was no longer possible either upon the +surface of the sea or in the sky! Beneath, we could wait until this frightful +outburst of the elements was at an end! +</p> + +<p> +Then amid this wild excitement my own passion, all my instincts of duty, arose +within me! Yes, this was madness! Yet must I not arrest this criminal whom my +country had outlawed, who threatened the entire world with his terrible +invention? Must I not put my hand on his shoulder and summon him to surrender +to justice! Was I or was I not Strock, chief inspector of the federal police? +Forgetting where I was, one against three, uplifted in mid-sky above a howling +ocean, I leaped toward the stern, and in a voice which rose above the tempest, +I cried as I hurled myself upon Robur: +</p> + +<p> +“In the name of the law, I—” +</p> + +<p> +Suddenly the “Terror” trembled as if from a violent shock. All her +frame quivered, as the human frame quivers under the electric fluid. Struck by +the lightning in the very middle of her powerful batteries, the air-ship spread +out on all sides and went to pieces. +</p> + +<p> +With her wings fallen, her screws broken, with bolt after bolt of the lightning +darting amid her ruins, the “Terror” fell from the height of more +than a thousand feet into the ocean beneath. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap18"></a>XVIII.<br /> +THE OLD HOUSEKEEPER’S LAST COMMENT</h2> + +<p> +When I came to myself after having been unconscious for many hours, a group of +sailors whose care had restored me to life surrounded the door of a cabin in +which I lay. By my pillow sat an officer who questioned me; and as my senses +slowly returned, I answered to his questioning. +</p> + +<p> +I told them everything. Yes, everything! And assuredly my listeners must have +thought that they had upon their hands an unfortunate whose reason had not +returned with his consciousness. +</p> + +<p> +I was on board the steamer Ottawa, in the Gulf of Mexico, headed for the port +of New Orleans. This ship, while flying before the same terrific thunder-storm +which destroyed the “Terror,” had encountered some wreckage, among +whose fragments was entangled my helpless body. Thus I found myself back among +humankind once more, while Robur the Conqueror and his two companions had ended +their adventurous careers in the waters of the Gulf. The Master of the World +had disappeared forever, struck down by those thunder-bolts which he had dared +to brave in the regions of their fullest power. He carried with him the secret +of his extraordinary machine. +</p> + +<p> +Five days later the Ottawa sighted the shores of Louisiana; and on the morning +of the tenth of August she reached her port. After taking a warm leave of my +rescuers, I set out at once by train for Washington, which more than once I had +despaired of ever seeing again. +</p> + +<p> +I went first of all to the bureau of police, meaning to make my earliest +appearance before Mr. Ward. +</p> + +<p> +What was the surprise, the stupefaction, and also the joy of my chief, when the +door of his cabinet opened before me! Had he not every reason to believe, from +the report of my companions, that I had perished in the waters of Lake Erie? +</p> + +<p> +I informed him of all my experiences since I had disappeared, the pursuit of +the destroyers on the lake, the soaring of the “Terror” from amid +Niagara Falls, the halt within the crater of the Great Eyrie, and the +catastrophe, during the storm, above the Gulf of Mexico. +</p> + +<p> +He learned for the first time that the machine created by the genius of this +Robur, could traverse space, as it did the earth and the sea. +</p> + +<p> +In truth, did not the possession of so complete and marvelous a machine justify +the name of Master of the World, which Robur had taken to himself? Certain it +is that the comfort and even the lives of the public must have been forever in +danger from him; and that all methods of defence must have been feeble and +ineffective. +</p> + +<p> +But the pride which I had seen rising bit by bit within the heart of this +prodigious man had driven him to give equal battle to the most terrible of all +the elements. It was a miracle that I had escaped safe and sound from that +frightful catastrophe. +</p> + +<p> +Mr. Ward could scarcely believe my story. “Well, my dear Strock,” +said he at last, “you have come back; and that is the main thing. Next to +this notorious Robur, you will be the man of the hour. I hope that your head +will not be turned with vanity, like that of this crazy inventor!” +</p> + +<p> +“No, Mr. Ward,” I responded, “but you will agree with me that +never was inquisitive man put to greater straits to satisfy his +curiosity.” +</p> + +<p> +“I agree, Strock; and the mysteries of the Great Eyrie, the +transformations of the “Terror,” you have discovered them! But +unfortunately, the still greater secrets of this Master of the World have +perished with him.” +</p> + +<p> +The same evening the newspapers published an account of my adventures, the +truthfulness of which could not be doubted. Then, as Mr. Ward had prophesied, I +was the man of the hour. +</p> + +<p> +One of the papers said, “Thanks to Inspector Strock the American police +still lead the world. While others have accomplished their work, with more or +less success, by land and by sea, the American police hurl themselves in +pursuit of criminals through the depths of lakes and oceans and even through +the sky.” +</p> + +<p> +Yet, in following, as I have told, in pursuit of the “Terror,” had +I done anything more than by the close of the present century will have become +the regular duty of my successors? +</p> + +<p> +It is easy to imagine what a welcome my old housekeeper gave me when I entered +my house in Long Street. When my apparition—does not the word seem +just—stood before her, I feared for a moment she would drop dead, poor +woman! Then, after hearing my story, with eyes streaming with tears, she +thanked Providence for having saved me from so many perils. +</p> + +<p> +“Now, sir,” said she, “now—was I wrong?” +</p> + +<p> +“Wrong? About what?” +</p> + +<p> +“In saying that the Great Eyrie was the home of the devil?” +</p> + +<p> +“Nonsense; this Robur was not the devil!” +</p> + +<p> +“Ah, well!” replied the old woman, “he was worthy of being +so!” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div style='display:block; margin-top:4em'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE MASTER OF THE WORLD ***</div> +<div style='text-align:left'> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will +be renamed. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright +law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, +so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United +States without permission and without paying copyright +royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part +of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project +Gutenberg™ electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG™ +concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, +and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following +the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use +of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for +copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very +easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation +of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project +Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may +do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected +by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark +license, especially commercial redistribution. +</div> + +<div style='margin:0.83em 0; font-size:1.1em; text-align:center'>START: FULL LICENSE<br /> +<span style='font-size:smaller'>THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE<br /> +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK</span> +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project +Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full +Project Gutenberg™ License available with this file or online at +www.gutenberg.org/license. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg™ +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or +destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in your +possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a +Project Gutenberg™ electronic work and you do not agree to be bound +by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person +or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg™ electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg™ electronic works if you follow the terms of this +agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg™ +electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the +Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection +of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works. Nearly all the individual +works in the collection are in the public domain in the United +States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the +United States and you are located in the United States, we do not +claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, +displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as +all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope +that you will support the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting +free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg™ +works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the +Project Gutenberg™ name associated with the work. You can easily +comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the +same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg™ License when +you share it without charge with others. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are +in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, +check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this +agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, +distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any +other Project Gutenberg™ work. The Foundation makes no +representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any +country other than the United States. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other +immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg™ License must appear +prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg™ work (any work +on which the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the +phrase “Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, +performed, viewed, copied or distributed: +</div> + +<blockquote> + <div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> + This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most + other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions + whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms + of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online + at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you + are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws + of the country where you are located before using this eBook. + </div> +</blockquote> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is +derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not +contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the +copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in +the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are +redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase “Project +Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply +either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or +obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg™ +trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any +additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms +will be linked to the Project Gutenberg™ License for all works +posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the +beginning of this work. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg™ +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg™. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg™ License. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including +any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access +to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg™ work in a format +other than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official +version posted on the official Project Gutenberg™ website +(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense +to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means +of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain +Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the +full Project Gutenberg™ License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg™ works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works +provided that: +</div> + +<div style='margin-left:0.7em;'> + <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> + • You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg™ works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed + to the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, but he has + agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid + within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are + legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty + payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in + Section 4, “Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg + Literary Archive Foundation.” + </div> + + <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> + • You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ + License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all + copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue + all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™ + works. + </div> + + <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> + • You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of + any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of + receipt of the work. + </div> + + <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> + • You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg™ works. + </div> +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project +Gutenberg™ electronic work or group of works on different terms than +are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing +from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of +the Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set +forth in Section 3 below. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project +Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg™ +electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may +contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate +or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or +other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or +cannot be read by your equipment. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right +of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg™ electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium +with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you +with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in +lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person +or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second +opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If +the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing +without further opportunities to fix the problem. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO +OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of +damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement +violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the +agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or +limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or +unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the +remaining provisions. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in +accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the +production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg™ +electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, +including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of +the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this +or any Project Gutenberg™ work, (b) alteration, modification, or +additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg™ work, and (c) any +Defect you cause. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg™ +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Project Gutenberg™ is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of +computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It +exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations +from people in all walks of life. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg™’s +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg™ collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg™ and future +generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see +Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by +U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +The Foundation’s business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, +Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up +to date contact information can be found at the Foundation’s website +and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact +</div> + +<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without widespread +public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND +DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state +visit <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/donate/">www.gutenberg.org/donate</a>. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To +donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate +</div> + +<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg™ electronic works +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project +Gutenberg™ concept of a library of electronic works that could be +freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and +distributed Project Gutenberg™ eBooks with only a loose network of +volunteer support. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Project Gutenberg™ eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in +the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not +necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper +edition. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Most people start at our website which has the main PG search +facility: <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +This website includes information about Project Gutenberg™, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. +</div> + +</div> + +</body> + +</html> + + diff --git a/3809-h/images/cover.jpg b/3809-h/images/cover.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4c1fcbf --- /dev/null +++ b/3809-h/images/cover.jpg diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..00c41e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #3809 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/3809) diff --git a/old/3809.txt b/old/3809.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9aa50c7 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/3809.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5601 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Master of the World, by Jules Verne + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.net + + +Title: The Master of the World + +Author: Jules Verne + +Posting Date: May 28, 2009 [EBook #3809] +Release Date: March, 2003 +First Posted: September 19, 2001 +Last Updated: July 21, 2002 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE MASTER OF THE WORLD *** + + + + +Produced by Norm Wolcott. HTML version by Al Haines. + + + + + + + + + +THE MASTER OF THE WORLD + + +By + +Jules Verne + + + + + + +Contents + + 1 What Happened in the Mountains + 2 I Reach Morganton + 3 The Great Eyrie + 4 A Meeting of the Automobile Club + 5 Along the Shores of New England + 6 The First Letter + 7 A Third Machine + 8 At Any Cost + 9 The Second Letter + 10 Outside the Law + 11 The Campaign + 12 Black Rock Creek + 13 On Board the Terror + 14 Niagara + 15 The Eagle's Nest + 16 Robur, the Conqueror + 17 In the Name of the Law + 18 The Old Housekeeper's Last Comment + + + + +Chapter 1 + +WHAT HAPPENED IN THE MOUNTAINS + + +If I speak of myself in this story, it is because I have been deeply +involved in its startling events, events doubtless among the most +extraordinary which this twentieth century will witness. Sometimes I +even ask myself if all this has really happened, if its pictures +dwell in truth in my memory, and not merely in my imagination. In my +position as head inspector in the federal police department at +Washington, urged on moreover by the desire, which has always been +very strong in me, to investigate and understand everything which is +mysterious, I naturally became much interested in these remarkable +occurrences. And as I have been employed by the government in various +important affairs and secret missions since I was a mere lad, it also +happened very naturally that the head of my department placed In my +charge this astonishing investigation, wherein I found myself +wrestling with so many impenetrable mysteries. + +In the remarkable passages of the recital, it is important that you +should believe my word. For some of the facts I can bring no other +testimony than my own. If you do not wish to believe me, so be it. I +can scarce believe it all myself. + +The strange occurrences began in the western part of our great +American State of North Carolina. There, deep amid the Blueridge +Mountains rises the crest called the Great Eyrie. Its huge rounded +form is distinctly seen from the little town of Morganton on the +Catawba River, and still more clearly as one approaches the mountains +by way of the village of Pleasant Garden. + +Why the name of Great Eyrie was originally given this mountain by the +people of the surrounding region, I am not quite Sure It rises rocky +and grim and inaccessible, and under certain atmospheric conditions +has a peculiarly blue and distant effect. But the idea one would +naturally get from the name is of a refuge for birds of prey, eagles +condors, vultures; the home of vast numbers of the feathered tribes, +wheeling and screaming above peaks beyond the reach of man. Now, the +Great Eyrie did not seem particularly attractive to birds; on the +contrary, the people of the neighborhood began to remark that on some +days when birds approached its summit they mounted still further, +circled high above the crest, and then flew swiftly away, troubling +the air with harsh cries. + +Why then the name Great Eyrie? Perhaps the mount might better have +been called a crater, for in the center of those steep and rounded +walls there might well be a huge deep basin. Perhaps there might even +lie within their circuit a mountain lake, such as exists in other +parts of the Appalachian mountain system, a lagoon fed by the rain +and the winter snows. + +In brief was not this the site of an ancient volcano, one which had +slept through ages, but whose inner fires might yet reawake? Might +not the Great Eyrie reproduce in its neighborhood the violence of +Mount Krakatoa or the terrible disaster of Mont Pelee? If there were +indeed a central lake, was there not danger that its waters, +penetrating the strata beneath, would be turned to steam by the +volcanic fires and tear their way forth in a tremendous explosion, +deluging the fair plains of Carolina with an eruption such as that of +1902 in Martinique? + +Indeed, with regard to this last possibility there had been certain +symptoms recently observed which might well be due to volcanic +action. Smoke had floated above the mountain and once the country +folk passing near had heard subterranean noises, unexplainable +rumblings. A glow in the sky had crowned the height at night. + +When the wind blew the smoky cloud eastward toward Pleasant Garden, a +few cinders and ashes drifted down from it. And finally one stormy +night pale flames, reflected from the clouds above the summit, cast +upon the district below a sinister, warning light. + +In presence of these strange phenomena, it is not astonishing that +the people of the surrounding district became seriously disquieted. +And to the disquiet was joined an imperious need of knowing the true +condition of the mountain. The Carolina newspapers had flaring +headlines, "The Mystery of Great Eyrie!" They asked if it was not +dangerous to dwell in such a region. Their articles aroused curiosity +and fear--curiosity among those who being in no danger themselves +were interested in the disturbance merely as a strange phenomenon of +nature, fear in those who were likely to be the victims if a +catastrophe actually occurred. Those more immediately threatened were +the citizens of Morganton, and even more the good folk of Pleasant +Garden and the hamlets and farms yet closer to the mountain. + +Assuredly it was regrettable that mountain climbers had not +previously attempted to ascend to the summit of the Great Eyrie. The +cliffs of rock which surrounded it had never been scaled. Perhaps +they might offer no path by which even the most daring climber could +penetrate to the interior. Yet, if a volcanic eruption menaced all +the western region of the Carolinas, then a complete examination of +the mountain was become absolutely necessary. + +Now before the actual ascent of the crater, with its many serious +difficulties, was attempted, there was one way which offered an +opportunity of reconnoitering the interior, with out clambering up +the precipices. In the first days of September of that memorable +year, a well-known aeronaut named Wilker came to Morganton with his +balloon. By waiting for a breeze from the east, he could easily rise +in his balloon and drift over the Great Eyrie. There from a safe +height above he could search with a powerful glass into its deeps. +Thus he would know if the mouth of a volcano really opened amid the +mighty rocks. This was the principal question. If this were settled, +it would be known if the surrounding country must fear an eruption at +some period more or less distant. + +The ascension was begun according to the programme suggested. The +wind was fair and steady; the sky clear; the morning clouds were +disappearing under the vigorous rays of the sun. If the interior of +the Great Eyrie was not filled with smoke, the aeronaut would be able +to search with his glass its entire extent. If the vapors were +rising, he, no doubt, could detect their source. + +The balloon rose at once to a height of fifteen hundred feet, and +there rested almost motionless for a quarter of an hour. Evidently +the east wind, which was brisk upon the Surface of the earth, did not +make itself felt at that height. Then, unlucky chance, the balloon +was caught in an adverse current, and began to drift toward the east. +Its distance from the mountain chain rapidly increased. Despite all +the efforts of the aeronaut, the citizens of Morganton saw the +balloon disappear on the wrong horizon. Later, they learned that it +had landed in the neighborhood of Raleigh, the capital of North +Carolina. + +This attempt having failed, it was agreed that it should be tried +again under better conditions. Indeed, fresh rumblings were heard +from the mountain, accompanied by heavy clouds and wavering +glimmerings of light at night. Folk began to realize that the Great +Eyrie was a serious and perhaps imminent source of danger. Yes, the +entire country lay under the threat of some seismic or volcanic +disaster. + +During the first days of April of that year, these more or less vague +apprehensions turned to actual panic. The newspapers gave prompt echo +to the public terror. The entire district between the mountains and +Morganton was sure that an eruption was at hand. + +The night of the fourth of April, the good folk of Pleasant Garden +were awakened by a sudden uproar. They thought that the mountains +were falling upon them. They rushed from their houses, ready for +instant flight, fearing to see open before them some immense abyss, +engulfing the farms and villages for miles around. + +The night was very dark. A weight of heavy clouds pressed down upon +the plain. Even had it been day the crest of the mountains would have +been invisible. + +In the midst of this impenetrable obscurity, there was no response to +the cries which arose from every side. Frightened groups of men, +women, and children groped their way along the black roads in wild +confusion. From every quarter came the screaming voices: "It is an +earthquake!" "It is an eruption!" "Whence comes it?" "From the Great +Eyrie!" + +Into Morganton sped the news that stones, lava, ashes, were raining +down upon the country. + +Shrewd citizens of the town, however, observed that if there were an +eruption the noise would have continued and increased, the flames +would have appeared above the crater; or at least their lurid +reflections would have penetrated the clouds. Now, even these +reflections were no longer seen. If there had been an earthquake, the +terrified people saw that at least their houses had not crumbled +beneath the shock. It was possible that the uproar had been caused by +an avalanche, the fall of some mighty rock from the summit of the +mountains. + +An hour passed without other incident. A wind from the west sweeping +over the long chain of the Blueridge, set the pines and hemlocks +wailing on the higher slopes. There seemed no new cause for panic; +and folk began to return to their houses. All, however, awaited +impatiently the return of day. + +Then suddenly, toward three o'clock in the morning, another alarm! +Flames leaped up above the rocky wall of the Great Eyrie. Reflected +from the clouds, they illuminated the atmosphere for a great +distance. A crackling, as if of many burning trees, was heard. + +Had a fire spontaneously broken out? And to what cause was it due? +Lightning could not have started the conflagration; for no thunder +had been heard. True, there was plenty of material for fire; at this +height the chain of the Blueridge is well wooded. But these flames +were too sudden for any ordinary cause. + +"An eruption! An eruption!" + +The cry resounded from all sides. An eruption! The Great Eyrie was +then indeed the crater of a volcano buried in the bowels of the +mountains. And after so many years, so many ages even, had it +reawakened? Added to the flames, was a rain of stones and ashes about +to follow? Were the lavas going to pour down torrents of molten fire, +destroying everything in their passage, annihilating the towns, the +villages, the farms, all this beautiful world of meadows, fields and +forests, even as far as Pleasant Garden and Morganton? + +This time the panic was overwhelming; nothing could stop it. Women +carrying their infants, crazed with terror, rushed along the eastward +roads. Men, deserting their homes, made hurried bundles of their most +precious belongings and set free their livestock, cows, sheep, pigs, +which fled in all directions. What disorder resulted from this +agglomeration, human and animal, under darkest night, amid forests, +threatened by the fires of the volcano, along the border of marshes +whose waters might be upheaved and overflow! With the earth itself +threatening to disappear from under the feet of the fugitives! Would +they be in time to save themselves, if a cascade of glowing lava came +rolling down the slope of the mountain across their route? + +Nevertheless, some of the chief and shrewder farm owners were not +swept away in this mad flight, which they did their best to restrain. +Venturing within a mile of the mountain, they saw that the glare of +the flames was decreasing. In truth it hardly seemed that the region +was immediately menaced by any further upheaval. No stones were being +hurled into space; no torrent of lava was visible upon the slopes; no +rumblings rose from the ground. There was no further manifestation of +any seismic disturbance capable of overwhelming the land. + +At length, the flight of the fugitives ceased at a distance where +they seemed secure from all danger. Then a few ventured back toward +the mountain. Some farms were reoccupied before the break of day. + +By morning the crests of the Great Eyrie showed scarcely the least +remnant of its cloud of smoke. The fires were certainly at an end; +and if it were impossible to determine their cause, one might at +least hope that they would not break out again. + +It appeared possible that the Great Eyrie had not really been the +theater of volcanic phenomena at all. There was no further evidence +that the neighborhood was at the mercy either of eruptions or of +earthquakes. + +Yet once more about five o'clock, from beneath the ridge of the +mountain, where the shadows of night still lingered, a strange noise +swept across the air, a sort of whirring, accompanied by the beating +of mighty wings. And had it been a clear day, perhaps the farmers +would have seen the passage of a mighty bird of prey, some monster of +the skies, which having risen from the Great Eyrie sped away toward +the east. + + + + +Chapter 2 + +I REACH MORGANTON + + +The twenty-seventh of April, having left Washington the night before, +I arrived at Raleigh, the capital of the State of North Carolina. + +Two days before, the head of the federal police had called me to his +room. He was awaiting me with some impatience. "John Strock," said +he, "are you still the man who on so many occasions has proven to me +both his devotion and his ability?" + +"Mr. Ward," I answered, with a bow, "I cannot promise success or even +ability, but as to devotion, I assure you, it is yours." + +"I do not doubt it," responded the chief. "And I will ask you instead +this more exact question: Are you as fond of riddles as ever? As +eager to penetrate into mysteries, as I have known you before?" + +"I am, Mr. Ward." + +"Good, Strock; then listen." + +Mr. Ward, a man of about fifty years, of great power and intellect, +was fully master of the important position he filled. He had several +times entrusted to me difficult missions which I had accomplished +successfully, and which had won me his confidence. For several months +past, however, he had found no occasion for my services. Therefore I +awaited with impatience what he had to say. I did not doubt that his +questioning implied a serious and important task for me. + +"Doubtless you know," said he, "what has happened down in the +Blueridge Mountains near Morganton." + +"Surely, Mr. Ward, the phenomena reported from there have been +singular enough to arouse anyone's curiosity." + +"They are singular, even remarkable, Strock. No doubt about that. But +there is also reason to ask, if these phenomena about the Great Eyrie +are not a source of continued danger to the people there, if they are +not forerunners of some disaster as terrible as it is mysterious." + +"It is to be feared, sir." + +"So we must know, Strock, what is inside of that mountain. If we are +helpless in the face of some great force of nature, people must be +warned in time of the danger which threatens them." + +"It is clearly the duty of the authorities, Mr. Ward," responded I, +"to learn what is going on within there." + +"True, Strock; but that presents great difficulties. Everyone reports +that it is impossible to scale the precipices of the Great Eyrie and +reach its interior. But has anyone ever attempted it with scientific +appliances and under the best conditions? I doubt it, and believe a +resolute attempt may bring success." + +"Nothing is impossible, Mr. Ward; what we face here is merely a +question of expense." + +"We must not regard expense when we are seeking to reassure an entire +population, or to preserve it from a catastrophe. There is another +suggestion I would make to you. Perhaps this Great Eyrie is not so +inaccessible as is supposed. Perhaps a band of malefactors have +secreted themselves there, gaining access by ways known only to +themselves." + +"What! You suspect that robbers--" + +"Perhaps I am wrong, Strock; and these strange sights and sounds have +all had natural causes. Well, that is what we have to settle, and as +quickly as possible." + +"I have one question to ask." + +"Go ahead, Strock." + +"When the Great Eyrie has been visited, when we know the source of +these phenomena, if there really is a crater there and an eruption is +imminent, can we avert it?" + +"No, Strock; but we can estimate the extent of the danger. If some +volcano in the Alleghanies threatens North Carolina with a disaster +similar to that of Martinique, buried beneath the outpourings of Mont +Pelee, then these people must leave their homes." + +"I hope, sir, there is no such widespread danger." + +"I think not, Strock; it seems to me highly improbable that an active +volcano exists in the Blueridge mountain chain. Our Appalachian +mountain system is nowhere volcanic in its origin. But all these +events cannot be without basis. In short, Strock, we have decided to +make a strict inquiry into the phenomena of the Great Eyrie, to +gather all the testimony, to question the people of the towns and +farms. To do this, I have made choice of an agent in whom we have +full confidence; and this agent is you, Strock." + +"Good! I am ready, Mr. Ward," cried I, "and be sure that I shall +neglect nothing to bring you full information." + +"I know it, Strock, and I will add that I regard you as specially +fitted for the work. You will have a splendid opportunity to +exercise, and I hope to satisfy, your favorite passion of curiosity." + +"As you say, sir." + +"You will be free to act according to circumstances. As to expenses, +if there seems reason to organize an ascension party, which will be +costly, you have carte blanche." + +"I will act as seems best, Mr. Ward." + +"Let me caution you to act with all possible discretion. The people +in the vicinity are already over-excited. It will be well to move +secretly. Do not mention the suspicions I have suggested to you. And +above all, avoid arousing any fresh panic." + +"It is understood." + +"You will be accredited to the Mayor of Morganton, who will assist +you. Once more, be prudent, Strock, and acquaint no one with your +mission, unless it is absolutely necessary. You have often given +proofs of your intelligence and address; and this time I feel assured +you will succeed." + +I asked him only "When shall I start?" + +"Tomorrow." + +"Tomorrow, I shall leave Washington; and the day after, I shall be at +Morganton." + +How little suspicion had I of what the future had in store for me! + +I returned immediately to my house where I made my preparations for +departure; and the next evening found me in Raleigh. There I passed +the night, and in the course of the next afternoon arrived at the +railroad station of Morganton. + +Morganton is but a small town, built upon strata of the jurassic +period, particularly rich in coal. Its mines give it some prosperity. +It also has numerous unpleasant mineral waters, so that the season +there attracts many visitors. Around Morganton is a rich farming +country, with broad fields of grain. It lies in the midst of swamps, +covered with mosses and reeds. Evergreen forests rise high up the +mountain slopes. All that the region lacks is the wells of natural +gas, that invaluable natural source of power, light, and warmth, so +abundant in most of the Alleghany valleys. Villages and farms are +numerous up to the very borders of the mountain forests. Thus there +were many thousands of people threatened, if the Great Eyrie proved +indeed a volcano, if the convulsions of nature extended to Pleasant +Garden and to Morganton. + +The mayor of Morganton, Mr. Elias Smith, was a tall man, vigorous and +enterprising, forty years old or more, and of a health to defy all +the doctors of the two Americas. He was a great hunter of bears and +panthers, beasts which may still be found in the wild gorges and +mighty forests of the Alleghanies. + +Mr. Smith was himself a rich land-owner, possessing several farms in +the neighborhood. Even his most distant tenants received frequent +visits from him. Indeed, whenever his official duties did not keep +him in his so-called home at Morganton, he was exploring the +surrounding country, irresistibly drawn by the instincts of the +hunter. + +I went at once to the house of Mr. Smith. He was expecting me, having +been warned by telegram. He received me very frankly, without any +formality, his pipe in his mouth, a glass of brandy on the table. A +second glass was brought in by a servant, and I had to drink to my +host before beginning our interview. + +"Mr. Ward sent you," said he to me in a jovial tone. "Good; let us +drink to Mr. Ward's health." + +I clinked glasses with him, and drank in honor of the chief of police. + +"And now," demanded Elias Smith, "what is worrying him?" + +At this I made known to the mayor of Morganton the cause and the +purpose of my mission in North Carolina. I assured him that my chief +had given me full power, and would render me every assistance, +financial and otherwise, to solve the riddle and relieve the +neighborhood of its anxiety relative to the Great Eyrie. + +Elias Smith listened to me without uttering a word, but not without +several times refilling his glass and mine. While he puffed steadily +at his pipe, the close attention which he gave me was beyond +question. I saw his cheeks flush at times, and his eyes gleam under +their bushy brows. Evidently the chief magistrate of Morganton was +uneasy about Great Eyrie, and would be as eager as I to discover the +cause of these phenomena. + +When I had finished my communication, Elias Smith gazed at me for +some moments in silence. Then he said, softly, "So at Washington they +wish to know what the Great Eyrie hides within its circuit?" + +"Yes, Mr. Smith." + +"And you, also?" + +"I do." + +"So do I, Mr. Strock." + +He and I were as one in our curiosity. + +"You will understand," added he, knocking the cinders from his pipe, +"that as a land-owner, I am much interested in these stories of the +Great Eyrie, and as mayor, I wish to protect my constituents." + +"A double reason," I commented, "to stimulate you to discover the +cause of these extraordinary occurrences! Without doubt, my dear Mr. +Smith, they have appeared to you as inexplicable and as threatening +as to your people." + +"Inexplicable, certainly, Mr. Strock. For on my part, I do not +believe it possible that the Great Eyrie can be a volcano; the +Alleghanies are nowhere of volcanic origins. I, myself, in our +immediate district, have never found any geological traces of scoria, +or lava, or any eruptive rock whatever. I do not think, therefore, +that Morganton can possibly be threatened from such a source." + +"You really think not, Mr. Smith?" + +"Certainly." + +"But these tremblings of the earth that have been felt in the +neighborhood!" + +"Yes these tremblings! These tremblings!" repeated Mr. Smith, shaking +his head; "but in the first place, is it certain that there have been +tremblings? At the moment when the flames showed most sharply, I was +on my farm of Wildon, less than a mile from the Great Eyrie. There +was certainly a tumult in the air, but I felt no quivering of the +earth." + +"But in the reports sent to Mr. Ward--" + +"Reports made under the impulse of the panic," interrupted the mayor +of Morganton. "I said nothing of any earth tremors in mine." + +"But as to the flames which rose clearly above the crest?" + +"Yes, as to those, Mr. Strock, that is different. I saw them; saw +them with my own eyes, and the clouds certainly reflected them for +miles around. Moreover noises certainly came from the crater of the +Great Eyrie, hissings, as if a great boiler were letting off steam." + +"You have reliable testimony of this?" + +"Yes, the evidence of my own ears." + +"And in the midst of this noise, Mr. Smith, did you believe that you +heard that most remarkable of all the phenomena, a sound like the +flapping of great wings?" + +"I thought so, Mr. Strock; but what mighty bird could this be, which +sped away after the flames had died down, and what wings could ever +make such tremendous sounds. I therefore seriously question, if this +must not have been a deception of my imagination. The Great Eyrie a +refuge for unknown monsters of the sky! Would they not have been seen +long since, soaring above their immense nest of stone? In short, +there is in all this a mystery which has not yet been solved." + +"But we will solve it, Mr. Smith, if you will give me your aid." + +"Surely, Mr. Strock; tomorrow we will start our campaign." + +"Tomorrow." And on that word the mayor and I separated. I went to a +hotel, and established myself for a stay which might be indefinitely +prolonged. Then having dined, and written to Mr. Ward, I saw Mr. +Smith again in the afternoon, and arranged to leave Morganton with +him at daybreak. + +Our first purpose was to undertake the ascent of the mountain, with +the aid of two experienced guides. These men had ascended Mt. +Mitchell and others of the highest peaks of the Blueridge. They had +never, however, attempted the Great Eyrie, knowing that its walls of +inaccessible cliffs defended it on every side. Moreover, before the +recent startling occurrences the Great Eyrie had not particularly +attracted the attention of tourists. Mr. Smith knew the two guides +personally as men daring, skillful and trustworthy. They would stop +at no obstacle; and we were resolved to follow them through +everything. + +Moreover Mr. Smith remarked at the last that perhaps it was no longer +as difficult as formerly to penetrate within the Great Eyrie. + +"And why?" asked I. + +"Because a huge block has recently broken away from the mountain side +and perhaps it has left a practicable path or entrance." + +"That would be a fortunate chance, Mr. Smith." + +"We shall know all about it, Mr. Strock, no later than tomorrow." + +"Till tomorrow, then." + + + + +Chapter 3 + +THE GREAT EYRIE + + +The next day at dawn, Elias Smith and I left Morganton by a road +which, winding along the left bank of the Catawba River, led to the +village of Pleasant Garden. The guides accompanied us, Harry Horn, a +man of thirty, and James Bruck, aged twenty-five. They were both +natives of the region, and in constant demand among the tourists who +climbed the peaks of the Blueridge and Cumberland Mountains. + +A light wagon with two good horses was provided to carry us to the +foot of the range. It contained provisions for two or three days, +beyond which our trip surely would not be protracted. Mr. Smith had +shown himself a generous provider both in meats and in liquors. As to +water the mountain springs would furnish it in abundance, increased +by the heavy rains, frequent in that region during springtime. + +It is needless to add that the Mayor of Morganton in his role of +hunter, had brought along his gun and his dog, Nisko, who gamboled +joyously about the wagon. Nisko, however, was to remain behind at the +farm at Wildon, when we attempted our ascent. He could not possibly +follow us to the Great Eyrie with its cliffs to scale and its +crevasses to cross. + +The day was beautiful, the fresh air in that climate is still cool of +an April morning. A few fleecy clouds sped rapidly overhead, driven +by a light breeze which swept across the long plains, from the +distant Atlantic. The sun peeping forth at intervals, illumined all +the fresh young verdure of the countryside. + +An entire world animated the woods through which we passed. From +before our equipage fled squirrels, field-mice, parroquets of +brilliant colors and deafening loquacity. Opossums passed in hurried +leaps, bearing their young in their pouches. Myriads of birds were +scattered amid the foliage of banyans, palms, and masses of +rhododendrons, so luxuriant that their thickets were impenetrable. + +We arrived that evening at Pleasant Garden, where we were comfortably +located for the night with the mayor of the town, a particular friend +of Mr. Smith. Pleasant Garden proved little more than a village; but +its mayor gave us a warm and generous reception, and we supped +pleasantly in his charming home, which stood beneath the shades of +some giant beech-trees. + +Naturally the conversation turned upon our attempt to explore the +interior of the Great Eyrie. "You are right," said our host, "until +we all know what is hidden within there, our people will remain +uneasy." + +"Has nothing new occurred," I asked, "since the last appearance of +flames above the Great Eyrie?" + +"Nothing, Mr. Strock. From Pleasant Garden we can see the entire +crest of the mountain. Not a suspicious noise has come down to us. +Not a spark has risen. If a legion of devils is in hiding there, they +must have finished their infernal cookery, and soared away to some +other haunt." + +"Devils!" cried Mr. Smith. "Well, I hope they have not decamped +without leaving some traces of their occupation, some parings of +hoofs or horns or tails. We shall find them out." + +On the morrow, the twenty-ninth of April, we started again at dawn. +By the end of this second day, we expected to reach the farm of +Wildon at the foot of the mountain. The country was much the same as +before, except that our road led more steeply upward. Woods and +marshes alternated, though the latter grew sparser, being drained by +the sun as we approached the higher levels. The country was also less +populous. There were only a few little hamlets, almost lost beneath +the beech trees, a few lonely farms, abundantly watered by the many +streams that rushed downward toward the Catawba River. + +The smaller birds and beasts grew yet more numerous. "I am much +tempted to take my gun," said Mr. Smith, "and to go off with Nisko. +This will be the first time that I have passed here without trying my +luck with the partridges and hares. The good beasts will not +recognize me. But not only have we plenty of provisions, but we have +a bigger chase on hand today. The chase of a mystery." + +"And let us hope," added I, "we do not come back disappointed +hunters." + +In the afternoon the whole chain of the Blueridge stretched before us +at a distance of only six miles. The mountain crests were sharply +outlined against the clear sky. Well wooded at the base, they grew +more bare and showed only stunted evergreens toward the summit. There +the scraggly trees, grotesquely twisted, gave to the rocky heights a +bleak and bizarre appearance. Here and there the ridge rose in sharp +peaks. On our right the Black Dome, nearly seven thousand feet high, +reared its gigantic head, sparkling at times above the clouds. + +"Have you ever climbed that dome, Mr. Smith?" I asked. + +"No," answered he, "but I am told that it is a very difficult ascent. +A few mountaineers have climbed it; but they report that it has no +outlook commanding the crater of the Great Eyrie." + +"That is so," said the guide, Harry Horn. "I have tried it myself." + +"Perhaps," suggested I, "the weather was unfavorable." + +"On the contrary, Mr. Strock, it was unusually clear. But the wall of +the Great Eyrie on that side rose so high, it completely hid the +interior." + +"Forward," cried Mr. Smith. "I shall not be sorry to set foot where +no person has ever stepped, or even looked, before." + +Certainly on this day the Great Eyrie looked tranquil enough. As we +gazed upon it, there rose from its heights neither smoke nor flame. + +Toward five o'clock our expedition halted at the Wildon farm, where +the tenants warmly welcomed their landlord. The farmer assured us +that nothing notable had happened about the Great Eyrie for some +time. We supped at a common table with all the people of the farm; +and our sleep that night was sound and wholly untroubled by +premonitions of the future. + +On the morrow, before break of day, we set out for the ascent of the +mountain. The height of the Great Eyrie scarce exceeds five thousand +feet. A modest altitude, often surpassed in this section of the +Alleghanies. As we were already more than three thousand feet above +sea level, the fatigue of the ascent could not be great. A few hours +should suffice to bring us to the crest of the crater. Of course, +difficulties might present themselves, precipices to scale, clefts +and breaks in the ridge might necessitate painful and even dangerous +detours. This was the unknown, the spur to our attempt. As I said, +our guides knew no more than we upon this point. What made me +anxious, was, of course, the common report that the Great Eyrie was +wholly inaccessible. But this remained unproven. And then there was +the new chance that a fallen block had left a breach in the rocky +wall. + +"At last," said Mr. Smith to me, after lighting the first pipe of the +twenty or more which he smoked each day, "we are well started. As to +whether the ascent will take more or less time--" + +"In any case, Mr. Smith," interrupted I, "you and I are fully +resolved to pursue our quest to the end." + +"Fully resolved, Mr. Strock." + +"My chief has charged me to snatch the secret from this demon of the +Great Eyrie." + +"We will snatch it from him, willing or unwilling," vowed Mr. Smith, +calling Heaven to witness. "Even if we have to search the very bowels +of the mountain." + +"As it may happen, then," said I, "that our excursion will be +prolonged beyond today, it will be well to look to our provisions." + +"Be easy, Mr. Strock; our guides have food for two days in their +knapsacks, besides what we carry ourselves. Moreover, though I left +my brave Nisko at the farm, I have my gun. Game will be plentiful in +the woods and gorges of the lower part of the mountain, and perhaps +at the top we shall find a fire to cook it, already lighted." + +"Already lighted, Mr. Smith?" + +"And why not, Mr. Strock? These flames! These superb flames, which +have so terrified our country folk! Is their fire absolutely cold, is +no spark to be found beneath their ashes? And then, if this is truly +a crater, is the volcano so wholly extinct that we cannot find there +a single ember? Bah! This would be but a poor volcano if it hasn't +enough fire even to cook an egg or roast a potato. Come, I repeat, we +shall see! We shall see!" + +At that point of the investigation I had, I confess, no opinion +formed. I had my orders to examine the Great Eyrie. If it proved +harmless, I would announce it, and people would be reassured. But at +heart, I must admit, I had the very natural desire of a man possessed +by the demon of curiosity. I should be glad, both for my own sake, +and for the renown which would attach to my mission if the Great +Eyrie proved the center of the most remarkable phenomena--of which I +would discover the cause. + +Our ascent began in this order. The two guides went in front to seek +out the most practicable paths. Elias Smith and I followed more +leisurely. We mounted by a narrow and not very steep gorge amid rocks +and trees. A tiny stream trickled downward under our feet. During the +rainy season or after a heavy shower, the water doubtless bounded +from rock to rock in tumultuous cascades. But it evidently was fed +only by the rain, for now we could scarcely trace its course. It +could not be the outlet of any lake within the Great Eyrie. + +After an hour of climbing, the slope became so steep that we had to +turn, now to the right, now to the left; and our progress was much +delayed. Soon the gorge became wholly impracticable; its cliff-like +sides offered no sufficient foothold. We had to cling by branches, to +crawl upon our knees. At this rate the top would not be reached +before sundown. + +"Faith!" cried Mr. Smith, stopping for breath, "I realize why the +climbers of the Great Eyrie have been few, so few, that it has never +been ascended within my knowledge." + +"The fact is," I responded, "that it would be much toil for very +little profit. And if we had not special reasons to persist in our +attempt." + +"You never said a truer word," declared Harry Horn. "My comrade and I +have scaled the Black Dome several times, but we never met such +obstacles as these." + +"The difficulties seem almost impassable," added James Bruck. + +The question now was to determine to which side we should turn for a +new route; to right, as to left, arose impenetrable masses of trees +and bushes. In truth even the scaling of cliffs would have been more +easy. Perhaps if we could get above this wooded slope we could +advance with surer foot. Now, we could only go ahead blindly, and +trust to the instincts of our two guides. James Bruck was especially +useful. I believe that that gallant lad would have equaled a monkey +in lightness and a wild goat in agility. Unfortunately, neither Elias +Smith nor I was able to climb where he could. + +However, when it is a matter of real need with me, I trust I shall +never be backward, being resolute by nature and well-trained in bodily +exercise. Where James Bruck went, I was determined to go, also; +though it might cost me some uncomfortable falls. But it was not the +same with the first magistrate of Morganton, less young, less +vigorous, larger, stouter, and less persistent than we others. +Plainly he made every effort, not to retard our progress, but he +panted like a seal, and soon I insisted on his stopping to rest. + +In short, it was evident that the ascent of the Great Eyrie would +require far more time than we had estimated. We had expected to reach +the foot of the rocky wall before eleven o'clock, but we now saw that +mid-day would still find us several hundred feet below it. + +Toward ten o'clock, after repeated attempts to discover some more +practicable route, after numberless turnings and returnings, one of +the guides gave the signal to halt. We found ourselves at last on the +upper border of the heavy wood. The trees, more thinly spaced, +permitted us a glimpse upward to the base of the rocky wall which +constituted the true Great Eyrie. + +"Whew!" exclaimed Mr. Smith, leaning against a mighty pine tree, "a +little respite, a little repose, and even a little repast would not +go badly." + +"We will rest an hour," said I. + +"Yes; after working our lungs and our legs, we will make our stomachs +work." + +We were all agreed on this point. A rest would certainty freshen us. +Our only cause for inquietude was now the appearance of the +precipitous slope above us. We looked up toward one of those bare +strips called in that region, slides. Amid this loose earth, these +yielding stones, and these abrupt rocks there was no roadway. + +Harry Horn said to his comrade, "It will not be easy." + +"Perhaps impossible," responded Bruck. + +Their comments caused me secret uneasiness. If I returned without +even having scaled the mountain, my mission would be a complete +failure, without speaking of the torture to my curiosity. And when I +stood again before Mr. Ward, shamed and confused, I should cut but a +sorry figure. + +We opened our knapsacks and lunched moderately on bread and cold +meat. Our repast finished, in less than half an hour, Mr. Smith +sprang up eager to push forward once more. James Bruck took the lead; +and we had only to follow him as best we could. + +We advanced slowly. Our guides did not attempt to conceal their doubt +and hesitation. Soon Horn left us and went far ahead to spy out which +road promised most chance of success. + +Twenty minutes later he returned and led us onward toward the +northwest. It was on this side that the Black Dome rose at a distance +of three or four miles. Our path was still difficult and painful, +amid the sliding stones, held in place only occasionally by wiry +bushes. At length after a weary struggle, we gained some two +hundred feet further upward and found ourselves facing a great gash, +which, broke the earth at this spot. Here and there were scattered +roots recently uptorn, branches broken off, huge stones reduced to +powder, as if an avalanche had rushed down this flank of the mountain. + +"That must be the path taken by the huge block which broke away +from the Great Eyrie," commented James Bruck. + +"No doubt," answered Mr. Smith, "and I think we had better follow the +road that it has made for us." + +It was indeed this gash that Harry Horn had selected for our ascent. +Our feet found lodgment in the firmer earth which had resisted the +passage of the monster rock. Our task thus became much easier, and +our progress was in a straight line upward, so that toward half past +eleven we reached the upper border of the "slide." + +Before us, less than a hundred feet away, but towering a hundred feet +straight upwards in the air rose the rocky wall which formed the +final crest, the last defence of the Great Eyrie. + +From this side, the summit of the wall showed capriciously irregular, +rising in rude towers and jagged needles. At one point the outline +appeared to be an enormous eagle silhouetted against the sky, just +ready to take flight. Upon this side, at least, the precipice was +insurmountable. + +"Rest a minute," said Mr. Smith, "and we will see if it is possible +to make our way around the base of this cliff." + +"At any rate," said Harry Horn, "the great block must have fallen +from this part of the cliff; and it has left no breach for entering." + +They were both right; we must seek entrance elsewhere. After a rest +of ten minutes, we clambered up close to the foot of the wall, and +began to make a circuit of its base. + +Assuredly the Great Eyrie now took on to my eyes an aspect absolutely +fantastic. Its heights seemed peopled by dragons and huge monsters. +If chimeras, griffins, and all the creations of mythology had +appeared to guard it, I should have been scarcely surprised. + +With great difficulty and not without danger we continued our tour of +this circumvallation, where it seemed that nature had worked as man +does, with careful regularity. Nowhere was there any break in the +fortification; nowhere a fault in the strata by which one might +clamber up. Always this mighty wall, a hundred feet in height! + +After an hour and a half of this laborious circuit, we regained our +starting-place. I could not conceal my disappointment, and Mr. Smith +was not less chagrined than I. + +"A thousand devils!" cried he, "we know no better than before what is +inside this confounded Great Eyrie, nor even if it is a crater." + +"Volcano, or not," said I, "there are no suspicious noises now; +neither smoke nor flame rises above it; nothing whatever threatens an +eruption." + +This was true. A profound silence reigned around us; and a perfectly +clear sky shone overhead. We tasted the perfect calm of great +altitudes. + +It was worth noting that the circumference of the huge wall was about +twelve or fifteen hundred feet. As to the space enclosed within, we +could scarce reckon that without knowing the thickness of the +encompassing wall. The surroundings were absolutely deserted. +Probably not a living creature ever mounted to this height, except +the few birds of prey which soared high above us. + +Our watches showed three o'clock, and Mr. Smith cried in disgust, +"What is the use of stopping here all day! We shall learn nothing +more. We must make a start, Mr. Strock, if we want to get back to +Pleasant Garden to-night." + +I made no answer, and did not move from where I was seated; so he +called again, "Come, Mr. Strock; you don't answer." + +In truth, it cut me deeply to abandon our effort, to descend the +slope without having achieved my mission. I felt an imperious need of +persisting; my curiosity had redoubled. But what could I do? Could I +tear open this unyielding earth? Overleap the mighty cliff? Throwing +one last defiant glare at the Great Eyrie, I followed my companions. + +The return was effected without great difficulty. We had only to +slide down where we had so laboriously scrambled up. Before five +o'clock we descended the last slopes of the mountain, and the farmer +of Wildon welcomed us to a much needed meal. + +"Then you didn't get inside?" said he. + +"No," responded Mr. Smith, "and I believe that the inside exists only +in the imagination of our country folk." + +At half past eight our carriage drew up before the house of the Mayor +of Pleasant Garden, where we passed the night. While I strove vainly +to sleep, I asked myself if I should not stop there in the village +and organize a new ascent. But what better chance had it of +succeeding than the first? The wisest course was, doubtless, to +return to Washington and consult Mr. Ward. + +So, the next day, having rewarded our two guides, I took leave of Mr. +Smith at Morganton, and that same evening left by train for +Washington. + + + + +Chapter 4 + +A MEETING OF THE AUTOMOBILE CLUB + + +Was the mystery of the Great Eyrie to be solved some day by chances +beyond our imagining? That was known only to the future. And was the +solution a matter of the first importance? That was beyond doubt, +since the safety of the people of western Carolina perhaps depended +upon it. + +Yet a fortnight after my return to Washington, public attention was +wholly distracted from this problem by another very different in +nature, but equally astonishing. + +Toward the middle of that month of May the newspapers of Pennsylvania +informed their readers of some strange occurrences in different parts +of the state. On the roads which radiated from Philadelphia, the +chief city, there circulated an extraordinary vehicle, of which no +one could describe the form, or the nature, or even the size, so +rapidly did it rush past. It was an automobile; all were agreed on +that. But as to what motor drove it, only imagination could say; and +when the popular imagination is aroused, what limit is there to its +hypotheses? + +At that period the most improved automobiles, whether driven by +steam, gasoline, or electricity, could not accomplish much more than +sixty miles an hour, a speed that the railroads, with their most +rapid expresses, scarce exceed on the best lines of America and +Europe. Now, this new automobile which was astonishing the world, +traveled at more than double this speed. + +It is needless to add that such a rate constituted an extreme danger +on the highroads, as much so for vehicles, as for pedestrians. This +rushing mass, coming like a thunder-bolt, preceded by a formidable +rumbling, caused a whirlwind, which tore the branches from the trees +along the road, terrified the animals browsing in adjoining fields, +and scattered and killed the birds, which could not resist the +suction of the tremendous air currents engendered by its passage. + +And, a bizarre detail to which the newspapers drew particular +attention, the surface of the roads was scarcely even scratched by +the wheels of the apparition, which left behind it no such ruts as +are usually made by heavy vehicles. At most there was a light touch, +a mere brushing of the dust. It was only the tremendous speed which +raised behind the vehicle such whirlwinds of dust. + +"It is probable," commented the New Fork Herald, "that the extreme +rapidity of motion destroys the weight." + +Naturally there were protests from all sides. It was impossible to +permit the mad speed of this apparition which threatened to overthrow +and destroy everything in its passage, equipages and people. But how +could it be stopped? No one knew to whom the vehicle belonged, nor +whence it came, nor whither it went. It was seen but for an instant +as it darted forward like a bullet in its dizzy flight. How could one +seize a cannon-ball in the air, as it leaped from the mouth of the +gun? + +I repeat, there was no evidence as to the character of the propelling +engine. It left behind it no smoke, no steam, no odor of gasoline, or +any other oil. It seemed probable, therefore, that the vehicle ran by +electricity, and that its accumulators were of an unknown model, +using some unknown fluid. + +The public imagination, highly excited, readily accepted every sort +of rumor about this mysterious automobile. It was said to be a +supernatural car. It was driven by a specter, by one of the +chauffeurs of hell, a goblin from another world, a monster escaped +from some mythological menagerie, in short, the devil in person, who +could defy all human intervention, having at his command invisible +and infinite satanic powers. + +But even Satan himself had no right to run at such speed over the +roads of the United States without a special permit, without a number +on his car, and without a regular license. And it was certain that +not a single municipality had given him permission to go two hundred +miles an hour. Public security demanded that some means be found to +unmask the secret of this terrible chauffeur. + +Moreover, it was not only Pennsylvania that served as the theater of +his sportive eccentricities. The police reported his appearance in +other states; in Kentucky near Frankfort; in Ohio near Columbus; in +Tennessee near Nashville; in Missouri near Jefferson; and finally in +Illinois in the neighborhood of Chicago. + +The alarm having been given, it became the duty of the authorities to +take steps against this public danger. To arrest or even to halt an +apparition moving at such speed was scarcely practicable. A better +way would be to erect across the roads solid gateways with which the +flying machine must come in contact sooner or later, and be smashed +into a thousand pieces. + +"Nonsense!" declared the incredulous. "This madman would know well +how to circle around such obstructions." + +"And if necessary," added others, "the machine would leap over the +barriers." + +"And if he is indeed the devil, he has, as a former angel, presumably +preserved his wings, and so he will take to flight." + +But this last was but the suggestion of foolish old gossips who did +not stop to study the matter. For if the King of Hades possessed a +pair of wings, why did he obstinately persist in running around on +the earth at the risk of crushing his own subjects, when he might +more easily have hurled himself through space as free as a bird. + +Such was the situation when, in the last week of May, a fresh event +occurred, which seemed to show that the United States was indeed +helpless in the hands of some unapproachable monster. And after the +New World, would not the Old in its turn, be desecrated by the mad +career of this remarkable automobilist? + +The following occurrence was reported in all the newspapers of the +Union, and with what comments and outcries it is easy to imagine. + +A race was to be held by the automobile Club of Wisconsin, over the +roads of that state of which Madison is the capital. The route laid +out formed an excellent track, about two hundred miles in length, +starting from Prairie-du-chien on the western frontier, passing by +Madison and ending a little above Milwaukee on the borders of Lake +Michigan. Except for the Japanese road between Nikko and Namode, +bordered by giant cypresses, there is no better track in the world +than this of Wisconsin. It runs straight and level as an arrow for +sometimes fifty miles at a stretch. Many and noted were the machines +entered for this great race. Every kind of motor vehicle was +permitted to compete, even motorcycles, as well as automobiles. The +machines were of all makes and nationalities. The sum of the +different prizes reached fifty thousand dollars, so that the race was +sure to be desperately contested. New records were expected to be +made. + +Calculating on the maximum speed hitherto attained, of perhaps eighty +miles an hour, this international contest covering two hundred miles +would last about three hours. And, to avoid all danger, the state +authorities of Wisconsin had forbidden all other traffic between +Prairie-du-chien and Milwaukee during three hours on the morning of +the thirtieth of May. Thus, if there were any accidents, those who +suffered would be themselves to blame. + +There was an enormous crowd; and it was not composed only of the +people of Wisconsin. Many thousands gathered from the neighboring +states of Illinois, Michigan, Iowa, Indiana, and even from New York. +Among the sportsmen assembled were many foreigners, English, French, +Germans and Austrians, each nationality, of course, supporting the +chauffeurs of its land. Moreover, as this was the United States, the +country of the greatest gamblers of the world, bets were made of +every sort and of enormous amounts. + +The start was to be made at eight o'clock in the morning; and to +avoid crowding and the accidents which must result from it, the +automobiles were to follow each other at two minute intervals, along +the roads whose borders were black with spectators. + +The first ten racers, numbered by lot, were dispatched between eight +o'clock and twenty minutes past. Unless there was some disastrous +accident, some of these machines would surely arrive at the goal by +eleven o'clock. The others followed in order. + +An hour and a half had passed. There remained but a single contestant +at Prairie-du-chien. Word was sent back and forth by telephone every +five minutes as to the order of the racers. Midway between Madison +and Milwaukee, the lead was held by a machine of Renault brothers, +four cylindered, of twenty horsepower, and with Michelin tires. It +was closely followed by a Harvard-Watson car and by a Dion-Bouton. +Some accidents had already occurred, other machines were hopelessly +behind. Not more than a dozen would contest the finish. Several +chauffeurs had been injured, but not seriously. And even had they +been killed, the death of men is but a detail, not considered of +great importance in that astonishing country of America. + +Naturally the excitement became more intense as one approached the +finishing line near Milwaukee. There were assembled the most curious, +the most interested; and there the passions of the moment were +unchained. By ten o'clock it was evident, that the first prize, +twenty thousand dollars, lay between five machines, two American, two +French, and one English. Imagine, therefore, the fury with which bets +were being made under the influence of national pride. The regular +book makers could scarcely meet the demands of those who wished to +wager. Offers and amounts were hurled from lip to lip with feverish +rapidity. "One to three on the Harvard-Watson!" + +"One to two on the Dion-Bouton!" + +"Even money on the Renault!" + +These cries rang along the line of spectators at each new +announcement from the telephones. + +Suddenly at half-past nine by the town clock of Prairie-du-chien, two +miles beyond that town was heard a tremendous noise and rumbling +which proceeded from the midst of a flying cloud of dust accompanied +by shrieks like those of a naval siren. + +Scarcely had the crowds time to draw to one side, to escape a +destruction which would have included hundreds of victims. The cloud +swept by like a hurricane. No one could distinguish what it was that +passed with such speed. There was no exaggeration in saying that its +rate was at least one hundred and fifty miles an hour. + +The apparition passed and disappeared in an instant, leaving behind +it a long train of white dust, as an express locomotive leaves behind +a train of smoke. Evidently it was an automobile with a most +extraordinary motor. If it maintained this arrow-like speed, it would +reach the contestants in the fore-front of the race; it would pass +them with this speed double their own; it would arrive first at the +goal. + +And then from all parts arose an uproar, as soon as the spectators +had nothing more to fear. + +"It is that infernal machine." + +"Yes; the one the police cannot stop." + +"But it has not been heard of for a fortnight." + +"It was supposed to be done for, destroyed, gone forever." + +"It is a devil's car, driven by hellfire, and with Satan driving!" + +In truth, if he were not the devil, who could this mysterious +chauffeur be, driving with this unbelievable velocity, his no less +mysterious machine? At least it was beyond doubt that this was the +same machine which had already attracted so much attention. If the +police believed that they had frightened it away, that it was never +to be, heard of more, well, the police were mistaken which happens in +America as elsewhere. + +The first stunned moment of surprise having passed, +many people rushed to the telephones to warn those further +along the route of the danger which menaced, not only the +people, but also the automobiles scattered along the road. + +When this terrible madman arrived like an avalanche they would be +smashed to pieces, ground into powder, annihilated! + +And from the collision might not the destroyer himself emerge safe +and sound? He must be so adroit, this chauffeur of chauffeurs, he +must handle his machine with such perfection of eye and hand, that he +knew, no doubt, how to escape from every situation. Fortunately the +Wisconsin authorities had taken such precautions that the road would +be clear except for contesting automobiles. But what right had this +machine among them! + +And what said the racers themselves, who, warned by telephone, had to +sheer aside from the road in their struggle for the grand prize? By +their estimate, this amazing vehicle was going at least one hundred +and thirty miles an hour. Fast as was their speed, it shot by them at +such a rate that they could hardly make out even the shape of the +machine, a sort of lengthened spindle, probably not over thirty feet +long. Its wheels spun with such velocity that they could scarce be +seen. For the rest, the machine left behind it neither smoke nor +scent. + +As for the driver, hidden in the interior of his machine, he had been +quite invisible. He remained as unknown as when he had first appeared +on the various roads throughout the country. + +Milwaukee was promptly warned of the coming of this interloper. Fancy +the excitement the news caused! The immediate purpose agreed upon was +to stop this projectile, to erect across its route an obstacle +against which it would smash into a thousand pieces. But was there +time? Would not the machine appear at any moment? And what need was +there, since the track ended on the edge of Lake Michigan, and so the +vehicle would be forced to stop there anyway, unless its supernatural +driver could ride the water as well as the land. + +Here, also, as all along the route, the most extravagant suggestions +were offered. Even those who would not admit that the mysterious +chauffeur must be Satan in person allowed that he might be some +monster escaped from the fantastic visions of the Apocalypse. + +And now there were no longer minutes to wait. Any second might bring +the expected apparition. + +It was not yet eleven o'clock when a rumbling was heard far down the +track, and the dust rose in violent whirlwinds. Harsh whistlings +shrieked through the air warning all to give passage to the monster. + +It did not slacken speed at the finish. Lake Michigan was not half a +mile beyond, and the machine must certainly be hurled into the water! +Could it be that the mechanician was no longer master of his +mechanism? + +There could be little doubt of it. Like a shooting star, the vehicle +flashed through Milwaukee. When it had passed the city, would it +plunge itself to destruction in the waters of Lake Michigan? + +At any rate when it disappeared at a slight bend in the road no trace +was to be found of its passage. + + + + +Chapter 5 + +ALONG THE SHORES OF NEW ENGLAND + + +At the time when the newspapers were filled with these reports, I was +again in Washington. On my return I had presented myself at my +chief's office, but had been unable to see him. Family affairs had +suddenly called him away, to be absent some weeks. Mr. Ward, however, +undoubtedly knew of the failure of my mission. The newspapers, +especially those of North Carolina, had given full details of our +ascent of the Great Eyrie. + +Naturally, I was much annoyed by this delay which further fretted my +restless curiosity. I could turn to no other plans for the future. +Could I give up the hope of learning the secret of the Great Eyrie? +No! I would return to the attack a dozen times if necessary, and +despite every failure. + +Surely, the winning of access within those walls was not a task +beyond human power. A scaffolding might be raised to the summit of +the cliff; or a tunnel might be pierced through its depth. Our +engineers met problems more difficult every day. But in this case it +was necessary to consider the expense, which might easily grow out of +proportion to the advantages to be gained. A tunnel would cost many +thousand dollars, and what good would it accomplish beyond satisfying +the public curiosity and my own? + +My personal resources were wholly insufficient for the achievement. +Mr. Ward, who held the government's funds, was away. I even thought +of trying to interest some millionaire. Oh, if I could but have +promised one of them some gold or silver mines within the mountain! +But such an hypothesis was not admissible. The chain of the +Appalachians is not situated in a gold bearing region like that of +the Pacific mountains, the Transvaal, or Australia. + +It was not until the fifteenth of June that Mr. Ward returned to +duty. Despite my lack of success he received me warmly. "Here is our +poor Strock!" cried he, at my entrance. "Our poor Strock, who has +failed!" + +"No more, Mr. Ward, than if you had charged me to investigate the +surface of the moon," answered I. "We found ourselves face to face +with purely natural obstacles insurmountable with the forces then at +our command." + +"I do not doubt that, Strock, I do not doubt that in the least. +Nevertheless, the fact remains that you have discovered nothing of +what is going on within the Great Eyrie." + +"Nothing, Mr. Ward." + +"You saw no sign of fire?" + +"None." + +"And you heard no suspicious noises whatever?" + +"None." + +"Then it is still uncertain if there is really a volcano there?" + +"Still uncertain, Mr. Ward. But if it is there, we have good reason +to believe that it has sunk into a profound sleep." + +"Still," returned Mr. Ward, "there is nothing to show that it will +not wake up again any day, Strock. It is not enough that a volcano +should sleep, it must be absolutely extinguished unless indeed all +these threatening rumors have been born solely in the Carolinian +imagination." + +"That is not possible, sir," I said. "Both Mr. Smith, the mayor of +Morganton and his friend the mayor of Pleasant Garden, are reliable +men. And they speak from their own knowledge in this matter. Flames +have certainly risen above the Great Eyrie. Strange noises have +issued from it. There can be no doubt whatever of the reality of +these phenomena." + +"Granted," declared Mr. Ward. "I admit that the evidence is +unassailable. So the deduction to be drawn is that the Great Eyrie +has not yet given up its secret." + +"If we are determined to know it, Mr. Ward, the solution is only a +solution of expense. Pickaxes and dynamite would soon conquer those +walls." + +"No doubt," responded the chief, "but such an undertaking hardly +seems justified, since the mountain is now quiet. We will wait awhile +and perhaps nature herself will disclose her mystery." + +"Mr. Ward, believe me that I regret deeply that I have been unable to +solve the problem you entrusted to me," I said. + +"Nonsense! Do not upset yourself, Strock. Take your defeat +philosophically. We cannot always be successful, even in the police. +How many criminals escape us! I believe we should never capture one +of them, if they were a little more intelligent and less imprudent, +and if they did not compromise themselves so stupidly. Nothing, it +seems to me, would be easier than to plan a crime, a theft or an +assassination, and to execute it without arousing any suspicions, or +leaving any traces to be followed. You understand, Strock, I do not +want to give our criminals lessons; I much prefer to have them remain +as they are. Nevertheless there are many whom the police will never +be able to track down." + +On this matter I shared absolutely the opinion of my chief. It is +among rascals that one finds the most fools. For this very reason I +had been much surprised that none of the authorities had been able to +throw any light upon the recent performances of the "demon +automobile." And when Mr. Ward brought up this subject, I did not +conceal from him my astonishment. + +He pointed out that the vehicle was practically unpursuable; that in +its earlier appearances, it had apparently vanished from all roads +even before a telephone message could be sent ahead. Active and +numerous police agents had been spread throughout the country, but no +one of them had encountered the delinquent. He did not move +continuously from place to place, even at his amazing speed, but +seemed to appear only for a moment and then to vanish into thin air. +True, he had at length remained visible along the entire route from +Prairie-du-Chien to Milwaukee, and he had covered in less than an +hour and a half this track of two hundred miles. + +But since then, there had been no news whatever of the machine. +Arrived at the end of the route, driven onward by its own impetus, +unable to stop, had it indeed been engulfed within the waters of Lake +Michigan? Must we conclude that the machine and its driver had both +perished, that there was no longer any danger to be feared from +either? The great majority of the public refused to accept this +conclusion. They fully expected the machine to reappear. + +Mr. Ward frankly admitted that the whole matter seemed to him most +extraordinary; and I shared his view. Assuredly if this infernal +chauffeur did not return, his apparition would have to be placed +among those superhuman mysteries which it is not given to man to +understand. + +We had fully discussed this affair, the chief and I; and I thought +that our interview was at an end, when, after pacing the room for a +few moments, he said abruptly, "Yes, what happened there at Milwaukee +was very strange. But here is something no less so!" + +With this he handed me a report which he had received from Boston, on +a subject of which the evening papers had just begun to apprise their +readers. While I read it, Mr. Ward was summoned from the room. I +seated myself by the window and studied with extreme attention the +matter of the report. + +For some days the waters along the coast of Maine, Connecticut, and +Massachusetts had been the scene of an appearance which no one could +exactly describe. A moving body would appear amid the waters, some +two or three miles off shore, and go through rapid evolutions. It +would flash for a while back and forth among the waves and then dart +out of sight. + +The body moved with such lightning speed that the best telescopes +could hardly follow it. Its length did not seem to exceed thirty +feet. Its cigar-shaped form and greenish color, made it difficult to +distinguish against the background of the ocean. It had been most +frequently observed along the coast between Cape Cod and Nova Scotia. +From Providence, from Boston, from Portsmouth, and from Portland +motor boats and steam launches had repeatedly attempted to approach +this moving body and even to give it chase. They could not get +anywhere near it. Pursuit seemed useless. It darted like an arrow +beyond the range of view. + +Naturally, widely differing opinions were held as to the nature of +this object. But no hypothesis rested on any secure basis. Seamen +were as much at a loss as others. At first sailors thought it must be +some great fish, like a whale. But it is well known that all these +animals come to the surface with a certain regularity to breathe, and +spout up columns of mingled air and water. Now, this strange animal, +if it was an animal, had never "blown" as the whalers say; nor, had +it ever made any noises of breathing. Yet if it were not one of these +huge marine mammals, how was this unknown monster to be classed? Did +it belong among the legendary dwellers in the deep, the krakens, the +octopuses, the leviathans, the famous sea-serpents? + +At any rate, since this monster, whatever it was, had appeared along +the New England shores, the little fishing-smacks and pleasure boats +dared not venture forth. Wherever it appeared the boats fled to the +nearest harbor, as was but prudent. If the animal was of a ferocious +character, none cared to await its attack. + +As to the large ships and coast steamers, they had nothing to fear +from any monster, whale or otherwise. Several of them had seen this +creature at a distance of some miles. But when they attempted to +approach, it fled rapidly away. One day, even, a fast United States +gun boat went out from Boston, if not to pursue the monster, at least +to send after it a few cannon shot. Almost instantly the animal +disappeared, and the attempt was vain. As yet, however, the monster +had shown no intention of attacking either boats or people. + +At this moment Mr. Ward returned and I interrupted my reading to say, +"There seems as yet no reason to complain of this sea-serpent. It +flees before big ships. It does not pursue little ones. Feeling and +intelligence are not very strong in fishes." + +"Yet their emotions exist, Strock, and if strongly aroused--" + +"But, Mr. Ward, the beast seems not at all dangerous. One of two +things will happen. Either it will presently quit these coasts, or +finally it will be captured and we shall be able to study it at our +leisure here in the museum of Washington." + +"And if it is not a marine animal?" asked Mr. Ward. + +"What else can it be?" I protested in surprise. + +"Finish your reading," said Mr. Ward. + +I did so; and found that in the second part of the report, my chief +had underlined some passages in red pencil. + +For some time no one had doubted that this was an animal; and that, +if it were vigorously pursued, it would at last be driven from our +shores. But a change of opinion had come about. People began to ask +if, instead of a fish, this were not some new and remarkable kind of +boat. + +Certainly in that case its engine must be one of amazing power. +Perhaps the inventor before selling the secret of his invention, +sought to attract public attention and to astound the maritime world. +Such surety in the movements of his boat, grace in its every +evolution, such ease in defying pursuit by its arrow-like speed, +surely, these were enough to arouse world-wide curiosity! + +At that time great progress had been made in the manufacture of +marine engines. Huge transatlantic steamers completed the ocean +passage in five days. And the engineers had not yet spoken their last +word. Neither were the navies of the world behind. The cruisers, the +torpedo boats, the torpedo-destroyers, could match the swiftest +steamers of the Atlantic and Pacific, or of the Indian trade. + +If, however, this were a boat of some new design, there had as yet +been no opportunity to observe its form. As to the engines which +drove it, they must be of a power far beyond the fastest known. By +what force they worked, was equally a problem. Since the boat had no +sails, it was not driven by the wind; and since it had no +smoke-stack, it was not driven by steam. + +At this point in the report, I again paused in my reading and +considered the comment I wished to make. + +"What are you puzzling over, Strock?" demanded my chief. + +"It is this, Mr. Ward; the motive power of this so-called boat must +be as tremendous and as unknown as that of the remarkable automobile +which has so amazed us all." + +"So that is your idea, is it, Strock?" + +"Yes, Mr. Ward." + +There was but one conclusion to be drawn. If the mysterious chauffeur +had disappeared, if he had perished with his machine in Lake +Michigan, it was equally important now to win the secret of this no +less mysterious navigator. And it must be won before he in his turn +plunged into the abyss of the ocean. Was it not the interest of the +inventor to disclose his invention? Would not the American government +or any other give him any price he chose to ask? + +Yet unfortunately, since the inventor of the terrestrial apparition +had persisted in preserving his incognito, was it not to be feared +that the inventor of the marine apparition would equally preserve +his? Even if the first machine still existed, it was no longer heard +from; and would not the second, in the same way, after having +disclosed its powers, disappear in its turn, without a single trace? + +What gave weight to this probability was that since the arrival of +this report at Washington twenty-four hours before, the presence of +the extraordinary boat hadn't been announced from anywhere along the +shore. Neither had it been seen on any other coast. Though, of +course, the assertion that it would not reappear at all would have +been hazardous, to say the least. + +I noted another interesting and possibly important point. It was a +singular coincidence which indeed Mr. Ward suggested to me, at the +same moment that I was considering it. This was that only after the +disappearance of the wonderful automobile had the no less wonderful +boat come into view. Moreover, their engines both possessed a most +dangerous power of locomotion. If both should go rushing at the same +time over the face of the world, the same danger would threaten +mankind everywhere, in boats, in vehicles, and on foot. Therefore it +was absolutely necessary that the police should in some manner +interfere to protect the public ways of travel. + +That is what Mr. Ward pointed out to me; and our duty was obvious. +But how could we accomplish this task? We discussed the matter for +some time; and I was just about to leave when Mr. Ward made one last +suggestion. + +"Have you not observed, Strock," said he, "that there is a sort of +fantastic resemblance between the general appearance of this boat and +this automobile?" + +"There is something of the sort, Mr. Ward." + +"Well, is it not possible that the two are one?" + + + + +Chapter 6 + +THE FIRST LETTER + + +After leaving Mr. Ward I returned to my home in Long Street. There I +had plenty of time to consider this strange case uninterrupted by +either wife or children. My household consisted solely of an ancient +servant, who having been formerly in the service of my mother, had +now continued for fifteen years in mine. + +Two months before I had obtained a leave of absence. It had still two +weeks to run, unless indeed some unforeseen circumstance interrupted +it, some mission which could not be delayed. This leave, as I have +shown, had already been interrupted for four days by my exploration +of the Great Eyrie. + +And now was it not my duty to abandon my vacation, and endeavor to +throw light upon the remarkable events of which the road to Milwaukee +and the shore of New England had been in turn the scene? I would have +given much to solve the twin mysteries, but how was it possible to +follow the track of this automobile or this boat? + +Seated in my easy chair after breakfast, with my pipe lighted, I +opened my newspaper. To what should I turn? Politics interested me +but little, with its eternal strife between the Republicans and the +Democrats. Neither did I care for the news of society, nor for the +sporting page. You will not be surprised, then, that my first idea +was to see if there was any news from North Carolina about the Great +Eyrie. There was little hope of this, however, for Mr. Smith had +promised to telegraph me at once if anything occurred. I felt quite +sure that the mayor of Morganton was as eager for information and as +watchful as could have been myself. The paper told me nothing new. It +dropped idly from my hand; and I remained deep in thought. + +What most frequently recurred to me was the suggestion of Mr. Ward +that perhaps the automobile and the boat which had attracted our +attention were in reality one and the same. Very probably, at least, +the two machines had been built by the same hand. And beyond doubt, +these were similar engines, which generated this remarkable speed, +more than doubling the previous records of earth and sea. + +"The same inventor!" repeated I. + +Evidently this hypothesis had strong grounds. The fact that the two +machines had not yet appeared at the same time added weight to the +idea. I murmured to myself, "After the mystery of Great Eyrie, comes +that of Milwaukee and Boston. Will this new problem be as difficult +to solve as was the other?" + +I noted idly that this new affair had a general resemblance to the +other, since both menaced the security of the general public. To be +sure, only the inhabitants of the Blueridge region had been in danger +from an eruption or possible earthquake at Great Eyrie. While now, on +every road of the United States, or along every league of its coasts +and harbors, every inhabitant was in danger from this vehicle or this +boat, with its sudden appearance and insane speed. + +I found that, as was to be expected, the newspapers not only +suggested, but enlarged upon the dangers of the case. Timid people +everywhere were much alarmed. My old servant, naturally credulous and +superstitious, was particularly upset. That same day after dinner, as +she was clearing away the things, she stopped before me, a water +bottle in one hand, the serviette in the other, and asked anxiously, +"Is there no news, sir?" + +"None," I answered, knowing well to what she referred. + +"The automobile has not come back?" + +"No." + +"Nor the boat?" + +"Nor the boat There is no news even-in the best informed papers." + +"But--your secret police information?" + +"We are no wiser." + +"Then, sir, if you please, of what use are the police?" + +It is a question which has phased me more than once. + +"Now you see what will happen," continued the old housekeeper, +complainingly, "Some fine morning, he will come without warning, this +terrible chauffeur, and rush down our street here, and kill us all!" + +"Good! When that happens, there will be some chance of catching him." + +"He will never be arrested, sir." + +"Why not?" + +"Because he is the devil himself, and you can't arrest the devil!" + +Decidedly, thought I, the devil has many uses; and if he did not +exist we would have to invent him, to give people some way of +explaining the inexplicable. It was he who lit the flames of the +Great Eyrie. It was he who smashed the record in the Wisconsin race. +It is he who is scurrying along the shores of Connecticut and +Massachusetts. But putting to one side this evil spirit who is so +necessary, for the convenience of the ignorant, there was no doubt +that we were facing a most bewildering problem. Had both of these +machines disappeared forever? They had passed like a meteor, like a +star shooting through space; and in a hundred years the adventure +would become a legend, much to the taste of the gossips of the next +century. + +For several days the newspapers of America and even those of Europe +continued to discuss these events. Editorials crowded upon +editorials. Rumors were added to rumors. Story tellers of every kind +crowded to the front. The public of two continents was interested. In +some parts of Europe there was even jealousy that America should have +been chosen as the field of such an experience. If these marvelous +inventors were American, then their country, their army and navy, +would have a great advantage over others. The United States might +acquire an incontestable superiority. + +Under the date of the tenth of June, a New York paper published a +carefully studied article on this phase of the subject. Comparing the +speed of the swiftest known vessels with the smallest minimum of +speed which could possibly be assigned to the new boat, the article +demonstrated that if the United States secured this secret, Europe +would be but three days away from her, while she would still be five +days from Europe. + +If our own police had searched diligently to discover the mystery of +the Great Eyrie, the secret service of every country in the world was +now interested in these new problems. + +Mr. Ward referred to the matter each time I saw him. Our chat would +begin by his rallying me about my ill-success in Carolina, and I +would respond by reminding him that success there was only a question +of expense. + +"Never mind, my good Strock," said he, "there will come a chance for +our clever inspector to regain his laurels. Take now this affair of +the automobile and the boat. If you could clear that up in advance of +all the detectives of the world, what an honor it would be to our +department! What glory for you!" + +"It certainly would, Mr. Ward. And if you put the matter in my +charge--" + +"Who knows, Strock? Let us wait a while! Let us wait!" + +Matters stood thus when, on the morning of June fifteenth, my old +servant brought me a letter from the letter-carrier, a registered +letter for which I had to sign. I looked at the address. I did not +know the handwriting. The postmark, dating from two days before, was +stamped at the post office of Morganton. + +Morganton! Here at last was, no doubt, news from Mr. Elias Smith. + +"Yes!" exclaimed I, speaking to my old servant, for lack of another, +"it must be from Mr. Smith at last. I know no one else in Morganton. +And if he writes he has news!" + +"Morganton?" said the old woman, "isn't that the place where the +demons set fire to their mountain?" + +"Exactly." + +"Oh, sir! I hope you don't mean to go back there!" + +"Because you will end by being burned up in that furnace of the Great +Eyrie. And I wouldn't want you buried that way, sir." + +"Cheer up, and let us see if it is not better news than that." + +The envelope was sealed with red sealing wax, and stamped with a sort +of coat of arms, surmounted with three stars. The paper was thick and +very strong. I broke the envelope and drew out a letter. It was a +single sheet, folded in four, and written on one side only. My first +glance was for the signature. + +There was no signature! Nothing but three initials at the end of the +last line! + +"The letter is not from the Mayor of Morganton," said I. + +"Then from whom?" asked the old servant, doubly curious in her +quality as a woman and as an old gossip. + +Looking again at the three initials of the signature, I said, "I know +no one for whom these letters would stand; neither at Morganton nor +elsewhere." + +The hand-writing was bold. Both up strokes and down strokes very +sharp, about twenty lines in all. Here is the letter, of which I, +with good reason, retained an exact copy. It was dated, to my extreme +stupefaction, from that mysterious Great Eyrie: + + +Great Eyrie, Blueridge Mtns, + +To Mr. Strock: North Carolina, June 13th. + +Chief Inspector of Police, + +34 Long St., Washington, D. C. + +Sir, + +You were charged with the mission of penetrating the Great Eyrie. + +You came on April the twenty-eighth, accompanied by the +Mayor of Morganton and two guides. + +You mounted to the foot of the wall, and you encircled it, +finding it too high and steep to climb. + +You sought a breech and you found none. Know this: none +enter the Great Eyrie; or if one enters, he never returns. + +"Do not try again, for the second attempt will not result +as did the first, but will have grave consequences for you. + +"Heed this warning, or evil fortune will come to you. + +"M. o. W." + + + + +Chapter 7 + +A THIRD MACHINE + + +I confess that at first this letter dumfounded me. "Ohs!" and "Ahs!" +slipped from my open mouth. The old servant stared at me, not knowing +what to think. + +"Oh, sir! is it bad news?" + +I answered for I kept few secrets from this faithful soul by reading +her the letter from end to end. She listened with much anxiety. + +"A joke, without doubt," said I, shrugging my shoulders. + +"Well," returned my superstitious handmaid, "if it isn't from the +devil, it's from the devil's country, anyway." + +Left alone, I again went over this unexpected letter. Reflection +inclined me yet more strongly to believe that it was the work of a +practical joker. My adventure was well known. The newspapers had +given it in full detail. Some satirist, such as exists even in +America, must have written this threatening letter to mock me. + +To assume, on the other hand, that the Eyrie really served as the +refuge of a band of criminals, seemed absurd. If they feared that the +police would discover their retreat, surely they would not have been +so foolish as thus to force attention upon themselves. Their chief +security would lie in keeping their presence there unknown. They must +have realized that such a challenge from them would only arouse the +police to renewed activity. Dynamite or melinite would soon open an +entrance to their fortress. Moreover, how could these men have, +themselves, gained entrance into the Eyrie unless there existed a +passage which we had failed to discover? Assuredly the letter came +from a jester or a madman; and I need not worry over it, nor even +consider it. + +Hence, though for an instant I had thought of showing this letter to +Mr. Ward, I decided not to do so. Surely he would attach no +importance to it. However, I did not destroy it, but locked it in my +desk for safe keeping. If more letters came of the same kind, and +with the same initials, I would attach as little weight to them as to +this. + +Several days passed quietly. There was nothing to lead me to expect +that I should soon quit Washington; though in my line of duty one is +never certain of the morrow. At any moment I might be sent speeding +from Oregon to Florida, from Maine to Texas. And this unpleasant +thought haunted me frequently if my next mission were no more +successful than that to the Great Eyrie, I might as well give up and +hand in my resignation from the force. Of the mysterious chauffeur or +chauffeurs, nothing more was heard. I knew that our own government +agents, as well as foreign ones, were keeping keen watch over all the +roads and rivers, all the lakes and the coasts of America. Of course, +the size of the country made any close supervision impossible; but +these twin inventors had not before chosen secluded and unfrequented +spots in which to appear. The main highway of Wisconsin on a great +race day, the harbor of Boston, incessantly crossed by thousands of +boats, these were hardly what would be called hiding-places! If the +daring driver had not perished of which there was always strong +probability; then he must have left America. Perhaps he was in the +waters of the Old World, or else resting in some retreat known only +to himself, and in that case-- + +"Ah!" I repeated to myself, many times, "for such a retreat, as +secret as inaccessible, this fantastic personage could not find one +better than the Great Eyrie!" But, of course, a boat could not get +there, any more than an automobile. Only high-flying birds of prey, +eagles or condors, could find refuge there. + +The nineteenth of June I was going to the police bureau, when, on +leaving my house, I noticed two men who looked at me with a certain +keenness. Not knowing them, I took no notice; and if my attention was +drawn to the matter, it was because my servant spoke of it when I +returned. + +For some days, she said, she had noticed that two men seemed to be +spying upon me in the street. They stood constantly, perhaps a +hundred steps from my house; and she suspected that they followed me +each time I went up the street. + +"You are sure?" I asked. + +"Yes, sir and no longer ago than yesterday, when you came into the +house, these men came slipping along in your footsteps, and then went +away as soon as the door was shut behind you." + +"You must be mistaken?" + +"I am not, sir." + +"And if you met these two men, you would know them?" + +"I would." + +"Good;" I cried, laughing, "I see you have the very spirit for a +detective. I must engage you as a member of our force." + +"Joke if you like, sir. But I have still two good eyes, and I don't +need spectacles to recognize people. Someone is spying on you, that's +certain; and you should put some of your men to track them in turn." + +"All right; I promise to do so," I said, to satisfy her. "And when my +men get after them, we shall soon know what these mysterious fellows +want of me." + +In truth I did not take the good soul's excited announcement very +seriously. I added, however, "When I go out, I will watch the people +around me with great care." + +"That will be best, sir." + +My poor old housekeeper was always frightening herself at nothing. +"If I see them again," she added, "I will warn you before you set +foot out of doors." + +"Agreed!" And I broke off the conversation, knowing well that if I +allowed her to run on, she would end by being sure that Beelzebub +himself and one of his chief attendants were at my heels. + +The two following days, there was certainly no one spying on me, +either at my exits or entrances. So I concluded my old servant had +made much of nothing, as usual. But on the morning of the +twenty-second of June, after rushing upstairs as rapidly as her age +would permit, the devoted old soul burst into my room and in a half +whisper gasped "Sir! Sir!" + +"What is it?" + +"They are there!" + +"Who?" I queried, my mind on anything but the web she had been +spinning about me. + +"The two spies!" + +"Ah, those wonderful spies!" + +"Themselves! In the street! Right in front of our windows! Watching +the house, waiting for you to go out." + +I went to the window and raising just an edge of the shade, so as not +to give any warning, I saw two men on the pavement. + +They were rather fine-looking men, broad-shouldered and vigorous, +aged somewhat under forty, dressed in the ordinary fashion of the +day, with slouched hats, heavy woolen suits, stout walking shoes and +sticks in hand. Undoubtedly, they were staring persistently at my +apparently unwatchful house. Then, having exchanged a few words, they +strolled off a little way, and returned again. + +"Are you sure these are the same men you saw before?" + +"Yes, sir." + +Evidently, I could no longer dismiss her warning as an hallucination; +and I promised myself to clear up the matter. As to following the men +myself, I was presumably too well known to them. To address them +directly would probably be of no use. But that very day, one of our +best men should be put on watch, and if the spies returned on the +morrow, they should be tracked in their turn, and watched until their +identity was established. + +At the moment, they were waiting to follow me to police headquarters? +For it was there that I was bound, as usual. If they accompanied me I +might be able to offer them a hospitality for which they would scarce +thank me. + +I took my hat; and while the housekeeper remained peeping from the +window, I went down stairs, opened the door, and stepped into the +street. + +The two men were no longer there. + +Despite all my watchfulness, that day I saw no more of them as I +passed along the streets. From that time on, indeed, neither my old +servant nor I saw them again before the house, nor did I encounter +them elsewhere. Their appearance, however, was stamped upon my +memory, I would not forget them. + +Perhaps after all, admitting that I had been the object of their +espionage, they had been mistaken in my identity. Having obtained a +good look at me, they now followed me no more. So in the end, I came +to regard this matter as of no more importance than the letter with +the initials, M. o. W. + +Then, on the twenty-fourth of June, there came a new event, to +further stimulate both my interest and that of the general public in +the previous mysteries of the automobile and the boat. The Washington +Evening Star published the following account, which was next morning +copied by every paper in the country. + +"Lake Kirdall in Kansas, forty miles west of Topeka, is little known. +It deserves wider knowledge, and doubtless will have it hereafter, +for attention is now drawn to it in a very remarkable way. + +"This lake, deep among the mountains, appears to have no outlet. What +it loses by evaporation, it regains from the little neighboring +streamlets and the heavy rains. + +"Lake Kirdall covers about seventy-five square miles, and its level +is but slightly below that of the heights which surround it. Shut in +among the mountains, it can be reached only by narrow and rocky +gorges. Several villages, however, have sprung up upon its banks. It +is full of fish, and fishing-boats cover its waters. + +"Lake Kirdall is in many places fifty feet deep close to shore. +Sharp, pointed rocks form the edges of this huge basin. Its surges, +roused by high winds, beat upon its banks with fury, and the houses +near at hand are often deluged with spray as if with the downpour of +a hurricane. The lake, already deep at the edge, becomes yet deeper +toward the center, where in some places soundings show over three +hundred feet of water. + +"The fishing industry supports a population of several thousands, and +there are several hundred fishing boats in addition to the dozen or +so of little steamers which serve the traffic of the lake. Beyond the +circle of the mountains lie the railroads which transport the +products of the fishing industry throughout Kansas and the +neighboring states. + +"This account of Lake Kirdall is necessary for the understanding of +the remarkable facts which we are about to report." + +And this is what the Evening Star then reported in its startling +article. "For some time past, the fishermen have noticed a strange +upheaval in the waters of the lake. Sometimes it rises as if a wave +surged up from its depths. Even in perfectly calm weather, when there +is no wind whatever, this upheaval sometimes arises in a mass of foam. + +"Tossed about by violent waves and unaccountable currents, boats have +been swept beyond all control. Sometimes they have been dashed one +against another, and serious damage has resulted. + +"This confusion of the waters evidently has its origin somewhere in +the depths of the lake; and various explanations have been offered to +account for it. At first, it was suggested that the trouble was due +to seismic forces, to some volcanic action beneath the lake; but this +hypothesis had to be rejected when it was recognized that the +disturbance was not confined to one locality, but spread itself over +the entire surface of the lake, either at one part or another, in the +center or along the edges, traveling along almost in a regular line +and in a way to exclude entirely all idea of earthquake or volcanic +action. + +"Another hypothesis suggested that it was a marine monster who thus +upheaved the waters. But unless the beast had been born in the lake +and had there grown to its gigantic proportions unsuspected, which +was scarce possible, he must have come there from outside. Lake +Kirdall, however, has no connection with any other waters. If this +lake were situated near any of the oceans, there might be +subterranean canals; but in the center of America, and at the height +of some thousands of feet above sea-level, this is not possible. In +short, here is another riddle not easy to solve, and it is much +easier to point out the impossibility of false explanations, than to +discover the true one. + +"Is it possible that a submarine boat is being experimented with +beneath the lake? Such boats are no longer impossible today. Some +years ago, at Bridgeport, Connecticut, there was launched a boat, The +Protector, which could go on the water, under the water, and also +upon land. Built by an inventor named Lake, supplied with two motors, +an electric one of seventy-five horse power, and a gasoline one of +two hundred and fifty horse power, it was also provided with wheels a +yard in diameter, which enabled it to roll over the roads, as well as +swim the seas. + +"But even then, granting that the turmoil of Lake Kirdall might be +produced by a submarine, brought to a high degree of perfection, +there remains as before the question how could it have reached Lake +Kirdall? The lake, shut in on all sides by a circle of mountains, is +no more accessible to a submarine than to a sea-monster. + +"In whatever way this last puzzling question may be solved, the +nature of this strange appearance can no longer be disputed since the +twentieth of June. On that day, in the afternoon, the schooner +"Markel" while speeding with all sails set, came into violent +collision with something just below the water level. There was no +shoal nor rock near; for the lake in this part is eighty or ninety +feet deep. The schooner with both her bow and her side badly broken, +ran great danger of sinking. She managed, however, to reach the shore +before her decks were completely submerged. + +"When the 'Markel' had been pumped out and hauled up on shore, an +examination showed that she had received a blow near the bow as if +from a powerful ram. + +"From this it seems evident that there is actually a submarine boat +which darts about beneath the surface of Lake Kirdall with most +remarkable rapidity. + +"The thing is difficult to explain. Not only is there a question as +to how did the submarine get there? But why is it there? Why does it +never come to the surface? What reason has its owner for remaining +unknown? Are other disasters to be expected from its reckless course?" + +The article in the Evening Star closed with this truly striking +suggestion: "After the mysterious automobile, came the mysterious +boat. Now comes the mysterious submarine. + +"Must we conclude that the three engines are due to the genius of the +same inventor, and that the three vehicles are in truth but one?" + + + + +Chapter 8 + +AT ANY COST + + +The suggestion of the Star came like a revelation. It was accepted +everywhere. Not only were these three vehicles the work of the same +inventor; they were the same machine! + +It was not easy to see how the remarkable transformation could be +practically accomplished from one means of locomotion to the other. +How could an automobile become a boat, and yet more, a submarine? All +the machine seemed to lack was the power of flying through the air. +Nevertheless, everything that was known of the three different +machines, as to their size, their shape, their lack of odor or of +steam, and above all their remarkable speed, seemed to imply their +identity. The public, grown blase with so many excitements, found in +this new marvel a stimulus to reawaken their curiosity. + +The newspapers dwelt now chiefly on the importance of the invention. +This new engine, whether in one vehicle or three, had given proofs of +its power. What amazing proofs! The invention must be bought at any +price. The United States government must purchase it at once for the +use of the nation. Assuredly, the great European powers would stop at +nothing to be beforehand with America, and gain possession of an +engine so invaluable for military and naval use. What incalculable +advantages would it give to any nation, both on land and sea! Its +destructive powers could not even be estimated, until its qualities +and limitations were better known. No amount of money would be too +great to pay for the secret; America could not put her millions to +better use. + +But to buy the machine, it was necessary to find the inventor; and +there seemed the chief difficulty. In vain was Lake Kirdall searched +from end to end. Even its depths were explored with a sounding-line +without result. Must it be concluded that the submarine no longer +lurked beneath its waters? But in that case, how had the boat gotten +away? For that matter, how had it come? An insoluble problem! + +The submarine was heard from no more, neither in Lake Kirdall nor +elsewhere. It had disappeared like the automobile from the roads, and +like the boat from the shores of America. Several times in my +interviews with Mr. Ward, we discussed this matter, which still +filled his mind. Our men continued everywhere on the lookout, but as +unsuccessfully as other agents. + +On the morning of the twenty-seventh of June, I was summoned into the +presence of Mr. Ward. + +"Well, Strock," said he, "here is a splendid chance for you to get +your revenge." + +"Revenge for the Great Eyrie disappointment?" + +"Of course." + +"What chance?" asked I, not knowing if he spoke seriously, or in jest. + +"Why, here," he answered. "Would not you like to discover the +inventor of this three-fold machine?" + +"I certainly should, Mr. Ward. Give me the order to take charge of +the matter, and I will accomplish the impossible, in order to +succeed. It is true, I believe it will be difficult." + +"Undoubtedly, Strock. Perhaps even more difficult than to penetrate +into the Great Eyrie." + +It was evident that Mr. Ward was intent on rallying me about my +unsuccess. He would not do that, I felt assured, out of mere +unkindness. Perhaps then he meant to rouse my resolution. He knew me +well; and realized that I would have given anything in the world to +recoup my defeat. I waited quietly for new instructions. + +Mr. Ward dropped his jesting and said to me very generously, "I know, +Strock, that you accomplished everything that depended on human +powers; and that no blame attaches to you. But we face now a matter +very different from that of the Great Eyrie. The day the government +decides to force that secret, everything is ready. We have only to +spend some thousands of dollars, and the road will be open." + +"That is what I would urge." + +"But at present," said Mr. Ward, shaking his head, "it is much more +important to place our hands on this fantastic inventor, who so +constantly escapes us. That is work for a detective, indeed; a master +detective!" + +"He has not been heard from again?" + +"No; and though there is every reason to believe that he has been, +and still continues, beneath the waters of Lake Kirdall, it has been +impossible to find any trace of him anywhere around there. One would +almost fancy he had the power of making himself invisible, this +Proteus of a mechanic!" + +"It seems likely," said I, "that he will never be seen until he +wishes to be." + +"True, Strock. And to my mind there is only one way of dealing with +him, and that is to offer him such an enormous price that he cannot +refuse to sell his invention." + +Mr. Ward was right. Indeed, the government had already made the +effort to secure speech with this hero of the day, than whom surely +no human being has ever better merited the title. The press had +widely spread the news, and this extraordinary individual must +assuredly know what the government desired of him, and how completely +he could name the terms he wished. + +"Surely," added Mr. Ward, "this invention can be of no personal use +to the man, that he should hide it from the rest of us. There is +every reason why he should sell it. Can this unknown be already some +dangerous criminal who, thanks to his machine, hopes to defy all +pursuit?" + +My chief then went on to explain that it had been decided to employ +other means in search of the inventor. It was possible after all that +he had perished with his machine in some dangerous maneuver. If so, +the ruined vehicle might prove almost as valuable and instructive to +the mechanical world as the man himself. But since the accident to +the schooner "Markel" on Lake Kirdall, no news of him whatever had +reached the police. + +On this point Mr. Ward did not attempt to hide his disappointment and +his anxiety. Anxiety, yes, for it was manifestly becoming more and +more difficult for him to fulfill his duty of protecting the public. +How could we arrest criminals, if they could flee from justice at +such speed over both land and sea? How could we pursue them under the +oceans? And when dirigible balloons should also have reached their +full perfection, we would even have to chase men through the air! I +asked myself if my colleagues and I would not find ourselves some day +reduced to utter helplessness? If police officials, become a useless +incumbrance, would be definitely discarded by society? + +Here, there recurred to me the jesting letter I had received a +fortnight before, the letter which threatened my liberty and even my +life. I recalled, also, the singular espionage of which I had been +the subject. I asked myself if I had better mention these things to +Mr. Ward. But they seemed to have absolutely no relation to the +matter now in hand. The Great Eyrie affair had been definitely put +aside by the government, since an eruption was no longer threatening. +And they now wished to employ me upon this newer matter. I waited, +then, to mention this letter to my chief at some future time, when it +would be not so sore a joke to me. + +Mr. Ward again took up our conversation. "We are resolved by some +means to establish communication with this inventor. He has +disappeared, it is true; but he may reappear at any moment, and in +any part of the country. I have chosen you, Strock, to follow him the +instant he appears. You must hold yourself ready to leave Washington +on the moment. Do not quit your house, except to come here to +headquarters each day; notify me, each time by telephone, when you +start from home, and report to me personally the moment you arrive +here." + +"I will follow orders exactly, Mr. Ward," I answered. "But permit me +one question. Ought I to act alone, or will it not be better to join +with me?" + +"That is what I intend," said the chief, interrupting me. "You are to +choose two of our men whom you think the best fitted." + +"I will do so, Mr. Ward. And now, if some day or other I stand in the +presence of our man, what am I to do with him?" + +"Above all things, do not lose sight of him. If there is no other +way, arrest him. You shall have a warrant." + +"A useful precaution, Mr. Ward. If he started to jump into his +automobile and to speed away at the rate we know of, I must stop him +at any cost. One cannot argue long with a man making two hundred +miles an hour!" + +"You must prevent that, Strock. And the arrest made, telegraph me. +After that, the matter will be in my hands." + +"Count on me, Mr. Ward; at any hour, day or night, I shall be ready +to start with my men. I thank you for having entrusted this mission +to me. If it succeeds, it will be a great honor--" + +"And of great profit," added my chief, dismissing me. + +Returning home, I made all preparations for a trip of indefinite +duration. Perhaps my good housekeeper imagined that I planned a +return to the Great Eyrie, which she regarded as an ante-chamber of +hell itself. She said nothing, but went about her work with a most +despairing face. Nevertheless, sure as I was of her discretion, I +told her nothing. In this great mission I would confide in no one. + +My choice of the two men to accompany me was easily made. They both +belonged to my own department, and had many times under my direct +command given proofs of their vigor, courage and intelligence. One, +John Hart, of Illinois, was a man of thirty years; the other, aged +thirty-two, was Nab Walker, of Massachusetts. I could not have had +better assistants. + +Several days passed, without news, either of the automobile, the +boat, or the submarine. There were rumors in plenty; but the police +knew them to be false. As to the reckless stories that appeared in +the newspapers, they had most of them, no foundation whatever. Even +the best journals cannot be trusted to refuse an exciting bit of news +on the mere ground of its unreliability. + +Then, twice in quick succession, there came what seemed trustworthy +reports of the "man of the hour." The first asserted that he had been +seen on the roads of Arkansas, near Little Rock. The second, that he +was in the very middle of Lake Superior. + +Unfortunately, these two notices were absolutely unreconcilable; for +while the first gave the afternoon of June twenty-sixth, as the time +of appearance, the second set it for the evening of the same day. +Now, these two points of the United States territory are not less +than eight hundred miles apart. Even granting the automobile this +unthinkable speed, greater than any it had yet shown, how could it +have crossed all the intervening country unseen? How could it +traverse the States of Arkansas, Missouri, Iowa and Wisconsin, from +end to end without anyone of our agents giving us warning, without +any interested person rushing to a telephone? + +After these two momentary appearances, if appearances they were, the +machine again dropped out of knowledge. Mr. Ward did not think it +worth while to dispatch me and my men to either point whence it had +been reported. + +Yet since this marvelous machine seemed still in existence, something +must be done. The following official notice was published in every +newspaper of the United States under July 3d. It was couched in the +most formal terms. + +"During the month of April, of the present year, an automobile +traversed the roads of Pennsylvania, of Kentucky, of Ohio, of +Tennessee, of Missouri, of Illinois; and on the twenty-seventh of +May, during the race held by the American Automobile Club, it covered +the course in Wisconsin. Then it disappeared. + +"During the first week of June, a boat maneuvering at great speed +appeared off the coast of New England between Cape Cod and Cape +Sable, and more particularly around Boston. Then it disappeared. + +"In the second fortnight of the same month, a submarine boat was run +beneath the waters of Lake Kirdall, in Kansas. Then it disappeared. + +"Everything points to the belief that the same inventor must have +built these three machines, or perhaps that they are the same +machine, constructed so as to travel both on land and water. + +"A proposition is therefore addressed to the said inventor, whoever +he be, with the aim of acquiring the said machine. + +"He is requested to make himself known and to name the terms upon +which he will treat with the United States government. He is also +requested to answer as promptly as possible to the Department of +Federal Police, Washington, D. C., United States of America." + +Such was the notice printed in large type on the front page of every +newspaper. Surely it could not fail to reach the eye of him for whom +it was intended, wherever he might be. He would read it. He could +scarce fail to answer it in some manner. And why should he refuse +such an unlimited offer? We had only to await his reply. + +One can easily imagine how high the public curiosity rose. From +morning till night, an eager and noisy crowd pressed about the bureau +of police, awaiting the arrival of a letter or a telegram. The best +reporters were on the spot. What honor, what profit would come to the +paper which was first to publish the famous news! To know at last the +name and place of the undiscoverable unknown! And to know if he would +agree to some bargain with the government! It goes without saying +that America does things on a magnificent scale. Millions would not +be lacking for the inventor. If necessary all the millionaires in the +country would open their inexhaustible purses! + +The day passed. To how many excited and impatient people it seemed to +contain more than twenty-four hours! And each hour held far more than +sixty minutes! There came no answer, no letter, no telegram! The +night following, there was still no news. And it was the same the +next day and the next. + +There came, however another result, which had been fully foreseen. +The cables informed Europe of what the United States government had +done. The different Powers of the Old World hoped also to obtain +possession of the wonderful invention. Why should they not struggle +for an advantage so tremendous? Why should they not enter the contest +with their millions? + +In brief, every great Power took part in the affair, France, England, +Russia, Italy, Austria, Germany. Only the states of the second order +refrained from entering, with their smaller resources, upon a useless +effort. The European press published notices identical with that of +the United States. The extraordinary "chauffeur" had only to speak, +to become a rival to the Vanderbilts, the Astors, the Goulds, the +Morgans, and the Rothschilds of every country of Europe. + +And, when the mysterious inventor made no sign, what attractive +offers were held forth to tempt him to discard the secrecy in which +he was enwrapped! The whole world became a public market, an auction +house whence arose the most amazing bids. Twice a day the newspapers +would add up the amounts, and these kept rising from millions to +millions. The end came when the United States Congress, after a +memorable session, voted to offer the sum of twenty million dollars. +And there was not a citizen of the States of whatever rank, who +objected to the amount, so much importance was attached to the +possession of this prodigious engine of locomotion. As for me, I said +emphatically to my old housekeeper: "The machine is worth even more +than that." + +Evidently the other nations of the world did not think so, for their +bids remained below the final sum. But how useless was this mighty +struggle of the great rivals! The inventor did not appear! He did not +exist! He had never existed! It was all a monstrous pretense of the +American newspapers. That, at least, became the announced view of the +Old World. + +And so the time passed. There was no further news of our man, there +was no response from him. He appeared no more. For my part, not +knowing what to think, I commenced to lose all hope of reaching any +solution to the strange affair. + +Then on the morning of the fifteenth of July, a letter without +postmark was found in the mailbox of the police bureau. After the +authorities had studied it, it was given out to the Washington +journals, which published it in facsimile, in special numbers. It was +couched as follows: + + + + +Chapter 9 + +THE SECOND LETTER + + +On Board the Terror + +July 15. + +To the Old and New World, + +The propositions emanating from the different governments +of Europe, as also that which has finally been made by the +United States of America, need expect no other answer than +this: + +I refuse absolutely and definitely the sums offered for my +invention. + +My machine will be neither French nor German, nor Austrian +nor Russian, nor English nor American. + +The invention will remain my own, and I shall use it as +pleases me. + +With it, I hold control of the entire world, and there +lies no force within the reach of humanity which is able to +resist me, under any circumstances whatsoever. + +Let no one attempt to seize or stop me. It is, and will +be, utterly impossible. Whatever injury anyone attempts +against me, I will return a hundredfold. + +As to the money which is offered me, I despise it! I have +no need of it. Moreover, on the day when it pleases me to +have millions, or billions, I have but to reach out my hand +and take them. + +Let both the Old and the New World realize this: They can +accomplish nothing against me; I can accomplish anything +against them. + +I sign this letter: + +The Master of the World. + + + + +Chapter 10 + +OUTSIDE THE LAW + + +Such was the letter addressed to the government of the United States. +As to the person who had placed it in the mail-box of the police, no +one had seen him. + +The sidewalk in front of our offices had probably not been once +vacant during the entire night. From sunset to sunrise, there had +always been people, busy, anxious, or curious, passing before our +door. It is true, however, that even then, the bearer of the letter +might easily have slipped by unseen and dropped the letter in the +box. The night had been so dark, you could scarcely see from one side +of the street to the other. + +I have said that this letter appeared in facsimile in all the +newspapers to which the government communicated it. Perhaps one would +naturally imagine that the first comment of the public would be, +"This is the work of some practical joker." It was in that way that I +had accepted my letter from the Great Eyrie, five weeks before. + +But this was not the general attitude toward the present letter, +neither in Washington, nor in the rest of America. To the few who +would have maintained that the document should not be taken +seriously, an immense majority would have responded. "This letter has +not the style nor the spirit of a jester. Only one man could have +written it; and that is the inventor of this unapproachable machine." + +To most people this conclusion seemed indisputable owing to a curious +state of mind easily explainable. For all the strange facts of which +the key had hitherto been lacking, this letter furnished an +explanation. The theory now almost universally accepted was as +follows. The inventor had hidden himself for a time, only in order to +reappear more startlingly in some new light. Instead of having +perished in an accident, he had concealed himself in some retreat +where the police were unable to discover him. Then to assert +positively his attitude toward all governments he had written this +letter. But instead of dropping it in the post in any one locality, +which might have resulted in its being traced to him, he had come to +Washington and deposited it himself in the very spot suggested by the +government's official notice, the bureau of police. + +Well! If this remarkable personage had reckoned that this new proof +of his existence would make some noise in two worlds, he certainly +figured rightly. That day, the millions of good folk who read and +re-read their daily paper could to employ a well-known phrase, +scarcely believe their eyes. + +As for myself, I studied carefully every phrase of the defiant +document. The hand-writing was black and heavy. An expert at +chirography would doubtless have distinguished in the lines traces of +a violent temperament, of a character stern and unsocial. Suddenly, a +cry escaped me a cry that fortunately my housekeeper did not hear. +Why had I not noticed sooner the resemblance of the handwriting to +that of the letter I had received from Morganton? + +Moreover, a yet more significant coincidence, the initials with which +my letter had been signed, did they not stand for the words "Master +of the World?" + +And whence came the second letter? "On Board the 'Terror.'" Doubtless +this name was that of the triple machine commanded by the mysterious +captain. The initials in my letter were his own signature; and it was +he who had threatened me, if I dared to renew my attempt on the Great +Eyrie. + +I rose and took from my desk the letter of June thirteenth. I +compared it with the facsimile in the newspapers. There was no doubt +about it. They were both in the same peculiar hand-writing. + +My mind worked eagerly. I sought to trace the probable deductions +from this striking fact, known only to myself. The man who had +threatened me was the commander of this "Terror"--startling name, +only too well justified! I asked myself if our search could not now +be prosecuted under less vague conditions. Could we not now start our +men upon a trail which would lead definitely to success? In short, +what relation existed between the "Terror" and the Great Eyrie? What +connection was there between the phenomena of the Blueridge +Mountains, arid the no less phenomenal performances of the fantastic +machine? + +I knew what my first step should be; and with the letter in my +pocket, I hastened to police headquarters. Inquiring if Mr. Ward was +within and receiving an affirmative reply, I hastened toward his +door, and rapped upon it with unusual and perhaps unnecessary vigor. +Upon his call to enter, I stepped eagerly into the room. + +The chief had spread before him the letter published in the papers, +not a facsimile, but the original itself which had been deposited in +the letter-box of the department. + +"You come as if you had important news, Strock?" + +"Judge for yourself, Mr. Ward;" and I drew from my pocket the letter +with the initials. + +Mr. Ward took it, glanced at its face, and asked, "What is this?" + +"A letter signed only with initials, as you can see." + +"And where was it posted?" + +"In Morganton, in North Carolina." + +"When did you receive it?" + +"A month ago, the thirteenth of June." + +"What did you think of it then?" + +"That it had been written as a joke." + +"And now Strock?" + +"I think, what you will think, Mr. Ward, after you have studied it." + +My chief turned to the letter again and read it carefully. "It is +signed with three initials," said he. + +"Yes, Mr. Ward, and those initials belong to the words, 'Master of +the World,' in this facsimile." + +"Of which this is the original," responded Mr. Ward, taking it up. + +"It is quite evident," I urged, "that the two letters are by the same +hand." + +"It seems so." + +"You see what threats are made against me, to protect the Great +Eyrie." + +"Yes, the threat of death! But Strock, you have had this letter for a +month. Why have you not shown it to me before?" + +"Because I attached no importance to it. Today, after the letter from +the 'Terror,' it must be taken seriously." + +"I agree with you. It appears to me most important. I even hope it +may prove the means of tracking this strange personage." + +"That is what I also hope, Mr. Ward." + +"Only what connection can possibly exist between the 'Terror' and the +Great Eyrie?" + +"That I do not know. I cannot even imagine." + +"There can be but one explanation," continued Mr. Ward, "though it is +almost inadmissible, even impossible." + +"And that is?" + +"That the Great Eyrie was the spot selected by the inventor, where he +gathered his material." + +"That is impossible!" cried I. "In what way would he get his material +in there? And how get his machine out? After what I have seen, Mr. +Ward, your suggestion is impossible." + +"Unless, Strock--" + +"Unless what?" I demanded. + +"Unless the machine of this Master of the World has also wings, which +permit it to take refuge in the Great Eyrie." + +At the suggestion that the "Terror," which had searched the deeps of +the sea, might be capable also of rivaling the vultures and the +eagles, I could not restrain an expressive shrug of incredulity. +Neither did Mr. Ward himself dwell upon the extravagant hypothesis. + +He took the two letters and compared them afresh. He examined them +under a microscope, especially the signatures, and established their +perfect identity. Not only the same hand, but the same pen had +written them. + +After some moments of further reflection, Mr. Ward said, "I will keep +your letter, Strock. Decidedly, I think, that you are fated to play +an important part in this strange affair or rather in these two +affairs. What thread attaches them, I cannot yet see; but I am sure +the thread exists. You have been connected with the first, and it +will not be surprising if you have a large part in the second." + +"I hope so, Mr. Ward. You know how inquisitive I am." + +"I do, Strock. That is understood. Now, I can only repeat my former +order; hold yourself in readiness to leave Washington at a moment's +warning." + +All that day, the public excitement caused by the defiant letter +mounted steadily higher. It was felt both at the White House and at +the Capitol that public opinion absolutely demanded some action. Of +course, it was difficult to do anything. Where could one find this +Master of the World? And even if he were discovered, how could he be +captured? He had at his disposal not only the powers he had +displayed, but apparently still greater resources as yet unknown. How +had he been able to reach Lake Kirdall over the rocks; and how had he +escaped from it? Then, if he had indeed appeared on Lake Superior, +how had he covered all the intervening territory unseen? + +What a bewildering affair it was altogether! This, of course, made it +all the more important to get to the bottom of it. Since the millions +of dollars had been refused, force must be employed. The inventor and +his invention were not to be bought. And in what haughty and menacing +terms he had couched his refusal! So be it! He must be treated as an +enemy of society, against whom all means became justified, that he +might be deprived of his power to injure others. The idea that he had +perished was now entirely discarded. He was alive, very much alive; +and his existence constituted a perpetual public danger! + +Influenced by these ideas, the government issued the following +proclamation: + +"Since the commander of the 'Terror' has refused to make public his +invention, at any price whatever, since the use which he makes of his +machine constitutes a public menace, against which it is impossible +to guard, the said commander of the 'Terror' is hereby placed beyond +the protection of the law. Any measures taken in the effort to +capture or destroy either him or his machine will be approved and +rewarded." + +It was a declaration of war, war to the death against this "Master of +the World" who thought to threaten and defy an entire nation, the +American nation! + +Before the day was over, various rewards of large amounts were +promised to anyone who revealed the hiding place of this dangerous +inventor, to anyone who could identify him, and to anyone who should +rid the country of him. + +Such was the situation during the last fortnight of July. All was +left to the hazard of fortune. The moment the outlaw re-appeared he +would be seen and signaled, and when the chance came he would be +arrested. This could not be accomplished when he was in his +automobile on land or in his boat on the water. No; he must be seized +suddenly, before he had any opportunity to escape by means of that +speed which no other machine could equal. + +I was therefore all alert, awaiting an order from Mr. Ward to start +out with my men. But the order did not arrive for the very good +reason that the man whom it concerned remained undiscovered. The end +of July approached. The newspapers continued the excitement. They +published repeated rumors. New clues were constantly being announced. +But all this was mere idle talk. Telegrams reached the police bureau +from every part of America, each contradicting and nullifying the +others. The enormous rewards offered could not help but lead to +accusations, errors, and blunders, made, many of them, in good faith. +One time it would be a cloud of dust, which must have contained the +automobile. At another time, almost any wave on any of America's +thousand lakes represented the submarine. In truth, in the excited +state of the public imagination, apparitions assailed us from every +side. + +At last, on the twenty-ninth of July, I received a telephone message +to come to Mr. Ward on the instant. Twenty minutes later I was in his +cabinet. + +"You leave in an hour, Strock," said he. + +"Where for?" + +"For Toledo." + +"It has been seen?" + +"Yes. At Toledo you will get your final orders." + +"In an hour, my men and I will be on the way." + +"Good! And, Strock, I now give you a formal order." + +"What is it, Mr. Ward?" + +"To succeed! This time to succeed!" + + + + +Chapter 11 + +THE CAMPAIGN + + +So the undiscoverable commander had reappeared upon the territory of +the United States! He had never shown himself in Europe either on the +roads or in the seas. He had not crossed the Atlantic, which +apparently he could have traversed in three days. Did he then intend +to make only America the scene of his exploits? Ought we to conclude +from this that he was an American? + +Let me insist upon this point. It seemed clear that the submarine +might easily have crossed the vast sea which separates the New and +the Old World. Not only would its amazing speed have made its voyage +short, in comparison to that of the swiftest steamship, but also it +would have escaped all the storms that make the voyage dangerous. +Tempests did not exist for it. It had but to abandon the surface of +the waves, and it could find absolute calm a few score feet beneath. + +But the inventor had not crossed the Atlantic, and if he were to be +captured now, it would probably be in Ohio, since Toledo is a city of +that state. + +This time the fact of the machine's appearance had been kept secret, +between the police and the agent who had warned them, and whom I was +hurrying to meet. No journal--and many would have paid high for the +chance--was printing this news. We had decided that nothing should +be revealed until our effort was at an end. No indiscretion would be +committed by either my comrades or myself. + +The man to whom I was sent with an order from Mr. Ward was named +Arthur Wells. He awaited us at Toledo. The city of Toledo stands at +the western end of Lake Erie. Our train sped during the night across +West Virginia and Ohio. There was no delay; and before noon the next +day the locomotive stopped in the Toledo depot. + +John Hart, Nab Walker and I stepped out with traveling bags in our +hands, and revolvers in our pockets. Perhaps we should need weapons +for an attack, or even to defend ourselves. Scarcely had I stepped +from the train when I picked out the man who awaited us. He was +scanning the arriving passengers impatiently, evidently as eager and +full of haste as I. + +I approached him. "Mr. Wells?" said I. + +"Mr. Strock?" asked he. + +"Yes." + +"I am at your command," said Mr. Wells. + +"Are we to stop any time in Toledo?" I asked. + +"No; with your permission, Mr. Strock. A carriage with two good +horses is waiting outside the station; and we must leave at once to +reach our destination as soon as possible." + +"We will go at once," I answered, signing to my two men to follow us. +"Is it far?" + +"Twenty miles." + +"And the place is called?" + +"Black Rock Creek." + +Having left our bags at a hotel, we started on our drive. Much to my +surprise I found there were provisions sufficient for several days +packed beneath the seat of the carriage. Mr. Wells told me that the +region around Black Rock Creek was among the wildest in the state. +There was nothing there to attract either farmers or fishermen. We +would find not an inn for our meals nor a room in which to sleep. +Fortunately, during the July heat there would be no hardship even if +we had to lie one or two nights under the stars. + +More probably, however, if we were successful, the matter would not +occupy us many hours. Either the commander of the "Terror" would be +surprised before he had a chance to escape, or he would take to +flight and we must give up all hope of arresting him. + +I found Arthur Wells to be a man of about forty, large and powerful. +I knew him by reputation to be one of the best of our local police +agents. Cool in danger and enterprising always, he had proven his +daring on more than one occasion at the peril of his life. He had +been in Toledo on a wholly different mission, when chance had thrown +him on the track of the "Terror." + +We drove rapidly along the shore of Lake Erie, toward the southwest. +This inland sea of water is on the northern boundary of the United +States, lying between Canada on one side and the States of Ohio, +Pennsylvania and New York on the other. If I stop to mention the +geographical position of this lake, its depth, its extent, and the +waters nearest around, it is because the knowledge is necessary for +the understanding of the events which were about to happen. + +The surface of Lake Erie covers about ten thousand square miles. It +is nearly six hundred feet above sea level. It is joined on the +northwest, by means of the Detroit River, with the still greater +lakes to the westward, and receives their waters. It has also rivers +of its own though of less importance, such as the Rocky, the +Cuyahoga, and the Black. The lake empties at its northeastern end +into Lake Ontario by means of Niagara River and its celebrated falls. + +The greatest known depth of Lake Erie is over one hundred and thirty +feet. Hence it will be seen that the mass of its waters is +considerable. In short, this is a region of most magnificent lakes. +The land, though not situated far northward, is exposed to the full +sweep of the Arctic cold. The region to the northward is low, and the +winds of winter rush down with extreme violence. Hence Lake Erie is +sometimes frozen over from shore to shore. + +The principal cities on the borders of this great lake are Buffalo at +the east, which belongs to New York State, and Toledo in Ohio, at the +west, with Cleveland and Sandusky, both Ohio cities, at the south. +Smaller towns and villages are numerous along the shore. The traffic +is naturally large, its annual value being estimated at considerably +over two million dollars. + +Our carriage followed a rough and little used road along the borders +of the lake; and as we toiled along, Arthur Wells told me, what he +had learned. + +Less than two days before, on the afternoon of July twenty-seventh +Wells had been riding on horseback toward the town of Herly. Five +miles outside the town, he was riding through a little wood, when he +saw, far up across the lake, a submarine which rose suddenly above +the waves. He stopped, tied his horse, and stole on foot to the edge +of the lake. There, from behind a tree he had seen with his own eyes +seen this submarine advance toward him, and stop at the mouth of +Black Rock Creek. Was it the famous machine for which the whole world +was seeking, which thus came directly to his feet? + +When the submarine was close to the rocks, two men climbed out upon +its deck and stepped ashore. Was one of them this Master of the +World, who had not been seen since he was reported from Lake +Superior? Was this the mysterious "Terror" which had thus risen from +the depths of Lake Erie? + +"I was alone," said Wells. "Alone on the edge of the Creek. If you +and your assistants, Mr. Strock had been there, we four against two, +we would have been able to reach these men and seize them before they +could have regained their boat and fled." + +"Probably," I answered. "But were there no others on the boat with +them? Still, if we had seized the two, we could at least have learned +who they were." + +"And above all," added Wells, "if one of them turned out to be the +captain of the 'Terror!'" + +"I have only one fear, Wells; this submarine, whether it is the one +we seek or another, may have left the creek since your departure." + +"We shall know about that in a few hours, now. Pray Heaven they are +still there! Then when night comes?" + +"But," I asked, "did you remain watching in the wood until night?" + +"No; I left after an hour's watching, and rode straight for the +telegraph station at Toledo. I reached there late at night and sent +immediate word to Washington." + +"That was night before last. Did you return yesterday to Black Rock +Creek?" + +"Yes." + +"The submarine was still there?" + +"In the same spot." + +"And the two men?" + +"The same two men. I judge that some accident had happened, and they +came to this lonely spot to repair it." + +"Probably so," said I. "Some damage which made it impossible for them +to regain their usual hiding-place. If only they are still here!" + +"I have reason to believe they will be, for quite a lot of stuff was +taken out of the boat, and laid about upon the shore; and as well as +I could discern from a distance they seemed to be working on board." + +"Only the two men?" + +"Only the two." + +"But," protested I, "can two be sufficient to handle an apparatus of +such speed, and of such intricacy, as to be at once automobile, boat +and submarine?" + +"I think not, Mr. Strock; but I only saw the same two. Several times +they came to the edge of the little wood where I was hidden, and +gathered sticks for a fire which they made upon the beach. The region +is so uninhabited and the creek so hidden from the lake that they ran +little danger of discovery. They seemed to know this." + +"You would recognize them both again?" + +"Perfectly. One was of middle size, vigorous, and quick of movement, +heavily bearded. The other was smaller, but stocky and strong. +Yesterday, as before, I left the wood about five o'clock and hurried +back to Toledo. There I found a telegram from Mr. Ward, notifying me +of your coming; and I awaited you at the station." + +Summed up, then, the news amounted to this: For forty hours past a +submarine, presumably the one we sought, had been hidden in Black +Rock Creek, engaged in repairs. Probably these were absolutely +necessary, and we should find the boat still there. As to how the +"Terror" came to be in Lake Erie, Arthur Wells and I discussed that, +and agreed that it was a very probable place for her. The last time +she had been seen was on Lake Superior. From there to Lake Erie the +machine could have come by the roads of Michigan, but since no one +had remarked its passage and as both the police and the people were +specially aroused and active in that portion of the country, it +seemed more probable, that the "Terror" had come by water. There was +a clear route through the chain of the Great Lakes and their rivers, +by which in her character of a submarine she could easily proceed +undiscovered. + +And now, if the "Terror" had already left the creek, or if she +escaped when we attempted to seize her, in what direction would she +turn? In any case, there was little chance o following her. There +were two torpedo-destroyers at the port of Buffalo, at the other +extremity of Lake Erie. By treaty between the United States and +Canada, there are no vessels of war whatever on the Great Lakes. +These might, however, have been little launches belonging to the +customs service. Before I left Washington Mr. Ward had informed me +of their presence; and a telegram to their commanders would, if there +were need, start them in pursuit of the "Terror." But despite their +splendid speed, how could they vie with her! And if she plunged +beneath the waters, they would be helpless. Moreover Arthur Wells +averred that in case of a battle, the advantage would not be with the +destroyers, despite their large crews, and many guns. Hence, if we +did not succeed this night, the campaign would end in failure. + +Arthur Wells knew Black Rock Creek thoroughly, having hunted there +more than once. It was bordered in most places with sharp rocks +against which the waters of the lake beat heavily. Its channel was +some thirty feet deep, so that the "Terror" could take shelter either +upon the surface or under water. In two or three places the steep +banks gave way to sand beaches which led to little gorges reaching up +toward the woods, two or three hundred feet. + +It was seven in the evening when our carriage reached these woods. +There was still daylight enough for us to see easily, even in the +shade of the trees. To have crossed openly to the edge of the creek +would have exposed us to the view of the men of the "Terror," if she +were still there, and thus give her warning to escape. + +"Had we better stop here?" I asked Wells, as our rig drew up to the +edge of the woods. + +"No, Mr. Strock," said he. "We had better leave the carriage deeper +in the woods, where there will be no chance whatever of our being +seen." + +"Can the carriage drive under these trees?" + +"It can," declared Wells. "I have already explored these woods +thoroughly. Five or six hundred feet from here, there is a little +clearing, where we will be completely hidden, and where our horses +may find pasture. Then, as soon as it is dark, we will go down to the +beach, at the edge of the rocks which shut in the mouth of the creek. +Thus if the 'Terror' is still there, we shall stand between her and +escape." + +Eager as we all were for action, it was evidently best to do as Wells +suggested and wait for night. The intervening time could well be +occupied as he said. Leading the horses by the bridle, while they +dragged the empty carriage, we proceeded through the heavy woods. The +tall pines, the stalwart oaks, the cypress scattered here and there, +made the evening darker overhead. Beneath our feet spread a carpet of +scattered herbs, pine needles and dead leaves. Such was the thickness +of the upper foliage that the last rays of the setting sun could no +longer penetrate here. We had to feel our way; and it was not without +some knocks that the carriage reached the clearing ten minutes later. + +This clearing, surrounded by great trees, formed a sort of oval, +covered with rich grass. Here it was still daylight, and the darkness +would scarcely deepen for over an hour. There was thus time to +arrange an encampment and to rest awhile after our hard trip over the +rough and rocky roads. + +Of course, we were intensely eager to approach the Creek and see if +the "Terror" was still there. But prudence restrained us. A little +patience, and the night-would enable us to reach a commanding +position unsuspected. Wells urged this strongly; and despite my +eagerness, I felt that he was right. + +The horses were unharnessed, and left to browse under the care of the +coachman who had driven us. The provisions were unpacked, and John +Hart and Nab Walker spread out a meal on the grass at the foot of a +superb cypress which recalled to me the forest odors of Morganton and +Pleasant Garden. We were hungry and thirsty; and food and drink were +not lacking. Then our pipes were lighted to calm the anxious moments +of waiting that remained. + +Silence reigned within the wood. The last song of the birds had +ceased. With the coming of night the breeze fell little by little, +and the leaves scarcely quivered even at the tops of the highest +branches. The sky darkened rapidly after sundown and twilight +deepened into obscurity. + +I looked at my watch, it was half-past eight. "It is time, Wells." + +"When you will, Mr. Strock." + +"Then let us start." + +We cautioned the coachman not to let the horses stray beyond the +clearing. Then we started. Wells went in advance, I followed him, and +John Hart and Nab Walker came behind. In the darkness, we three would +have been helpless without the guidance of Wells. Soon we reached the +farther border of the woods; and before us stretched the banks of +Black Rock Creek. + +All was silent; all seemed deserted. We could advance without risk. +If the "Terror" was there, she had cast anchor behind the rocks. But +was she there? That was the momentous question! As we approached the +denouement of this exciting affair, my heart was in my throat. + +Wells motioned to us to advance. The sand of the shore crunched +beneath our steps. The two hundred feet between us and the mouth of +the Creek were crossed softly, and a few minutes sufficed to bring us +to the rocks at the edge of the lake. + +There was nothing! Nothing! + +The spot where Wells had left the "Terror" twenty-four hours before +was empty. The "Master of the World" was no longer at Black Rock +Creek. + + + + +Chapter 12 + +BLACK ROCK CREEK + + +Human nature is prone to illusions. Of course, there had been all +along a probability that the "Terror" had deserted the locality, even +admitting that it was she Wells had seen the previous day. If some +damage to her triple system of locomotion had prevented her from +regaining either by land or by water her usual hiding-place, and +obliged her to seek refuge in Black Rock Creek, what ought we to +conclude now upon finding her here no longer? Obviously, that, having +finished her repairs, she had continued on her way, and was already +far beyond the waters of Lake Erie. + +But probable as this result had been from the first, we had more and +more ignored it as our trip proceeded. We had come to accept as a +fact that we should meet the "Terror," that we should find her +anchored at the base of the rocks where Wells had seen her. + +And now what disappointment! I might even say, what despair! All our +efforts gone for nothing! Even if the "Terror" was still upon the +lake, to find her, reach her and capture her, was beyond our power, +and it might as well be fully recognized beyond all human power. + +We stood there, Wells and I, completely crushed, while John Hart and +Nab Walker, no less chagrined, went tramping along the banks of the +Creek, seeking any trace that had been left behind. + +Posted there, at the mouth of the Creek, Wells and I exchanged +scarcely a word. What need was there of words to enable us to +understand each other! After our eagerness and our despair, we were +now exhausted. Defeated in our well-planned attempt, we felt as +unwilling to abandon our campaign, as we were unable to continue it. + +Nearly an hour slipped by. We could not resolve to leave the place. +Our eyes still sought to pierce the night. Sometimes a glimmer, due +to the sparkle of the waters, trembled on the surface of the lake. +Then it vanished, and with it the foolish hope that it had roused. +Sometimes again, we thought we saw a shadow outlined against the +dark, the silhouette of an approaching boat. Yet again some eddies +would swirl up at our feet, as if the Creek had been stirred within +its depths. These vain imaginings were dissipated one after the +other. They were but the illusions raised by our strained fancies. + +At length our companions rejoined us. My first question was, "Nothing +new?" + +"Nothing," said John Hart. + +"You have explored both banks of the Creek?" + +"Yes," responded Nab Walker, "as far as the shallow water above; and +we have not seen even a vestige of the things which Mr. Wells saw +laid on the shore." + +"Let us wait awhile," said I, unable to resolve upon a return to the +woods. + +At that moment our attention was caught by a sudden agitation of the +waters, which swelled upward at the foot of the rocks. + +"It is like the swell from a vessel," said Wells. + +"Yes," said I, instinctively lowering my voice. "What has caused it? +The wind has completely died out. Does it come from something on the +surface of the lake?" + +"Or from something underneath," said Wells, bending forward, the +better to determine. + +The commotion certainly seemed as if caused by some boat, whether +from beneath the water, or approaching the creek from outside upon +the lake. + +Silent, motionless, we strained eyes and ears to pierce the profound +obscurity. The faint noise of the waves of the lake lapping on the +shore beyond the creek, came to us distinctly through the night. John +Hart and Nab Walker drew a little aside upon a higher ridge of rocks. +As for me, I leaned close to the water to watch the agitation. It did +not lessen. On the contrary it became momentarily more evident, and +I began to distinguish a sort of regular throbbing, like that +produced by a screw in motion. + +"There is no doubt," declared Wells, leaning close to me, "there is a +boat coming toward us." + +"There certainly is," responded I, "unless they have whales or sharks +in Lake Erie." + +"No, it is a boat," repeated Wells. "Is she headed toward the mouth +of the creek, or is she going further up it?" + +"This is just where you saw the boat twice before?" + +"Yes, just here." + +"Then if this is the same one, and it can be no other, she will +probably return to the same spot." + +"There!" whispered Wells, extending his hand toward the entrance of +the creek. + +Our companions rejoined us, and all four, crouching low upon the +bank, peered in the direction he pointed. + +We vaguely distinguished a black mass moving through the darkness. It +advanced very slowly and was still outside the creek, upon the lake, +perhaps a cable's length to the northeast. We could scarcely hear +even now the faint throbbing of its engines. Perhaps they had stopped +and the boat was only gliding forward under their previous impulse. + +It seemed, then, that this was indeed the submarine which Wells had +watched, and it was returning to pass this night, like the last, +within the shelter of the creek. + +Why had it left the anchorage, if only to return? Had it suffered +some new disaster, which again impaired its power? Or had it been +before compelled to leave, with its repairs still unfinished? What +cause constrained it to return here? Was there some imperious reason +why it could no longer be turned into an automobile, and go darting +away across the roads of Ohio? + +To all these questions which came crowding upon me, I could give no +answer. Furthermore both Wells and I kept reasoning under the +assumption that this was really the "Terror" commanded by the "Master +of the World" who had dated from it his letter of defiance to the +government. Yet this premise was still unproven, no matter how +confident we might feel of it. + +Whatever boat this was, that stole so softly through the night, it +continued to approach us. Assuredly its captain must know perfectly +the channels and shores of Black Rock Creek, since he ventured here +in such darkness. Not a light showed upon the deck. Not a single ray +from within the cabin glimmered through any crevice. + +A moment later, we heard some machinery moving very softly. The swell +of the eddies grew stronger, and in a few moments the boat touched +the quay. + +This word "quay," only used in that region, exactly describes the +spot. The rocks at our feet formed a level, five or six feet above +the water, and descending to it perpendicularly, exactly like a +landing wharf. + +"We must not stop here," whispered Wells, seizing me by the arm. + +"No," I answered, "they might see us. We must lie crouched upon the +beach! Or we might hide in some crevice of the rocks." + +"We will follow you." + +There was not a moment to lose. The dark mass was now close at hand, +and on its deck, but slightly raised above the surface of the water, +we could trace the silhouettes of two men. + +Were there, then, really only two on board? + +We stole softly back to where the ravines rose toward the woods +above. Several niches in the rocks were at hand. Wells and I crouched +down in one, my two assistants in another. If the men on the "Terror" +landed, they could not see us; but we could see them, and would be +able to act as opportunity offered. + +There were some slight noises from the boat, a few words exchanged in +our own language. It was evident that the vessel was preparing to +anchor. Then almost instantly, a rope was thrown out, exactly on the +point of the quay where we had stood. + +Leaning forward, Wells could discern that the rope was seized by one +of the mariners, who had leaped ashore. Then we heard a +grappling-iron scrape along the ground. + +Some moments later, steps crunched upon the sand. Two men came up the +ravine, and went onward toward the edge of the woods, guiding their +steps by a ship lantern. + +Where were they going? Was Black Rock Creek a regular hiding place of +the "Terror?" Had her commander a depot here for stores or +provisions? Did they come here to restock their craft, when the whim +of their wild voyaging brought them to this part of the continent? +Did they know this deserted, uninhabited spot so well, that they had +no fear of ever being discovered here? + +"What shall we do?" whispered Wells. + +"Wait till they return, and then--" My words were cut short by a +surprise. The men were not thirty feet from us, when, one of them +chancing to turn suddenly, the light of their lantern fell full upon +his face. + +He was one of the two men who had watched before my house in Long +Street! I could not be mistaken! I recognized him as positively as my +old servant had done. It was he; it was assuredly one of the spies of +whom I had never been able to find any further traces! There was no +longer any doubt, my warning letter had come from them. It was +therefore from the "Master of the World"; it had been written from +the "Terror" and this was the "Terror." Once more I asked myself what +could be the connection between this machine and the Great Eyrie! + +In whispered words, I told Wells of my discovery. His only comment +was, "It is all incomprehensible!" + +Meanwhile the two men had continued on their way to the woods, and +were gathering sticks beneath the trees. "What if they discover our +encampment?" murmured Wells. + +"No danger, if they do not go beyond the nearest trees." + +"But if they do discover it?" + +"They will hurry back to their boat, and we shall be able to cut off +their retreat." + +Toward the creek, where their craft lay, there was no further sound. +I left my hiding-place; I descended the ravine to the quay; I stood +on the very spot where the grappling-iron was fast among the rocks. + +The "Terror" lay there, quiet at the end of its cable. Not a light +was on board; not a person visible, either on the deck, or on the +bank. Was not this my opportunity? Should I leap on board and there +await the return of the two men? + +"Mr. Strock!" It was Wells, who called to me softly from close at +hand. + +I drew back in all haste and crouched down beside him. Was it too +late to take possession of the boat? Or would the attempt perhaps +result in disaster from the presence of others watching on board? + +At any rate, the two men with the lantern were close at hand +returning down the ravine. Plainly they suspected nothing. Each +carrying a bundle of wood, they came forward and stopped upon the +quay. + +Then one of them raised his voice, though not loudly. "Hullo! +Captain!" + +"All right," answered a voice from the boat. + +Wells murmured in my ear, "There are three!" + +"Perhaps four," I answered, "perhaps five or six!" + +The situation grew more complicated. Against a crew so numerous, what +ought we to do? The least imprudence might cost us dear! Now that the +two men had returned, would they re-embark with their faggots? Then +would the boat leave the creek, or would it remain anchored until +day? If it withdrew, would it not be lost to us? It could leave the +waters of Lake Erie, and cross any of the neighboring states by land; +or it could retrace its road by the Detroit River which would lead it +to Lake Huron and the Great Lakes above. Would such an opportunity as +this, in the narrow waters of Black Rock Creek, ever occur again! + +"At least," said I to Wells, "we are four. They do not expect attack; +they will be surprised. The result is in the hands of Providence." + +I was about to call our two men, when Wells again seized my arm. +"Listen!" said he. + +One of the men hailed the boat, and it drew close up to the rocks. We +heard the Captain say to the two men ashore, "Everything is all +right, up there?" + +"Everything, Captain." + +"There are still two bundles of wood left there?" + +"Two." + +"Then one more trip will bring them all on board the 'Terror.'" + +The "Terror!" It WAS she! + +"Yes; just one more trip," answered one of the men. + +"Good; then we will start off again at daybreak." + +Were there then but three of them on board? The Captain, this Master +of the World, and these two men? + +Evidently they planned to take aboard the last of their wood. Then +they would withdraw within their machine, and go to sleep. Would not +that be the time to surprise them, before they could defend +themselves? + +Rather than to attempt to reach and capture the ship in face of this +resolute Captain who was guarding it, Wells and I agreed that it was +better to let his men return unassailed, and wait till they were all +asleep. + +It was now half an hour after ten. Steps were once more heard upon +the shore. The man with a lantern and his companion, again remounted +the ravine toward the woods. When they were safely beyond hearing, +Wells went to warn our men, while I stole forward again to the very +edge of the water. + +The "Terror" lay at the end of a short cable. As well as I could +judge, she was long and slim, shaped like a spindle, without chimney, +without masts, without rigging, such a shape as had been described +when she was seen on the coast of New England. + +I returned to my place, with my men in the shelter of the ravine; and +we looked to our revolvers, which might well prove of service. + +Five minutes had passed since the men reached the woods, and we +expected their return at any moment. After that, we must wait at +least an hour before we made our attack; so that both the Captain and +his comrades might be deep in sleep. It was important that they +should have not a moment either to send their craft darting out upon +the waters of Lake Erie, or to plunge it beneath the waves where we +would have been entrapped with it. + +In all my career I have never felt such impatience. It seemed to me +that the two men must have been detained in the woods. Something had +barred their return. + +Suddenly a loud noise was heard, the tumult of run-away horses, +galloping furiously along the shore! + +They were our own, which, frightened, and perhaps neglected by the +driver, had broken away from the clearing, and now came rushing along +the bank. + +At the same moment, the two men reappeared, and this time they were +running with all speed. Doubtless they had discovered our encampment, +and had at once suspected that there were police hidden in the woods. +They realized that they were watched, they were followed, they would +be seized. So they dashed recklessly down the ravine, and after +loosening the cable, they would doubtless endeavor to leap aboard. +The "Terror" would disappear with the speed of a meteor, and our +attempt would be wholly defeated! + +"Forward," I cried. And we scrambled down the sides of the ravine to +cut off the retreat of the two men. + +They saw us and, on the instant, throwing down their bundles, fired +at us with revolvers, hitting John Hart in the leg. + +We fired in our turn, but less successfully. The men neither fell nor +faltered in their course. Reaching the edge of the creek, without +stopping to unloose the cable, they plunged overboard, and in a +moment were clinging to the deck of the "Terror." + +Their captain, springing forward, revolver in hand, fired. The ball +grazed Wells. + +Nab Walker and I seizing the cable, pulled the black mass of the boat +toward shore. Could they cut the rope in time to escape us? + +Suddenly the grappling-iron was torn violently from the rocks. One of +its hooks caught in my belt, while Walker was knocked down by the +flying cable. I was entangled by the iron and the rope and dragged +forward-- + +The "Terror," driven by all the power of her engines, made a single +bound and darted out across Black Rock Creek. + + + + +Chapter 13 + +ON BOARD THE TERROR + + +When I came to my senses it was daylight. A half light pierced the +thick glass port-hole of the narrow cabin wherein someone had placed +me--how many hours ago, I could not say! Yet it seemed to me +by the slanting rays, that the sun could not be very far +above the horizon. + +I was resting in a narrow bunk with coverings over me. My clothes, +hanging in a corner, had been dried. My belt, torn in half by the +hook of the iron, lay on the floor. + +I felt no wound nor injury, only a little weakness. If I had lost +consciousness, I was sure it had not been from a blow. My head must +have been drawn beneath the water, when I was tangled in the cable. I +should have been suffocated, if someone had not dragged me from the +lake. + +Now, was I on board the "Terror?" And was I alone with the Captain +and his two men? This seemed probable, almost certain. The whole +scene of our encounter rose before my eyes, Hart lying wounded upon +the bank; Wells firing shot after shot, Walker hurled down at the +instant when the grappling hook caught my belt! And my companions? On +their side, must not they think that I had perished in the waters of +Lake Erie? + +Where was the "Terror" now, and how was it navigating? Was it moving +as an automobile? Speeding across the roads of some neighboring +State? If so, and if I had been unconscious for many hours, the +machine with its tremendous powers must be already far away. Or, on +the other hand, were we, as a submarine, following some course +beneath the lake? + +No, the "Terror" was moving upon some broad liquid surface. The +sunlight, penetrating my cabin, showed that the window was not +submerged. On the other hand, I felt none of the jolting that the +automobile must have suffered even on the smoothest highway. Hence +the "Terror" was not traveling upon land. + +As to deciding whether she was still traversing Lake Erie, that was +another matter. Had not the Captain reascended the Detroit River, and +entered Lake Huron, or even Lake Superior beyond? It was difficult to +say. + +At any rate I decided to go up on deck. From there I might be able to +judge. Dragging myself somewhat heavily from the bunk, I reached for +my clothes and dressed, though without much energy. Was I not +probably locked within this cabin? + +The only exit seemed by a ladder and hatchway above my head. The +hatch rose readily to my hand, and I ascended half way on deck. + +My first care was to look forward, backward, and on both sides of the +speeding "Terror." Everywhere a vast expanse of waves! Not a shore in +sight! Nothing but the horizon formed by sea and sky! + +Whether it was a lake or the ocean I could easily settle. As we shot +forward at such speed the water cut by the bow, rose furiously upward +on either side, and the spray lashed savagely against me. + +I tasted it. It was fresh water, and very probably that of Lake Erie. +The sun was but midway toward the zenith so it could scarcely be more +than seven or eight hours since the moment when the "Terror" had +darted from Black Rock Creek. + +This must therefore be the following morning, that of the +thirty-first of July. + +Considering that Lake Erie is two hundred and twenty miles long, and +over fifty wide, there was no reason to be surprised that I could see +no land, neither that of the United States to the southeast nor of +Canada to the northwest. + +At this moment there were two men on the deck, one being at the bow +on the look-out, the other in the stern, keeping the course to the +northeast, as I judged by the position of the sun. The one at the bow +was he whom I had recognized as he ascended the ravine at Black Rock. +The second was his companion who had carried the lantern. I looked in +vain for the one whom they had called Captain. He was not in sight. + +It will be readily appreciated how eager was my desire to stand in +the presence of the creator of this prodigious machines of this +fantastic personage who occupied and preoccupied the attention of all +the world, the daring inventor who did not fear to engage in battle +against the entire human race, and who proclaimed himself "Master of +the World." + +I approached the man on the look-out, and after a minute of silence I +asked him, "Where is the Captain?" + +He looked at me through half-closed eyes. He seemed not to understand +me. Yet I knew, having heard him the night before, that he spoke +English. Moreover, I noticed that he did not appear surprised to see +me out of my cabin. Turning his back upon me, he continued to search +the horizon. + +I stepped then toward the stern, determined to ask the same question +about the Captain. But when I approached the steersman, he waved me +away with his hand, and I obtained no other response. + +It only remained for me to study this craft, from which we had been +repelled with revolver shots, when we had seized upon its anchor rope. + +I therefore set leisurely to work to examine the construction of this +machine, which was carrying me--whither? The deck and the upper works +were all made of some metal which I did not recognize. In the center +of the deck, a scuttle half raised covered the room where the engines +were working regularly and almost silently. As I had seen before, +neither masts, nor rigging! Not even a flagstaff at the stern! Toward +the bow there arose the top of a periscope by which the "Terror" +could be guided when beneath the water. + +On the sides were folded back two sort of outshoots resembling the +gangways on certain Dutch boats. Of these I could not understand the +use. + +In the bow there rose a third hatch-way which presumably covered the +quarters occupied by the two men when the "Terror" was at rest. + +At the stern a similar hatch gave access probably to the cabin of the +captain, who remained unseen. When these different hatches were shut +down, they had a sort of rubber covering which closed them +hermetically tight, so that the water could not reach the interior +when the boat plunged beneath the ocean. + +As to the motor, which imparted such prodigious speed to the machine, +I could see nothing of it, nor of the propeller. However, the fast +speeding boat left behind it only a long, smooth wake. The extreme +fineness of the lines of the craft, caused it to make scarcely any +waves, and enabled it to ride lightly over the crest of the billows +even in a rough sea. + +As was already known, the power by which the machine was driven, was +neither steam nor gasoline, nor any of those similar liquids so well +known by their odor, which are usually employed for automobiles and +submarines. No doubt the power here used was electricity, generated +on board, at some high power. Naturally I asked myself whence comes +this electricity, from piles, or from accumulators? But how were +these piles or accumulators charged? Unless, indeed, the electricity +was drawn directly from the surrounding air or from the water, by +processes hitherto unknown. And I asked myself with intense eagerness +if in the present situation, I might be able to discover these +secrets. + +Then I thought of my companions, left behind on the shore of Black +Rock Creek. One of them, I knew, was wounded; perhaps the others were +also. Having seen me dragged overboard by the hawser, could they +possibly suppose that I had been rescued by the "Terror?" Surely not! +Doubtless the news of my death had already been telegraphed to Mr. +Ward from Toledo. And now who would dare to undertake a new campaign +against this "Master of the World"? + +These thoughts occupied my mind as I awaited the captain's appearance +on the deck. He did not appear. + +I soon began to feel very hungry; for I must have fasted now nearly +twenty-four hours. I had eaten nothing since our hasty meal in the +woods, even if that had been the night before. And judging by the +pangs which now assailed my stomach, I began to wonder if I had not +been snatched on board the "Terror" two days before,--or even more. + +Happily the question if they meant to feed me, and how they meant to +feed me, was solved at once. The man at the bow left his post, +descended, and reappeared. Then, without saying a word, he placed +some food before me and returned to his place. Some potted meat, +dried fish, sea-biscuit, and a pot of ale so strong that I had to mix +it with water, such was the meal to which I did full justice. My +fellow travelers had doubtless eaten before I came out of the cabin, +and they did not join me. + +There was nothing further to attract my eyes, and I sank again into +thought. How would this adventure finish? Would I see this invisible +captain at length, and would he restore me to liberty? Could I regain +it in spite of him? That would depend on circumstances! But if the +"Terror" kept thus far away from the shore, or if she traveled +beneath the water, how could I escape from her? Unless we landed, and +the machine became an automobile, must I not abandon all hope of +escape? + +Moreover--why should I not admit it?--to escape without having +learned anything of the "Terror's" secrets would not have contented +me at all. Although I could not thus far flatter myself upon the +success of my campaign, and though I had come within a hairbreadth of +losing my life and though the future promised far more of evil than +of good, yet after all, a step forward had been attained. To be sure, +if I was never to be able to re-enter into communication with the +world, if, like this Master of the World who had voluntarily placed +himself outside the law, I was now placed outside humanity, then the +fact that I had reached the "Terror" would have little value. + +The craft continued headed to the northeast, following the longer +axis of Lake Erie. She was advancing at only half speed; for, had she +been doing her best, she must some hours before have reached the +northeastern extremity of the lake. + +At this end Lake Erie has no other outlet than the Niagara River, by +which it empties into Lake Ontario. Now, this river is barred by the +famous cataract some fifteen miles beyond the important city of +Buffalo. Since the "Terror" had not retreated by the Detroit River, +down which she had descended from the upper lakes, how was she to +escape from these waters, unless indeed she crossed by land? + +The sun passed the meridian. The day was beautiful; warm but not +unpleasantly so, thanks to the breeze made by our passage. The shores +of the lake continued invisible on both the Canadian and the American +side. + +Was the captain determined not to show himself? Had he some reason +for remaining unknown? Such a precaution would indicate that he +intended to set me at liberty in the evening, when the "Terror" could +approach the shore unseen. + +Toward two o'clock, however, I heard a slight noise; the central +hatchway was raised. The man I had so impatiently awaited appeared on +deck. + +I must admit he paid no more attention to me, than his men had done. +Going to the stern, he took the helm. The man whom he had relieved, +after a few words in a low tone, left the deck, descending by the +forward hatchway. The captain, having scanned the horizon, consulted +the compass, and slightly altered our course. The speed of the +"Terror" increased. + +This man, so interesting both to me and to the world, must have been +some years over fifty. He was of middle height, with powerful +shoulders still very erect; a strong head, with thick hair rather +gray than white, smooth shaven cheeks, and a short, crisp beard. His +chest was broad, his jaw prominent, and he had that characteristic +sign of tremendous energy, bushy eyebrows drawn sharply together. +Assuredly he possessed a constitution of iron, splendid health, and +warm red blood beneath his sun burned skin. + +Like his companions the captain was dressed in sea-clothes covered by +an oil-skin coat, and with a woolen cap which could be pulled down to +cover his head entirely, when he so desired. + +Need I add that the captain of the "Terror" was the other of the two +men, who had watched my house in Long street. Moreover, if I +recognized him, he also must recognize me as chief-inspector Strock, +to whom had been assigned the task of penetrating the Great Eyrie. + +I looked at him curiously. On his part, while he did not seek to +avoid my eyes, he showed at least a singular indifference to the fact +that he had a stranger on board. + +As I watched him, the idea came to me, a suggestion which I had not +connected with the first view of him in Washington, that I had +already seen this characteristic figure. Was it in one of the +photographs held in the police department, or was it merely a picture +in some shop window? But the remembrance was very vague. Perhaps I +merely imagined it. + +Well, though his companions had not had the politeness to answer me, +perhaps he would be more courteous. He spoke the same language as I, +although I could not feel quite positive that he was of American +birth. He might indeed have decided to pretend not to understand me, +so as to avoid all discussion while he held me prisoner. + +In that case, what did he mean to do with me? Did he intend to +dispose of me without further ceremony? Was he only waiting for night +to throw me overboard? Did even the little which I knew of him, make +me a danger of which he must rid himself? But in that case, he might +better have left me at the end of his anchor line. That would have +saved him the necessity of drowning me over again. + +I turned, I walked to the stern, I stopped full in front of him. +Then, at length, he fixed full upon me a glance that burned like a +flame. + +"Are you the captain?" I asked. + +He was silent. + +"This boat! Is it really the 'Terror?'" + +To this question also there was no response. Then I reached toward +him; I would have taken hold of his arm. + +He repelled me without violence, but with a movement that suggested +tremendous restrained power. + +Planting myself again before him, I demanded in a louder tone, "What +do you mean to do with me?" + +Words seemed almost ready to burst from his lips, which he compressed +with visible irritation. As though to check his speech he turned his +head aside. His hand touched a regulator of some sort, and the +machine rapidly increased its speed. + +Anger almost mastered me. I wanted to cry out "So be it! Keep your +silence! I know who you are, just as I know your machine, recognized +at Madison, at Boston, at Lake Kirdall. Yes; it is you, who have +rushed so recklessly over our roads, our seas and our lakes! Your +boat is the 'Terror' and you her commander, wrote that letter to the +government. It is you who fancy you can fight the entire world. You, +who call yourself the Master of the World!" + +And how could he have denied it! I saw at that moment the famous +initials inscribed upon the helm! + +Fortunately I restrained myself; and despairing of getting any +response to my questions, I returned to my seat near the hatchway of +my cabin. + +For long hours, I patiently watched the horizon in the hope that land +would soon appear. Yes, I sat waiting! For I was reduced to that! +Waiting! No doubt, before the day closed, the "Terror" must reach the +end of Lake Erie, since she continued her course steadily to the +northeast. + + + + +Chapter 14 + +NIAGARA + + +The hours passed, and the situation did not change. The steersman +returned on deck, and the captain, descending, watched the movement +of the engines. Even when our speed increased, these engines +continued working without noise, and with remarkable smoothness There +was never one of those inevitable breaks, with which in most motors +the pistons sometimes miss a stroke. I concluded that the "Terror," +in each of its transformations must be worked by rotary engines. But +I could not assure myself of this. + +For the rest, our direction did not change. Always we headed toward +the northeast end of the lake, and hence toward Buffalo. + +Why, I wondered, did the captain persist in following this route? He +could not intend to stop at Buffalo, in the midst of a crowd of boats +and shipping of every kind. If he meant to leave the lake by water, +there was only the Niagara River to follow; and its Falls would be +impassable, even to such a machine as this. The only escape was by +the Detroit River, and the "Terror" was constantly leaving that +farther behind. + +Then another idea occurred to me. Perhaps the captain was only +waiting for night to return to the shore of the lake. There, the +boat, changed to an automobile, would quickly cross the neighboring +States. If I did not succeed in making my escape, during this passage +across the land, all hope of regaining my liberty would be gone. + +True, I might learn where this Master of the World hid himself. I +might learn what no one had yet been able to discover, assuming +always that he did not dispose of me at one time or another--and what +I expected his "disposal" would be, is easily comprehended. + +I knew the northeast end of Lake Erie well, having often visited that +section of New York State which extends westward from Albany to +Buffalo. Three years before, a police mission had led me to explore +carefully the shores of the Niagara River, both above and below the +cataract and its Suspension Bridge. I had visited the two principal +islands between Buffalo and the little city of Niagara Falls, I had +explored Navy Island and also Goat Island, which separates the +American falls from those of the Canadian side. + +Thus if an opportunity for flight presented itself, I should not find +myself in an unknown district. But would this chance offer? And at +heart, did I desire it, or would I seize upon it? What secrets still +remained in this affair in which good fortune or was it evil +fortune--had so closely entangled me! + +On the other hand, I saw no real reason to suppose that there was any +chance of my reaching the shores of the Niagara River. The "Terror" +would surely not venture into this trap which had no exit. Probably +she would not even go to the extremity of the lake. + +Such were the thoughts that spun through my excited brain, while my +eyes remained fixed upon the empty horizon. + +And always one persistent question remained insolvable. Why had the +captain written to me personally that threatening letter? Why had he +spied upon me in Washington? What bond attached him to the Great +Eyrie? There might indeed be subterranean canals which gave him +passage to Lake Kirdall, but could he pierce the impenetrable +fortress of the Eyrie? No! That was beyond him! + +Toward four o'clock in the afternoon, reckoning by the speed of the +"Terror" and her direction, I knew we must be approaching Buffalo; +and indeed, its outlines began to show some fifteen miles ahead. +During our passage, a few boats had been seen, but we had passed them +at a long distance, a distance which our captain could easily keep as +great as he pleased. Moreover, the "Terror" lay so low upon the +water, that at even a mile away it would have been difficult to +discover her. + +Now, however, the hills encircling the end of Lake Erie, came within +vision, beyond Buffalo, forming the sort of funnel by which Lake Erie +pours its waters into the channel of the Niagara river. Some dunes +rose on the right, groups of trees stood out here and there. In the +distance, several freight steamers and fishing smacks appeared. The +sky became spotted with trails of smoke, which were swept along by a +light eastern breeze. + +What was our captain thinking of in still heading toward the port of +Buffalo! Did not prudence forbid him to venture further? At each +moment, I expected that he would give a sweep of the helm and turn +away toward the western shore of the lake. Or else, I thought, he +would prepare to plunge beneath the surface. But this persistence in +holding our bow toward Buffalo was impossible to understand! + +At length the helmsman, whose eyes were watching the northeastern +shore, made a sign to his companion. The latter, leaving the bow, +went to the central hatchway, and descended into the engine room. +Almost immediately the captain came on deck, and joining the +helmsman, spoke with him in a low voice. + +The latter, extending his hand toward Buffalo, pointed out two black +spots, which showed five or six miles distant on the starboard side. +The captain studied them attentively. Then shrugging his shoulders, +he seated himself at the stern without altering the course of the +"Terror." + +A quarter of an hour later, I could see plainly that there were two +smoke clouds at the point they had studied so carefully. Little by +little the black spots beneath these became more defined. They were +two long, low steamers, which, coming from the port of Buffalo, were +approaching rapidly. + +Suddenly it struck me that these were the two torpedo destroyers of +which Mr. Ward had spoken, and which I had been told to summon in +case of need. + +These destroyers were of the newest type, the swiftest boats yet +constructed in the country. Driven by powerful engines of the latest +make, they had covered almost thirty miles an hour. It is true, the +"Terror" commanded an even greater speed, and always, if she were +surrounded so that flight was impossible, she could submerge herself +out of reach of all pursuit. In truth, the destroyers would have had +to be submarines to attack the "Terror" with any chance of success. +And I know not, if even in that case, the contest would have been +equal. + +Meanwhile, it seemed to me evident that the commanders of the two +ships had been warned, perhaps by Mr. Wells who, returning swiftly to +Toledo, might have telegraphed to them the news of our defeat. It +appeared, moreover, that they had seen the "Terror," for they were +headed at full speed toward her. Yet our captain, seemingly giving +them no thought whatever, continued his course toward the Niagara +River. + +What would the torpedo destroyers do? Presumably, they would maneuver +so as to seek to shut the "Terror" within the narrowing end of the +lake where the Niagara offered her no passage. + +Our captain now took the helm. One of the men was at the bow, the +other in the engine room. Would the order be given for me to go down +into the cabin? + +It was not, to my extreme satisfaction. To speak frankly, no one paid +any attention to me. It was as if I had not been on board. I watched, +therefore, not without mixed emotions, the approach of the +destroyers. Less than two miles distant now they separated in such a +way as to hold the "Terror" between their fires. + +As to the Master of the World, his manner indicated only the most +profound disdain. He seemed sure that these destroyers were powerless +against him. With a touch to his machinery he could distance them, no +matter what their speed! With a few turns of her engine, the "Terror" +would dart beyond their cannon shots! Or, in the depths of the lake, +what projectiles could find the submarine? + +Five minutes later, scarcely a mile separated us from the two +powerful fighters which pursued us. Our captain permitted them to +approach still closer. Then he pressed upon a handle. The "Terror," +doubling the action of her propellers, leaped across the surface of +the lake. She played with the destroyers! Instead of turning in +flight, she continued her forward course. Who knew if she would not +even have the audacity to pass between her two enemies, to coax them +after her, until the hour when, as night closed in, they would be +forced to abandon the useless pursuit! + +The city of Buffalo was now in plain view on the border of the lake. +I saw its huge buildings, its church towers, its grain elevators. +Only four or five miles ahead, Niagara river opened to the northward. + +Under these new conditions which way should I turn? When we passed in +front of the destroyers, or perhaps between them, should I not throw +myself into the waters I was a good swimmer, and such a chance might +never occur again. The captain could not stop to recapture me. By +diving could I not easily escape, even from a bullet? I should surely +be seen by one or other of the pursuers. Perhaps, even, their +commanders had been warned of my presence on board the "Terror." +Would not a boat be sent to rescue me? + +Evidently my chance of success would be even greater, if the "Terror" +entered the narrow waters of Niagara River. At Navy Island I would be +able to set foot on territory that I knew well. But to suppose that +our captain would rush into this river where he might be swept over +the great cataract! That seemed impossible! I resolved to await the +destroyers' closest approach and at the last moment I would decide. + +Yet my resolution to escape was but half-hearted. I could not resign +myself thus to lose all chance of following up this mystery. My +instincts as a police official revolted. I had but to reach out my +hand in order to seize this man who had been outlawed! Should I let +him escape me! No! I would not save myself! Yet, on the other hand, +what fate awaited me, and where would I be carried by the "Terror," +if I remained on board? + +It was a quarter past six. The destroyers, quivering and trembling +under the strain of their speed, gained on us perceptibly. They were +now directly astern, leaving between them a distance of twelve or +fifteen cable lengths. The "Terror," without increasing her speed, +saw one of them approach on the port side, the other to starboard. + +I did not leave my place. The man at the bow was close by me. +Immovable at the helm, his eyes burning beneath his contracted brows, +the captain waited. He meant, perhaps, to finish the chase by one +last maneuver. + +Suddenly, a puff of smoke rose from the destroyer on our left. A +projectile, brushing the surface of the water, passed in front of the +"Terror," and sped beyond the destroyer on our right. + +I glanced around anxiously. Standing by my side, the lookout seemed +to await a sign from the captain. As for him, he did not even turn +his head; and I shall never forget the expression of disdain +imprinted on his visage. + +At this moment, I was pushed suddenly toward the hatchway of my +cabin, which was fastened above me. At the same instant the other +hatchways were closed; the deck became watertight. I heard a single +throb of the machinery, and the plunge was made, the submarine +disappeared beneath the waters of the lake. + +Cannon shot still boomed above us. Their heavy echo reached my ear; +then everything was peace. Only a faint light penetrated through the +porthole into my cabin. The submarine, without the least rolling or +pitching, sped silently through the deeps. + +I had seen with what rapidity, and also with what ease the +transformation of the "Terror" had been made. No less easy and rapid, +perhaps, would be her change to an automobile. + +And now what would this Master of the World do? Presumably he would +change his course, unless, indeed, he preferred to speed to land, and +there continue his route along the roads. It still seemed more +probable, however, that he would turn back toward the west, and after +distancing the destroyers, regain the Detroit River. Our submersion +would probably only last long enough to escape out of cannon range, +or until night forbade pursuit. + +Fate, however, had decreed a different ending to this exciting chase. +Scarce ten minutes had passed when there seemed some confusion on +board. I heard rapid words exchanged in the engine room. The steadily +moving machinery became noisy and irregular. At once I suspected that +some accident compelled the submarine to reascend. + +I was not mistaken. In a moment, the semi-obscurity of my cabin was +pierced by sunshine. The "Terror" had risen above water. I heard +steps on the deck, and the hatchways were re-opened, including mine. +I sprang up the ladder. + +The captain had resumed his place at the helm, while the two men were +busy below. I looked to see if the destroyers were still in view. +Yes! Only a quarter of a mile away! The "Terror" had already been +seen, and the powerful vessels which enforced the mandates of our +government were swinging into position to give chase. Once more the +"Terror" sped in the direction of Niagara River. + +I must confess, I could make nothing of this maneuver. Plunging into +a cul-de-sac, no longer able to seek the depths because of the +accident, the "Terror" might, indeed, temporarily distance her +pursuers; but she must find her path barred by them when she +attempted to return. Did she intend to land, and if so, could she +hope to outrun the telegrams which would warn every police agency of +her approach? + +We were now not half a mile ahead. The destroyers pursued us at top +speed, though being now directly behind, they were in poor position +for using their guns. Our captain seemed content to keep this +distance; though it would have been easy for him to increase it, and +then at nightfall, to dodge back behind the enemy. + +Already Buffalo had disappeared on our right, and a little after +seven o'clock the opening of the Niagara River appeared ahead. If he +entered there, knowing that he could not return, our captain must +have lost his mind! And in truth was he not insane, this man who +proclaimed himself, who believed himself, Master of the World? + +I watched him there, calm, impassive not even turning his head to +note the progress of the destroyers and I wondered at him. + +This end of the lake was absolutely deserted. Freight steamers bound +for the towns on the banks of the upper Niagara are not numerous, as +its navigation is dangerous. Not one was in sight. Not even a +fishing-boat crossed the path of the "Terror." Even the two +destroyers would soon be obliged to pause in their pursuit, if we +continued our mad rush through these dangerous waters. + +I have said that the Niagara River flows between New York and Canada. +Its width, of about three quarters of a mile, narrows as it +approaches the falls. Its length, from Lake Erie to Lake Ontario, is +about fifteen leagues. It flows in a northerly direction, until it +empties the waters of Lake Superior, Michigan, Huron, and Erie into +Ontario, the last lake of this mighty chain. The celebrated falls, +which occur in the midst of this great river have a height of over a +hundred and fifty feet. They are called sometimes the Horse-shoe +Falls, because they curve inward like the iron shoe. The Indians have +given them the name of "Thunder of Waters," and in truth a mighty +thunder roars from them without cessation, and with a tumult which is +heard for several miles away. + +Between Lake Erie, and the little city of Niagara Falls, two islands +divide the current of the river, Navy Island, a league above the +cataract, and Goat Island, which separates the American and the +Canadian Falls. Indeed, on the lower point of this latter isle stood +once that "Terrapin Tower" so daringly built in the midst of the +plunging waters on the very edge of the abyss. It has been destroyed; +for the constant wearing away of the stone beneath the cataract makes +the ledge move with the ages slowly up the river, and the tower has +been drawn into the gulf. + +The town of Fort Erie stands on the Canadian shore at the entrance of +the river. Two other towns are set along the banks above the falls, +Schlosser on the right bank, and Chippewa on the left, located on +either side of Navy Island. It is at this point that the current, +bound within a narrower channel, begins to move at tremendous speed, +to become two miles further on, the celebrated cataract. + +The "Terror" had already passed Fort Erie. The sun in the west +touched the edge of the Canadian horizon, and the moon, faintly seen, +rose above the mists of the south. Darkness would not envelop us for +another hour. + +The destroyers, with huge clouds of smoke streaming from their +funnels, followed us a mile behind. They sped between banks green +with shade trees and dotted with cottages which lay among lovely +gardens. + +Obviously the "Terror" could no longer turn back. The destroyers shut +her in completely. It is true their commanders did not know, as I +did, that an accident to her machinery had forced her to the surface, +and that it was impossible for her to escape them by another plunge. +Nevertheless, they continued to follow, and would assuredly maintain +their pursuit to the very last. + +I marveled at the intrepidity of their chase through these dangerous +waters. I marveled still more at the conduct of our captain. Within a +half hour now, his course would be barred by the cataract. No matter +how perfect his machine, it could not escape the power of the great +falls. If the current once mastered our engines, we should inevitably +disappear in the gulf nearly two hundred feet deep which the waters +have dug at the base of the falls! Perhaps, however, our captain had +still power to turn to one of the shores and flee by the automobile +routes. + +In the midst of this excitement, what action should I take +personally? Should I attempt to gain the shores of Navy Island, if we +indeed advanced that far? If I did not seize this chance, never after +what I had learned of his secrets, never would the Master of the +World restore me to liberty. + +I suspected, however, that my flight was no longer possible. If I was +not confined within my cabin, I no longer remained unwatched. While +the captain retained his place at the helm, his assistant by my side +never removed his eyes from me. At the first movement, I should be +seized and locked within my room. For the present, my fate was +evidently bound up with that of the "Terror." + +The distance which separated us from the two destroyers was now +growing rapidly less. Soon they were but a few cable-lengths away. +Could the motor of the "Terror," since the accident, no longer hold +its speeds? Yet the captain showed not the least anxiety, and made no +effort to reach land! + +We could hear the hissing of the steam which escaped from the valves +of the destroyers, to mingle with the streamers of black smoke. But +we heard, even more plainly, the roar of the cataract, now less than +three miles away. + +The "Terror" took the left branch of the river in passing Navy +Island. At this point, she was within easy reach of the shore, yet +she shot ahead. Five minutes later, we could see the first trees of +Goat Island. The current became more and more irresistible. If the +"Terror" did not stop, the destroyers could not much longer follow +her. If it pleased our accursed captain to plunge us into the vortex +of the falls, surely they did not mean to follow into the abyss! + +Indeed, at this moment they signaled each other, and stopped the +pursuit. They were scarce more than six hundred feet from the +cataract. Then their thunders burst on the air and several cannon +shot swept over the "Terror" without hitting its low-lying deck. + +The sun had set, and through the twilight the moon's rays shone upon +us from the south. The speed of our craft, doubled by the speed of +the current, was prodigious! In another moment, we should plunge into +that black hollow which forms the very center of the Canadian Falls. + +With an eye of horror, I saw the shores of Goat Island flashed by, +then came the Isles of the Three Sisters, drowned in the spray from +the abyss. + +I sprang up; I started to throw myself into the water, in the +desperate hope of gaining this last refuge. One of the men seized me +from behind. + +Suddenly a sharp noise was heard from the mechanism which throbbed +within our craft. The long gangways folded back on the sides of the +machine, spread out like wings, and at the moment when the "Terror" +reached the very edge of the falls, she arose into space, escaping +from the thundering cataract in the center of a lunar rainbow. + + + + +Chapter 15 + +THE EAGLE'S NEST + + +On the morrow, when I awoke after a sound sleep, our vehicle seemed +motionless. It seemed to me evident that we were not running upon +land. Yet neither were we rushing through or beneath the waters; nor +yet soaring across the sky. Had the inventor regained that mysterious +hiding-place of his, where no human being had ever set foot before +him? + +And now, since he had not disembarrassed himself of my presence, was +his secret about to be revealed to me? + +It seemed astonishing that I had slept so profoundly during most of +our voyage through the air. It puzzled me and I asked if this sleep +had not been caused by some drug, mixed with my last meal, the +captain of the "Terror" having wished thus to prevent me from knowing +the place where we landed. All that I can recall of the previous +night is the terrible impression made upon me by that moment when the +machine, instead of being caught in the vortex of the cataract rose +under the impulse of its machinery like a bird with its huge wings +beating with tremendous power! + +So this machine actually fulfilled a four-fold use! It was at the +same time automobile, boat, submarine, and airship. Earth, sea and +air,--it could move through all three elements! And with what +power! With what speed! Al few instants sufficed to complete its +marvelous transformations. The same engine drove it along all its +courses! And I had been a witness of its metamorphoses! But that of +which I was still ignorant, and which I could perhaps discover, was +the source of the energy which drove the machine, and above all, who +was the inspired inventor who, after having created it, in every +detail, guided it with so much ability and audacity! + +At the moment when the "Terror" rose above the Canadian Falls, I was +held down against the hatchway of my cabin. The clear, moonlit +evening had permitted me to note the direction taken by the air-ship. +It followed the course of the river and passed the Suspension Bridge +three miles below the falls. It is here that the irresistible rapids +of the Niagara River begin, where the river bends sharply to descend +toward Lake Ontario. + +On leaving this point, I was sure that we had turned toward the east. +The captain continued at the helm. I had not addressed a word to him. +What good would it do? He would not have answered. I noted that the +"Terror" seemed to be guided in its course through the air with +surprising ease. Assuredly the roads of the air were as familiar to +it as those of the seas and of the lands! + +In the presence of such results, could one not understand the +enormous pride of this man who proclaimed himself Master of the +World? Was he not in control of a machine infinitely superior to any +that had ever sprung from the hand of man, and against which men were +powerless? In truth, why should he sell this marvel? Why should he +accept the millions offered him? Yes, I comprehended now that +absolute confidence in himself which was expressed in his every +attitude. And where might not his ambition carry him, if by its own +excess it mounted some day into madness! + +A half hour after the "Terror" soared into the air, I had sunk into +complete unconsciousness, without realizing its approach. I repeat, +it must have been caused by some drug. Without doubt, our commander +did not wish me to know the road he followed. + +Hence I cannot say whether the aviator continued his flight through +space, or whether the mariner sailed the surface of some sea or lake, +or the chauffeur sped across the American roads. No recollection +remains with me of what passed during that night of July thirty-first. + +Now, what was to follow from this adventure? And especially +concerning myself, what would be its end? + +I have said that at the moment when I awoke from my strange sleep, +the "Terror" seemed to me completely motionless. I could hardly be +mistaken; whatever had been her method of progress, I should have +felt some movement, even in the air. I lay in my berth in the cabin, +where I had been shut in without knowing it, just as I had been on +the preceding night which I had passed on board the "Terror" on Lake +Erie. + +My business now was to learn if I would be allowed to go on deck here +where the machine had landed. I attempted to raise the hatchway. It +was fastened. + +"Ah!" said I, "am I to be kept here until the 'Terror' recommences +its travels?" Was not that, indeed, the only time when escape was +hopeless? + +My impatience and anxiety may be appreciated. I knew not how long +this halt might continue. + +I had not a quarter of an hour to wait. A noise of bars being removed +came to my ear. The hatchway was raised from above. A wave of light +and air penetrated my cabin. + +With one bound I reached the deck. My eyes in an instant swept round +the horizon. + +The "Terror," as I had thought, rested quiet on the ground. She was +in the midst of a rocky hollow measuring from fifteen to eighteen +hundred feet in circumference. A floor of yellow gravel carpeted its +entire extent, unrelieved by a single tuft of herbage. + +This hollow formed an almost regular oval, with its longer diameter +extending north and south. As to the surrounding-wall, what was its +height, what the character of its crest, I could not judge. Above us +was gathered a fog so heavy, that the rays of the sun had not yet +pierced it. Heavy trails of cloud drifted across the sandy floor, +Doubtless the morning was still young, and this mist might later be +dissolved. + +It was quite cold here, although this was the first day of August. I +concluded therefore that we must be far in the north, or else high +above sea-level. We must still be somewhere on the New Continent; +though where, it was impossible to surmise. Yet no matter how rapid +our flight had been, the air-ship could not have traversed either +ocean in the dozen hours since our departure from Niagara. + +At this moment, I saw the captain come from an opening in the rocks, +probably a grotto, at the base of this cliff hidden in the fog. +Occasionally, in the mists above, appeared the shadows of huge birds. +Their raucous cries were the sole interruption to the profound +silence. Who knows if they were not affrighted by the arrival of this +formidable, winged monster, which they could not match either in +might or speed. + +Everything led me to believe that it was here that the Master of the +World withdrew in the intervals between his prodigious journeys. Here +was the garage of his automobile; the harbor of his boat; the hangar +of his air-ship. + +And now the "Terror" stood motionless at the bottom of this hollow. +At last I could examine her; and it looked as if her owners had no +intention of preventing me. The truth is that the commander seemed to +take no more notice of my presence than before. His two companions +joined him, and the three did not hesitate to enter together into the +grotto I had seen. What a chance to study the machine, at least its +exterior! As to its inner parts, probably I should never get beyond +conjecture. + +In fact, except for that of my cabin, the hatchways were closed; and +it would be vain for me to attempt to open them. At any rate, it +might be more interesting to find out what kind of propeller drove +the "Terror" in these many transformations. + +I jumped to the ground and found I was left at leisure, to proceed +with this first examination. + +The machine was as I have said spindle-shaped. The bow was sharper +than the stern. The body was of aluminium, the wings of a substance +whose nature I could not determine. The body rested on four wheels, +about two feet in diameter. These had pneumatic tires so thick as to +assure ease of movement at any speed. Their spokes spread out like +paddles or battledores; and when the "Terror" moved either on or +under the water, they must have increased her pace. + +These wheels were not however, the principal propeller. This +consisted of two "Parsons" turbines placed on either side of the +keel. Driven with extreme rapidity by the engine, they urged the boat +onward in the water by twin screws, and I even questioned if they +were not powerful enough to propel the machine through the air. + +The chief aerial support, however, was that of the great wings, now +again in repose, and folded back along the sides. Thus the theory of +the "heavier than air" flying machine was employed by the inventor, a +system which enabled him to dart through space with a speed probably +superior to that of the largest birds. + +As to the agent which set in action these various mechanisms, I +repeat, it was, it could be, no other than electricity. But from what +source did his batteries get their power? Had he somewhere an +electric factory, to which he must return? Were the dynamos, perhaps +working in one of the caverns of this hollow? + +The result of my examination was that, while I could see that the +machine used wheels and turbine screws and wings, I knew nothing of +either its engine, nor of the force which drove it. To be sure, the +discovery of this secret would be of little value to me. To employ it +I must first be free. And after what I knew--little as that really +was--the Master of the World would never release me. + +There remained, it is true, the chance of escape. But would an +opportunity ever present itself? If there could be none during the +voyages of the "Terror," might there possibly be, while we remained +in this retreat? + +The first question to be solved was the location of this hollow. What +communication did it have with the surrounding region? Could one only +depart from it by a flying-machine? And in what part of the United +States were we? Was it not reasonable to estimate, that our flight +through the darkness had covered several hundred leagues? + +There was one very natural hypothesis which deserved to be +considered, if not actually accepted. What more natural harbor could +there be for the "Terror" than the Great Eyrie? Was it too difficult +a flight for our aviator to reach the summit? Could he not soar +anywhere that the vultures and the eagles could? Did not that +inaccessible Eyrie offer to the Master of the World just such a +retreat as our police had been unable to discover, one in which he +might well believe himself safe from all attacks? Moreover, the +distance between Niagara Falls and this part of the Blueridge +Mountains, did not exceed four hundred and fifty miles, a flight +which would have been easy for the "Terror." + +Yes, this idea more and more took possession of me. It crowded out a +hundred other unsupported suggestions. Did not this explain the +nature of the bond which existed between the Great Eyrie and the +letter which I had received with our commander's initials? And the +threats against me if I renewed the ascent! And the espionage to +which I had been subjected! And all the phenomena of which the Great +Eyrie had been the theater, were they not to be attributed to this +same cause--though what lay behind the phenomena was not yet clear? +Yes, the Great Eyrie! The Great Eyrie! + +But since it had been impossible for me to penetrate here, would it +not be equally impossible for me to get out again, except upon the +"Terror?" Ah, if the mists would but lift! Perhaps I should recognize +the place. What was as yet a mere hypothesis, would become a starting +point to act upon. + +However, since I had freedom to move about, since neither the captain +nor his men paid any heed to me, I resolved to explore the hollow. +The three of them were all in the grotto toward the north end of the +oval. Therefore I would commence my inspection at the southern end. + +Reaching the rocky wall, I skirted along its base and found it broken +by many crevices; above, arose more solid rocks of that feldspar of +which the chain of the Alleghanies largely consists. To what height +the rock wall rose, or what was the character of its summit, was +still impossible to see. I must wait until the sun had scattered the +mists. + +In the meantime, I continued to follow along the base of the cliff. +None of its cavities seemed to extend inward to any distance. Several +of them contained debris from the hand of man, bits of broken wood, +heaps of dried grasses. On the ground were still to be seen the +footprints that the captain and his men must have left, perhaps +months before, upon the sand. + +My jailers, being doubtless very busy in their cabin, did not show +themselves until they had arranged and packed several large bundles. +Did they purpose to carry those on board the "Terror?" And were they +packing up with the intention of permanently leaving their retreat? + +In half an hour my explorations were completed and I returned toward +the center. Here and there were heaped up piles of ashes, bleached by +weather. There were fragments of burned planks and beams; posts to +which clung rusted iron-work; armatures of metal twisted by fire; all +the remnants of some intricate mechanism destroyed by the flames. + +Clearly at some period not very remote the hollow had been the scene +of a conflagration, accidental or intentional. Naturally I connected +this with the phenomena observed at the Great Eyrie, the flames which +rose above the crest, the noises which had so frightened the people +of Pleasant Garden and Morganton. But of what mechanisms were these +the fragments, and what reason had our captain for destroying them? + +At this moment I felt a breath of air; a breeze came from the east. +The sky swiftly cleared. The hollow was filled with light from the +rays of the sun which appeared midway between the horizon and the +zenith. + +A cry escaped me! The crest of the rocky wall rose a hundred feet +above me. And on the eastern side was revealed that easily +recognizable pinnacle, the rock like a mounting eagle. It was the +same that had held the attention of Mr. Elias Smith and myself, when +we had looked up at it from the outer side of the Great Eyrie. + +Thus there was no further doubt. In its flight during the night the +airship had covered the distance between Lake Erie and North +Carolina. It was in the depth of this Eyrie that the machine had +found shelter! This was the nest, worthy of the gigantic and powerful +bird created by the genius of our captain! The fortress whose mighty +walls none but he could scale! Perhaps even, he had discovered in the +depths of some cavern, some subterranean passage by which he himself +could quit the Great Eyrie, leaving the "Terror" safely sheltered +within. + +At last I saw it all! This explained the first letter sent me from +the Great Eyrie itself with the threat of death. If we had been able +to penetrate into this hollow, who knows if the secrets of the Master +of the World might not have been discovered before he had been able +to set them beyond our reach? + +I stood there, motionless; my eyes fixed on that mounting eagle of +stone, prey to a sudden, violent emotion. Whatsoever might be the +consequences to myself, was it not my duty to destroy this machine, +here and now, before it could resume its menacing flight of mastery +across the world! + +Steps approached behind me. I turned. The inventor stood by my side, +and pausing looked me in the face. + +I was unable to restrain myself; the words burst forth--"The Great +Eyrie! The Great Eyrie!" + +"Yes, Inspector Strock." + +"And you! You are the Master of the World?" + +"Of that world to which I have already proved myself to be the most +powerful of men." + +"You!" I reiterated, stupefied with amazement. + +"I," responded he, drawing himself up in all his pride, "I, +Robur--Robur, the Conqueror!" + + + + +Chapter 16 + +ROBUR, THE CONQUEROR + + +Robur, the Conqueror! This then was the likeness I had vaguely +recalled. Some years before the portrait of this extraordinary man +had been printed in all the American newspapers, under date of the +thirteenth of June, the day after this personage had made his +sensational appearance at the meeting of the Weldon Institute at +Philadelphia. + +I had noted the striking character of the portrait at the time; the +square shoulders; the back like a regular trapezoid, its longer side +formed by that geometrical shoulder line; the robust neck; the +enormous spheroidal head. The eyes at the least emotion, burned with +fire, while above them were the heavy, permanently contracted brows, +which signified such energy. The hair was short and crisp, with a +glitter as of metal in its lights. The huge breast rose and fell like +a blacksmith's forge; and the thighs, the arms and hands, were worthy +of the mighty body. The narrow beard was the same also, with the +smooth shaven cheeks which showed the powerful muscles of the jaw. + +And this was Robur the Conqueror, who now stood before me, who +revealed himself to me, hurling forth his name like a threat, within +his own impenetrable fortress! + +Let me recall briefly the facts which had previously drawn upon Robur +the Conqueror the attention of the entire world. The Weldon Institute +was a club devoted to aeronautics under the presidency of one of the +chief personages of Philadelphia, commonly called Uncle Prudent. Its +secretary was Mr. Phillip Evans. The members of the Institute were +devoted to the theory of the "lighter than air" machine; and under +their two leaders were constructing an enormous dirigible balloon, +the "Go-Ahead." + +At a meeting in which they were discussing the details of the +construction of their balloon, this unknown Robur had suddenly +appeared and, ridiculing all their plans, had insisted that the only +true solution of flight lay with the heavier than air machines, and +that he had proven this by constructing one. + +He was in this turn doubted and ridiculed by the members of the club, +who called him in mockery Robur the Conqueror. In the tumult that +followed, revolver shots were fired; and the intruder disappeared. + +That same night he had by force abducted the president and the +secretary of the club, and had taken them, much against their will +upon a voyage in the wonderful air-ship, the "Albatross," which he +had constructed. He meant thus to prove to them beyond argument the +correctness of his assertions. This ship, a hundred feet long, was +upheld in the air by a large number of horizontal screws and was +driven forward by vertical screws at its bow and stern. It was +managed by a crew of at least half a dozen men, who seemed absolutely +devoted to their leader, Robur. + +After a voyage almost completely around the world, Mr. Prudent and +Mr. Evans managed to escape from the "Albatross" after a desperate +struggle. They even managed to cause an explosion on the airship, +destroying it, and involving the inventor and all his crew in a +terrific fall from the sky into the Pacific ocean. + +Mr. Prudent and Mr. Evans then returned to Philadelphia. They had +learned that the "Albatross" had been constructed on an unknown isle +of the Pacific called Island X; but since the location of this +hiding-place was wholly unknown, its discovery lay scarcely within +the bounds of possibility. Moreover, the search seemed entirely +unnecessary, as the vengeful prisoners were quite certain that they +had destroyed their jailers. + +Hence the two millionaires, restored to their homes, went calmly on +with the construction of their own machine, the "Go-Ahead." They +hoped by means of it to soar once more into the regions they had +traversed with Robur, and to prove to themselves that their lighter +than air machine was at least the equal of the heavy "Albatross." If +they had not persisted, they would not have been true Americans. + +On the twentieth of April in the following year the "Go-Ahead" was +finished and the ascent was made, from Fairmount Park in +Philadelphia. I myself was there with thousands of other spectators. +We saw the huge balloon rise gracefully; and, thanks to its powerful +screws, it maneuvered in every direction with surprising ease. +Suddenly a cry was heard, a cry repeated from a thousand throats. +Another airship had appeared in the distant skies and it now +approached with marvelous rapidity. It was another "Albatross," +perhaps even superior to the first. Robur and his men had escaped +death in the Pacific; and, burning for revenge, they had constructed +a second airship in their secret Island X. + +Like a gigantic bird of prey, the "Albatross" hurled itself upon the +"Go-Ahead." Doubtless, Robur, while avenging himself wished also to +prove the immeasurable superiority of the heavier than air machines. + +Mr. Prudent and Mr. Evans defended themselves as best they could. +Knowing that their balloon had nothing like the horizontal speed of +the "Albatross," they attempted to take advantage of their superior +lightness and rise above her. The "Go-Ahead," throwing out all her +ballast, soared to a height of over twenty thousand feet. Yet even +there the "Albatross" rose above her, and circled round her with ease. + +Suddenly an explosion was heard. The enormous gas-bag of the +"Go-Ahead," expanding under the dilation of its contents at this +great height, had finally burst. + +Half-emptied, the balloon fell rapidly. + +Then to our universal astonishment, the "Albatross" shot down after +her rival, not to finish the work of destruction but to bring rescue. +Yes! Robur, forgetting his vengeance, rejoined the sinking +"Go-Ahead," and his men lifted Mr. Prudent, Mr. Evans, and the +aeronaut who accompanied them, onto the platform of his craft. Then +the balloon, being at length entirely empty, fell to its destruction +among the trees of Fairmount Park. + +The public was overwhelmed with astonishment, with fear! Now that +Robur had recaptured his prisoners, how would he avenge himself? +Would they be carried away, this time, forever? + +The "Albatross" continued to descend, as if to land in the clearing +at Fairmount Park. But if it came within reach, would not the +infuriated crowd throw themselves upon the airship, tearing both it +and its inventor to pieces? + +The "Albatross" descended within six feet of the ground. I remember +well the general movement forward with which the crowd threatened to +attack it. Then Robur's voice rang out in words which even now I can +repeat almost as he said them: + +"Citizens of the United States, the president and the secretary of +the Weldon Institute are again in my power. In holding them prisoners +I would but be exercising my natural right of reprisal for the +injuries they have done me. But the passion and resentment which have +been roused both in them and you by the success of the 'Albatross,' +show that the souls of men are not yet ready for the vast increase of +power which the conquest of the air will bring to them. Uncle +Prudent, Phillip Evans, you are free." + +The three men rescued from the balloon leaped to the ground. The +airship rose some thirty feet out of reach, and Robur recommenced: + +"Citizens of the United States, the conquest of the air is made; but +it shall not be given into your hands until the proper time. I leave, +and I carry my secret with me. It will not be lost to humanity, but +shall be entrusted to them when they have learned not to abuse it. +Farewell, Citizens of the United States!" + +Then the "Albatross" rose under the impulse of its mighty screws, and +sped away amidst the hurrahs of the multitude. + +I have ventured to remind my readers of this last scene somewhat in +detail, because it seemed to reveal the state of mind of the +remarkable personage who now stood before me. Apparently he had not +then been animated by sentiments hostile to humanity. He was content +to await the future; though his attitude undeniably revealed the +immeasurable confidence which he had in his own genius, the immense +pride which his almost superhuman powers had aroused within him. + +It was not astonishing, moreover, that this haughtiness had little by +little been aggravated to such a degree that he now presumed to +enslave the entire world, as his public letter had suggested by its +significant threats. His vehement mind had with time been roused to +such over-excitement that he might easily be driven into the most +violent excesses. + +As to what had happened in the years since the last departure of the +"Albatross," I could only partly reconstruct this even with my +present knowledge. It had not sufficed the prodigious inventor to +create a flying machine, perfect as that was! He had planned to +construct a machine which could conquer all the elements at once. +Probably in the workshops of Island X, a selected body of devoted +workmen had constructed, one by one, the pieces of this marvelous +machine, with its quadruple transformation. Then the second +"Albatross" must have carried these pieces to the Great Eyrie, where +they had been put together, within easier access of the world of men +than the far-off island had permitted. The "Albatross" itself had +apparently been destroyed, whether by accident or design, within the +eyrie. The "Terror" had then made its appearance on the roads of the +United States and in the neighboring waters. And I have told under +what conditions, after having been vainly pursued across Lake Erie, +this remarkable masterpiece had risen through the air carrying me a +prisoner on board. + + + + +Chapter 17 + +IN THE NAME OF THE LAW + + +What was to be the issue of this remarkable adventure? Could I bring +it to any denouement whatever, either sooner or later? Did not Robur +hold the results wholly in his own hands? Probably I would never have +such an opportunity for escape as had occurred to Mr. Prudent and Mr. +Evans amid the islands of the Pacific. I could only wait. And how +long might the waiting last! + +To be sure, my curiosity had been partly satisfied. But even now I +knew only the answer to the problems of the Great Eyrie. Having at +length penetrated its circle, I comprehended all the phenomena +observed by the people of the Blueridge Mountains. I was assured that +neither the country-folk throughout the region, nor the townfolk of +Pleasant Garden and Morganton were in danger of volcanic eruptions or +earthquakes. No subterranean forces whatever were battling within the +bowels of the mountains. No crater had arisen in this corner of the +Alleghanies. The Great Eyrie served merely as the retreat of Robur +the Conqueror. This impenetrable hiding-place where he stored his +materials and provisions, had without doubt been discovered by him +during one of his aerial voyages in the "Albatross." It was a retreat +probably even more secure than that as yet undiscovered Island X in +the Pacific. + +This much I knew of him; but of this marvelous machine of his, of the +secrets of its construction and propelling force, what did I really +know? Admitting that this multiple mechanism was driven by +electricity, and that this electricity was, as we knew it had been in +the "Albatross," extracted directly from the surrounding air by some +new process, what were the details of its mechanism? I had not been +permitted to see the engine; doubtless I should never see it. + +On the question of my liberty I argued thus: Robur evidently intends +to remain unknown. As to what he intends to do with his machine, I +fear, recalling his letter, that the world must expect from it more +of evil than of good. At any rate, the incognito which he has so +carefully guarded in the past he must mean to preserve in the future. +Now only one man can establish the identity of the Master of the +World with Robur the Conqueror. This man is I his prisoner, I who +have the right to arrest him, I, who ought to put my hand on his +shoulder, saying, "In the Name of the Law--" + +On the other hand, could I hope for a rescue from with out? Evidently +not. The police authorities must know everything that had happened at +Black Rock Creek. Mr. Ward, advised of all the incidents, would have +reasoned on the matter as follows: when the "Terror" quitted the +creek dragging me at the end of her hawser, I had either been drowned +or, since my body had not been recovered, I had been taken on board +the "Terror," and was in the hands of its commander. + +In the first case, there was nothing more to do than to write +"deceased" after the name of John Strock, chief inspector of the +federal police in Washington. + +In the second case, could my confreres hope ever to see me again? The +two destroyers which had pursued the "Terror" into the Niagara River +had stopped, perforce, when the current threatened to drag them over +the falls. At that moment, night was closing in, and what could be +thought on board the destroyers but that the "Terror" had been +engulfed in the abyss of the cataract? It was scarce possible that +our machine had been seen when, amid the shades of night, it rose +above the Horseshoe Falls, or when it winged its way high above the +mountains on its route to the Great Eyrie. + +With regard to my own fate, should I resolve to question Robur? Would +he consent even to appear to hear me? Was he not content with having +hurled at me his name? Would not that name seem to him to answer +everything? + +That day wore away without bringing the least change to the +situation. Robur and his men continued actively at work upon the +machine, which apparently needed considerable repair. I concluded +that they meant to start forth again very shortly, and to take me +with them. It would, however, have been quite possible to leave me at +the bottom of the Eyrie. There would have been no way by which I +could have escaped, and there were provisions at hand sufficient to +keep me alive for many days. + +What I studied particularly during this period was the mental state +of Robur. He seemed to me under the dominance of a continuous +excitement. What was it that his ever-seething brain now meditated? +What projects was he forming for the future? Toward what region would +he now turn? Would he put in execution the menaces expressed in his +letter--the menaces of a madman! + +The night of that first day, I slept on a couch of dry grass in one +of the grottoes of the Great Eyrie. Food was set for me in this +grotto each succeeding day. On the second and third of August, the +three men continued at their work scarcely once, however, exchanging +any words, even in the midst of their labors. When the engines were +all repaired to Robur's satisfaction, the men began putting stores +aboard their craft, as if expecting a long absence. Perhaps the +"Terror" was about to traverse immense distances; perhaps even, the +captain intended to regain his Island X, in the midst of the Pacific. + +Sometimes I saw him wander about the Eyrie buried in thought, or he +would stop and raise his arm toward heaven as if in defiance of that +God with Whom he assumed to divide the empire of the world. Was not +his overweening pride leading him toward insanity? An insanity which +his two companions, hardly less excited than he, could do nothing to +subdue! Had he not come to regard himself as mightier than the +elements which he had so audaciously defied even when he possessed +only an airship, the "Albatross?" And now, how much more powerful had +he become, when earth, air and water combined to offer him an +infinite field where none might follow him! + +Hence I had much to fear from the future, even the most dread +catastrophes. It was impossible for me to escape from the Great +Eyrie, before being dragged into a new voyage. After that, how could +I possibly get away while the "Terror" sped through the air or the +ocean? My only chance must be when she crossed the land, and did so +at some moderate speed. Surely a distant and feeble hope to cling to! + +It will be recalled that after our arrival at the Great Eyrie, I had +attempted to obtain some response from Robur, as to his purpose with +me; but I had failed. On this last day I made another attempt. + +In the afternoon I walked up and down before the large grotto where +my captors were at work. Robur, standing at the entrance, followed me +steadily with his eyes. Did he mean to address me? + +I went up to him. "Captain," said I, "I have already asked you a +question, which you have not answered. I ask it again: What do you +intend to do with me?" + +We stood face to face scarce two steps apart. With arms folded, he +glared at me, and I was terrified by his glance. Terrified, that is +the word! The glance was not that of a sane man. Indeed, it seemed to +reflect nothing whatever of humanity within. + +I repeated my question in a more challenging tone. For an instant I +thought that Robur would break his silence and burst forth. + +"What do you intend to do with me? Will you set me free?" + +Evidently my captor's mind was obsessed by some other thought, from +which I had only distracted him for a moment. He made again that +gesture which I had already observed; he raised one defiant arm +toward the zenith. It seemed to me as if some irresistible force drew +him toward those upper zones of the sky, that he belonged no more to +the earth, that he was destined to live in space; a perpetual dweller +in the clouds. + +Without answering me, without seeming to have understood me, Robur +reentered the grotto. + +How long this sojourn or rather relaxation of the "Terror" in the +Great Eyrie was to last, I did not know. I saw, however, on the +afternoon of this third of August that the repairs and the +embarkation of stores were completed. The hold and lockers of our +craft must have been completely crowded with the provisions taken +from the grottoes of the Eyrie. + +Then the chief of the two assistants, a man whom I now recognized as +that John Turner who had been mate of the "Albatross," began another +labor. With the help of his companion, he dragged to the center of +the hollow all that remained of their materials, empty cases, +fragments of carpentry, peculiar pieces of wood which clearly must +have belonged to the "Albatross," which had been sacrificed to this +new and mightier engine of locomotion. Beneath this mass there lay a +great quantity of dried grasses. The thought came to me that Robur +was preparing to leave this retreat forever! + +In fact, he could not be ignorant that the attention of the public +was now keenly fixed upon the Great Eyrie; and that some further +attempt was likely to be made to penetrate it. Must he not fear that +some day or other the effort would be successful, and that men would +end by invading his hiding-place? Did he not wish that they should +find there no single evidence of his occupation? + +The sun disappeared behind the crests of the Blueridge. His rays now +lighted only the very summit of Black Dome towering in the northwest. +Probably the "Terror" awaited only the night in order to begin her +flight. The world did not yet know that the automobile and boat could +also transform itself into a flying machine. Until now, it had never +been seen in the air. And would not this fourth transformation be +carefully concealed, until the day when the Master of the World chose +to put into execution his insensate menaces? + +Toward nine o'clock profound obscurity enwrapped the hollow. Not a +star looked down on us. Heavy clouds driven by a keen eastern wind +covered the entire sky. The passage of the "Terror" would be +invisible, not only in our immediate neighborhood, but probably +across all the American territory and even the adjoining seas. + +At this moment Turner, approaching the huge stack in the middle of +the eyrie, set fire to the grass beneath. + +The whole mass flared up at once. From the midst of a dense smoke, +the roaring flames rose to a height which towered above the walls of +the Great Eyrie. Once more the good folk of Morganton and Pleasant +Garden would believe that the crater had reopened. These flames would +announce to them another volcanic upheaval. + +I watched the conflagration. I heard the roarings and cracklings +which filled the air. From the deck of the "Terror," Robur watched it +also. + +Turner and his companion pushed back into the fire the fragments +which the violence of the flames cast forth. Little by little the +huge bonfire grew less. The flames sank down into a mere mass of +burnt-out ashes; and once more all was silence and blackest night. + +Suddenly I felt myself seized by the arm. Turner drew me toward the +"Terror." Resistance would have been useless. And moreover what could +be worse than to be abandoned without resources in this prison whose +walls I could not climb! + +As soon as I set foot on the deck, Turner also embarked. His +companion went forward to the look-out; Turner climbed down into the +engine-room, lighted by electric bulbs, from which not a gleam +escaped outside. + +Robur himself was at the helm, the regulator within reach of his +hand, so that he could control both our speed and our direction. As +to me, I was forced to descend into my cabin, and the hatchway was +fastened above me. During that night, as on that of our departure +from Niagara, I was not allowed to watch the movements of the +"Terror." + +Nevertheless, if I could see nothing of what was passing on board, I +could hear the noises of the machinery. I had first the feeling that +our craft, its bow slightly raised, lost contact with the earth. Some +swerves and balancings in the air followed. Then the turbines +underneath spun with prodigious rapidity, while the great wings beat +with steady regularity. + +Thus the "Terror," probably forever, had left the Great Eyrie, and +launched into the air as a ship launches into the waters. Our captain +soared above the double chain of the Alleghanies, and without doubt +he would remain in the upper zones of the air until he had left all +the mountain region behind. + +But in what direction would he turn? Would he pass in flight across +the plains of North Carolina, seeking the Atlantic Ocean? Or would he +head to the west to reach the Pacific? Perhaps he would seek, to the +south, the waters of the Gulf of Mexico. When day came how should I +recognize which sea we were upon, if the horizon of water and sky +encircled us on every side? + +Several hours passed; and how long they seemed to me! I made no +effort to find forgetfulness in sleep. Wild and incoherent thoughts +assailed me. I felt myself swept over worlds of imagination, as I was +swept through space, by an aerial monster. At the speed which the +"Terror" possessed, whither might I not be carried during this +interminable night? I recalled the unbelievable voyage of the +"Albatross," of which the Weldon Institute had published an account, +as described by Mr. Prudent and Mr. Evans. What Robur, the Conqueror, +had done with his first airship, he could do even more readily with +this quadruple machine. + +At length the first rays of daylight brightened my cabin. Would I be +permitted to go out now, to take my place upon the deck, as I had +done upon Lake Erie? + +I pushed upon the hatchway: it opened. I came half way out upon the +deck. + +All about was sky and sea. We floated in the air above an ocean, at a +height which I judged to be about a thousand or twelve hundred feet. +I could not see Robur, so he was probably in the engine room. Turner +was at the helm, his companion on the look-out. + +Now that I was upon the deck, I saw what I had not been able to see +during our former nocturnal voyage, the action of those powerful +wings which beat upon either side at the same time that the screws +spun beneath the flanks of the machine. + +By the position of the sun, as it slowly mounted from the horizon, I +realized that we were advancing toward the south. Hence if this +direction had not been changed during the night this was the Gulf of +Mexico which lay beneath us. + +A hot day was announced by the heavy livid clouds which clung to the +horizon. These warnings of a coming storm did not escape the eye of +Robur when toward eight o'clock he came on deck and took Turner's +place at the helm. Perhaps the cloud-bank recalled to him the +waterspout in which the "Albatross" had so nearly been destroyed, or +the mighty cyclone from which he had escaped only as if by a miracle +above the Antarctic Sea. + +It is true that the forces of Nature which had been too strong for +the "Albatross," might easily be evaded by this lighter and more +versatile machine. It could abandon the sky where the elements were +in battle and descend to the surface of the sea; and if the waves +beat against it there too heavily, it could always find calm in the +tranquil depths. + +Doubtless, however, there were some signs by which Robur, who must be +experienced in judging, decided that the storm would not burst until +the next day. + +He continued his flight; and in the afternoon, when we settled down +upon the surface of the sea, there was not a sign of bad weather. The +"Terror" is a sea bird, an albatross or frigate-bird, which can rest +at will upon the waves! Only we have this advantage, that fatigue has +never any hold upon this metal organism, driven by the inexhaustible +electricity! + +The whole vast ocean around us was empty. Not a sail nor a trail of +smoke was visible even on the limits of the horizon. Hence our +passage through the clouds had not been seen and signaled ahead. + +The afternoon was not marked by any incident. The "Terror" advanced +at easy speed. What her captain intended to do, I could not guess. If +he continued in this direction, we should reach some one of the West +Indies, or beyond that, at the end of the Gulf, the shore of +Venezuela or Colombia. But when night came, perhaps we would again +rise in the air to clear the mountainous barrier of Guatemala and +Nicaragua, and take flight toward Island X, somewhere in the unknown +regions of the Pacific. + +Evening came. The sun sank in an horizon red as blood. The sea +glistened around the "Terror," which seemed to raise a shower of +sparks in its passage. There was a storm at hand. Evidently our +captain thought so. Instead of being allowed to remain on deck, I was +compelled to re-enter my cabin, and the hatchway was closed above me. + +In a few moments from the noises that followed, I knew that the +machine was about to be submerged. In fact, five minutes later, we +were moving peacefully forward through the ocean's depths. + +Thoroughly worn out, less by fatigue than by excitement and anxious +thought, I fell into a profound sleep, natural this time and not +provoked by any soporific drug. When I awoke, after a length of time +which I could not reckon, the "Terror" had not yet returned to the +surface of the sea. + +This maneuver was executed a little later. The daylight pierced my +porthole; and at the same moment I felt the pitching and tossing to +which we were subjected by a heavy sea. + +I was allowed to take my place once more outside the hatchway; where +my first thought was for the weather. A storm was approaching from +the northwest. Vivid lightning darted amid the dense, black clouds. +Already we could hear the rumbling of thunder echoing continuously +through space. I was surprised--more than surprised, frightened!--by +the rapidity with which the storm rushed upward toward the zenith. +Scarcely would a ship have had time to furl her sails to escape the +shock of the blast, before it was upon her! The advance was as swift +as it was terrible. + +Suddenly the wind was unchained with unheard of violence, as if it +had suddenly burst from this prison of cloud. In an instant a +frightful sea uprose. The breaking waves, foaming along all their +crests, swept with their full weight over the "Terror." If I had not +been wedged solidly against the rail, I should have been swept +overboard! + +There was but one thing to do--to change our machine again into a +submarine. It would find security and calm at a few dozen feet +beneath the surface. To continue to brave the fury of this outrageous +sea was impossible. + +Robur himself was on deck, and I awaited the order to return to my +cabin--an order which was not given. There was not even any +preparation for the plunge. With an eye more burning than ever, +impassive before this frightful storm, the captain looked it full in +the face, as if to defy it, knowing that he had nothing to fear. + +It was imperative that the terror should plunge below without losing +a moment. Yet Robur seemed to have no thought of doing so. No! He +preserved his haughty attitude as of a man who in his immeasurable +pride, believed himself above or beyond humanity. + +Seeing him thus I asked myself with almost superstitious awe, if he +were not indeed a demoniac being, escaped from some supernatural +world. + +A cry leaped from his mouth, and was heard amid the shrieks of the +tempest and the howlings of the thunder. "I, Robur! Robur!--The +master of the world!" + +He made a gesture which Turner and his companions understood. It was +a command; and without any hesitation these unhappy men, insane as +their master, obeyed it. + +The great wings shot out, and the airship rose as it had risen above +the falls of Niagara. But if on that day it had escaped the might of +the cataract, this time it was amidst the might of the hurricane that +we attempted our insensate flight. + +The air-ship soared upward into the heart of the sky, amid a thousand +lightning flashes, surrounded and shaken by the bursts of thunder. It +steered amid the blinding, darting lights, courting destruction at +every instant. + +Robur's position and attitude did not change. With one hand on the +helm, the other on the speed regulators while the great wings beat +furiously, he headed his machine toward the very center of the storm, +where the electric flashes were leaping from cloud to cloud. + +I must throw myself upon this madman to prevent him from driving his +machine into the very middle of this aerial furnace! I must compel +him to descend, to seek beneath the waters, a safety which was no +longer possible either upon the surface of the sea or in the sky! +Beneath, we could wait until this frightful outburst of the elements +was at an end! + +Then amid this wild excitement my own passion, all my instincts of +duty, arose within me! Yes, this was madness! Yet must I not arrest +this criminal whom my country had outlawed, who threatened the entire +world with his terrible invention? Must I not put my hand on his +shoulder and summon him to surrender to justice! Was I or was I not +Strock, chief inspector of the federal police? Forgetting where I +was, one against three, uplifted in mid-sky above a howling ocean, I +leaped toward the stern, and in a voice which rose above the tempest, +I cried as I hurled myself upon Robur: + +"In the name of the law, I--" + +Suddenly the "Terror" trembled as if from a violent shock. All her +frame quivered, as the human frame quivers under the electric fluid. +Struck by the lightning in the very middle of her powerful batteries, +the air-ship spread out on all sides and went to pieces. + +With her wings fallen, her screws broken, with bolt after bolt of the +lightning darting amid her ruins, the "Terror" fell from the height +of more than a thousand feet into the ocean beneath. + + + + +Chapter 18 + +THE OLD HOUSEKEEPER'S LAST COMMENT + + +When I came to myself after having been unconscious for many hours, a +group of sailors whose care had restored me to life surrounded the +door of a cabin in which I lay. By my pillow sat an officer who +questioned me; and as my senses slowly returned, I answered to his +questioning. + +I told them everything. Yes, everything! And assuredly my listeners +must have thought that they had upon their hands an unfortunate whose +reason had not returned with his consciousness. + +I was on board the steamer Ottawa, in the Gulf of Mexico, headed for +the port of New Orleans. This ship, while flying before the same +terrific thunder-storm which destroyed the "Terror," had encountered +some wreckage, among whose fragments was entangled my helpless body. +Thus I found myself back among humankind once more, while Robur the +Conqueror and his two companions had ended their adventurous careers +in the waters of the Gulf. The Master of the World had disappeared +forever, struck down by those thunder-bolts which he had dared to +brave in the regions of their fullest power. He carried with him the +secret of his extraordinary machine. + +Five days later the Ottawa sighted the shores of Louisiana; and on +the morning of the tenth of August she reached her port. After taking +a warm leave of my rescuers, I set out at once by train for +Washington, which more than once I had despaired of ever seeing again. + +I went first of all to the bureau of police, meaning to make my +earliest appearance before Mr. Ward. + +What was the surprise, the stupefaction, and also the joy of my +chief, when the door of his cabinet opened before me! Had he not +every reason to believe, from the report of my companions, that I had +perished in the waters of Lake Erie? + +I informed him of all my experiences since I had disappeared, the +pursuit of the destroyers on the lake, the soaring of the "Terror" +from amid Niagara Falls, the halt within the crater of the Great +Eyrie, and the catastrophe, during the storm, above the Gulf of +Mexico. + +He learned for the first time that the machine created by the genius +of this Robur, could traverse space, as it did the earth and the sea. + +In truth, did not the possession of so complete and marvelous a +machine justify the name of Master of the World, which Robur had +taken to himself? Certain it is that the comfort and even the lives +of the public must have been forever in danger from him; and that all +methods of defence must have been feeble and ineffective. + +But the pride which I had seen rising bit by bit within the heart of +this prodigious man had driven him to give equal battle to the most +terrible of all the elements. It was a miracle that I had escaped +safe and sound from that frightful catastrophe. + +Mr. Ward could scarcely believe my story. "Well, my dear Strock," +said he at last, "you have come back; and that is the main thing. +Next to this notorious Robur, you will be the man of the hour. I hope +that your head will not be turned with vanity, like that of this +crazy inventor!" + +"No, Mr. Ward," I responded, "but you will agree with me that never +was inquisitive man put to greater straits to satisfy his curiosity." + +"I agree, Strock; and the mysteries of the Great Eyrie, the +transformations of the "Terror," you have discovered them! But +unfortunately, the still greater secrets of this Master of the World +have perished with him." + +The same evening the newspapers published an account of my +adventures, the truthfulness of which could not be doubted. Then, as +Mr. Ward had prophesied, I was the man of the hour. + +One of the papers said, "Thanks to Inspector Strock the American +police still lead the world. While others have accomplished their +work, with more or less success, by land and by sea, the American +police hurl themselves in pursuit of criminals through the depths of +lakes and oceans and even through the sky." + +Yet, in following, as I have told, in pursuit of the "Terror," had I +done anything more than by the close of the present century will have +become the regular duty of my successors? + +It is easy to imagine what a welcome my old housekeeper gave me when +I entered my house in Long Street. When my apparition--does not the +word seem just--stood before her, I feared for a moment she would +drop dead, poor woman! Then, after hearing my story, with eyes +streaming with tears, she thanked Providence for having saved me from +so many perils. + +"Now, sir," said she, "now--was I wrong?" + +"Wrong? About what?" + +"In saying that the Great Eyrie was the home of the devil?" + +"Nonsense; this Robur was not the devil!" + +"Ah, well!" replied the old woman, "he was worthy of being so!" + + + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The Master of the World, by Jules Verne + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE MASTER OF THE WORLD *** + +***** This file should be named 3809.txt or 3809.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/3/8/0/3809/ + +Produced by Norm Wolcott. HTML version by Al Haines. + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.net/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.net + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.net), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.net + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/old/thmst10.txt b/old/thmst10.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..82ba9bf --- /dev/null +++ b/old/thmst10.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5639 @@ +The Project Gutenberg Etext of The Master of the World +by Jules Verne +(#19 in our series by Jules Verne) + +Copyright laws are changing all over the world, be sure to check +the laws for your country before redistributing these files!!! + +Please take a look at the important information in this header. +We encourage you to keep this file on your own disk, keeping an +electronic path open for the next readers. + +Please do not remove this. + +This should be the first thing seen when anyone opens the book. +Do not change or edit it without written permission. The words +are carefully chosen to provide users with the information they +need about what they can legally do with the texts. + + +**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts** + +**Etexts Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971** + +*****These Etexts Are Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!***** + +Information on contacting Project Gutenberg to get Etexts, and +further information is included below, including for donations. + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a 501(c)(3) +organization with EIN [Employee Identification Number] 64-6221541 + +Title: The Master of the World + +Author: Jules Verne + +Release Date: March, 2003 [Etext #3809] +[Yes, we are about one year ahead of schedule] +[The actual date this file first posted = 9/19/01] +[Date last updated: 21st July, 2002] + +Edition: 10 + +Language: English + +The Project Gutenberg Etext of The Master of the World +by Jules Verne +******This file should be named thmst10.txt or thmst10.zip****** + +Corrected EDITIONS of our etexts get a new NUMBER, thmst11.txt +VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, thmst10a.txt + +Produced by Norm Wolcott + +Project Gutenberg Etexts are usually created from multiple editions, +all of which are in the Public Domain in the United States, unless a +copyright notice is included. Therefore, we usually do NOT keep any +of these books in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +We are now trying to release all our books one year in advance +of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing. +Please be encouraged to send us error messages even years after +the official publication date. + +Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til +midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement. +The official release date of all Project Gutenberg Etexts is at +Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A +preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment +and editing by those who wish to do so. + +Most people start at our sites at: +http://gutenberg.net +http://promo.net/pg + + +Those of you who want to download any Etext before announcement +can surf to them as follows, and just download by date; this is +also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the +indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an +announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter. + +http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext03 +or +ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext03 + +Or /etext02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90 + +Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want, +as it appears in our Newsletters. + + +Information about Project Gutenberg (one page) + +We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The +time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours +to get any etext selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright +searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. This +projected audience is one hundred million readers. If our value +per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2 +million dollars per hour this year as we release fifty new Etext +files per month, or 500 more Etexts in 2000 for a total of 3000+ +If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total +should reach over 300 billion Etexts given away by year's end. + +The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away One Trillion Etext +Files by December 31, 2001. [10,000 x 100,000,000 = 1 Trillion] +This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers, +which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users. + +At our revised rates of production, we will reach only one-third +of that goal by the end of 2001, or about 4,000 Etexts unless we +manage to get some real funding. + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created +to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +As of July 12, 2001 contributions are only being solicited from people in: +Arkansas, Colorado, Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Idaho, +Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts, Minnesota, +Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, New Mexico, Nevada, New Jersey, New York, North +Carolina, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South Dakota, +Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West Virginia, +Wisconsin, and Wyoming. + +We have filed in about 45 states now, but these are the only ones +that have responded. + +As the requirements for other states are met, +additions to this list will be made and fund raising +will begin in the additional states. Please feel +free to ask to check the status of your state. + +In answer to various questions we have received on this: + +We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork +to legally request donations in all 50 states. If +your state is not listed and you would like to know +if we have added it since the list you have, just ask. + +While we cannot solicit donations from people in +states where we are not yet registered, we know +of no prohibition against accepting donations +from donors in these states who approach us with +an offer to donate. + + +International donations are accepted, +but we don't know ANYTHING about how +to make them tax-deductible, or +even if they CAN be made deductible, +and don't have the staff to handle it +even if there are ways. + +All donations should be made to: + +Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +PMB 113 +1739 University Ave. +Oxford, MS 38655-4109 + + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a 501(c)(3) +organization with EIN [Employee Identification Number] 64-6221541, +and has been approved as a 501(c)(3) organization by the US Internal +Revenue Service (IRS). Donations are tax-deductible to the maximum +extent permitted by law. As the requirements for other states are met, +additions to this list will be made and fund raising will begin in the +additional states. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +You can get up to date donation information at: + +http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html + + +*** + +If you can't reach Project Gutenberg, +you can always email directly to: + +Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com> + +hart@pobox.com forwards to hart@prairienet.org and archive.org +if your mail bounces from archive.org, I will still see it, if +it bounces from prairienet.org, better resend later on. . . . + +Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message. + +We would prefer to send you information by email. + + +*** + + +Example command-line FTP session: + +ftp ftp.ibiblio.org +login: anonymous +password: your@login +cd pub/docs/books/gutenberg +cd etext90 through etext99 or etext00 through etext02, etc. +dir [to see files] +get or mget [to get files. . .set bin for zip files] +GET GUTINDEX.?? [to get a year's listing of books, e.g., GUTINDEX.99] +GET GUTINDEX.ALL [to get a listing of ALL books] + + +**The Legal Small Print** + + +(Three Pages) + +***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS**START*** +Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers. +They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with +your copy of this etext, even if you got it for free from +someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our +fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement +disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how +you may distribute copies of this etext if you want to. + +*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS ETEXT +By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +etext, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept +this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive +a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this etext by +sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person +you got it from. If you received this etext on a physical +medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request. + +ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM ETEXTS +This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etexts, +is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart +through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project"). +Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright +on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and +distribute it in the United States without permission and +without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth +below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this etext +under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark. + +Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market +any commercial products without permission. + +To create these etexts, the Project expends considerable +efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain +works. Despite these efforts, the Project's etexts and any +medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other +things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged +disk or other etext medium, a computer virus, or computer +codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment. + +LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES +But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below, +[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may +receive this etext from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext) disclaims +all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including +legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR +UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, +INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE +OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + +If you discover a Defect in this etext within 90 days of +receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) +you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that +time to the person you received it from. If you received it +on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and +such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement +copy. If you received it electronically, such person may +choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to +receive it electronically. + +THIS ETEXT IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS +TO THE ETEXT OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A +PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or +the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the +above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you +may have other legal rights. + +INDEMNITY +You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation, +and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated +with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including +legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the +following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this etext, +[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the etext, +or [3] any Defect. + +DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm" +You may distribute copies of this etext electronically, or by +disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this +"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg, +or: + +[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this + requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the + etext or this "small print!" statement. You may however, + if you wish, distribute this etext in machine readable + binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form, + including any form resulting from conversion by word + processing or hypertext software, but only so long as + *EITHER*: + + [*] The etext, when displayed, is clearly readable, and + does *not* contain characters other than those + intended by the author of the work, although tilde + (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may + be used to convey punctuation intended by the + author, and additional characters may be used to + indicate hypertext links; OR + + [*] The etext may be readily converted by the reader at + no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent + form by the program that displays the etext (as is + the case, for instance, with most word processors); + OR + + [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at + no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the + etext in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC + or other equivalent proprietary form). + +[2] Honor the etext refund and replacement provisions of this + "Small Print!" statement. + +[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the + gross profits you derive calculated using the method you + already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you + don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are + payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation" + the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were + legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent + periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to + let us know your plans and to work out the details. + +WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO? +Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of +public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed +in machine readable form. + +The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time, +public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses. +Money should be paid to the: +"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or +software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at: +hart@pobox.com + +[Portions of this header are copyright (C) 2001 by Michael S. Hart +and may be reprinted only when these Etexts are free of all fees.] +[Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be used in any sales +of Project Gutenberg Etexts or other materials be they hardware or +software or any other related product without express permission.] + +*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS*Ver.07/27/01*END* + + + + + + + + + + + +Produced by Norm Wolcott + + + + + +THE MASTER OF THE WORLD + +By Jules Verne + + + + + + +Contents + + + + +1 What Happened in the Mountains +2 I Reach Morganton +3 The Great Eyrie +4 A Meeting of the Automobile Club +5 Along the Shores of New England +6 The First Letter +7 A Third Machine +8 At Any Cost +9 The Second Letter +10 Outside the Law +11 The Campaign +12 Black Rock Creek +13 On Board the Terror +14 Niagra +15 The Eagle's Nest +16 Robur, the Conqueror +17 In the Name of the Law +18 The Old Housekeeper's Last Comment + + + + + +Chapter 1 + +WHAT HAPPENED IN THE MOUNTAINS + + + + +If I speak of myself in this story, it is because I have been deeply +involved in its startling events, events doubtless among the most +extraordinary which this twentieth century will witness. Sometimes I +even ask myself if all this has really happened, if its pictures +dwell in truth in my memory, and not merely in my imagination. In my +position as head inspector in the federal police department at +Washington, urged on moreover by the desire, which has always been +very strong in me, to investigate and understand everything which is +mysterious, I naturally became much interested in these remarkable +occurrences. And as I have been employed by the government in various +important affairs and secret missions since I was a mere lad, it also +happened very naturally that the head of my department placed In my +charge this astonishing investigation, wherein I found myself +wrestling with so many impenetrable mysteries. + +In the remarkable passages of the recital, it is important that you +should believe my word. For some of the facts I can bring no other +testimony than my own. If you do not wish to believe me, so be it. I +can scarce believe it all myself. + +The strange occurrences began in the western part of our great +American State of North Carolina. There, deep amid the Blueridge +Mountains rises the crest called the Great Eyrie. Its huge rounded +form is distinctly seen from the little town of Morganton on the +Catawba River, and still more clearly as one approaches the mountains +by way of the village of Pleasant Garden. + +Why the name of Great Eyrie was originally given this mountain by the +people of the surrounding region, I am not quite Sure It rises rocky +and grim and inaccessible, and under certain atmospheric conditions +has a peculiarly blue and distant effect. But the idea one would +naturally get from the name is of a refuge for birds of prey, eagles +condors, vultures; the home of vast numbers of the feathered tribes, +wheeling and screaming above peaks beyond the reach of man. Now, the +Great Eyrie did not seem particularly attractive to birds; on the +contrary, the people of the neighborhood began to remark that on some +days when birds approached its summit they mounted still further, +circled high above the crest, and then flew swiftly away, troubling +the air with harsh cries. + +Why then the name Great Eyrie? Perhaps the mount might better have +been called a crater, for in the center of those steep and rounded +walls there might well be a huge deep basin. Perhaps there might even +lie within their circuit a mountain lake, such as exists in other +parts of the Appalachian mountain system, a lagoon fed by the rain +and the winter snows. + +In brief was not this the site of an ancient volcano, one which had +slept through ages, but whose inner fires might yet reawake? Might +not the Great Eyrie reproduce in its neighborhood the violence of +Mount Krakatoa or the terrible disaster of Mont Pelee? If there were +indeed a central lake, was there not danger that its waters, +penetrating the strata beneath, would be turned to steam by the +volcanic fires and tear their way forth in a tremendous explosion, +deluging the fair plains of Carolina with an eruption such as that of +1902 in Martinique? + +Indeed, with regard to this last possibility there had been certain +symptoms recently observed which might well be due to volcanic +action. Smoke had floated above the mountain and once the country +folk passing near had heard subterranean noises, unexplainable +rumblings. A glow in the sky had crowned the height at night. + +When the wind blew the smoky cloud eastward toward Pleasant Garden, a +few cinders and ashes drifted down from it. And finally one stormy +night pale flames, reflected from the clouds above the summit, cast +upon the district below a sinister, warning light. + +In presence of these strange phenomena, it is not astonishing that +the people of the surrounding district became seriously disquieted. +And to the disquiet was joined an imperious need of knowing the true +condition of the mountain. The Carolina newspapers had flaring +headlines, "The Mystery of Great Eyrie!" They asked if it was not +dangerous to dwell in such a region. Their articles aroused curiosity +and fear--curiosity among those who being in no danger themselves +were interested in the disturbance merely as a strange phenomenon of +nature, fear in those who were likely to be the victims if a +catastrophe actually occurred. Those more immediately threatened were +the citizens of Morganton, and even more the good folk of Pleasant +Garden and the hamlets and farms yet closer to the mountain. + +Assuredly it was regrettable that mountain climbers had not +previously attempted to ascend to the summit of the Great Eyrie. The +cliffs of rock which surrounded it had never been scaled. Perhaps +they might offer no path by which even the most daring climber could +penetrate to the interior. Yet, if a volcanic eruption menaced all +the western region of the Carolinas, then a complete examination of +the mountain was become absolutely necessary. + +Now before the actual ascent of the crater, with its many serious +difficulties, was attempted, there was one way which offered an +opportunity of reconnoitering the interior, with out clambering up +the precipices. In the first days of September of that memorable +year, a well-known aeronaut named Wilker came to Morganton with his +balloon. By waiting for a breeze from the east, he could easily rise +in his balloon and drift over the Great Eyrie. There from a safe +height above he could search with a powerful glass into its deeps. +Thus he would know if the mouth of a volcano really opened amid the +mighty rocks. This was the principal question. If this were settled, +it would be known if the surrounding country must fear an eruption at +some period more or less distant. + +The ascension was begun according to the programme suggested. The +wind was fair and steady; the sky clear; the morning clouds were +disappearing under the vigorous rays of the sun. If the interior of +the Great Eyrie was not filled with smoke, the aeronaut would be able +to search with his glass its entire extent. If the vapors were +rising, he, no doubt, could detect their source. + +The balloon rose at once to a height of fifteen hundred feet, and +there rested almost motionless for a quarter of an hour. Evidently +the east wind, which was brisk upon the Surface of the earth, did not +make itself felt at that height. Then, unlucky chance, the balloon +was caught in an adverse current, and began to drift toward the east. +Its distance from the mountain chain rapidly increased. Despite all +the efforts of the aeronaut, the citizens of Morganton saw the +balloon disappear on the wrong horizon. Later, they learned that it +had landed in the neighborhood of Raleigh, the capital of North +Carolina. + +This attempt having failed, it was agreed that it should be tried +again under better conditions. Indeed, fresh rumblings were heard +from the mountain, accompanied by heavy clouds and wavering +glimmerings of light at night. Folk began to realize that the Great +Eyrie was a serious and perhaps imminent source of danger. Yes, the +entire country lay under the threat of some seismic or volcanic +disaster. + +During the first days of April of that year, these more or less vague +apprehensions turned to actual panic. The newspapers gave prompt echo +to the public terror. The entire district between the mountains and +Morganton was sure that an eruption was at hand. + +The night of the fourth of April, the good folk of Pleasant Garden +were awakened by a sudden uproar. They thought that the mountains +were falling upon them. They rushed from their houses, ready for +instant flight, fearing to see open before them some immense abyss, +engulfing the farms and villages for miles around. + +The night was very dark. A weight of heavy clouds pressed down upon +the plain. Even had it been day the crest of the mountains would have +been invisible. + +In the midst of this impenetrable obscurity, there was no response to +the cries which arose from every side. Frightened groups of men, +women, and children groped their way along the black roads in wild +confusion. From every quarter came the screaming voices: "It is an +earthquake!" "It is an eruption!" "Whence comes it?" "From the Great +Eyrie!" + +Into Morganton sped the news that stones, lava, ashes, were raining +down upon the country. + +Shrewd citizens of the town, however, observed that if there were an +eruption the noise would have continued and increased, the flames +would have appeared above the crater; or at least their lurid +reflections would have penetrated the clouds. Now, even these +reflections were no longer seen. If there had been an earthquake, the +terrified people saw that at least their houses had not crumbled +beneath the shock. It was possible that the uproar had been caused by +an avalanche, the fall of some mighty rock from the summit of the +mountains. + +An hour passed without other incident. A wind from the west sweeping +over the long chain of the Blueridge, set the pines and hemlocks +wailing on the higher slopes. There seemed no new cause for panic; +and folk began to return to their houses. All, however, awaited +impatiently the return of day. + +Then suddenly, toward three o'clock in the morning, another alarm! +Flames leaped up above the rocky wall of the Great Eyrie. Reflected +from the clouds, they illuminated the atmosphere for a great +distance. A crackling, as if of many burning trees, was heard. + +Had a fire spontaneously broken out? And to what cause was it due? +Lightning could not have started the conflagration; for no thunder +had been heard. True, there was plenty of material for fire; at this +height the chain of the Blueridge is well wooded. But these flames +were too sudden for any ordinary cause. + +"An eruption! An eruption!" + +The cry resounded from all sides. An eruption! The Great Eyrie was +then indeed the crater of a volcano buried in the bowels of the +mountains. And after so many years, so many ages even, had it +reawakened? Added to the flames, was a rain of stones and ashes about +to follow? Were the lavas going to pour down torrents of molten fire, +destroying everything in their passage, annihilating the towns, the +villages, the farms, all this beautiful world of meadows, fields and +forests, even as far as Pleasant Garden and Morganton? + +This time the panic was overwhelming; nothing could stop it. Women +carrying their infants, crazed with terror, rushed along the eastward +roads. Men, deserting their homes, made hurried bundles of their most +precious belongings and set free their livestock, cows, sheep, pigs, +which fled in all directions. What disorder resulted from this +agglomeration, human and animal, under darkest night, amid forests, +threatened by the fires of the volcano, along the border of marshes +whose waters might be upheaved and overflow! With the earth itself +threatening to disappear from under the feet of the fugitives! Would +they be in time to save themselves, if a cascade of glowing lava came +rolling down the slope of the mountain across their route? + +Nevertheless, some of the chief and shrewder farm owners were not +swept away in this mad flight, which they did their best to restrain. +Venturing within a mile of the mountain, they saw that the glare of +the flames was decreasing. In truth it hardly seemed that the region +was immediately menaced by any further upheaval. No stones were being +hurled into space; no torrent of lava was visible upon the slopes; no +rumblings rose from the ground. There was no further manifestation of +any seismic disturbance capable of overwhelming the land. + +At length, the flight of the fugitives ceased at a distance where +they seemed secure from all danger. Then a few ventured back toward +the mountain. Some farms were reoccupied before the break of day. + +By morning the crests of the Great Eyrie showed scarcely the least +remnant of its cloud of smoke. The fires were certainly at an end; +and if it were impossible to determine their cause, one might at +least hope that they would not break out again. + +It appeared possible that the Great Eyrie had not really been the +theater of volcanic phenomena at all. There was no further evidence +that the neighborhood was at the mercy either of eruptions or of +earthquakes. + +Yet once more about five o'clock, from beneath the ridge of the +mountain, where the shadows of night still lingered, a strange noise +swept across the air, a sort of whirring, accompanied by the beating +of mighty wings. And had it been a clear day, perhaps the farmers +would have seen the passage of a mighty bird of prey, some monster of +the skies, which having risen from the Great Eyrie sped away toward +the east. + + + + + +Chapter 2 + +I REACH MORGANTON + + + + +The twenty-seventh of April, having left Washington the night before, +I arrived at Raleigh, the capital of the State of North Carolina. + +Two days before, the head of the federal police had called me to his +room. He was awaiting me with some impatience." John Strock," said +he, "are you still the man who on so many occasions has proven to me +both his devotion and his ability?" + +"Mr. Ward," I answered, with a bow, "I cannot promise success or even +ability, but as to devotion, I assure you, it is yours." + +"I do not doubt it," responded the chief. "And I will ask you instead +this more exact question: Are you as fond of riddles as ever? As +eager to penetrate into mysteries, as I have known you before?" + +"I am, Mr. Ward." + +"Good, Strock; then listen." + +Mr. Ward, a man of about fifty years, of great power and intellect, +was fully master of the important position he filled. He had several +times entrusted to me difficult missions which I had accomplished +successfully, and which had won me his confidence. For several months +past, however, he had found no occasion for my services. Therefore I +awaited with impatience what he had to say. I did not doubt that his +questioning implied a serious and important task for me. + +"Doubtless you know," said he, "what has happened down in the +Blueridge Mountains near Morganton." + +"Surely, Mr. Ward, the phenomena reported from there have been +singular enough to arouse anyone's curiosity." + +"They are singular, even remarkable, Strock. No doubt about that. But +there is also reason to ask, if these phenomena about the Great Eyrie +are not a source of continued danger to the people there, if they are +not forerunners of some disaster as terrible as it is mysterious." + +"It is to be feared, sir." + +"So we must know, Strock, what is inside of that mountain. If we are +helpless in the face of some great force of nature, people must be +warned in time of the danger which threatens them." + +"It is clearly the duty of the authorities, Mr. Ward," responded I, +"to learn what is going on within there." + +"True, Strock; but that presents great difficulties. Everyone reports +that it is impossible to scale the precipices of the Great Eyrie and +reach its interior. But has anyone ever attempted it with scientific +appliances and under the best conditions? I doubt it, and believe a +resolute attempt may bring success." + +"Nothing is impossible, Mr. Ward; what we face here is merely a +question of expense." + +"We must not regard expense when we are seeking to reassure an entire +population, or to preserve it from a catastrophe. There is another +suggestion I would make to you. Perhaps this Great Eyrie is not so +inaccessible as is supposed. Perhaps a band of malefactors have +secreted themselves there, gaining access by ways known only to +themselves." + +"What! You suspect that robbers --" + +"Perhaps I am wrong, Strock; and these strange sights and sounds have +all had natural causes. Well, that is what we have to settle, and as +quickly as possible." + +"I have one question to ask." + +"Go ahead, Strock." + +"When the Great Eyrie has been visited, when we know the source of +these phenomena, if there really is a crater there and an eruption is +imminent, can we avert it?" + +"No, Strock; but we can estimate the extent of the danger. If some +volcano in the Alleghanies threatens North Carolina with a disaster +similar to that of Martinique, buried beneath the outpourings of Mont +Pelee, then these people must leave their homes" + +"I hope, sir, there is no such widespread danger." + +"I think not, Strock; it seems to me highly improbable that an active +volcano exists in the Blueridge mountain chain. Our Appalachian +mountain system is nowhere volcanic in its origin. But all these +events cannot be without basis. In short, Strock, we have decided to +make a strict inquiry into the phenomena of the Great Eyrie, to +gather all the testimony, to question the people of the towns and +farms. To do this, I have made choice of an agent in whom we have +full confidence; and this agent is you, Strock." + +"Good! I am ready, Mr. Ward," cried I, "and be sure that I shall +neglect nothing to bring you full information." + +"I know it, Strock, and I will add that I regard you as specially +fitted for the work. You will have a splendid opportunity to +exercise, and I hope to satisfy, your favorite passion of curiosity." + +"As you say, sir." + +"You will be free to act according to circumstances. As to expenses, +if there seems reason to organize an ascension party, which will be +costly, you have carte blanche." + +"I will act as seems best, Mr. Ward." + +"Let me caution you to act with all possible discretion. The people +in the vicinity are already over-excited. It will be well to move +secretly. Do not mention the suspicions I have suggested to you. And +above all, avoid arousing any fresh panic." + +"It is understood." + +"You will be accredited to the Mayor of Morganton, who will assist +you. Once more, be prudent, Strock, and acquaint no one with your +mission, unless it is absolutely necessary. You have often given +proofs of your intelligence and address; and this time I feel assured +you will succeed." + +I asked him only "When shall I start?" + +"Tomorrow." + +"Tomorrow, I shall leave Washington; and the day after, I shall be at +Morganton." + +How little suspicion had I of what the future had in store for me! + +I returned immediately to my house where I made my preparations for +departure; and the next evening found me in Raleigh. There I passed +the night, and in the course of the next afternoon arrived at the +railroad station of Morganton. + +Morganton is but a small town, built upon strata of the jurassic +period, particularly rich in coal. Its mines give it some prosperity. +It also has numerous unpleasant mineral waters, so that the season +there attracts many visitors. Around Morganton is a rich farming +country, with broad fields of grain. It lies in the midst of swamps, +covered with mosses and reeds. Evergreen forests rise high up the +mountain slopes. All that the region lacks is the wells of natural +gas, that invaluable natural source of power, light, and warmth, so +abundant in most of the Alleghany valleys. Villages and farms are +numerous up to the very borders of the mountain forests. Thus there +were many thousands of people threatened, if the Great Eyrie proved +indeed a volcano, if the convulsions of nature extended to Pleasant +Garden and to Morganton. + +The mayor of Morganton, Mr. Elias Smith, was a tall man, vigorous and +enterprising, forty years old or more, and of a health to defy all +the doctors of the two Americas. He was a great hunter of bears and +panthers, beasts which may still be found in the wild gorges and +mighty forests of the Alleghanies. + +Mr. Smith was himself a rich land-owner, possessing several farms in +the neighborhood. Even his most distant tenants received frequent +visits from him. Indeed, whenever his official duties did not keep +him in his so-called home at Morganton, he was exploring the +surrounding country, irresistibly drawn by the instincts of the +hunter. + +I went at once to the house of Mr. Smith. He was expecting me, having +been warned by telegram. He received me very frankly, without any +formality, his pipe in his mouth, a glass of brandy on the table. A +second glass was brought in by a servant, and I had to drink to my +host before beginning our interview. + +"Mr. Ward sent you," said he to me in a jovial tone. "Good; let us +drink to Mr. Ward's health." + +I clinked glasses with him, and drank in honor of the chief of police. + +"And now," demanded Elias Smith, "what is worrying him?" + +At this I made known to the mayor of Morganton the cause and the +purpose of my mission in North Carolina. I assured him that my chief +had given me full power, and would render me every assistance, +financial and otherwise, to solve the riddle and relieve the +neighborhood of its anxiety relative to the Great Eyrie. + +Elias Smith listened to me without uttering a word, but not without +several times refilling his glass and mine. While he puffed steadily +at his pipe, the close attention which he gave me was beyond +question. I saw his cheeks flush at times, and his eyes gleam under +their bushy brows. Evidently the chief magistrate of Morganton was +uneasy about Great Eyrie, and would be as eager as I to discover the +cause of these phenomena. + +When I had finished my communication, Elias Smith gazed at me for +some moments in silence. Then he said, softly, "So at Washington they +wish to know what the Great Eyrie hides within its circuit?" + +"Yes, Mr. Smith." + +"And you, also?" + +"I do." + +"So do I, Mr. Strock." + +He and I were as one in our curiosity. + +"You will understand," added he, knocking the cinders from his pipe, +"that as a land-owner, I am much interested in these stories of the +Great Eyrie, and as mayor, I wish to protect my constituents." + +"A double reason," I commented, "to stimulate you to discover the +cause of these extraordinary occurrences! Without doubt, my dear Mr. +Smith, they have appeared to you as inexplicable and as threatening +as to your people." + +"Inexplicable, certainly, Mr. Strock. For on my part, I do not +believe it possible that the Great Eyrie can be a volcano; the +Alleghanies are nowhere of volcanic origins. I, myself, in our +immediate district, have never found any geological traces of scoria, +or lava, or any eruptive rock whatever. I do not think, therefore, +that Morganton can possibly be threatened from such a source." + +"You really think not, Mr. Smith?" + +"Certainly." + +"But these tremblings of the earth that have been felt in the +neighborhood!" + +"Yes these tremblings! These tremblings!" repeated Mr. Smith, shaking +his head;" but in the first place, is it certain that there have been +tremblings? At the moment when the flames showed most sharply, I was +on my farm of Wildon, less than a mile from the Great Eyrie. There +was certainly a tumult in the air, but I felt no quivering of the +earth." + +"But in the reports sent to Mr. Ward --" + +"Reports made under the impulse of the panic, "interrupted the mayor +of Morganton." I said nothing of any earth tremors in mine." + +"But as to the flames which rose clearly above the crest?" + +"Yes, as to those, Mr. Strock, that is different. I saw them; saw +them with my own eyes, and the clouds certainly reflected them for +miles around. Moreover noises certainly came from the crater of the +Great Eyrie, hissings, as if a great boiler were letting off steam." + +"You have reliable testimony of this?" + +"Yes, the evidence of my own ears." + +"And in the midst of this noise, Mr. Smith, did you believe that you +heard that most remarkable of all the phenomena, a sound like the +flapping of great wings?" + +"I thought so, Mr. Strock; but what mighty bird could this be, which +sped away after the flames had died down, and what wings could ever +make such tremendous sounds. I therefore seriously question, if this +must not have been a deception of my imagination. The Great Eyrie a +refuge for unknown monsters of the sky! Would they not have been seen +long since, soaring above their immense nest of stone? In short, +there is in all this a mystery which has not yet been solved." + +"But we will solve it, Mr. Smith, if you will give me your aid." + +"Surely, Mr. Strock; tomorrow we will start our campaign." + +"Tomorrow." And on that word the mayor and I separated. I went to a +hotel, and established myself for a stay which might be indefinitely +prolonged. Then having dined, and written to Mr. Ward, I saw Mr. +Smith again in the afternoon, and arranged to leave Morganton with +him at daybreak. + +Our first purpose was to undertake the ascent of the mountain, with +the aid of two experienced guides. These men had ascended Mt. +Mitchell and others of the highest peaks of the Blueridge. They had +never, however, attempted the Great Eyrie, knowing that its walls of +inaccessible cliffs defended it on every side. Moreover, before the +recent startling occurrences the Great Eyrie had not particularly +attracted the attention of tourists. Mr. Smith knew the two guides +personally as men daring, skillful and trustworthy. They would stop +at no obstacle; and we were resolved to follow them through +everything. + +Moreover Mr. Smith remarked at the last that perhaps it was no longer +as difficult as formerly to penetrate within the Great Eyrie. + +"And why?" asked I. + +"Because a huge block has recently broken away from the mountain side +and perhaps it has left a practicable path or entrance." + +"That would be a fortunate chance, Mr. Smith." + +"We shall know all about it, Mr. Strock, no later than tomorrow." + +"Till tomorrow, then." + + + + + +Chapter 3 + +THE GREAT EYRIE + + + + +The next day at dawn, Elias Smith and I left Morganton by a road +which, winding along the left bank of the Catawba River, led to the +village of Pleasant Garden. The guides accompanied us, Harry Horn, a +man of thirty, and James Bruck, aged twenty-five. They were both +natives of the region, and in constant demand among the tourists who +climbed the peaks of the Blueridge and Cumberland Mountains. + +A light wagon with two good horses was provided to carry us to the +foot of the range. It contained provisions for two or three days, +beyond which our trip surely would not be protracted. Mr. Smith had +shown himself a generous provider both in meats and in liquors. As to +water the mountain springs would furnish it in abundance, increased +by the heavy rains, frequent in that region during springtime. + +It is needless to add that the Mayor of Morganton in his role of +hunter, had brought along his gun and his dog, Nisko, who gamboled +joyously about the wagon. Nisko, however, was to remain behind at the +farm at Wildon, when we attempted our ascent. He could not possibly +follow us to the Great Eyrie with its cliffs to scale and its +crevasses to cross. + +The day was beautiful, the fresh air in that climate is still cool of +an April morning. A few fleecy clouds sped rapidly overhead, driven +by a light breeze which swept across the long plains, from the +distant Atlantic. The sun peeping forth at intervals, illumined all +the fresh young verdure of the countryside. + +An entire world animated the woods through which we passed. From +before our equipage fled squirrels, field-mice, parroquets of +brilliant colors and deafening loquacity. Opossums passed in hurried +leaps, bearing their young in their pouches. Myriads of birds were +scattered amid the foliage of banyans, palms, and masses of +rhododendrons, so luxuriant that their thickets were impenetrable. + +We arrived that evening at Pleasant Garden, where we were comfortably +located for the night with the mayor of the town, a particular friend +of Mr. Smith. Pleasant Garden proved little more than a village; but +its mayor gave us a warm and generous reception, and we supped +pleasantly in his charming home, which stood beneath the shades of +some giant beech-trees. + +Naturally the conversation turned upon our attempt to explore the +interior of the Great Eyrie. "You are right," said our host, "until +we all know what is hidden within there, our people will remain +uneasy." + +"Has nothing new occurred," I asked, "since the last appearance of +flames above the Great Eyrie?" + +"Nothing, Mr. Strock. From Pleasant Garden we can see the entire +crest of the mountain. Not a suspicious noise has come down to us. +Not a spark has risen. If a legion of devils is in hiding there, they +must have finished their infernal cookery, and soared away to some +other haunt." + +"Devils!" cried Mr. Smith. "Well, I hope they have not decamped +without leaving some traces of their occupation, some parings of +hoofs or horns or tails. We shall find them out." + +On the morrow, the twenty-ninth of April, we started again at dawn. +By the end of this second day, we expected to reach the farm of +Wildon at the foot of the mountain. The country was much the same as +before, except that our road led more steeply upward. Woods and +marshes alternated, though the latter grew sparser, being drained by +the sun as we approached the higher levels. The country was also less +populous. There were only a few little hamlets, almost lost beneath +the beech trees, a few lonely farms, abundantly watered by the many +streams that rushed downward toward the Catawba River. + +The smaller birds and beasts grew yet more numerous. "I am much +tempted to take my gun," said Mr. Smith, "and to go off with Nisko. +This will be the first time that I have passed here without trying my +luck with the partridges and hares. The good beasts will not +recognize me. But not only have we plenty of provisions, but we have +a bigger chase on hand today. The chase of a mystery." + +"And let us hope," added I, "we do not come back disappointed +hunters." + +In the afternoon the whole chain of the Blueridge stretched before us +at a distance of only six miles. The mountain crests were sharply +outlined against the clear sky. Well wooded at the base, they grew +more bare and showed only stunted evergreens toward the summit. There +the scraggly trees, grotesquely twisted, gave to the rocky heights a +bleak and bizarre appearance. Here and there the ridge rose in sharp +peaks. On our right the Black Dome, nearly seven thousand feet high, +reared its gigantic head, sparkling at times above the clouds. + +"Have you ever climbed that dome, Mr. Smith?" I asked. + +"No," answered he, "but I am told that it is a very difficult ascent. +A few mountaineers have climbed it; but they report that it has no +outlook commanding the crater of the Great Eyrie." + +"That is so," said the guide, Harry Horn. "I have tried it myself." + +"Perhaps," suggested I, "the weather was unfavorable." + +"On the contrary, Mr. Strock, it was unusually clear. But the wall of +the Great Eyrie on that side rose so high, it completely hid the +interior." + +"Forward," cried Mr. Smith. "I shall not be sorry to set foot where +no person has ever stepped, or even looked, before." + +Certainly on this day the Great Eyrie looked tranquil enough. As we +gazed upon it, there rose from its heights neither smoke nor flame. + +Toward five o'clock our expedition halted at the Wildon farm, where +the tenants warmly welcomed their landlord. The farmer assured us +that nothing notable had happened about the Great Eyrie for some +time. We supped at a common table with all the people of the farm; +and our sleep that night was sound and wholly untroubled by +premonitions of the future. + +On the morrow, before break of day, we set out for the ascent of the +mountain. The height of the Great Eyrie scarce exceeds five thousand +feet. A modest altitude, often surpassed in this section of the +Alleghanies. As we were already more than three thousand feet above +sea level, the fatigue of the ascent could not be great. A few hours +should suffice to bring us to the crest of the crater. Of course, +difficulties might present themselves, precipices to scale, clefts +and breaks in the ridge might necessitate painful and even dangerous +detours. This was the unknown, the spur to our attempt. As I said, +our guides knew no more than we upon this point. What made me +anxious, was, of course, the common report that the Great Eyrie was +wholly inaccessible. But this remained unproven. And then there was +the new chance that a fallen block had left a breach in the rocky +wall. + +"At last," said Mr. Smith to me, after lighting the first pipe of the +twenty or more which he smoked each day, "we are well started. As to +whether the ascent will take more or less time--" + +"In any case, Mr. Smith," interrupted I, "you and I are fully +resolved to pursue our quest to the end." + +"Fully resolved, Mr. Strock." + +"My chief has charged me to snatch the secret from this demon of the +Great Eyrie." + +"We will snatch it from him, willing or unwilling," vowed Mr. Smith, +calling Heaven to witness. "Even if we have to search the very bowels +of the mountain." + +"As it may happen, then," said I, "that our excursion will be +prolonged beyond today, it will be well to look to our provisions." + +"Be easy, Mr. Strock; our guides have food for two days in their +knapsacks, besides what we carry ourselves. Moreover, though I left +my brave Nisko at the farm, I have my gun. Game will be plentiful in +the woods and gorges of the lower part of the mountain, and perhaps +at the top we shall find a fire to cook it, already lighted." + +"Already lighted, Mr. Smith?" + +"And why not, Mr. Strock? These flames! These superb flames, which +have so terrified our country folk! Is their fire absolutely cold, is +no spark to be found beneath their ashes? And then, if this is truly +a crater, is the volcano so wholly extinct that we cannot find there +a single ember? Bah! This would be but a poor volcano if it hasn't +enough fire even to cook an egg or roast a potato. Come, I repeat, we +shall see! We shall see!" + +At that point of the investigation I had, I confess, no opinion +formed. I had my orders to examine the Great Eyrie. If it proved +harmless, I would announce it, and people would be reassured. But at +heart, I must admit, I had the very natural desire of a man possessed +by the demon of curiosity. I should be glad, both for my own sake, +and for the renown which would attach to my mission if the Great +Eyrie proved the center of the most remarkable phenomena--of which I +would discover the cause. + +Our ascent began in this order. The two guides went in front to seek +out the most practicable paths. Elias Smith and I followed more +leisurely. We mounted by a narrow and not very steep gorge amid rocks +and trees. A tiny stream trickled downward under our feet. During the +rainy season or after a heavy shower, the water doubtless bounded +from rock to rock in tumultuous cascades. But it evidently was fed +only by the rain, for now we could scarcely trace its course. It +could not be the outlet of any lake within the Great Eyrie. + +After an hour of climbing, the slope became so steep that we had to +turn, now to the right, now to the left; and our progress was much +delayed. Soon the gorge became wholly impracticable; its cliff-like +sides offered no sufficient foothold. We had to cling by branches, to +crawl upon our knees. At this rate the top would not be reached +before sundown. + +"Faith!" cried Mr. Smith, stopping for breath, "I realize why the +climbers of the Great Eyrie have been few, so few, that it has never +been ascended within my knowledge." + +"The fact is," I responded, "that it would be much toil for very +little profit. And if we had not special reasons to persist in our +attempt" + +"You never said a truer word," declared Harry Horn. "My comrade and I +have scaled the Black Dome several times, but we never met such +obstacles as these." + +"The difficulties seem almost impassable," added James Bruck. + +The question now was to determine to which side we should turn for a +new route; to right, as to left, arose impenetrable masses of trees +and bushes. In truth even the scaling of cliffs would have been more +easy. Perhaps if we could get above this wooded slope we could +advance with surer foot. Now, we could only go ahead blindly, and +trust to the instincts of our two guides. James Bruck was especially +useful. I believe that that gallant lad would have equaled a monkey +in lightness and a wild goat in agility. Unfortunately, neither Elias +Smith nor I was able to climb where he could. + +However, when it is a matter of real need with me, I trust I shall +never be backward, being resolute by nature and well-trained in bodily +exercise. Where James Bruck went, I was determined to go, also; +though it might cost me some uncomfortable falls. But it was not the +same with the first magistrate of Morganton, less young, less +vigorous, larger, stouter, and less persistent than we others. +Plainly he made every effort, not to retard our progress, but he +panted like a seal, and soon I insisted on his stopping to rest. + +In short, it was evident that the ascent of the Great Eyrie would +require far more time than we had estimated. We had expected to reach +the foot of the rocky wall before eleven o'clock, but we now saw that +mid-day would still find us several hundred feet below it. + +Toward ten o'clock, after repeated attempts to discover some more +practicable route, after numberless turnings and returnings, one of +the guides gave the signal to halt. We found ourselves at last on the +upper border of the heavy wood. The trees, more thinly spaced, +permitted us a glimpse upward to the base of the rocky wall which +constituted the true Great Eyrie. + +"Whew!" exclaimed Mr. Smith, leaning against a mighty pine tree, "a +little respite, a little repose, and even a little repast would not +go badly." + +"We will rest an hour," said I. + +"Yes; after working our lungs and our legs, we will make our stomachs +work." + +We were all agreed on this point. A rest would certainty freshen us. +Our only cause for inquietude was now the appearance of the +precipitous slope above us. We looked up toward one of those bare +strips called in that region, slides. Amid this loose earth, these +yielding stones, and these abrupt rocks there was no roadway. + +Harry Horn said to his comrade, "It will not be easy." + +"Perhaps impossible," responded Bruck. + +Their comments caused me secret uneasiness. If I returned without +even having scaled the mountain, my mission would be a complete +failure, without speaking of the torture to my curiosity. And when I +stood again before Mr. Ward, shamed and confused, I should cut but a +sorry figure. + +We opened our knapsacks and lunched moderately on bread and cold +meat. Our repast finished, in less than half an hour, Mr. Smith +sprang up eager to push forward once more. James Bruck took the lead; +and we had only to follow him as best we could. + +We advanced slowly. Our guides did not attempt to conceal their doubt +and hesitation. Soon Horn left us and went far ahead to spy out which +road promised most chance of success. + +Twenty minutes later he returned and led us onward toward the +northwest. It was on this side that the Black Dome rose at a distance +of three or four miles. Our path was still difficult and painful, +amid the sliding stones, held in place only occasionally by wiry +bushes. At length after a weary struggle, we gained some two +hundred feet further upward and found ourselves facing a great gash, +which, broke the earth at this spot. Here and there were scattered +roots recently uptorn, branches broken off, huge stones reduced to +powder, as if an avalanche had rushed down this flank of the mountain. + +"That must be the path taken by the huge block which broke away +from the Great Eyrie," commented James Bruck. + +"No doubt," answered Mr. Smith, "and I think we had better follow the +road that it has made for us." + +It was indeed this gash that Harry Horn had selected for our ascent. +Our feet found lodgment in the firmer earth which had resisted the +passage of the monster rock. Our task thus became much easier, and +our progress was in a straight line upward, so that toward half past +eleven we reached the upper border of the "slide." + +Before us, less than a hundred feet away, but towering a hundred feet +straight upwards in the air rose the rocky wall which formed the +final crest, the last defence of the Great Eyrie. + +From this side, the summit of the wall showed capriciously irregular, +rising in rude towers and jagged needles. At one point the outline +appeared to be an enormous eagle silhouetted against the sky, just +ready to take flight. Upon this side, at least, the precipice was +insurmountable. + +"Rest a minute," said Mr. Smith, "and we will see if it is possible +to make our way around the base of this cliff." + +"At any rate," said Harry Horn, "the great block must have fallen +from this part of the cliff; and it has left no breach for entering." + +They were both right; we must seek entrance elsewhere. After a rest +of ten minutes, we clambered up close to the foot of the wall, and +began to make a circuit of its base. + +Assuredly the Great Eyrie now took on to my eyes an aspect absolutely +fantastic. Its heights seemed peopled by dragons and huge monsters. +If chimeras, griffins, and all the creations of mythology had +appeared to guard it, I should have been scarcely surprised. + +With great difficulty and not without danger we continued our tour of +this circumvallation, where it seemed that nature had worked as man +does, with careful regularity. Nowhere was there any break in the +fortification; nowhere a fault in the strata by which one might +clamber up. Always this mighty wall, a hundred feet in height! + +After an hour and a half of this laborious circuit, we regained our +starting-place. I could not conceal my disappointment, and Mr. Smith +was not less chagrined than I. + +"A thousand devils!" cried he, "we know no better than before what is +inside this confounded Great Eyrie, nor even if it is a crater." + +"Volcano, or not," said I, "there are no suspicious noises now; +neither smoke nor flame rises above it; nothing whatever threatens an +eruption." + +This was true. A profound silence reigned around us; and a perfectly +clear sky shone overhead. We tasted the perfect calm of great +altitudes. + +It was worth noting that the circumference of the huge wall was about +twelve or fifteen hundred feet. As to the space enclosed within, we +could scarce reckon that without knowing the thickness of the +encompassing wall. The surroundings were absolutely deserted. +Probably not a living creature ever mounted to this height, except +the few birds of prey which soared high above us. + +Our watches showed three o'clock, and Mr. Smith cried in disgust, +"What is the use of stopping here all day! We shall learn nothing +more. We must make a start, Mr. Strock, if we want to get back to +Pleasant Garden to-night." + +I made no answer, and did not move from where I was seated; so he +called again, "Come, Mr. Strock; you don't answer." + +In truth, it cut me deeply to abandon our effort, to descend the +slope without having achieved my mission. I felt an imperious need of +persisting; my curiosity had redoubled. But what could I do? Could I +tear open this unyielding earth? Overleap the mighty cliff? Throwing +one last defiant glare at the Great Eyrie, I followed my companions. + +The return was effected without great difficulty. We had only to +slide down where we had so laboriously scrambled up. Before five +o'clock we descended the last slopes of the mountain, and the farmer +of Wildon welcomed us to a much needed meal. + +"Then you didn't get inside?" said he. + +"No," responded Mr. Smith, "and I believe that the inside exists only +in the imagination of our country folk." + +At half past eight our carriage drew up before the house of the Mayor +of Pleasant Garden, where we passed the night. While I strove vainly +to sleep, I asked myself if I should not stop there in the village +and organize a new ascent. But what better chance had it of +succeeding than the first? The wisest course was, doubtless, to +return to Washington and consult Mr. Ward. + +So, the next day, having rewarded our two guides, I took leave of Mr. +Smith at Morganton, and that same evening left by train for +Washington. + + + + + +Chapter 4 + +A MEETING OF THE AUTOMOBILE CLUB + + + + +Was the mystery of the Great Eyrie to be solved some day by chances +beyond our imagining? That was known only to the future. And was the +solution a matter of the first importance? That was beyond doubt, +since the safety of the people of western Carolina perhaps depended +upon it. + +Yet a fortnight after my return to Washington, public attention was +wholly distracted from this problem by another very different in +nature, but equally astonishing. + +Toward the middle of that month of May the newspapers of Pennsylvania +informed their readers of some strange occurrences in different parts +of the state. On the roads which radiated from Philadelphia, the +chief city, there circulated an extraordinary vehicle, of which no +one could describe the form, or the nature, or even the size, so +rapidly did it rush past. It was an automobile; all were agreed on +that. But as to what motor drove it, only imagination could say; and +when the popular imagination is aroused, what limit is there to its +hypotheses? + +At that period the most improved automobiles, whether driven by +steam, gasoline, or electricity, could not accomplish much more than +sixty miles an hour, a speed that the railroads, with their most +rapid expresses, scarce exceed on the best lines of America and +Europe. Now, this new automobile which was astonishing the world, +traveled at more than double this speed. + +It is needless to add that such a rate constituted an extreme danger +on the highroads, as much so for vehicles, as for pedestrians. This +rushing mass, coming like a thunder-bolt, preceded by a formidable +rumbling, caused a whirlwind, which tore the branches from the trees +along the road, terrified the animals browsing in adjoining fields, +and scattered and killed the birds, which could not resist the +suction of the tremendous air currents engendered by its passage. + +And, a bizarre detail to which the newspapers drew particular +attention, the surface of the roads was scarcely even scratched by +the wheels of the apparition, which left behind it no such ruts as +are usually made by heavy vehicles. At most there was a light touch, +a mere brushing of the dust. It was only the tremendous speed which +raised behind the vehicle such whirlwinds of dust. + +"It is probable," commented the New Fork Herald, "that the extreme +rapidity of motion destroys the weight." + +Naturally there were protests from all sides. It was impossible to +permit the mad speed of this apparition which threatened to overthrow +and destroy everything in its passage, equipages and people. But how +could it be stopped? No one knew to whom the vehicle belonged, nor +whence it came, nor whither it went. It was seen but for an instant +as it darted forward like a bullet in its dizzy flight. How could one +seize a cannon-ball in the air, as it leaped from the mouth of the +gun? + +I repeat, there was no evidence as to the character of the propelling +engine. It left behind it no smoke, no steam, no odor of gasoline, or +any other oil. It seemed probable, therefore, that the vehicle ran by +electricity, and that its accumulators were of an unknown model, +using some unknown fluid. + +The public imagination, highly excited, readily accepted every sort +of rumor about this mysterious automobile. It was said to be a +supernatural car. It was driven by a specter, by one of the +chauffeurs of hell, a goblin from another world, a monster escaped +from some mythological menagerie, in short, the devil in person, who +could defy all human intervention, having at his command invisible +and infinite satanic powers. + +But even Satan himself had no right to run at such speed over the +roads of the United States without a special permit, without a number +on his car, and without a regular license. And it was certain that +not a single municipality had given him permission to go two hundred +miles an hour. Public security demanded that some means be found to +unmask the secret of this terrible chauffeur. + +Moreover, it was not only Pennsylvania that served as the theater of +his sportive eccentricities. The police reported his appearance in +other states; in Kentucky near Frankfort; in Ohio near Columbus; in +Tennessee near Nashville; in Missouri near Jefferson; and finally in +Illinois in the neighborhood of Chicago. + +The alarm having been given, it became the duty of the authorities to +take steps against this public danger. To arrest or even to halt an +apparition moving at such speed was scarcely practicable. A better +way would be to erect across the roads solid gateways with which the +flying machine must come in contact sooner or later, and be smashed +into a thousand pieces. + +"Nonsense!" declared the incredulous. "This madman would know well +how to circle around such obstructions." + +"And if necessary," added others," the machine would leap over the +barriers." + +"And if he is indeed the devil, he has, as a former angel, presumably +preserved his wings, and so he will take to flight." + +But this last was but the suggestion of foolish old gossips who did +not stop to study the matter. For if the King of Hades possessed a +pair of wings, why did he obstinately persist in running around on +the earth at the risk of crushing his own subjects, when he might +more easily have hurled himself through space as free as a bird. + +Such was the situation when, in the last week of May, a fresh event +occurred, which seemed to show that the United States was indeed +helpless in the hands of some unapproachable monster. And after the +New World, would not the Old in its turn, be desecrated by the mad +career of this remarkable automobilist? + +The following occurrence was reported in all the newspapers of the +Union, and with what comments and outcries it is easy to imagine. + +A race was to be held by the automobile Club of Wisconsin, over the +roads of that state of which Madison is the capital. The route laid +out formed an excellent track, about two hundred miles in length, +starting from Prairie-du-chien on the western frontier, passing by +Madison and ending a little above Milwaukee on the borders of Lake +Michigan. Except for the Japanese road between Nikko and Namode, +bordered by giant cypresses, there is no better track in the world +than this of Wisconsin. It runs straight and level as an arrow for +sometimes fifty miles at a stretch. Many and noted were the machines +entered for this great race. Every kind of motor vehicle was +permitted to compete, even motorcycles, as well as automobiles. The +machines were of all makes and nationalities. The sum of the +different prizes reached fifty thousand dollars, so that the race was +sure to be desperately contested. New records were expected to be +made. + +Calculating on the maximum speed hitherto attained, of perhaps eighty +miles an hour, this international contest covering two hundred miles +would last about three hours. And, to avoid all danger, the state +authorities of Wisconsin had forbidden all other traffic between +Prairie-du-chien and Milwaukee during three hours on the morning of +the thirtieth of May. Thus, if there were any accidents, those who +suffered would be themselves to blame. + +There was an enormous crowd; and it was not composed only of the +people of Wisconsin. Many thousands gathered from the neighboring +states of Illinois, Michigan, Iowa, Indiana, and even from New York. +Among the sportsmen assembled were many foreigners, English, French, +Germans and Austrians, each nationality, of course, supporting the +chauffeurs of its land. Moreover, as this was the United States, the +country of the greatest gamblers of the world, bets were made of +every sort and of enormous amounts. + +The start was to be made at eight o'clock in the morning; and to +avoid crowding and the accidents which must result from it, the +automobiles were to follow each other at two minute intervals, along +the roads whose borders were black with spectators. + +The first ten racers, numbered by lot, were dispatched between eight +o'clock and twenty minutes past. Unless there was some disastrous +accident, some of these machines would surely arrive at the goal by +eleven o'clock. The others followed in order. + +An hour and a half had passed. There remained but a single contestant +at Prairie-du-chien. Word was sent back and forth by telephone every +five minutes as to the order of the racers. Midway between Madison +and Milwaukee, the lead was held by a machine of Renault brothers, +four cylindered, of twenty horsepower, and with Michelin tires. It +was closely followed by a Harvard-Watson car and by a Dion-Bouton. +Some accidents had already occurred, other machines were hopelessly +behind. Not more than a dozen would contest the finish. Several +chauffeurs had been injured, but not seriously. And even had they +been killed, the death of men is but a detail, not considered of +great importance in that astonishing country of America. + +Naturally the excitement became more intense as one approached the +finishing line near Milwaukee. There were assembled the most curious, +the most interested; and there the passions of the moment were +unchained. By ten o'clock it was evident, that the first prize, +twenty thousand dollars, lay between five machines, two American, two +French, and one English. Imagine, therefore, the fury with which bets +were being made under the influence of national pride. The regular +book makers could scarcely meet the demands of those who wished to +wager. Offers and amounts were hurled from lip to lip with feverish +rapidity. "One to three on the Harvard-Watson!" + +"One to two on the Dion-Bouton!" + +"Even money on the Renault!" + +These cries rang along the line of spectators at each new +announcement from the telephones. + +Suddenly at half-past nine by the town clock of Prairie-du-chien, two +miles beyond that town was heard a tremendous noise and rumbling +which proceeded from the midst of a flying cloud of dust accompanied +by shrieks like those of a naval siren. + +Scarcely had the crowds time to draw to one side, to escape a +destruction which would have included hundreds of victims. The cloud +swept by like a hurricane. No one could distinguish what it was that +passed with such speed. There was no exaggeration in saying that its +rate was at least one hundred and fifty miles an hour. + +The apparition passed and disappeared in an instant, leaving behind +it a long train of white dust, as an express locomotive leaves behind +a train of smoke. Evidently it was an automobile with a most +extraordinary motor. If it maintained this arrow-like speed, it would +reach the contestants in the fore-front of the race; it would pass +them with this speed double their own; it would arrive first at the +goal. + +And then from all parts arose an uproar, as soon as the spectators +had nothing more to fear. + +"It is that infernal machine." + +"Yes; the one the police cannot stop." + +"But it has not been heard of for a fortnight." + +"It was supposed to be done for, destroyed, gone forever." + +"It is a devil's car, driven by hellfire, and with Satan driving!" + +In truth, if he were not the devil, who could this mysterious +chauffeur be, driving with this unbelievable velocity, his no less +mysterious machine? At least it was beyond doubt that this was the +same machine which had already attracted so much attention. If the +police believed that they had frightened it away, that it was never +to be, heard of more, well, the police were mistaken which happens in +America as elsewhere. + +The first stunned moment of surprise having passed, +many people rushed to the telephones to warn those further +along the route of the danger which menaced, not only the +people, but also the automobiles scattered along the road. + +When this terrible madman arrived like an avalanche they would be +smashed to pieces, ground into powder, annihilated! + +And from the collision might not the destroyer himself emerge safe +and sound? He must be so adroit, this chauffeur of chauffeurs, he +must handle his machine with such perfection of eye and hand, that he +knew, no doubt, how to escape from every situation. Fortunately the +Wisconsin authorities had taken such precautions that the road would +be clear except for contesting automobiles. But what right had this +machine among them! + +And what said the racers themselves, who, warned by telephone, had to +sheer aside from the road in their struggle for the grand prize? By +their estimate, this amazing vehicle was going at least one hundred +and thirty miles an hour. Fast as was their speed, it shot by them at +such a rate that they could hardly make out even the shape of the +machine, a sort of lengthened spindle, probably not over thirty feet +long. Its wheels spun with such velocity that they could scarce be +seen. For the rest, the machine left behind it neither smoke nor +scent. + +As for the driver, hidden in the interior of his machine, he had been +quite invisible. He remained as unknown as when he had first appeared +on the various roads throughout the country. + +Milwaukee was promptly warned of the coming of this interloper. Fancy +the excitement the news caused! The immediate purpose agreed upon was +to stop this projectile, to erect across its route an obstacle +against which it would smash into a thousand pieces. But was there +time? Would not the machine appear at any moment? And what need was +there, since the track ended on the edge of Lake Michigan, and so the +vehicle would be forced to stop there anyway, unless its supernatural +driver could ride the water as well as the land. + +Here, also, as all along the route, the most extravagant suggestions +were offered. Even those who would not admit that the mysterious +chauffeur must be Satan in person allowed that he might be some +monster escaped from the fantastic visions of the Apocalypse. + +And now there were no longer minutes to wait. Any second might bring +the expected apparition. + +It was not yet eleven o'clock when a rumbling was heard far down the +track, and the dust rose in violent whirlwinds. Harsh whistlings +shrieked through the air warning all to give passage to the monster. + +It did not slacken speed at the finish. Lake Michigan was not half a +mile beyond, and the machine must certainly be hurled into the water! +Could it be that the mechanician was no longer master of his +mechanism? + +There could be little doubt of it. Like a shooting star, the vehicle +flashed through Milwaukee. When it had passed the city, would it +plunge itself to destruction in the waters of Lake Michigan? + +At any rate when it disappeared at a slight bend in the road no trace +was to be found of its passage. + + + + + +Chapter 5 + +ALONG THE SHORES OF NEW ENGLAND + + + + +At the time when the newspapers were filled with these reports, I was +again in Washington. On my return I had presented myself at my +chief's office, but had been unable to see him. Family affairs had +suddenly called him away, to be absent some weeks. Mr. Ward, however, +undoubtedly knew of the failure of my mission. The newspapers, +especially those of North Carolina, had given full details of our +ascent of the Great Eyrie. + +Naturally, I was much annoyed by this delay which further fretted my +restless curiosity. I could turn to no other plans for the future. +Could I give up the hope of learning the secret of the Great Eyrie? +No! I would return to the attack a dozen times if necessary, and +despite every failure. + +Surely, the winning of access within those walls was not a task +beyond human power. A scaffolding might be raised to the summit of +the cliff; or a tunnel might be pierced through its depth. Our +engineers met problems more difficult every day. But in this case it +was necessary to consider the expense, which might easily grow out of +proportion to the advantages to be gained. A tunnel would cost many +thousand dollars, and what good would it accomplish beyond satisfying +the public curiosity and my own? + +My personal resources were wholly insufficient for the achievement. +Mr. Ward, who held the government's funds, was away. I even thought +of trying to interest some millionaire. Oh, if I could but have +promised one of them some gold or silver mines within the mountain! +But such an hypothesis was not admissible. The chain of the +Appalachians is not situated in a gold bearing region like that of +the Pacific mountains, the Transvaal, or Australia. + +It was not until the fifteenth of June that Mr. Ward returned to +duty. Despite my lack of success he received me warmly. "Here is our +poor Strock!" cried he, at my entrance. "Our poor Strock, who has +failed!" + +"No more, Mr. Ward, than if you had charged me to investigate the +surface of the moon," answered I. "We found ourselves face to face +with purely natural obstacles insurmountable with the forces then at +our command." + +"I do not doubt that, Strock, I do not doubt that in the least. +Nevertheless, the fact remains that you have discovered nothing of +what is going on within the Great Eyrie." + +"Nothing, Mr. Ward." + +"You saw no sign of fire?" + +"None." + +"And you heard no suspicious noises whatever?" + +"None." + +"Then it is still uncertain if there is really a volcano there?" + +"Still uncertain, Mr. Ward. But if it is there, we have good reason +to believe that it has sunk into a profound sleep." + +"Still," returned Mr. Ward, "there is nothing to show that it will +not wake up again any day, Strock. It is not enough that a volcano +should sleep, it must be absolutely extinguished unless indeed all +these threatening rumors have been born solely in the Carolinian +imagination." + +"That is not possible, sir," I said. "Both Mr. Smith, the mayor of +Morganton and his friend the mayor of Pleasant Garden, are reliable +men. And they speak from their own knowledge in this matter. Flames +have certainly risen above the Great Eyrie. Strange noises have +issued from it. There can be no doubt whatever of the reality of +these phenomena." + +"Granted," declared Mr. Ward. "I admit that the evidence is +unassailable. So the deduction to be drawn is that the Great Eyrie +has not yet given up its secret." + +"If we are determined to know it, Mr. Ward, the solution is only a +solution of expense. Pickaxes and dynamite would soon conquer those +walls." + +"No doubt," responded the chief, "but such an undertaking hardly +seems justified, since the mountain is now quiet. We will wait awhile +and perhaps nature herself will disclose her mystery." + +"Mr. Ward, believe me that I regret deeply that I have been unable to +solve the problem you entrusted to me," I said. + +"Nonsense! Do not upset yourself, Strock. Take your defeat +philosophically. We cannot always be successful, even in the police. +How many criminals escape us! I believe we should never capture one +of them, if they were a little more intelligent and less imprudent, +and if they did not compromise themselves so stupidly. Nothing, it +seems to me, would be easier than to plan a crime, a theft or an +assassination, and to execute it without arousing any suspicions, or +leaving any traces to be followed. You understand, Strock, I do not +want to give our criminals lessons; I much prefer to have them remain +as they are. Nevertheless there are many whom the police will never +be able to track down." + +On this matter I shared absolutely the opinion of my chief. It is +among rascals that one finds the most fools. For this very reason I +had been much surprised that none of the authorities had been able to +throw any light upon the recent performances of the "demon +automobile." And when Mr. Ward brought up this subject, I did not +conceal from him my astonishment. + +He pointed out that the vehicle was practically unpursuable; that in +its earlier appearances, it had apparently vanished from all roads +even before a telephone message could be sent ahead. Active and +numerous police agents had been spread throughout the country, but no +one of them had encountered the delinquent. He did not move +continuously from place to place, even at his amazing speed, but +seemed to appear only for a moment and then to vanish into thin air. +True, he had at length remained visible along the entire route from +Prairie-du-Chien to Milwaukee, and he had covered in less than an +hour and a half this track of two hundred miles. + +But since then, there had been no news whatever of the machine. +Arrived at the end of the route, driven onward by its own impetus, +unable to stop, had it indeed been engulfed within the waters of Lake +Michigan? Must we conclude that the machine and its driver had both +perished, that there was no longer any danger to be feared from +either? The great majority of the public refused to accept this +conclusion. They fully expected the machine to reappear. + +Mr. Ward frankly admitted that the whole matter seemed to him most +extraordinary; and I shared his view. Assuredly if this infernal +chauffeur did not return, his apparition would have to be placed +among those superhuman mysteries which it is not given to man to +understand. + +We had fully discussed this affair, the chief and I; and I thought +that our interview was at an end, when, after pacing the room for a +few moments, he said abruptly, "Yes, what happened there at Milwaukee +was very strange. But here is something no less so!" + +With this he handed me a report which he had received from Boston, on +a subject of which the evening papers had just begun to apprise their +readers. While I read it, Mr. Ward was summoned from the room. I +seated myself by the window and studied with extreme attention the +matter of the report. + +For some days the waters along the coast of Maine, Connecticut, and +Massachusetts had been the scene of an appearance which no one could +exactly describe. A moving body would appear amid the waters, some +two or three miles off shore, and go through rapid evolutions. It +would flash for a while back and forth among the waves and then dart +out of sight. + +The body moved with such lightning speed that the best telescopes +could hardly follow it. Its length did not seem to exceed thirty +feet. Its cigar-shaped form and greenish color, made it difficult to +distinguish against the background of the ocean. It had been most +frequently observed along the coast between Cape Cod and Nova Scotia. +From Providence, from Boston, from Portsmouth, and from Portland +motor boats and steam launches had repeatedly attempted to approach +this moving body and even to give it chase. They could not get +anywhere near it. Pursuit seemed useless. It darted like an arrow +beyond the range of view. + +Naturally, widely differing opinions were held as to the nature of +this object. But no hypothesis rested on any secure basis. Seamen +were as much at a loss as others. At first sailors thought it must be +some great fish, like a whale. But it is well known that all these +animals come to the surface with a certain regularity to breathe, and +spout up columns of mingled air and water. Now, this strange animal, +if it was an animal, had never "blown" as the whalers say; nor, had +it ever made any noises of breathing. Yet if it were not one of these +huge marine mammals, how was this unknown monster to be classed? Did +it belong among the legendary dwellers in the deep, the krakens, the +octopuses, the leviathans, the famous sea-serpents? + +At any rate, since this monster, whatever it was, had appeared along +the New England shores, the little fishing-smacks and pleasure boats +dared not venture forth. Wherever it appeared the boats fled to the +nearest harbor, as was but prudent. If the animal was of a ferocious +character, none cared to await its attack. + +As to the large ships and coast steamers, they had nothing to fear +from any monster, whale or otherwise. Several of them had seen this +creature at a distance of some miles. But when they attempted to +approach, it fled rapidly away. One day, even, a fast United States +gun boat went out from Boston, if not to pursue the monster, at least +to send after it a few cannon shot. Almost instantly the animal +disappeared, and the attempt was vain. As yet, however, the monster +had shown no intention of attacking either boats or people. + +At this moment Mr. Ward returned and I interrupted my reading to say, +"There seems as yet no reason to complain of this sea-serpent. It +flees before big ships. It does not pursue little ones. Feeling and +intelligence are not very strong in fishes." + +"Yet their emotions exist, Strock, and if strongly aroused--" + +"But, Mr. Ward, the beast seems not at all dangerous. One of two +things will happen. Either it will presently quit these coasts, or +finally it will be captured and we shall be able to study it at our +leisure here in the museum of Washington." + +"And if it is not a marine animal?" asked Mr. Ward. + +"What else can it be?" I protested in surprise. + +"Finish your reading," said Mr. Ward. + +I did so; and found that in the second part of the report, my chief +had underlined some passages in red pencil. + +For some time no one had doubted that this was an animal; and that, +if it were vigorously pursued, it would at last be driven from our +shores. But a change of opinion had come about. People began to ask +if, instead of a fish, this were not some new and remarkable kind of +boat. + +Certainly in that case its engine must be one of amazing power. +Perhaps the inventor before selling the secret of his invention, +sought to attract public attention and to astound the maritime world. +Such surety in the movements of his boat, grace in its every +evolution, such ease in defying pursuit by its arrow-like speed, +surely, these were enough to arouse world-wide curiosity! + +At that time great progress had been made in the manufacture of +marine engines. Huge transatlantic steamers completed the ocean +passage in five days. And the engineers had not yet spoken their last +word. Neither were the navies of the world behind. The cruisers, the +torpedo boats, the torpedo-destroyers, could match the swiftest +steamers of the Atlantic and Pacific, or of the Indian trade. + +If, however, this were a boat of some new design, there had as yet +been no opportunity to observe its form. As to the engines which +drove it, they must be of a power far beyond the fastest known. By +what force they worked, was equally a problem. Since the boat had no +sails, it was not driven by the wind; and since it had no +smoke-stack, it was not driven by steam. + +At this point in the report, I again paused in my reading and +considered the comment I wished to make. + +"What are you puzzling over, Strock?" demanded my chief. + +"It is this, Mr. Ward; the motive power of this so-called boat must +be as tremendous and as unknown as that of the remarkable automobile +which has so amazed us all." + +"So that is your idea, is it, Strock?" + +"Yes, Mr. Ward." + +There was but one conclusion to be drawn. If the mysterious chauffeur +had disappeared, if he had perished with his machine in Lake +Michigan, it was equally important now to win the secret of this no +less mysterious navigator. And it must be won before he in his turn +plunged into the abyss of the ocean. Was it not the interest of the +inventor to disclose his invention? Would not the American government +or any other give him any price he chose to ask? + +Yet unfortunately, since the inventor of the terrestrial apparition +had persisted in preserving his incognito, was it not to be feared +that the inventor of the marine apparition would equally preserve +his? Even if the first machine still existed, it was no longer heard +from; and would not the second, in the same way, after having +disclosed its powers, disappear in its turn, without a single trace? + +What gave weight to this probability was that since the arrival of +this report at Washington twenty-four hours before, the presence of +the extraordinary boat hadn't been announced from anywhere along the +shore. Neither had it been seen on any other coast. Though, of +course, the assertion that it would not reappear at all would have +been hazardous, to say the least. + +I noted another interesting and possibly important point. It was a +singular coincidence which indeed Mr. Ward suggested to me, at the +same moment that I was considering it. This was that only after the +disappearance of the wonderful automobile had the no less wonderful +boat come into view. Moreover, their engines both possessed a most +dangerous power of locomotion. If both should go rushing at the same +time over the face of the world, the same danger would threaten +mankind everywhere, in boats, in vehicles, and on foot. Therefore it +was absolutely necessary that the police should in some manner +interfere to protect the public ways of travel. + +That is what Mr. Ward pointed out to me; and our duty was obvious. +But how could we accomplish this task? We discussed the matter for +some time; and I was just about to leave when Mr. Ward made one last +suggestion. + +"Have you not observed, Strock," said he, "that there is a sort of +fantastic resemblance between the general appearance of this boat and +this automobile?" + +"There is something of the sort, Mr. Ward." + +"Well, is it not possible that the two are one?" + + + + + +Chapter 6 + +THE FIRST LETTER + + + + +After leaving Mr. Ward I returned to my home in Long Street. There I +had plenty of time to consider this strange case uninterrupted by +either wife or children. My household consisted solely of an ancient +servant, who having been formerly in the service of my mother, had +now continued for fifteen years in mine. + +Two months before I had obtained a leave of absence. It had still two +weeks to run, unless indeed some unforeseen circumstance interrupted +it, some mission which could not be delayed. This leave, as I have +shown, had already been interrupted for four days by my exploration +of the Great Eyrie. + +And now was it not my duty to abandon my vacation, and endeavor to +throw light upon the remarkable events of which the road to Milwaukee +and the shore of New England had been in turn the scene? I would have +given much to solve the twin mysteries, but how was it possible to +follow the track of this automobile or this boat? + +Seated in my easy chair after breakfast, with my pipe lighted, I +opened my newspaper. To what should I turn? Politics interested me +but little, with its eternal strife between the Republicans and the +Democrats. Neither did I care for the news of society, nor for the +sporting page. You will not be surprised, then, that my first idea +was to see if there was any news from North Carolina about the Great +Eyrie. There was little hope of this, however, for Mr. Smith had +promised to telegraph me at once if anything occurred. I felt quite +sure that the mayor of Morganton was as eager for information and as +watchful as could have been myself. The paper told me nothing new. It +dropped idly from my hand; and I remained deep in thought. + +What most frequently recurred to me was the suggestion of Mr. Ward +that perhaps the automobile and the boat which had attracted our +attention were in reality one and the same. Very probably, at least, +the two machines had been built by the same hand. And beyond doubt, +these were similar engines, which generated this remarkable speed, +more than doubling the previous records of earth and sea. + +"The same inventor!" repeated I. + +Evidently this hypothesis had strong grounds. The fact that the two +machines had not yet appeared at the same time added weight to the +idea. I murmured to myself, "After the mystery of Great Eyrie, comes +that of Milwaukee and Boston. Will this new problem be as difficult +to solve as was the other?" + +I noted idly that this new affair had a general resemblance to the +other, since both menaced the security of the general public. To be +sure, only the inhabitants of the Blueridge region had been in danger +from an eruption or possible earthquake at Great Eyrie. While now, on +every road of the United States, or along every league of its coasts +and harbors, every inhabitant was in danger from this vehicle or this +boat, with its sudden appearance and insane speed. + +I found that, as was to be expected, the newspapers not only +suggested, but enlarged upon the dangers of the case. Timid people +everywhere were much alarmed. My old servant, naturally credulous and +superstitious, was particularly upset. That same day after dinner, as +she was clearing away the things, she stopped before me, a water +bottle in one hand, the serviette in the other, and asked anxiously, +"Is there no news, sir?" + +"None," I answered, knowing well to what she referred. + +"The automobile has not come back?" + +"No." + +"Nor the boat?" + +"Nor the boat There is no news even-in the best informed papers." + +"But--your secret police information?" + +"We are no wiser." + +"Then, sir, if you please, of what use are the police?" + +It is a question which has phased me more than once. + +"Now you see what will happen," continued the old housekeeper, +complainingly, "Some fine morning, he will come without warning, this +terrible chauffeur, and rush down our street here, and kill us all!" + +"Good! When that happens, there will be some chance of catching him." + +"He will never be arrested, sir." + +"Why not?" + +"Because he is the devil himself, and you can't arrest the devil!" + +Decidedly, thought I, the devil has many uses; and if he did not +exist we would have to invent him, to give people some way of +explaining the inexplicable. It was he who lit the flames of the +Great Eyrie. It was he who smashed the record in the Wisconsin race. +It is he who is scurrying along the shores of Connecticut and +Massachusetts. But putting to one side this evil spirit who is so +necessary, for the convenience of the ignorant, there was no doubt +that we were facing a most bewildering problem. Had both of these +machines disappeared forever? They had passed like a meteor, like a +star shooting through space; and in a hundred years the adventure +would become a legend, much to the taste of the gossips of the next +century. + +For several days the newspapers of America and even those of Europe +continued to discuss these events. Editorials crowded upon +editorials. Rumors were added to rumors. Story tellers of every kind +crowded to the front. The public of two continents was interested. In +some parts of Europe there was even jealousy that America should have +been chosen as the field of such an experience. If these marvelous +inventors were American, then their country, their army and navy, +would have a great advantage over others. The United States might +acquire an incontestable superiority. + +Under the date of the tenth of June, a New York paper published a +carefully studied article on this phase of the subject. Comparing the +speed of the swiftest known vessels with the smallest minimum of +speed which could possibly be assigned to the new boat, the article +demonstrated that if the United States secured this secret, Europe +would be but three days away from her, while she would still be five +days from Europe. + +If our own police had searched diligently to discover the mystery of +the Great Eyrie, the secret service of every country in the world was +now interested in these new problems. + +Mr. Ward referred to the matter each time I saw him. Our chat would +begin by his rallying me about my ill-success in Carolina, and I +would respond by reminding him that success there was only a question +of expense. + +"Never mind, my good Strock," said he, "there will come a chance for +our clever inspector to regain his laurels. Take now this affair of +the automobile and the boat. If you could clear that up in advance of +all the detectives of the world, what an honor it would be to our +department! What glory for you!" + +"It certainly would, Mr. Ward. And if you put the matter in my +charge--" + +"Who knows, Strock? Let us wait a while! Let us wait!" + +Matters stood thus when, on the morning of June fifteenth, my old +servant brought me a letter from the letter-carrier, a registered +letter for which I had to sign. I looked at the address. I did not +know the handwriting. The postmark, dating from two days before, was +stamped at the post office of Morganton. + +Morganton! Here at last was, no doubt, news from Mr. Elias Smith. + +"Yes!" exclaimed I, speaking to my old servant, for lack of another," +it must be from Mr. Smith at last. I know no one else in Morganton. +And if he writes he has news!" + +"Morganton?" said the old woman, "isn't that the place where the +demons set fire to their mountain?" + +"Exactly." + +"Oh, sir! I hope you don't mean to go back there!" + +"Because you will end by being burned up in that furnace of the Great +Eyrie. And I wouldn't want you buried that way, sir." + +"Cheer up, and let us see if it is not better news than that." + +The envelope was sealed with red sealing wax, and stamped with a sort +of coat of arms, surmounted with three stars. The paper was thick and +very strong. I broke the envelope and drew out a letter. It was a +single sheet, folded in four, and written on one side only. My first +glance was for the signature. + +There was no signature! Nothing but three initials at the end of the +last line! + +"The letter is not from the Mayor of Morganton," said I. + +"Then from whom?" asked the old servant, doubly curious in her +quality as a woman and as an old gossip. + +Looking again at the three initials of the signature, I said, "I know +no one for whom these letters would stand; neither at Morganton nor +elsewhere." + +The hand-writing was bold. Both up strokes and down strokes very +sharp, about twenty lines in all. Here is the letter, of which I, +with good reason, retained an exact copy. It was dated, to my extreme +stupefaction, from that mysterious Great Eyrie: + + +Great Eyrie, Blueridge Mtns, + +To Mr. Strock: North Carolina, June 13th. + +Chief Inspector of Police, + +34 Long St., Washington, D. C. + +Sir, + +You were charged with the mission of penetrating the Great +Eyrie. + +You came on April the twenty-eighth, accompanied by the +Mayor of Morganton and two guides. + +You mounted to the foot of the wall, and you encircled it, +finding it too high and steep to climb. + +You sought a breech and you found none. Know this: none +enter the Great Eyrie; or if one enters, he never returns. + +"Do not try again, for the second attempt will not result +as did the first, but will have grave consequences for you. + +"Heed this warning, or evil fortune will come to you. + +"M. o. W." + + + + + +Chapter 7 + +A THIRD MACHINE + + + + +I confess that at first this letter dumfounded me. "Ohs!" and "Ahs!" +slipped from my open mouth. The old servant stared at me, not knowing +what to think. + +"Oh, sir! is it bad news?" + +I answered for I kept few secrets from this faithful soul by reading +her the letter from end to end. She listened with much anxiety. + +"A joke, without doubt," said I, shrugging my shoulders. + +"Well," returned my superstitious handmaid, "if it isn't from the +devil, it's from the devil's country, anyway." + +Left alone, I again went over this unexpected letter. Reflection +inclined me yet more strongly to believe that it was the work of a +practical joker. My adventure was well known. The newspapers had +given it in full detail. Some satirist, such as exists even in +America, must have written this threatening letter to mock me. + +To assume, on the other hand, that the Eyrie really served as the +refuge of a band of criminals, seemed absurd. If they feared that the +police would discover their retreat, surely they would not have been +so foolish as thus to force attention upon themselves. Their chief +security would lie in keeping their presence there unknown. They must +have realized that such a challenge from them would only arouse the +police to renewed activity. Dynamite or melinite would soon open an +entrance to their fortress. Moreover, how could these men have, +themselves, gained entrance into the Eyrie unless there existed a +passage which we had failed to discover? Assuredly the letter came +from a jester or a madman; and I need not worry over it, nor even +consider it. + +Hence, though for an instant I had thought of showing this letter to +Mr. Ward, I decided not to do so. Surely he would attach no +importance to it. However, I did not destroy it, but locked it in my +desk for safe keeping. If more letters came of the same kind, and +with the same initials, I would attach as little weight to them as to +this. + +Several days passed quietly. There was nothing to lead me to expect +that I should soon quit Washington; though in my line of duty one is +never certain of the morrow. At any moment I might be sent speeding +from Oregon to Florida, from Maine to Texas. And this unpleasant +thought haunted me frequently if my next mission were no more +successful than that to the Great Eyrie, I might as well give up and +hand in my resignation from the force. Of the mysterious chauffeur or +chauffeurs, nothing more was heard. I knew that our own government +agents, as well as foreign ones, were keeping keen watch over all the +roads and rivers, all the lakes and the coasts of America. Of course, +the size of the country made any close supervision impossible; but +these twin inventors had not before chosen secluded and unfrequented +spots in which to appear. The main highway of Wisconsin on a great +race day, the harbor of Boston, incessantly crossed by thousands of +boats, these were hardly what would be called hiding-places! If the +daring driver had not perished of which there was always strong +probability; then he must have left America. Perhaps he was in the +waters of the Old World, or else resting in some retreat known only +to himself, and in that case-- + +"Ah!" I repeated to myself, many times, "for such a retreat, as +secret as inaccessible, this fantastic personage could not find one +better than the Great Eyrie!" But, of course, a boat could not get +there, any more than an automobile. Only high-flying birds of prey, +eagles or condors, could find refuge there. + +The nineteenth of June I was going to the police bureau, when, on +leaving my house, I noticed two men who looked at me with a certain +keenness. Not knowing them, I took no notice; and if my attention was +drawn to the matter, it was because my servant spoke of it when I +returned. + +For some days, she said, she had noticed that two men seemed to be +spying upon me in the street. They stood constantly, perhaps a +hundred steps from my house; and she suspected that they followed me +each time I went up the street. + +"You are sure?" I asked. + +"Yes, sir and no longer ago than yesterday, when you came into the +house, these men came slipping along in your footsteps, and then went +away as soon as the door was shut behind you." + +"You must be mistaken?" + +"I am not, sir." + +"And if you met these two men, you would know them?" + +"I would." + +"Good;" I cried, laughing, "I see you have the very spirit for a +detective. I must engage you as a member of our force." + +"Joke if you like, sir. But I have still two good eyes, and I don't +need spectacles to recognize people. Someone is spying on you, that's +certain; and you should put some of your men to track them in turn." + +"All right; I promise to do so," I said, to satisfy her. "And when my +men get after them, we shall soon know what these mysterious fellows +want of me." + +In truth I did not take the good soul's excited announcement very +seriously. I added, however, "When I go out, I will watch the people +around me with great care." + +"That will be best, sir." + +My poor old housekeeper was always frightening herself at nothing. +"If I see them again," she added, "I will warn you before you set +foot out of doors." + +"Agreed!" And I broke off the conversation, knowing well that if I +allowed her to run on, she would end by being sure that Beelzebub +himself and one of his chief attendants were at my heels. + +The two following days, there was certainly no one spying on me, +either at my exits or entrances. So I concluded my old servant had +made much of nothing, as usual. But on the morning of the +twenty-second of June, after rushing upstairs as rapidly as her age +would permit, the devoted old soul burst into my room and in a half +whisper gasped "Sir! Sir!" + +"What is it?" + +"They are there!" + +"Who?" I queried, my mind on anything but the web she had been +spinning about me. + +"The two spies!" + +"Ah, those wonderful spies!" + +"Themselves! In the street! Right in front of our windows! Watching +the house, waiting for you to go out." + +I went to the window and raising just an edge of the shade, so as not +to give any warning, I saw two men on the pavement. + +They were rather fine-looking men, broad-shouldered and vigorous, +aged somewhat under forty, dressed in the ordinary fashion of the +day, with slouched hats, heavy woolen suits, stout walking shoes and +sticks in hand. Undoubtedly, they were staring persistently at my +apparently unwatchful house. Then, having exchanged a few words, they +strolled off a little way, and returned again. + +"Are you sure these are the same men you saw before?" + +"Yes, sir." + +Evidently, I could no longer dismiss her warning as an hallucination; +and I promised myself to clear up the matter. As to following the men +myself, I was presumably too well known to them. To address them +directly would probably be of no use. But that very day, one of our +best men should be put on watch, and if the spies returned on the +morrow, they should be tracked in their turn, and watched until their +identity was established. + +At the moment, they were waiting to follow me to police headquarters? +For it was there that I was bound, as usual. If they accompanied me I +might be able to offer them a hospitality for which they would scarce +thank me. + +I took my hat; and while the housekeeper remained peeping from the +window, I went down stairs, opened the door, and stepped into the +street. + +The two men were no longer there. + +Despite all my watchfulness, that day I saw no more of them as I +passed along the streets. From that time on, indeed, neither my old +servant nor I saw them again before the house, nor did I encounter +them elsewhere. Their appearance, however, was stamped upon my +memory, I would not forget them. + +Perhaps after all, admitting that I had been the object of their +espionage, they had been mistaken in my identity. Having obtained a +good look at me, they now followed me no more. So in the end, I came +to regard this matter as of no more importance than the letter with +the initials, M. o. W. + +Then, on the twenty-fourth of June, there came a new event, to +further stimulate both my interest and that of the general public in +the previous mysteries of the automobile and the boat. The Washington +Evening Star published the following account, which was next morning +copied by every paper in the country. + +"Lake Kirdall in Kansas, forty miles west of Topeka, is little known. +It deserves wider knowledge, and doubtless will have it hereafter, +for attention is now drawn to it in a very remarkable way. + +"This lake, deep among the mountains, appears to have no outlet. What +it loses by evaporation, it regains from the little neighboring +streamlets and the heavy rains. + +"Lake Kirdall covers about seventy-five square miles, and its level +is but slightly below that of the heights which surround it. Shut in +among the mountains, it can be reached only by narrow and rocky +gorges. Several villages, however, have sprung up upon its banks. It +is full of fish, and fishing-boats cover its waters. + +"Lake Kirdall is in many places fifty feet deep close to shore. +Sharp, pointed rocks form the edges of this huge basin. Its surges, +roused by high winds, beat upon its banks with fury, and the houses +near at hand are often deluged with spray as if with the downpour of +a hurricane. The lake, already deep at the edge, becomes yet deeper +toward the center, where in some places soundings show over three +hundred feet of water. + +"The fishing industry supports a population of several thousands, and +there are several hundred fishing boats in addition to the dozen or +so of little steamers which serve the traffic of the lake. Beyond the +circle of the mountains lie the railroads which transport the +products of the fishing industry throughout Kansas and the +neighboring states. + +"This account of Lake Kirdall is necessary for the understanding of +the remarkable facts which we are about to report." + +And this is what the Evening Star then reported in its startling +article. "For some time past, the fishermen have noticed a strange +upheaval in the waters of the lake. Sometimes it rises as if a wave +surged up from its depths. Even in perfectly calm weather, when there +is no wind whatever, this upheaval sometimes arises in a mass of foam. + +"Tossed about by violent waves and unaccountable currents, boats have +been swept beyond all control. Sometimes they have been dashed one +against another, and serious damage has resulted. + +"This confusion of the waters evidently has its origin somewhere in +the depths of the lake; and various explanations have been offered to +account for it. At first, it was suggested that the trouble was due +to seismic forces, to some volcanic action beneath the lake; but this +hypothesis had to be rejected when it was recognized that the +disturbance was not confined to one locality, but spread itself over +the entire surface of the lake, either at one part or another, in the +center or along the edges, traveling along almost in a regular line +and in a way to exclude entirely all idea of earthquake or volcanic +action. + +"Another hypothesis suggested that it was a marine monster who thus +upheaved the waters. But unless the beast had been born in the lake +and had there grown to its gigantic proportions unsuspected, which +was scarce possible, he must have come there from outside. Lake +Kirdall, however, has no connection with any other waters. If this +lake were situated near any of the oceans, there might be +subterranean canals; but in the center of America, and at the height +of some thousands of feet above sea-level, this is not possible. In +short, here is another riddle not easy to solve, and it is much +easier to point out the impossibility of false explanations, than to +discover the true one. + +"Is it possible that a submarine boat is being experimented with +beneath the lake? Such boats are no longer impossible today. Some +years ago, at Bridgeport, Connecticut, there was launched a boat, The +Protector, which could go on the water, under the water, and also +upon land. Built by an inventor named Lake, supplied with two motors, +an electric one of seventy-five horse power, and a gasoline one of +two hundred and fifty horse power, it was also provided with wheels a +yard in diameter, which enabled it to roll over the roads, as well as +swim the seas. + +"But even then, granting that the turmoil of Lake Kirdall might be +produced by a submarine, brought to a high degree of perfection, +there remains as before the question how could it have reached Lake +Kirdall? The lake, shut in on all sides by a circle of mountains, is +no more accessible to a submarine than to a sea-monster. + +"In whatever way this last puzzling question may be solved, the +nature of this strange appearance can no longer be disputed since the +twentieth of June. On that day, in the afternoon, the schooner +"Markel" while speeding with all sails set, came into violent +collision with something just below the water level. There was no +shoal nor rock near; for the lake in this part is eighty or ninety +feet deep. The schooner with both her bow and her side badly broken, +ran great danger of sinking. She managed, however, to reach the shore +before her decks were completely submerged. + +"When the 'Markel' had been pumped out and hauled up on shore, an +examination showed that she had received a blow near the bow as if +from a powerful ram. + +"From this it seems evident that there is actually a submarine boat +which darts about beneath the surface of Lake Kirdall with most +remarkable rapidity. + +"The thing is difficult to explain. Not only is there a question as +to how did the submarine get there? But why is it there? Why does it +never come to the surface? What reason has its owner for remaining +unknown? Are other disasters to be expected from its reckless course?" + +The article in the Evening Star closed with this truly striking +suggestion: "After the mysterious automobile, came the mysterious +boat. Now comes the mysterious submarine. + +"Must we conclude that the three engines are due to the genius of the +same inventor, and that the three vehicles are in truth but one?" + + + + + +Chapter 8 + +AT ANY COST + + + + +The suggestion of the Star came like a revelation. It was accepted +everywhere. Not only were these three vehicles the work of the same +inventor; they were the same machine! + +It was not easy to see how the remarkable transformation could be +practically accomplished from one means of locomotion to the other. +How could an automobile become a boat, and yet more, a submarine? All +the machine seemed to lack was the power of flying through the air. +Nevertheless, everything that was known of the three different +machines, as to their size, their shape, their lack of odor or of +steam, and above all their remarkable speed, seemed to imply their +identity. The public, grown blase with so many excitements, found in +this new marvel a stimulus to reawaken their curiosity. + +The newspapers dwelt now chiefly on the importance of the invention. +This new engine, whether in one vehicle or three, had given proofs of +its power. What amazing proofs! The invention must be bought at any +price. The United States government must purchase it at once for the +use of the nation. Assuredly, the great European powers would stop at +nothing to be beforehand with America, and gain possession of an +engine so invaluable for military and naval use. What incalculable +advantages would it give to any nation, both on land and sea! Its +destructive powers could not even be estimated, until its qualities +and limitations were better known. No amount of money would be too +great to pay for the secret; America could not put her millions to +better use. + +But to buy the machine, it was necessary to find the inventor; and +there seemed the chief difficulty. In vain was Lake Kirdall searched +from end to end. Even its depths were explored with a sounding-line +without result. Must it be concluded that the submarine no longer +lurked beneath its waters? But in that case, how had the boat gotten +away? For that matter, how had it come? An insoluble problem! + +The submarine was heard from no more, neither in Lake Kirdall nor +elsewhere. It had disappeared like the automobile from the roads, and +like the boat from the shores of America. Several times in my +interviews with Mr. Ward, we discussed this matter, which still +filled his mind. Our men continued everywhere on the lookout, but as +unsuccessfully as other agents. + +On the morning of the twenty-seventh of June, I was summoned into the +presence of Mr. Ward. + +"Well, Strock," said he, "here is a splendid chance for you to get +your revenge." + +"Revenge for the Great Eyrie disappointment?" + +"Of course." + +"What chance?" asked I, not knowing if he spoke seriously, or in jest. + +"Why, here," he answered. "Would not you like to discover the +inventor of this three-fold machine?" + +"I certainly should, Mr. Ward. Give me the order to take charge of +the matter, and I will accomplish the impossible, in order to +succeed. It is true, I believe it will be difficult." + +"Undoubtedly, Strock. Perhaps even more difficult than to penetrate +into the Great Eyrie." + +It was evident that Mr. Ward was intent on rallying me about my +unsuccess. He would not do that, I felt assured, out of mere +unkindness. Perhaps then he meant to rouse my resolution. He knew me +well; and realized that I would have given anything in the world to +recoup my defeat. I waited quietly for new instructions. + +Mr. Ward dropped his jesting and said to me very generously, "I know, +Strock, that you accomplished everything that depended on human +powers; and that no blame attaches to you. But we face now a matter +very different from that of the Great Eyrie. The day the government +decides to force that secret, everything is ready. We have only to +spend some thousands of dollars, and the road will be open." + +"That is what I would urge." + +"But at present," said Mr. Ward, shaking his head, "it is much more +important to place our hands on this fantastic inventor, who so +constantly escapes us. That is work for a detective, indeed; a master +detective!" + +"He has not been heard from again?" + +"No; and though there is every reason to believe that he has been, +and still continues, beneath the waters of Lake Kirdall, it has been +impossible to find any trace of him anywhere around there. One would +almost fancy he had the power of making himself invisible, this +Proteus of a mechanic!" + +"It seems likely," said I, "that he will never be seen until he +wishes to be." + +"True, Strock. And to my mind there is only one way of dealing with +him, and that is to offer him such an enormous price that he cannot +refuse to sell his invention." + +Mr. Ward was right. Indeed, the government had already made the +effort to secure speech with this hero of the day, than whom surely +no human being has ever better merited the title. The press had +widely spread the news, and this extraordinary individual must +assuredly know what the government desired of him, and how completely +he could name the terms he wished. + +"Surely," added Mr. Ward, "this invention can be of no personal use +to the man, that he should hide it from the rest of us. There is +every reason why he should sell it. Can this unknown be already some +dangerous criminal who, thanks to his machine, hopes to defy all +pursuit?" + +My chief then went on to explain that it had been decided to employ +other means in search of the inventor. It was possible after all that +he had perished with his machine in some dangerous maneuver. If so, +the ruined vehicle might prove almost as valuable and instructive to +the mechanical world as the man himself. But since the accident to +the schooner "Markel" on Lake Kirdall, no news of him whatever had +reached the police. + +On this point Mr. Ward did not attempt to hide his disappointment and +his anxiety. Anxiety, yes, for it was manifestly becoming more and +more difficult for him to fulfill his duty of protecting the public. +How could we arrest criminals, if they could flee from justice at +such speed over both land and sea? How could we pursue them under the +oceans? And when dirigible balloons should also have reached their +full perfection, we would even have to chase men through the air! I +asked myself if my colleagues and I would not find ourselves some day +reduced to utter helplessness? If police officials, become a useless +incumbrance, would be definitely discarded by society? + +Here, there recurred to me the jesting letter I had received a +fortnight before, the letter which threatened my liberty and even my +life. I recalled, also, the singular espionage of which I had been +the subject. I asked myself if I had better mention these things to +Mr. Ward. But they seemed to have absolutely no relation to the +matter now in hand. The Great Eyrie affair had been definitely put +aside by the government, since an eruption was no longer threatening. +And they now wished to employ me upon this newer matter. I waited, +then, to mention this letter to my chief at some future time, when it +would be not so sore a joke to me. + +Mr. Ward again took up our conversation. "We are resolved by some +means to establish communication with this inventor. He has +disappeared, it is true; but he may reappear at any moment, and in +any part of the country. I have chosen you, Strock, to follow him the +instant he appears. You must hold yourself ready to leave Washington +on the moment. Do not quit your house, except to come here to +headquarters each day; notify me, each time by telephone, when you +start from home, and report to me personally the moment you arrive +here." + +"I will follow orders exactly, Mr. Ward," I answered. "But permit me +one question. Ought I to act alone, or will it not be better to join +with me?" + +"That is what I intend," said the chief, interrupting me. "You are to +choose two of our men whom you think the best fitted." + +"I will do so, Mr. Ward. And now, if some day or other I stand in the +presence of our man, what am I to do with him?" + +"Above all things, do not lose sight of him. If there is no other +way, arrest him. You shall have a warrant." + +"A useful precaution, Mr. Ward. If he started to jump into his +automobile and to speed away at the rate we know of, I must stop him +at any cost. One cannot argue long with a man making two hundred +miles an hour!" + +"You must prevent that, Strock. And the arrest made, telegraph me. +After that, the matter will be in my hands." + +"Count on me, Mr. Ward; at any hour, day or night, I shall be ready +to start with my men. I thank you for having entrusted this mission +to me. If it succeeds, it will be a great honor--" + +"And of great profit," added my chief, dismissing me. + +Returning home, I made all preparations for a trip of indefinite +duration. Perhaps my good housekeeper imagined that I planned a +return to the Great Eyrie, which she regarded as an ante-chamber of +hell itself. She said nothing, but went about her work with a most +despairing face. Nevertheless, sure as I was of her discretion, I +told her nothing. In this great mission I would confide in no one. + +My choice of the two men to accompany me was easily made. They both +belonged to my own department, and had many times under my direct +command given proofs of their vigor, courage and intelligence. One, +John Hart, of Illinois, was a man of thirty years; the other, aged +thirty-two, was Nab Walker, of Massachusetts. I could not have had +better assistants. + +Several days passed, without news, either of the automobile, the +boat, or the submarine. There were rumors in plenty; but the police +knew them to be false. As to the reckless stories that appeared in +the newspapers, they had most of them, no foundation whatever. Even +the best journals cannot be trusted to refuse an exciting bit of news +on the mere ground of its unreliability. + +Then, twice in quick succession, there came what seemed trustworthy +reports of the "man of the hour." The first asserted that he had been +seen on the roads of Arkansas, near Little Rock. The second, that he +was in the very middle of Lake Superior. + +Unfortunately, these two notices were absolutely unreconcilable; for +while the first gave the afternoon of June twenty-sixth, as the time +of appearance, the second set it for the evening of the same day. +Now, these two points of the United States territory are not less +than eight hundred miles apart. Even granting the automobile this +unthinkable speed, greater than any it had yet shown, how could it +have crossed all the intervening country unseen? How could it +traverse the States of Arkansas, Missouri, Iowa and Wisconsin, from +end to end without anyone of our agents giving us warning, without +any interested person rushing to a telephone? + +After these two momentary appearances, if appearances they were, the +machine again dropped out of knowledge. Mr. Ward did not think it +worth while to dispatch me and my men to either point whence it had +been reported. + +Yet since this marvelous machine seemed still in existence, something +must be done. The following official notice was published in every +newspaper of the United States under July 3d. It was couched in the +most formal terms. + +"During the month of April, of the present year, an automobile +traversed the roads of Pennsylvania, of Kentucky, of Ohio, of +Tennessee, of Missouri, of Illinois; and on the twenty-seventh of +May, during the race held by the American Automobile Club, it covered +the course in Wisconsin. Then it disappeared. + +"During the first week of June, a boat maneuvering at great speed +appeared off the coast of New England between Cape Cod and Cape +Sable, and more particularly around Boston. Then it disappeared. + +"In the second fortnight of the same month, a submarine boat was run +beneath the waters of Lake Kirdall, in Kansas. Then it disappeared. + +"Everything points to the belief that the same inventor must have +built these three machines, or perhaps that they are the same +machine, constructed so as to travel both on land and water. + +"A proposition is therefore addressed to the said inventor, whoever +he be, with the aim of acquiring the said machine. + +"He is requested to make himself known and to name the terms upon +which he will treat with the United States government. He is also +requested to answer as promptly as possible to the Department of +Federal Police, Washington, D. C., United States of America." + +Such was the notice printed in large type on the front page of every +newspaper. Surely it could not fail to reach the eye of him for whom +it was intended, wherever he might be. He would read it. He could +scarce fail to answer it in some manner. And why should he refuse +such an unlimited offer? We had only to await his reply. + +One can easily imagine how high the public curiosity rose. From +morning till night, an eager and noisy crowd pressed about the bureau +of police, awaiting the arrival of a letter or a telegram. The best +reporters were on the spot. What honor, what profit would come to the +paper which was first to publish the famous news! To know at last the +name and place of the undiscoverable unknown! And to know if he would +agree to some bargain with the government! It goes without saying +that America does things on a magnificent scale. Millions would not +be lacking for the inventor. If necessary all the millionaires in the +country would open their inexhaustible purses! + +The day passed. To how many excited and impatient people it seemed to +contain more than twenty-four hours! And each hour held far more than +sixty minutes! There came no answer, no letter, no telegram! The +night following, there was still no news. And it was the same the +next day and the next. + +There came, however another result, which had been fully foreseen. +The cables informed Europe of what the United States government had +done. The different Powers of the Old World hoped also to obtain +possession of the wonderful invention. Why should they not struggle +for an advantage so tremendous? Why should they not enter the contest +with their millions? + +In brief, every great Power took part in the affair, France, England, +Russia, Italy, Austria, Germany. Only the states of the second order +refrained from entering, with their smaller resources, upon a useless +effort. The European press published notices identical with that of +the United States. The extraordinary "chauffeur" had only to speak, +to become a rival to the Vanderbilts, the Astors, the Goulds, the +Morgans, and the Rothschilds of every country of Europe. + +And, when the mysterious inventor made no sign, what attractive +offers were held forth to tempt him to discard the secrecy in which +he was enwrapped! The whole world became a public market, an auction +house whence arose the most amazing bids. Twice a day the newspapers +would add up the amounts, and these kept rising from millions to +millions. The end came when the United States Congress, after a +memorable session, voted to offer the sum of twenty million dollars. +And there was not a citizen of the States of whatever rank, who +objected to the amount, so much importance was attached to the +possession of this prodigious engine of locomotion. As for me, I said +emphatically to my old housekeeper: "The machine is worth even more +than that." + +Evidently the other nations of the world did not think so, for their +bids remained below the final sum. But how useless was this mighty +struggle of the great rivals! The inventor did not appear! He did not +exist! He had never existed! It was all a monstrous pretense of the +American newspapers. That, at least, became the announced view of the +Old World. + +And so the time passed. There was no further news of our man, there +was no response from him. He appeared no more. For my part, not +knowing what to think, I commenced to lose all hope of reaching any +solution to the strange affair. + +Then on the morning of the fifteenth of July, a letter without +postmark was found in the mailbox of the police bureau. After the +authorities had studied it, it was given out to the Washington +journals, which published it in facsimile, in special numbers. It was +couched as follows: + + + + + +Chapter 9 + +THE SECOND LETTER + + + + +On Board the Terror + +July 15. + +To the Old and New World, + +The propositions emanating from the different governments +of Europe, as also that which has finally been made by the +United States of America, need expect no other answer than +this: + +I refuse absolutely and definitely the sums offered for my +invention. + +My machine will be neither French nor German, nor Austrian +nor Russian, nor English nor American. + +The invention will remain my own, and I shall use it as +pleases me. + +With it, I hold control of the entire world, and there +lies no force within the reach of humanity which is able to +resist me, under any circumstances whatsoever. + +Let no one attempt to seize or stop me. It is, and will +be, utterly impossible. Whatever injury anyone attempts +against me, I will return a hundredfold. + +As to the money which is offered me, I despise it! I have +no need of it. Moreover, on the day when it pleases me to +have millions, or billions, I have but to reach out my hand +and take them. + +Let both the Old and the New World realize this: They can +accomplish nothing against me; I can accomplish anything +against them. + +I sign this letter: + +The Master of the World. + + + + + +Chapter 10 + +OUTSIDE THE LAW + + + + +Such was the letter addressed to the government of the United States. +As to the person who had placed it in the mail-box of the police, no +one had seen him. + +The sidewalk in front of our offices had probably not been once +vacant during the entire night. From sunset to sunrise, there had +always been people, busy, anxious, or curious, passing before our +door. It is true, however, that even then, the bearer of the letter +might easily have slipped by unseen and dropped the letter in the +box. The night had been so dark, you could scarcely see from one side +of the street to the other. + +I have said that this letter appeared in facsimile in all the +newspapers to which the government communicated it. Perhaps one would +naturally imagine that the first comment of the public would be, +"This is the work of some practical joker." It was in that way that I +had accepted my letter from the Great Eyrie, five weeks before. + +But this was not the general attitude toward the present letter, +neither in Washington, nor in the rest of America. To the few who +would have maintained that the document should not be taken +seriously, an immense majority would have responded. "This letter has +not the style nor the spirit of a jester. Only one man could have +written it; and that is the inventor of this unapproachable machine." + +To most people this conclusion seemed indisputable owing to a curious +state of mind easily explainable. For all the strange facts of which +the key had hitherto been lacking, this letter furnished an +explanation. The theory now almost universally accepted was as +follows. The inventor had hidden himself for a time, only in order to +reappear more startlingly in some new light. Instead of having +perished in an accident, he had concealed himself in some retreat +where the police were unable to discover him. Then to assert +positively his attitude toward all governments he had written this +letter. But instead of dropping it in the post in any one locality, +which might have resulted in its being traced to him, he had come to +Washington and deposited it himself in the very spot suggested by the +government's official notice, the bureau of police. + +Well! If this remarkable personage had reckoned that this new proof +of his existence would make some noise in two worlds, he certainly +figured rightly. That day, the millions of good folk who read and +re-read their daily paper could to employ a well-known phrase, +scarcely believe their eyes. + +As for myself, I studied carefully every phrase of the defiant +document. The hand-writing was black and heavy. An expert at +chirography would doubtless have distinguished in the lines traces of +a violent temperament, of a character stern and unsocial. Suddenly, a +cry escaped me a cry that fortunately my housekeeper did not hear. +Why had I not noticed sooner the resemblance of the handwriting to +that of the letter I had received from Morganton? + +Moreover, a yet more significant coincidence, the initials with which +my letter had been signed, did they not stand for the words "Master +of the World?" + +And whence came the second letter? "On Board the 'Terror.'" Doubtless +this name was that of the triple machine commanded by the mysterious +captain. The initials in my letter were his own signature; and it was +he who had threatened me, if I dared to renew my attempt on the Great +Eyrie. + +I rose and took from my desk the letter of June thirteenth. I +compared it with the facsimile in the newspapers. There was no doubt +about it. They were both in the same peculiar hand-writing. + +My mind worked eagerly. I sought to trace the probable deductions +from this striking fact, known only to myself. The man who had +threatened me was the commander of this "Terror" -- startling name, +only too well justified! I asked myself if our search could not now +be prosecuted under less vague conditions. Could we not now start our +men upon a trail which would lead definitely to success? In short, +what relation existed between the "Terror" and the Great Eyrie? What +connection was there between the phenomena of the Blueridge +Mountains, arid the no less phenomenal performances of the fantastic +machine? + +I knew what my first step should be; and with the letter in my +pocket, I hastened to police headquarters. Inquiring if Mr. Ward was +within and receiving an affirmative reply, I hastened toward his +door, and rapped upon it with unusual and perhaps unnecessary vigor. +Upon his call to enter, I stepped eagerly into the room. + +The chief had spread before him the letter published in the papers, +not a facsimile, but the original itself which had been deposited in +the letter-box of the department. + +"You come as if you had important news, Strock?" + +"Judge for yourself, Mr. Ward;" and I drew from my pocket the letter +with the initials. + +Mr. Ward took it, glanced at its face, and asked, "What is this?" + +"A letter signed only with initials, as you can see." + +"And where was it posted?" + +"In Morganton, in North Carolina." + +"When did you receive it?" + +"A month ago, the thirteenth of June." + +"What did you think of it then?" + +"That it had been written as a joke." + +"And now Strock?" + +"I think, what you will think, Mr. Ward, after you have studied it." + +My chief turned to the letter again and read it carefully. "It is +signed with three initials," said he. + +"Yes, Mr. Ward, and those initials belong to the words, 'Master of +the World,' in this facsimile." + +"Of which this is the original," responded Mr. Ward, taking it up. + +"It is quite evident," I urged, "that the two letters are by the same +hand." + +"It seems so." + +"You see what threats are made against me, to protect the Great +Eyrie." + +"Yes, the threat of death! But Strock, you have had this letter for a +month. Why have you not shown it to me before?" + +"Because I attached no importance to it. Today, after the letter from +the 'Terror,' it must be taken seriously." + +"I agree with you. It appears to me most important. I even hope it +may prove the means of tracking this strange personage." + +"That is what I also hope, Mr. Ward." + +"Only what connection can possibly exist between the 'Terror' and the +Great Eyrie?" + +"That I do not know. I cannot even imagine." + +"There can be but one explanation," continued Mr. Ward, "though it is +almost inadmissible, even impossible." + +"And that is?" + +"That the Great Eyrie was the spot selected by the inventor, where he +gathered his material." + +"That is impossible!" cried I. "In what way would he get his material +in there? And how get his machine out? After what I have seen, Mr. +Ward, your suggestion is impossible." + +"Unless, Strock--" + +"Unless what?" I demanded. + +"Unless the machine of this Master of the World has also wings, which +permit it to take refuge in the Great Eyrie." + +At the suggestion that the "Terror," which had searched the deeps of +the sea, might be capable also of rivaling the vultures and the +eagles, I could not restrain an expressive shrug of incredulity. +Neither did Mr. Ward himself dwell upon the extravagant hypothesis. + +He took the two letters and compared them afresh. He examined them +under a microscope, especially the signatures, and established their +perfect identity. Not only the same hand, but the same pen had +written them. + +After some moments of further reflection, Mr. Ward said, "I will keep +your letter, Strock. Decidedly, I think, that you are fated to play +an important part in this strange affair or rather in these two +affairs. What thread attaches them, I cannot yet see; but I am sure +the thread exists. You have been connected with the first, and it +will not be surprising if you have a large part in the second." + +"I hope so, Mr. Ward. You know how inquisitive I am." + +"I do, Strock. That is understood. Now, I can only repeat my former +order; hold yourself in readiness to leave Washington at a moment's +warning." + +All that day, the public excitement caused by the defiant letter +mounted steadily higher. It was felt both at the White House and at +the Capitol that public opinion absolutely demanded some action. Of +course, it was difficult to do anything. Where could one find this +Master of the World? And even if he were discovered, how could he be +captured? He had at his disposal not only the powers he had +displayed, but apparently still greater resources as yet unknown. How +had he been able to reach Lake Kirdall over the rocks; and how had he +escaped from it? Then, if he had indeed appeared on Lake Superior, +how had he covered all the intervening territory unseen? + +What a bewildering affair it was altogether! This, of course, made it +all the more important to get to the bottom of it. Since the millions +of dollars had been refused, force must be employed. The inventor and +his invention were not to be bought. And in what haughty and menacing +terms he had couched his refusal! So be it! He must be treated as an +enemy of society, against whom all means became justified, that he +might be deprived of his power to injure others. The idea that he had +perished was now entirely discarded. He was alive, very much alive; +and his existence constituted a perpetual public danger! + +Influenced by these ideas, the government issued the following +proclamation: + +"Since the commander of the 'Terror' has refused to make public his +invention, at any price whatever, since the use which he makes of his +machine constitutes a public menace, against which it is impossible +to guard, the said commander of the 'Terror' is hereby placed beyond +the protection of the law. Any measures taken in the effort to +capture or destroy either him or his machine will be approved and +rewarded." + +It was a declaration of war, war to the death against this "Master of +the World" who thought to threaten and defy an entire nation, the +American nation! + +Before the day was over, various rewards of large amounts were +promised to anyone who revealed the hiding place of this dangerous +inventor, to anyone who could identify him, and to anyone who should +rid the country of him. + +Such was the situation during the last fortnight of July. All was +left to the hazard of fortune. The moment the outlaw re-appeared he +would be seen and signaled, and when the chance came he would be +arrested. This could not be accomplished when he was in his +automobile on land or in his boat on the water. No; he must be seized +suddenly, before he had any opportunity to escape by means of that +speed which no other machine could equal. + +I was therefore all alert, awaiting an order from Mr. Ward to start +out with my men. But the order did not arrive for the very good +reason that the man whom it concerned remained undiscovered. The end +of July approached. The newspapers continued the excitement. They +published repeated rumors. New clues were constantly being announced. +But all this was mere idle talk. Telegrams reached the police bureau +from every part of America, each contradicting and nullifying the +others. The enormous rewards offered could not help but lead to +accusations, errors, and blunders, made, many of them, in good faith. +One time it would be a cloud of dust, which must have contained the +automobile. At another time, almost any wave on any of America's +thousand lakes represented the submarine. In truth, in the excited +state of the public imagination, apparitions assailed us from every +side. + +At last, on the twenty-ninth of July, I received a telephone message +to come to Mr. Ward on the instant. Twenty minutes later I was in his +cabinet. + +"You leave in an hour, Strock," said he. + +"Where for?" + +"For Toledo." + +"It has been seen?" + +"Yes. At Toledo you will get your final orders." + +"In an hour, my men and I will be on the way." + +"Good! And, Strock, I now give you a formal order." + +"What is it, Mr. Ward?" + +"To succeed! This time to succeed!" + + + + + +Chapter 11 + +THE CAMPAIGN + + + + +So the undiscoverable commander had reappeared upon the territory of +the United States! He had never shown himself in Europe either on the +roads or in the seas. He had not crossed the Atlantic, which +apparently he could have traversed in three days. Did he then intend +to make only America the scene of his exploits? Ought we to conclude +from this that he was an American? + +Let me insist upon this point. It seemed clear that the submarine +might easily have crossed the vast sea which separates the New and +the Old World. Not only would its amazing speed have made its voyage +short, in comparison to that of the swiftest steamship, but also it +would have escaped all the storms that make the voyage dangerous. +Tempests did not exist for it. It had but to abandon the surface of +the waves, and it could find absolute calm a few score feet beneath. + +But the inventor had not crossed the Atlantic, and if he were to be +captured now, it would probably be in Ohio, since Toledo is a city of +that state. + +This time the fact of the machine's appearance had been kept secret, +between the police and the agent who had warned them, and whom I was +hurrying to meet. No journal -- and many would have paid high for the +chance -- was printing this news. We had decided that nothing should +be revealed until our effort was at an end. No indiscretion would be +committed by either my comrades or myself. + +The man to whom I was sent with an order from Mr. Ward was named +Arthur Wells. He awaited us at Toledo. The city of Toledo stands at +the western end of Lake Erie. Our train sped during the night across +West Virginia and Ohio. There was no delay; and before noon the next +day the locomotive stopped in the Toledo depot. + +John Hart, Nab Walker and I stepped out with traveling bags in our +hands, and revolvers in our pockets. Perhaps we should need weapons +for an attack, or even to defend ourselves. Scarcely had I stepped +from the train when I picked out the man who awaited us. He was +scanning the arriving passengers impatiently, evidently as eager and +full of haste as I. + +I approached him. "Mr. Wells?" said I. + +"Mr. Strock?" asked he. + +"Yes." + +"I am at your command," said Mr. Wells. + +"Are we to stop any time in Toledo?" I asked. + +"No; with your permission, Mr. Strock. A carriage with two good +horses is waiting outside the station; and we must leave at once to +reach our destination as soon as possible." + +"We will go at once," I answered, signing to my two men to follow us. +"Is it far?" + +"Twenty miles." + +"And the place is called?" + +"Black Rock Creek." + +Having left our bags at a hotel, we started on our drive. Much to my +surprise I found there were provisions sufficient for several days +packed beneath the seat of the carriage. Mr. Wells told me that the +region around Black Rock Creek was among the wildest in the state. +There was nothing there to attract either farmers or fishermen. We +would find not an inn for our meals nor a room in which to sleep. +Fortunately, during the July heat there would be no hardship even if +we had to lie one or two nights under the stars. + +More probably, however, if we were successful, the matter would not +occupy us many hours. Either the commander of the "Terror" would be +surprised before he had a chance to escape, or he would take to +flight and we must give up all hope of arresting him. + +I found Arthur Wells to be a man of about forty, large and powerful. +I knew him by reputation to be one of the best of our local police +agents. Cool in danger and enterprising always, he had proven his +daring on more than one occasion at the peril of his life. He had +been in Toledo on a wholly different mission, when chance had thrown +him on the track of the "Terror." + +We drove rapidly along the shore of Lake Erie, toward the southwest. +This inland sea of water is on the northern boundary of the United +States, lying between Canada on one side and the States of Ohio, +Pennsylvania and New York on the other. If I stop to mention the +geographical position of this lake, its depth, its extent, and the +waters nearest around, it is because the knowledge is necessary for +the understanding of the events which were about to happen. + +The surface of Lake Erie covers about ten thousand square miles. It +is nearly six hundred feet above sea level. It is joined on the +northwest, by means of the Detroit River, with the still greater +lakes to the westward, and receives their waters. It has also rivers +of its own though of less importance, such as the Rocky, the +Cuyahoga, and the Black. The lake empties at its northeastern end +into Lake Ontario by means of Niagara River and its celebrated falls. + +The greatest known depth of Lake Erie is over one hundred and thirty +feet. Hence it will be seen that the mass of its waters is +considerable. In short, this is a region of most magnificent lakes. +The land, though not situated far northward, is exposed to the full +sweep of the Arctic cold. The region to the northward is low, and the +winds of winter rush down with extreme violence. Hence Lake Erie is +sometimes frozen over from shore to shore. + +The principal cities on the borders of this great lake are Buffalo at +the east, which belongs to New York State, and Toledo in Ohio, at the +west, with Cleveland and Sandusky, both Ohio cities, at the south. +Smaller towns and villages are numerous along the shore. The traffic +is naturally large, its annual value being estimated at considerably +over two million dollars. + +Our carriage followed a rough and little used road along the borders +of the lake; and as we toiled along, Arthur Wells told me, what he +had learned. + +Less than two days before, on the afternoon of July twenty-seventh +Wells had been riding on horseback toward the town of Herly. Five +miles outside the town, he was riding through a little wood, when he +saw, far up across the lake, a submarine which rose suddenly above +the waves. He stopped, tied his horse, and stole on foot to the edge +of the lake. There, from behind a tree he had seen with his own eyes +seen this submarine advance toward him, and stop at the mouth of +Black Rock Creek. Was it the famous machine for which the whole world +was seeking, which thus came directly to his feet? + +When the submarine was close to the rocks, two men climbed out upon +its deck and stepped ashore. Was one of them this Master of the +World, who had not been seen since he was reported from Lake +Superior? Was this the mysterious "Terror" which had thus risen from +the depths of Lake Erie? + +"I was alone," said Wells. "Alone on the edge of the Creek. If you +and your assistants, Mr. Strock had been there, we four against two, +we would have been able to reach these men and seize them before they +could have regained their boat and fled." + +"Probably," I answered. "But were there no others on the boat with +them? Still, if we had seized the two, we could at least have learned +who they were." + +"And above all," added Wells, "if one of them turned out to be the +captain of the 'Terror!'" + +"I have only one fear, Wells; this submarine, whether it is the one +we seek or another, may have left the creek since your departure." + +"We shall know about that in a few hours, now. Pray Heaven they are +still there! Then when night comes?" + +"But," I asked, "did you remain watching in the wood until night?" + +"No; I left after an hour's watching, and rode straight for the +telegraph station at Toledo. I reached there late at night and sent +immediate word to Washington." + +"That was night before last. Did you return yesterday to Black Rock +Creek?" + +"Yes." + +"The submarine was still there?" + +"In the same spot." + +"And the two men?" + +"The same two men. I judge that some accident had happened, and they +came to this lonely spot to repair it." + +"Probably so," said I. "Some damage which made it impossible for them +to regain their usual hiding-place. If only they are still here!" + +"I have reason to believe they will be, for quite a lot of stuff was +taken out of the boat, and laid about upon the shore; and as well as +I could discern from a distance they seemed to be working on board." + +"Only the two men?" + +"Only the two." + +"But," protested I, "can two be sufficient to handle an apparatus of +such speed, and of such intricacy, as to be at once automobile, boat +and submarine?" + +"I think not, Mr. Strock; but I only saw the same two. Several times +they came to the edge of the little wood where I was hidden, and +gathered sticks for a fire which they made upon the beach. The region +is so uninhabited and the creek so hidden from the lake that they ran +little danger of discovery. They seemed to know this." + +"You would recognize them both again?" + +"Perfectly. One was of middle size, vigorous, and quick of movement, +heavily bearded. The other was smaller, but stocky and strong. +Yesterday, as before, I left the wood about five o'clock and hurried +back to Toledo. There I found a telegram from Mr. Ward, notifying me +of your coming; and I awaited you at the station." + +Summed up, then, the news amounted to this: For forty hours past a +submarine, presumably the one we sought, had been hidden in Black +Rock Creek, engaged in repairs. Probably these were absolutely +necessary, and we should find the boat still there. As to how the +"Terror" came to be in Lake Erie, Arthur Wells and I discussed that, +and agreed that it was a very probable place for her. The last time +she had been seen was on Lake Superior. From there to Lake Erie the +machine could have come by the roads of Michigan, but since no one +had remarked its passage and as both the police and the people were +specially aroused and active in that portion of the country, it +seemed more probable, that the "Terror" had come by water. There was +a clear route through the chain of the Great Lakes and their rivers, +by which in her character of a submarine she could easily proceed +undiscovered. + +And now, if the "Terror" had already left the creek, or if she +escaped when we attempted to seize her, in what direction would she +turn? In any case, there was little chance o following her. There +were two torpedo-destroyers at the port of Buffalo, at the other +extremity of Lake Erie. By treaty between the United States and +Canada, there are no vessels of war whatever on the Great Lakes. +These might, however, have been little launches belonging to the +customs service. Before I left Washington Mr. Ward had informed me +of their presence; and a telegram to their commanders would, if there +were need, start them in pursuit of the "Terror." But despite their +splendid speed, how could they vie with her! And if she plunged +beneath the waters, they would be helpless. Moreover Arthur Wells +averred that in case of a battle, the advantage would not be with the +destroyers, despite their large crews, and many guns. Hence, if we +did not succeed this night, the campaign would end in failure. + +Arthur Wells knew Black Rock Creek thoroughly, having hunted there +more than once. It was bordered in most places with sharp rocks +against which the waters of the lake beat heavily. Its channel was +some thirty feet deep, so that the "Terror" could take shelter either +upon the surface or under water. In two or three places the steep +banks gave way to sand beaches which led to little gorges reaching up +toward the woods, two or three hundred feet. + +It was seven in the evening when our carriage reached these woods. +There was still daylight enough for us to see easily, even in the +shade of the trees. To have crossed openly to the edge of the creek +would have exposed us to the view of the men of the "Terror," if she +were still there, and thus give her warning to escape. + +"Had we better stop here?" I asked Wells, as our rig drew up to the +edge of the woods. + +"No, Mr. Strock," said he. "We had better leave the carriage deeper +in the woods, where there will be no chance whatever of our being +seen." + +"Can the carriage drive under these trees?" + +"It can," declared Wells. "I have already explored these woods +thoroughly. Five or six hundred feet from here, there is a little +clearing, where we will be completely hidden, and where our horses +may find pasture. Then, as soon as it is dark, we will go down to the +beach, at the edge of the rocks which shut in the mouth of the creek. +Thus if the 'Terror' is still there, we shall stand between her and +escape." + +Eager as we all were for action, it was evidently best to do as Wells +suggested and wait for night. The intervening time could well be +occupied as he said. Leading the horses by the bridle, while they +dragged the empty carriage, we proceeded through the heavy woods. The +tall pines, the stalwart oaks, the cypress scattered here and there, +made the evening darker overhead. Beneath our feet spread a carpet of +scattered herbs, pine needles and dead leaves. Such was the thickness +of the upper foliage that the last rays of the setting sun could no +longer penetrate here. We had to feel our way; and it was not without +some knocks that the carriage reached the clearing ten minutes later. + +This clearing, surrounded by great trees, formed a sort of oval, +covered with rich grass. Here it was still daylight, and the darkness +would scarcely deepen for over an hour. There was thus time to +arrange an encampment and to rest awhile after our hard trip over the +rough and rocky roads. + +Of course, we were intensely eager to approach the Creek and see if +the "Terror" was still there. But prudence restrained us. A little +patience, and the night-would enable us to reach a commanding +position unsuspected. Wells urged this strongly; and despite my +eagerness, I felt that he was right. + +The horses were unharnessed, and left to browse under the care of the +coachman who had driven us. The provisions were unpacked, and John +Hart and Nab Walker spread out a meal on the grass at the foot of a +superb cypress which recalled to me the forest odors of Morganton and +Pleasant Garden. We were hungry and thirsty; and food and drink were +not lacking. Then our pipes were lighted to calm the anxious moments +of waiting that remained. + +Silence reigned within the wood. The last song of the birds had +ceased. With the coming of night the breeze fell little by little, +and the leaves scarcely quivered even at the tops of the highest +branches. The sky darkened rapidly after sundown and twilight +deepened into obscurity. + +I looked at my watch, it was half-past eight. "It is time, Wells." + +"When you will, Mr. Strock." + +"Then let us start." + +We cautioned the coachman not to let the horses stray beyond the +clearing. Then we started. Wells went in advance, I followed him, and +John Hart and Nab Walker came behind. In the darkness, we three would +have been helpless without the guidance of Wells. Soon we reached the +farther border of the woods; and before us stretched the banks of +Black Rock Creek. + +All was silent; all seemed deserted. We could advance without risk. +If the "Terror" was there, she had cast anchor behind the rocks. But +was she there? That was the momentous question! As we approached the +denouement of this exciting affair, my heart was in my throat. + +Wells motioned to us to advance. The sand of the shore crunched +beneath our steps. The two hundred feet between us and the mouth of +the Creek were crossed softly, and a few minutes sufficed to bring us +to the rocks at the edge of the lake. + +There was nothing! Nothing! + +The spot where Wells had left the "Terror" twenty-four hours before +was empty. The "Master of the World" was no longer at Black Rock +Creek. + + + + + +Chapter 12 + +BLACK ROCK CREEK + + + + +Human nature is prone to illusions. Of course, there had been all +along a probability that the "Terror" had deserted the locality, even +admitting that it was she Wells had seen the previous day. If some +damage to her triple system of locomotion had prevented her from +regaining either by land or by water her usual hiding-place, and +obliged her to seek refuge in Black Rock Creek, what ought we to +conclude now upon finding her here no longer? Obviously, that, having +finished her repairs, she had continued on her way, and was already +far beyond the waters of Lake Erie. + +But probable as this result had been from the first, we had more and +more ignored it as our trip proceeded. We had come to accept as a +fact that we should meet the "Terror," that we should find her +anchored at the base of the rocks where Wells had seen her. + +And now what disappointment! I might even say, what despair! All our +efforts gone for nothing! Even if the "Terror" was still upon the +lake, to find her, reach her and capture her, was beyond our power, +and it might as well be fully recognized beyond all human power. + +We stood there, Wells and I, completely crushed, while John Hart and +Nab Walker, no less chagrined, went tramping along the banks of the +Creek, seeking any trace that had been left behind. + +Posted there, at the mouth of the Creek, Wells and I exchanged +scarcely a word. What need was there of words to enable us to +understand each other! After our eagerness and our despair, we were +now exhausted. Defeated in our well-planned attempt, we felt as +unwilling to abandon our campaign, as we were unable to continue it. + +Nearly an hour slipped by. We could not resolve to leave the place. +Our eyes still sought to pierce the night. Sometimes a glimmer, due +to the sparkle of the waters, trembled on the surface of the lake. +Then it vanished, and with it the foolish hope that it had roused. +Sometimes again, we thought we saw a shadow outlined against the +dark, the silhouette of an approaching boat. Yet again some eddies +would swirl up at our feet, as if the Creek had been stirred within +its depths. These vain imaginings were dissipated one after the +other. They were but the illusions raised by our strained fancies. + +At length our companions rejoined us. My first question was, "Nothing +new?" + +"Nothing," said John Hart. + +"You have explored both banks of the Creek?" + +"Yes," responded Nab Walker, "as far as the shallow water above; and +we have not seen even a vestige of the things which Mr. Wells saw +laid on the shore." + +"Let us wait awhile," said I, unable to resolve upon a return to the +woods. + +At that moment our attention was caught by a sudden agitation of the +waters, which swelled upward at the foot of the rocks. + +"It is like the swell from a vessel," said Wells. + +"Yes," said I, instinctively lowering my voice. "What has caused it? +The wind has completely died out. Does it come from something on the +surface of the lake?" + +"Or from something underneath," said Wells, bending forward, the +better to determine. + +The commotion certainly seemed as if caused by some boat, whether +from beneath the water, or approaching the creek from outside upon +the lake. + +Silent, motionless, we strained eyes and ears to pierce the profound +obscurity. The faint noise of the waves of the lake lapping on the +shore beyond the creek, came to us distinctly through the night. John +Hart and Nab Walker drew a little aside upon a higher ridge of rocks. +As for me, I leaned close to the water to watch the agitation. It did +not lessen. On the contrary it became momentarily more evident, and +I began to distinguish a sort of regular throbbing, like that +produced by a screw in motion. + +"There is no doubt," declared Wells, leaning close to me, "there is a +boat coming toward us." + +"There certainly is," responded I, "unless they have whales or sharks +in Lake Erie." + +"No, it is a boat," repeated Wells. "Is she headed toward the mouth +of the creek, or is she going further up it?" + +"This is just where you saw the boat twice before?" + +"Yes, just here." + +"Then if this is the same one, and it can be no other, she will +probably return to the same spot." + +"There!" whispered Wells, extending his hand toward the entrance of +the creek. + +Our companions rejoined us, and all four, crouching low upon the +bank, peered in the direction he pointed. + +We vaguely distinguished a black mass moving through the darkness. It +advanced very slowly and was still outside the creek, upon the lake, +perhaps a cable's length to the northeast. We could scarcely hear +even now the faint throbbing of its engines. Perhaps they had stopped +and the boat was only gliding forward under their previous impulse. + +It seemed, then, that this was indeed the submarine which Wells had +watched, and it was returning to pass this night, like the last, +within the shelter of the creek. + +Why had it left the anchorage, if only to return? Had it suffered +some new disaster, which again impaired its power? Or had it been +before compelled to leave, with its repairs still unfinished? What +cause constrained it to return here? Was there some imperious reason +why it could no longer be turned into an automobile, and go darting +away across the roads of Ohio? + +To all these questions which came crowding upon me, I could give no +answer. Furthermore both Wells and I kept reasoning under the +assumption that this was really the "Terror" commanded by the "Master +of the World" who had dated from it his letter of defiance to the +government. Yet this premise was still unproven, no matter how +confident we might feel of it. + +Whatever boat this was, that stole so softly through the night, it +continued to approach us. Assuredly its captain must know perfectly +the channels and shores of Black Rock Creek, since he ventured here +in such darkness. Not a light showed upon the deck. Not a single ray +from within the cabin glimmered through any crevice. + +A moment later, we heard some machinery moving very softly. The swell +of the eddies grew stronger, and in a few moments the boat touched +the quay. + +This word "quay," only used in that region, exactly describes the +spot. The rocks at our feet formed a level, five or six feet above +the water, and descending to it perpendicularly, exactly like a +landing wharf. + +"We must not stop here," whispered Wells, seizing me by the arm. + +"No," I answered, "they might see us. We must lie crouched upon the +beach! Or we might hide in some crevice of the rocks." + +"We will follow you." + +There was not a moment to lose. The dark mass was now close at hand, +and on its deck, but slightly raised above the surface of the water, +we could trace the silhouettes of two men. + +Were there, then, really only two on board? + +We stole softly back to where the ravines rose toward the woods +above. Several niches in the rocks were at hand. Wells and I crouched +down in one, my two assistants in another. If the men on the "Terror" +landed, they could not see us; but we could see them, and would be +able to act as opportunity offered. + +There were some slight noises from the boat, a few words exchanged in +our own language. It was evident that the vessel was preparing to +anchor. Then almost instantly, a rope was thrown out, exactly on the +point of the quay where we had stood. + +Leaning forward, Wells could discern that the rope was seized by one +of the mariners, who had leaped ashore. Then we heard a +grappling-iron scrape along the ground. + +Some moments later, steps crunched upon the sand. Two men came up the +ravine, and went onward toward the edge of the woods, guiding their +steps by a ship lantern. + +Where were they going? Was Black Rock Creek a regular hiding place of +the "Terror?" Had her commander a depot here for stores or +provisions? Did they come here to restock their craft, when the whim +of their wild voyaging brought them to this part of the continent? +Did they know this deserted, uninhabited spot so well, that they had +no fear of ever being discovered here? + +"What shall we do?" whispered Wells. + +"Wait till they return, and then--" My words were cut short by a +surprise. The men were not thirty feet from us, when, one of them +chancing to turn suddenly, the light of their lantern fell full upon +his face. + +He was one of the two men who had watched before my house in Long +Street! I could not be mistaken! I recognized him as positively as my +old servant had done. It was he; it was assuredly one of the spies of +whom I had never been able to find any further traces! There was no +longer any doubt, my warning letter had come from them. It was +therefore from the "Master of the World"; it had been written from +the "Terror" and this was the "Terror." Once more I asked myself what +could be the connection between this machine and the Great Eyrie! + +In whispered words, I told Wells of my discovery. His only comment +was, "It is all incomprehensible!" + +Meanwhile the two men had continued on their way to the woods, and +were gathering sticks beneath the trees. "What if they discover our +encampment?" murmured Wells. + +"No danger, if they do not go beyond the nearest trees." + +"But if they do discover it?" + +"They will hurry back to their boat, and we shall be able to cut off +their retreat." + +Toward the creek, where their craft lay, there was no further sound. +I left my hiding-place; I descended the ravine to the quay; I stood +on the very spot where the grappling-iron was fast among the rocks. + +The "Terror" lay there, quiet at the end of its cable. Not a light +was on board; not a person visible, either on the deck, or on the +bank. Was not this my opportunity? Should I leap on board and there +await the return of the two men? + +"Mr. Strock!" It was Wells, who called to me softly from close at +hand. + +I drew back in all haste and crouched down beside him. Was it too +late to take possession of the boat? Or would the attempt perhaps +result in disaster from the presence of others watching on board? + +At any rate, the two men with the lantern were close at hand +returning down the ravine. Plainly they suspected nothing. Each +carrying a bundle of wood, they came forward and stopped upon the +quay. + +Then one of them raised his voice, though not loudly. "Hullo! +Captain!" + +"All right," answered a voice from the boat. + +Wells murmured in my ear, "There are three!" + +"Perhaps four," I answered, "perhaps five or six!" + +The situation grew more complicated. Against a crew so numerous, what +ought we to do? The least imprudence might cost us dear! Now that the +two men had returned, would they re-embark with their faggots? Then +would the boat leave the creek, or would it remain anchored until +day? If it withdrew, would it not be lost to us? It could leave the +waters of Lake Erie, and cross any of the neighboring states by land; +or it could retrace its road by the Detroit River which would lead it +to Lake Huron and the Great Lakes above. Would such an opportunity as +this, in the narrow waters of Black Rock Creek, ever occur again! + +"At least," said I to Wells, "we are four. They do not expect attack; +they will be surprised. The result is in the hands of Providence." + +I was about to call our two men, when Wells again seized my arm. +"Listen!" said he. + +One of the men hailed the boat, and it drew close up to the rocks. We +heard the Captain say to the two men ashore, "Everything is all +right, up there?" + +"Everything, Captain." + +"There are still two bundles of wood left there?" + +"Two." + +"Then one more trip will bring them all on board the 'Terror.'" + +The "Terror!" It WAS she! + +"Yes; just one more trip," answered one of the men. + +"Good; then we will start off again at daybreak." + +Were there then but three of them on board? The Captain, this Master +of the World, and these two men? + +Evidently they planned to take aboard the last of their wood. Then +they would withdraw within their machine, and go to sleep. Would not +that be the time to surprise them, before they could defend +themselves? + +Rather than to attempt to reach and capture the ship in face of this +resolute Captain who was guarding it, Wells and I agreed that it was +better to let his men return unassailed, and wait till they were all +asleep. + +It was now half an hour after ten. Steps were once more heard upon +the shore. The man with a lantern and his companion, again remounted +the ravine toward the woods. When they were safely beyond hearing, +Wells went to warn our men, while I stole forward again to the very +edge of the water. + +The "Terror" lay at the end of a short cable. As well as I could +judge, she was long and slim, shaped like a spindle, without chimney, +without masts, without rigging, such a shape as had been described +when she was seen on the coast of New England. + +I returned to my place, with my men in the shelter of the ravine; and +we looked to our revolvers, which might well prove of service. + +Five minutes had passed since the men reached the woods, and we +expected their return at any moment. After that, we must wait at +least an hour before we made our attack; so that both the Captain and +his comrades might be deep in sleep. It was important that they +should have not a moment either to send their craft darting out upon +the waters of Lake Erie, or to plunge it beneath the waves where we +would have been entrapped with it. + +In all my career I have never felt such impatience. It seemed to me +that the two men must have been detained in the woods. Something had +barred their return. + +Suddenly a loud noise was heard, the tumult of run-away horses, +galloping furiously along the shore! + +They were our own, which, frightened, and perhaps neglected by the +driver, had broken away from the clearing, and now came rushing along +the bank. + +At the same moment, the two men reappeared, and this time they were +running with all speed. Doubtless they had discovered our encampment, +and had at once suspected that there were police hidden in the woods. +They realized that they were watched, they were followed, they would +be seized. So they dashed recklessly down the ravine, and after +loosening the cable, they would doubtless endeavor to leap aboard. +The "Terror" would disappear with the speed of a meteor, and our +attempt would be wholly defeated! + +"Forward," I cried. And we scrambled down the sides of the ravine to +cut off the retreat of the two men. + +They saw us and, on the instant, throwing down their bundles, fired +at us with revolvers, hitting John Hart in the leg. + +We fired in our turn, but less successfully. The men neither fell nor +faltered in their course. Reaching the edge of the creek, without +stopping to unloose the cable, they plunged overboard, and in a +moment were clinging to the deck of the "Terror." + +Their captain, springing forward, revolver in hand, fired. The ball +grazed Wells. + +Nab Walker and I seizing the cable, pulled the black mass of the boat +toward shore. Could they cut the rope in time to escape us ? + +Suddenly the grappling-iron was torn violently from the rocks. One of +its hooks caught in my belt, while Walker was knocked down by the +flying cable. I was entangled by the iron and the rope and dragged +forward -- + +The "Terror," driven by all the power of her engines, made a single +bound and darted out across Black Rock Creek. + + + + + +Chapter 13 + +ON BOARD THE TERROR + + + + +When I came to my senses it was daylight. A half light pierced the +thick glass port-hole of the narrow cabin wherein someone had placed +me -- how many hours ago, I could not say! Yet it seemed to me +by the slanting rays, that the sun could not be very far +above the horizon. + +I was resting in a narrow bunk with coverings over me. My clothes, +hanging in a corner, had been dried. My belt, torn in half by the +hook of the iron, lay on the floor. + +I felt no wound nor injury, only a little weakness. If I had lost +consciousness, I was sure it had not been from a blow. My head must +have been drawn beneath the water, when I was tangled in the cable. I +should have been suffocated, if someone had not dragged me from the +lake. + +Now, was I on board the "Terror?" And was I alone with the Captain +and his two men? This seemed probable, almost certain. The whole +scene of our encounter rose before my eyes, Hart lying wounded upon +the bank; Wells firing shot after shot, Walker hurled down at the +instant when the grappling hook caught my belt! And my companions? On +their side, must not they think that I had perished in the waters of +Lake Erie? + +Where was the "Terror" now, and how was it navigating? Was it moving +as an automobile? Speeding across the roads of some neighboring +State? If so, and if I had been unconscious for many hours, the +machine with its tremendous powers must be already far away. Or, on +the other hand, were we, as a submarine, following some course +beneath the lake? + +No, the "Terror" was moving upon some broad liquid surface. The +sunlight, penetrating my cabin, showed that the window was not +submerged. On the other hand, I felt none of the jolting that the +automobile must have suffered even on the smoothest highway. Hence +the "Terror" was not traveling upon land. + +As to deciding whether she was still traversing Lake Erie, that was +another matter. Had not the Captain reascended the Detroit River, and +entered Lake Huron, or even Lake Superior beyond? It was difficult to +say. + +At any rate I decided to go up on deck. From there I might be able to +judge. Dragging myself somewhat heavily from the bunk, I reached for +my clothes and dressed, though without much energy. Was I not +probably locked within this cabin? + +The only exit seemed by a ladder and hatchway above my head. The +hatch rose readily to my hand, and I ascended half way on deck. + +My first care was to look forward, backward, and on both sides of the +speeding "Terror." Everywhere a vast expanse of waves! Not a shore in +sight! Nothing but the horizon formed by sea and sky! + +Whether it was a lake or the ocean I could easily settle. As we shot +forward at such speed the water cut by the bow, rose furiously upward +on either side, and the spray lashed savagely against me. + +I tasted it. It was fresh water, and very probably that of Lake Erie. +The sun was but midway toward the zenith so it could scarcely be more +than seven or eight hours since the moment when the "Terror" had +darted from Black Rock Creek. + +This must therefore be the following morning, that of the +thirty-first of July. + +Considering that Lake Erie is two hundred and twenty miles long, and +over fifty wide, there was no reason to be surprised that I could see +no land, neither that of the United States to the southeast nor of +Canada to the northwest. + +At this moment there were two men on the deck, one being at the bow +on the look-out, the other in the stern, keeping the course to the +northeast, as I judged by the position of the sun. The one at the bow +was he whom I had recognized as he ascended the ravine at Black Rock. +The second was his companion who had carried the lantern. I looked in +vain for the one whom they had called Captain. He was not in sight. + +It will be readily appreciated how eager was my desire to stand in +the presence of the creator of this prodigious machines of this +fantastic personage who occupied and preoccupied the attention of all +the world, the daring inventor who did not fear to engage in battle +against the entire human race, and who proclaimed himself "Master of +the World." + +I approached the man on the look-out, and after a minute of silence I +asked him, "Where is the Captain?" + +He looked at me through half-closed eyes. He seemed not to understand +me. Yet I knew, having heard him the night before, that he spoke +English. Moreover, I noticed that he did not appear surprised to see +me out of my cabin. Turning his back upon me, he continued to search +the horizon. + +I stepped then toward the stern, determined to ask the same question +about the Captain. But when I approached the steersman, he waved me +away with his hand, and I obtained no other response. + +It only remained for me to study this craft, from which we had been +repelled with revolver shots, when we had seized upon its anchor rope. + +I therefore set leisurely to work to examine the construction of this +machine, which was carrying me--whither? The deck and the upper works +were all made of some metal which I did not recognize. In the center +of the deck, a scuttle half raised covered the room where the engines +were working regularly and almost silently. As I had seen before, +neither masts, nor rigging! Not even a flagstaff at the stern! Toward +the bow there arose the top of a periscope by which the "Terror" +could be guided when beneath the water. + +On the sides were folded back two sort of outshoots resembling the +gangways on certain Dutch boats. Of these I could not understand the +use. + +In the bow there rose a third hatch-way which presumably covered the +quarters occupied by the two men when the "Terror" was at rest. + +At the stern a similar hatch gave access probably to the cabin of the +captain, who remained unseen. When these different hatches were shut +down, they had a sort of rubber covering which closed them +hermetically tight, so that the water could not reach the interior +when the boat plunged beneath the ocean. + +As to the motor, which imparted such prodigious speed to the machine, +I could see nothing of it, nor of the propeller. However, the fast +speeding boat left behind it only a long, smooth wake. The extreme +fineness of the lines of the craft, caused it to make scarcely any +waves, and enabled it to ride lightly over the crest of the billows +even in a rough sea. + +As was already known, the power by which the machine was driven, was +neither steam nor gasoline, nor any of those similar liquids so well +known by their odor, which are usually employed for automobiles and +submarines. No doubt the power here used was electricity, generated +on board, at some high power. Naturally I asked myself whence comes +this electricity, from piles, or from accumulators? But how were +these piles or accumulators charged? Unless, indeed, the electricity +was drawn directly from the surrounding air or from the water, by +processes hitherto unknown. And I asked myself with intense eagerness +if in the present situation, I might be able to discover these +secrets. + +Then I thought of my companions, left behind on the shore of Black +Rock Creek. One of them, I knew, was wounded; perhaps the others were +also. Having seen me dragged overboard by the hawser, could they +possibly suppose that I had been rescued by the "Terror?" Surely not! +Doubtless the news of my death had already been telegraphed to Mr. +Ward from Toledo. And now who would dare to undertake a new campaign +against this "Master of the World"? + +These thoughts occupied my mind as I awaited the captain's appearance +on the deck. He did not appear. + +I soon began to feel very hungry; for I must have fasted now nearly +twenty-four hours. I had eaten nothing since our hasty meal in the +woods, even if that had been the night before. And judging by the +pangs which now assailed my stomach, I began to wonder if I had not +been snatched on board the "Terror" two days before,--or even more. + +Happily the question if they meant to feed me, and how they meant to +feed me, was solved at once. The man at the bow left his post, +descended, and reappeared. Then, without saying a word, he placed +some food before me and returned to his place. Some potted meat, +dried fish, sea-biscuit, and a pot of ale so strong that I had to mix +it with water, such was the meal to which I did full justice. My +fellow travelers had doubtless eaten before I came out of the cabin, +and they did not join me. + +There was nothing further to attract my eyes, and I sank again into +thought. How would this adventure finish? Would I see this invisible +captain at length, and would he restore me to liberty? Could I regain +it in spite of him? That would depend on circumstances! But if the +"Terror" kept thus far away from the shore, or if she traveled +beneath the water, how could I escape from her? Unless we landed, and +the machine became an automobile, must I not abandon all hope of +escape? + +Moreover--why should I not admit it?--to escape without having +learned anything of the "Terror's" secrets would not have contented +me at all. Although I could not thus far flatter myself upon the +success of my campaign, and though I had come within a hairbreadth of +losing my life and though the future promised far more of evil than +of good, yet after all, a step forward had been attained. To be sure, +if I was never to be able to re-enter into communication with the +world, if, like this Master of the World who had voluntarily placed +himself outside the law, I was now placed outside humanity, then the +fact that I had reached the "Terror" would have little value. + +The craft continued headed to the northeast, following the longer +axis of Lake Erie. She was advancing at only half speed; for, had she +been doing her best, she must some hours before have reached the +northeastern extremity of the lake. + +At this end Lake Erie has no other outlet than the Niagara River, by +which it empties into Lake Ontario. Now, this river is barred by the +famous cataract some fifteen miles beyond the important city of +Buffalo. Since the "Terror" had not retreated by the Detroit River, +down which she had descended from the upper lakes, how was she to +escape from these waters, unless indeed she crossed by land? + +The sun passed the meridian. The day was beautiful; warm but not +unpleasantly so, thanks to the breeze made by our passage. The shores +of the lake continued invisible on both the Canadian and the American +side. + +Was the captain determined not to show himself? Had he some reason +for remaining unknown? Such a precaution would indicate that he +intended to set me at liberty in the evening, when the "Terror" could +approach the shore unseen. + +Toward two o'clock, however, I heard a slight noise; the central +hatchway was raised. The man I had so impatiently awaited appeared on +deck. + +I must admit he paid no more attention to me, than his men had done. +Going to the stern, he took the helm. The man whom he had relieved, +after a few words in a low tone, left the deck, descending by the +forward hatchway. The captain, having scanned the horizon, consulted +the compass, and slightly altered our course. The speed of the +"Terror" increased. + +This man, so interesting both to me and to the world, must have been +some years over fifty. He was of middle height, with powerful +shoulders still very erect; a strong head, with thick hair rather +gray than white, smooth shaven cheeks, and a short, crisp beard. His +chest was broad, his jaw prominent, and he had that characteristic +sign of tremendous energy, bushy eyebrows drawn sharply together. +Assuredly he possessed a constitution of iron, splendid health, and +warm red blood beneath his sun burned skin. + +Like his companions the captain was dressed in sea-clothes covered by +an oil-skin coat, and with a woolen cap which could be pulled down to +cover his head entirely, when he so desired. + +Need I add that the captain of the "Terror" was the other of the two +men, who had watched my house in Long street. Moreover, if I +recognized him, he also must recognize me as chief-inspector Strock, +to whom had been assigned the task of penetrating the Great Eyrie. + +I looked at him curiously. On his part, while he did not seek to +avoid my eyes, he showed at least a singular indifference to the fact +that he had a stranger on board. + +As I watched him, the idea came to me, a suggestion which I had not +connected with the first view of him in Washington, that I had +already seen this characteristic figure. Was it in one of the +photographs held in the police department, or was it merely a picture +in some shop window? But the remembrance was very vague. Perhaps I +merely imagined it. + +Well, though his companions had not had the politeness to answer me, +perhaps he would be more courteous. He spoke the same language as I, +although I could not feel quite positive that he was of American +birth. He might indeed have decided to pretend not to understand me, +so as to avoid all discussion while he held me prisoner. + +In that case, what did he mean to do with me? Did he intend to +dispose of me without further ceremony? Was he only waiting for night +to throw me overboard? Did even the little which I knew of him, make +me a danger of which he must rid himself? But in that case, he might +better have left me at the end of his anchor line. That would have +saved him the necessity of drowning me over again. + +I turned, I walked to the stern, I stopped full in front of him. +Then, at length, he fixed full upon me a glance that burned like a +flame. + +"Are you the captain?" I asked. + +He was silent. + +"This boat! Is it really the 'Terror?'" + +To this question also there was no response. Then I reached toward +him; I would have taken hold of his arm. + +He repelled me without violence, but with a movement that suggested +tremendous restrained power. + +Planting myself again before him, I demanded in a louder tone, "What +do you mean to do with me?" + +Words seemed almost ready to burst from his lips, which he compressed +with visible irritation. As though to check his speech he turned his +head aside. His hand touched a regulator of some sort, and the +machine rapidly increased its speed. + +Anger almost mastered me. I wanted to cry out "So be it! Keep your +silence! I know who you are, just as I know your machine, recognized +at Madison, at Boston, at Lake Kirdall. Yes; it is you, who have +rushed so recklessly over our roads, our seas and our lakes! Your +boat is the 'Terror' and you her commander, wrote that letter to the +government. It is you who fancy you can fight the entire world. You, +who call yourself the Master of the World!" + +And how could he have denied it! I saw at that moment the famous +initials inscribed upon the helm! + +Fortunately I restrained myself; and despairing of getting any +response to my questions, I returned to my seat near the hatchway of +my cabin. + +For long hours, I patiently watched the horizon in the hope that land +would soon appear. Yes, I sat waiting! For I was reduced to that! +Waiting! No doubt, before the day closed, the "Terror" must reach the +end of Lake Erie, since she continued her course steadily to the +northeast. + + + + + +Chapter 14 + +NIAGARA + + + + +The hours passed, and the situation did not change. The steersman +returned on deck, and the captain, descending, watched the movement +of the engines. Even when our speed increased, these engines +continued working without noise, and with remarkable smoothness There +was never one of those inevitable breaks, with which in most motors +the pistons sometimes miss a stroke. I concluded that the "Terror," +in each of its transformations must be worked by rotary engines. But +I could not assure myself of this. + +For the rest, our direction did not change. Always we headed toward +the northeast end of the lake, and hence toward Buffalo. + +Why, I wondered, did the captain persist in following this route? He +could not intend to stop at Buffalo, in the midst of a crowd of boats +and shipping of every kind. If he meant to leave the lake by water, +there was only the Niagara River to follow; and its Falls would be +impassable, even to such a machine as this. The only escape was by +the Detroit River, and the "Terror" was constantly leaving that +farther behind. + +Then another idea occurred to me. Perhaps the captain was only +waiting for night to return to the shore of the lake. There, the +boat, changed to an automobile, would quickly cross the neighboring +States. If I did not succeed in making my escape, during this passage +across the land, all hope of regaining my liberty would be gone. + +True, I might learn where this Master of the World hid himself. I +might learn what no one had yet been able to discover, assuming +always that he did not dispose of me at one time or another--and what +I expected his "disposal" would be, is easily comprehended. + +I knew the northeast end of Lake Erie well, having often visited that +section of New York State which extends westward from Albany to +Buffalo. Three years before, a police mission had led me to explore +carefully the shores of the Niagara River, both above and below the +cataract and its Suspension Bridge. I had visited the two principal +islands between Buffalo and the little city of Niagara Falls, I had +explored Navy Island and also Goat Island, which separates the +American falls from those of the Canadian side. + +Thus if an opportunity for flight presented itself, I should not find +myself in an unknown district. But would this chance offer? And at +heart, did I desire it, or would I seize upon it? What secrets still +remained in this affair in which good fortune or was it evil +fortune--had so closely entangled me! + +On the other hand, I saw no real reason to suppose that there was any +chance of my reaching the shores of the Niagara River. The "Terror" +would surely not venture into this trap which had no exit. Probably +she would not even go to the extremity of the lake. + +Such were the thoughts that spun through my excited brain, while my +eyes remained fixed upon the empty horizon. + +And always one persistent question remained insolvable. Why had the +captain written to me personally that threatening letter? Why had he +spied upon me in Washington? What bond attached him to the Great +Eyrie? There might indeed be subterranean canals which gave him +passage to Lake Kirdall, but could he pierce the impenetrable +fortress of the Eyrie? No! That was beyond him! + +Toward four o'clock in the afternoon, reckoning by the speed of the +"Terror" and her direction, I knew we must be approaching Buffalo; +and indeed, its outlines began to show some fifteen miles ahead. +During our passage, a few boats had been seen, but we had passed them +at a long distance, a distance which our captain could easily keep as +great as he pleased. Moreover, the "Terror" lay so low upon the +water, that at even a mile away it would have been difficult to +discover her. + +Now, however, the hills encircling the end of Lake Erie, came within +vision, beyond Buffalo, forming the sort of funnel by which Lake Erie +pours its waters into the channel of the Niagara river. Some dunes +rose on the right, groups of trees stood out here and there. In the +distance, several freight steamers and fishing smacks appeared. The +sky became spotted with trails of smoke, which were swept along by a +light eastern breeze. + +What was our captain thinking of in still heading toward the port of +Buffalo! Did not prudence forbid him to venture further? At each +moment, I expected that he would give a sweep of the helm and turn +away toward the western shore of the lake. Or else, I thought, he +would prepare to plunge beneath the surface. But this persistence in +holding our bow toward Buffalo was impossible to understand! + +At length the helmsman, whose eyes were watching the northeastern +shore, made a sign to his companion. The latter, leaving the bow, +went to the central hatchway, and descended into the engine room. +Almost immediately the captain came on deck, and joining the +helmsman, spoke with him in a low voice. + +The latter, extending his hand toward Buffalo, pointed out two black +spots, which showed five or six miles distant on the starboard side. +The captain studied them attentively. Then shrugging his shoulders, +he seated himself at the stern without altering the course of the +"Terror." + +A quarter of an hour later, I could see plainly that there were two +smoke clouds at the point they had studied so carefully. Little by +little the black spots beneath these became more defined. They were +two long, low steamers, which, coming from the port of Buffalo, were +approaching rapidly. + +Suddenly it struck me that these were the two torpedo destroyers of +which Mr. Ward had spoken, and which I had been told to summon in +case of need. + +These destroyers were of the newest type, the swiftest boats yet +constructed in the country. Driven by powerful engines of the latest +make, they had covered almost thirty miles an hour. It is true, the +"Terror" commanded an even greater speed, and always, if she were +surrounded so that flight was impossible, she could submerge herself +out of reach of all pursuit. In truth, the destroyers would have had +to be submarines to attack the "Terror" with any chance of success. +And I know not, if even in that case, the contest would have been +equal. + +Meanwhile, it seemed to me evident that the commanders of the two +ships had been warned, perhaps by Mr. Wells who, returning swiftly to +Toledo, might have telegraphed to them the news of our defeat. It +appeared, moreover, that they had seen the "Terror," for they were +headed at full speed toward her. Yet our captain, seemingly giving +them no thought whatever, continued his course toward the Niagara +River. + +What would the torpedo destroyers do? Presumably, they would maneuver +so as to seek to shut the "Terror" within the narrowing end of the +lake where the Niagara offered her no passage. + +Our captain now took the helm. One of the men was at the bow, the +other in the engine room. Would the order be given for me to go down +into the cabin? + +It was not, to my extreme satisfaction. To speak frankly, no one paid +any attention to me. It was as if I had not been on board. I watched, +therefore, not without mixed emotions, the approach of the +destroyers. Less than two miles distant now they separated in such a +way as to hold the "Terror" between their fires. + +As to the Master of the World, his manner indicated only the most +profound disdain. He seemed sure that these destroyers were powerless +against him. With a touch to his machinery he could distance them, no +matter what their speed! With a few turns of her engine, the "Terror" +would dart beyond their cannon shots! Or, in the depths of the lake, +what projectiles could find the submarine? + +Five minutes later, scarcely a mile separated us from the two +powerful fighters which pursued us. Our captain permitted them to +approach still closer. Then he pressed upon a handle. The "Terror," +doubling the action of her propellers, leaped across the surface of +the lake. She played with the destroyers! Instead of turning in +flight, she continued her forward course. Who knew if she would not +even have the audacity to pass between her two enemies, to coax them +after her, until the hour when, as night closed in, they would be +forced to abandon the useless pursuit! + +The city of Buffalo was now in plain view on the border of the lake. +I saw its huge buildings, its church towers, its grain elevators. +Only four or five miles ahead, Niagara river opened to the northward. + +Under these new conditions which way should I turn? When we passed in +front of the destroyers, or perhaps between them, should I not throw +myself into the waters I was a good swimmer, and such a chance might +never occur again. The captain could not stop to recapture me. By +diving could I not easily escape, even from a bullet? I should surely +be seen by one or other of the pursuers. Perhaps, even, their +commanders had been warned of my presence on board the "Terror." +Would not a boat be sent to rescue me? + +Evidently my chance of success would be even greater, if the "Terror" +entered the narrow waters of Niagara River. At Navy Island I would be +able to set foot on territory that I knew well. But to suppose that +our captain would rush into this river where he might be swept over +the great cataract! That seemed impossible! I resolved to await the +destroyers' closest approach and at the last moment I would decide. + +Yet my resolution to escape was but half-hearted. I could not resign +myself thus to lose all chance of following up this mystery. My +instincts as a police official revolted. I had but to reach out my +hand in order to seize this man who had been outlawed! Should I let +him escape me! No! I would not save myself! Yet, on the other hand, +what fate awaited me, and where would I be carried by the "Terror," +if I remained on board? + +It was a quarter past six. The destroyers, quivering and trembling +under the strain of their speed, gained on us perceptibly. They were +now directly astern, leaving between them a distance of twelve or +fifteen cable lengths. The "Terror," without increasing her speed, +saw one of them approach on the port side, the other to starboard. + +I did not leave my place. The man at the bow was close by me. +Immovable at the helm, his eyes burning beneath his contracted brows, +the captain waited. He meant, perhaps, to finish the chase by one +last maneuver. + +Suddenly, a puff of smoke rose from the destroyer on our left. A +projectile, brushing the surface of the water, passed in front of the +"Terror," and sped beyond the destroyer on our right. + +I glanced around anxiously. Standing by my side, the lookout seemed +to await a sign from the captain. As for him, he did not even turn +his head; and I shall never forget the expression of disdain +imprinted on his visage. + +At this moment, I was pushed suddenly toward the hatchway of my +cabin, which was fastened above me. At the same instant the other +hatchways were closed; the deck became watertight. I heard a single +throb of the machinery, and the plunge was made, the submarine +disappeared beneath the waters of the lake. + +Cannon shot still boomed above us. Their heavy echo reached my ear; +then everything was peace. Only a faint light penetrated through the +porthole into my cabin. The submarine, without the least rolling or +pitching, sped silently through the deeps. + +I had seen with what rapidity, and also with what ease the +transformation of the "Terror" had been made. No less easy and rapid, +perhaps, would be her change to an automobile. + +And now what would this Master of the World do? Presumably he would +change his course, unless, indeed, he preferred to speed to land, and +there continue his route along the roads. It still seemed more +probable, however, that he would turn back toward the west, and after +distancing the destroyers, regain the Detroit River. Our submersion +would probably only last long enough to escape out of cannon range, +or until night forbade pursuit. + +Fate, however, had decreed a different ending to this exciting chase. +Scarce ten minutes had passed when there seemed some confusion on +board. I heard rapid words exchanged in the engine room. The steadily +moving machinery became noisy and irregular. At once I suspected that +some accident compelled the submarine to reascend. + +I was not mistaken. In a moment, the semi-obscurity of my cabin was +pierced by sunshine. The "Terror" had risen above water. I heard +steps on the deck, and the hatchways were re-opened, including mine. +I sprang up the ladder. + +The captain had resumed his place at the helm, while the two men were +busy below. I looked to see if the destroyers were still in view. +Yes! Only a quarter of a mile away! The "Terror" had already been +seen, and the powerful vessels which enforced the mandates of our +government were swinging into position to give chase. Once more the +"Terror" sped in the direction of Niagara River. + +I must confess, I could make nothing of this maneuver. Plunging into +a cul-de-sac, no longer able to seek the depths because of the +accident, the "Terror" might, indeed, temporarily distance her +pursuers; but she must find her path barred by them when she +attempted to return. Did she intend to land, and if so, could she +hope to outrun the telegrams which would warn every police agency of +her approach? + +We were now not half a mile ahead. The destroyers pursued us at top +speed, though being now directly behind, they were in poor position +for using their guns. Our captain seemed content to keep this +distance; though it would have been easy for him to increase it, and +then at nightfall, to dodge back behind the enemy. + +Already Buffalo had disappeared on our right, and a little after +seven o'clock the opening of the Niagara River appeared ahead. If he +entered there, knowing that he could not return, our captain must +have lost his mind! And in truth was he not insane, this man who +proclaimed himself, who believed himself, Master of the World? + +I watched him there, calm, impassive not even turning his head to +note the progress of the destroyers and I wondered at him. + +This end of the lake was absolutely deserted. Freight steamers bound +for the towns on the banks of the upper Niagara are not numerous, as +its navigation is dangerous. Not one was in sight. Not even a +fishing-boat crossed the path of the "Terror." Even the two +destroyers would soon be obliged to pause in their pursuit, if we +continued our mad rush through these dangerous waters. + +I have said that the Niagara River flows between New York and Canada. +Its width, of about three quarters of a mile, narrows as it +approaches the falls. Its length, from Lake Erie to Lake Ontario, is +about fifteen leagues. It flows in a northerly direction, until it +empties the waters of Lake Superior, Michigan, Huron, and Erie into +Ontario, the last lake of this mighty chain. The celebrated falls, +which occur in the midst of this great river have a height of over a +hundred and fifty feet. They are called sometimes the Horse-shoe +Falls, because they curve inward like the iron shoe. The Indians have +given them the name of "Thunder of Waters," and in truth a mighty +thunder roars from them without cessation, and with a tumult which is +heard for several miles away. + +Between Lake Erie, and the little city of Niagara Falls, two islands +divide the current of the river, Navy Island, a league above the +cataract, and Goat Island, which separates the American and the +Canadian Falls. Indeed, on the lower point of this latter isle stood +once that "Terrapin Tower" so daringly built in the midst of the +plunging waters on the very edge of the abyss. It has been destroyed; +for the constant wearing away of the stone beneath the cataract makes +the ledge move with the ages slowly up the river, and the tower has +been drawn into the gulf. + +The town of Fort Erie stands on the Canadian shore at the entrance of +the river. Two other towns are set along the banks above the falls, +Schlosser on the right bank, and Chippewa on the left, located on +either side of Navy Island. It is at this point that the current, +bound within a narrower channel, begins to move at tremendous speed, +to become two miles further on, the celebrated cataract. + +The "Terror" had already passed Fort Erie. The sun in the west +touched the edge of the Canadian horizon, and the moon, faintly seen, +rose above the mists of the south. Darkness would not envelop us for +another hour. + +The destroyers, with huge clouds of smoke streaming from their +funnels, followed us a mile behind. They sped between banks green +with shade trees and dotted with cottages which lay among lovely +gardens. + +Obviously the "Terror" could no longer turn back. The destroyers shut +her in completely. It is true their commanders did not know, as I +did, that an accident to her machinery had forced her to the surface, +and that it was impossible for her to escape them by another plunge. +Nevertheless, they continued to follow, and would assuredly maintain +their pursuit to the very last. + +I marveled at the intrepidity of their chase through these dangerous +waters. I marveled still more at the conduct of our captain. Within a +half hour now, his course would be barred by the cataract. No matter +how perfect his machine, it could not escape the power of the great +falls. If the current once mastered our engines, we should inevitably +disappear in the gulf nearly two hundred feet deep which the waters +have dug at the base of the falls! Perhaps, however, our captain had +still power to turn to one of the shores and flee by the automobile +routes. + +In the midst of this excitement, what action should I take +personally? Should I attempt to gain the shores of Navy Island, if we +indeed advanced that far? If I did not seize this chance, never after +what I had learned of his secrets, never would the Master of the +World restore me to liberty. + +I suspected, however, that my flight was no longer possible. If I was +not confined within my cabin, I no longer remained unwatched. While +the captain retained his place at the helm, his assistant by my side +never removed his eyes from me. At the first movement, I should be +seized and locked within my room. For the present, my fate was +evidently bound up with that of the "Terror." + +The distance which separated us from the two destroyers was now +growing rapidly less. Soon they were but a few cable-lengths away. +Could the motor of the "Terror," since the accident, no longer hold +its speeds? Yet the captain showed not the least anxiety, and made no +effort to reach land! + +We could hear the hissing of the steam which escaped from the valves +of the destroyers, to mingle with the streamers of black smoke. But +we heard, even more plainly, the roar of the cataract, now less than +three miles away. + +The "Terror" took the left branch of the river in passing Navy +Island. At this point, she was within easy reach of the shore, yet +she shot ahead. Five minutes later, we could see the first trees of +Goat Island. The current became more and more irresistible. If the +"Terror" did not stop, the destroyers could not much longer follow +her. If it pleased our accursed captain to plunge us into the vortex +of the falls, surely they did not mean to follow into the abyss! + +Indeed, at this moment they signaled each other, and stopped the +pursuit. They were scarce more than six hundred feet from the +cataract. Then their thunders burst on the air and several cannon +shot swept over the "Terror" without hitting its low-lying deck. + +The sun had set, and through the twilight the moon's rays shone upon +us from the south. The speed of our craft, doubled by the speed of +the current, was prodigious! In another moment, we should plunge into +that black hollow which forms the very center of the Canadian Falls. + +With an eye of horror, I saw the shores of Goat Island flashed by, +then came the Isles of the Three Sisters, drowned in the spray from +the abyss. + +I sprang up; I started to throw myself into the water, in the +desperate hope of gaining this last refuge. One of the men seized me +from behind. + +Suddenly a sharp noise was heard from the mechanism which throbbed +within our craft. The long gangways folded back on the sides of the +machine, spread out like wings, and at the moment when the "Terror" +reached the very edge of the falls, she arose into space, escaping +from the thundering cataract in the center of a lunar rainbow. + + + + + +Chapter 15 + +THE EAGLE'S NEST + + + + +On the morrow, when I awoke after a sound sleep, our vehicle seemed +motionless. It seemed to me evident that we were not running upon +land. Yet neither were we rushing through or beneath the waters; nor +yet soaring across the sky. Had the inventor regained that mysterious +hiding-place of his, where no human being had ever set foot before +him? + +And now, since he had not disembarrassed himself of my presence, was +his secret about to be revealed to me? + +It seemed astonishing that I had slept so profoundly during most of +our voyage through the air. It puzzled me and I asked if this sleep +had not been caused by some drug, mixed with my last meal, the +captain of the "Terror" having wished thus to prevent me from knowing +the place where we landed. All that I can recall of the previous +night is the terrible impression made upon me by that moment when the +machine, instead of being caught in the vortex of the cataract rose +under the impulse of its machinery like a bird with its huge wings +beating with tremendous power! + +So this machine actually fulfilled a four-fold use! It was at the +same time automobile, boat, submarine, and airship. Earth, sea and +air, -- it could move through all three elements! And with what +power! With what speed! Al few instants sufficed to complete its +marvelous transformations. The same engine drove it along all its +courses! And I had been a witness of its metamorphoses! But that of +which I was still ignorant, and which I could perhaps discover, was +the source of the energy which drove the machine, and above all, who +was the inspired inventor who, after having created it, in every +detail, guided it with so much ability and audacity! + +At the moment when the "Terror" rose above the Canadian Falls, I was +held down against the hatchway of my cabin. The clear, moonlit +evening had permitted me to note the direction taken by the air-ship. +It followed the course of the river and passed the Suspension Bridge +three miles below the falls. It is here that the irresistible rapids +of the Niagara River begin, where the river bends sharply to descend +toward Lake Ontario. + +On leaving this point, I was sure that we had turned toward the east. +The captain continued at the helm. I had not addressed a word to him. +What good would it do? He would not have answered. I noted that the +"Terror" seemed to be guided in its course through the air with +surprising ease. Assuredly the roads of the air were as familiar to +it as those of the seas and of the lands! + +In the presence of such results, could one not understand the +enormous pride of this man who proclaimed himself Master of the +World? Was he not in control of a machine infinitely superior to any +that had ever sprung from the hand of man, and against which men were +powerless? In truth, why should he sell this marvel? Why should he +accept the millions offered him? Yes, I comprehended now that +absolute confidence in himself which was expressed in his every +attitude. And where might not his ambition carry him, if by its own +excess it mounted some day into madness! + +A half hour after the "Terror" soared into the air, I had sunk into +complete unconsciousness, without realizing its approach. I repeat, +it must have been caused by some drug. Without doubt, our commander +did not wish me to know the road he followed. + +Hence I cannot say whether the aviator continued his flight through +space, or whether the mariner sailed the surface of some sea or lake, +or the chauffeur sped across the American roads. No recollection +remains with me of what passed during that night of July thirty-first. + +Now, what was to follow from this adventure? And especially +concerning myself, what would be its end? + +I have said that at the moment when I awoke from my strange sleep, +the "Terror" seemed to me completely motionless. I could hardly be +mistaken; whatever had been her method of progress, I should have +felt some movement, even in the air. I lay in my berth in the cabin, +where I had been shut in without knowing it, just as I had been on +the preceding night which I had passed on board the "Terror" on Lake +Erie. + +My business now was to learn if I would be allowed to go on deck here +where the machine had landed. I attempted to raise the hatchway. It +was fastened. + +"Ah!" said I, "am I to be kept here until the 'Terror' recommences +its travels?" Was not that, indeed, the only time when escape was +hopeless? + +My impatience and anxiety may be appreciated. I knew not how long +this halt might continue. + +I had not a quarter of an hour to wait. A noise of bars being removed +came to my ear. The hatchway was raised from above. A wave of light +and air penetrated my cabin. + +With one bound I reached the deck. My eyes in an instant swept round +the horizon. + +The "Terror," as I had thought, rested quiet on the ground. She was +in the midst of a rocky hollow measuring from fifteen to eighteen +hundred feet in circumference. A floor of yellow gravel carpeted its +entire extent, unrelieved by a single tuft of herbage. + +This hollow formed an almost regular oval, with its longer diameter +extending north and south. As to the surrounding-wall, what was its +height, what the character of its crest, I could not judge. Above us +was gathered a fog so heavy, that the rays of the sun had not yet +pierced it. Heavy trails of cloud drifted across the sandy floor, +Doubtless the morning was still young, and this mist might later be +dissolved. + +It was quite cold here, although this was the first day of August. I +concluded therefore that we must be far in the north, or else high +above sea-level. We must still be somewhere on the New Continent; +though where, it was impossible to surmise. Yet no matter how rapid +our flight had been, the air-ship could not have traversed either +ocean in the dozen hours since our departure from Niagara. + +At this moment, I saw the captain come from an opening in the rocks, +probably a grotto, at the base of this cliff hidden in the fog. +Occasionally, in the mists above, appeared the shadows of huge birds. +Their raucous cries were the sole interruption to the profound +silence. Who knows if they were not affrighted by the arrival of this +formidable, winged monster, which they could not match either in +might or speed. + +Everything led me to believe that it was here that the Master of the +World withdrew in the intervals between his prodigious journeys. Here +was the garage of his automobile; the harbor of his boat; the hangar +of his air-ship. + +And now the "Terror" stood motionless at the bottom of this hollow. +At last I could examine her; and it looked as if her owners had no +intention of preventing me. The truth is that the commander seemed to +take no more notice of my presence than before. His two companions +joined him, and the three did not hesitate to enter together into the +grotto I had seen. What a chance to study the machine, at least its +exterior! As to its inner parts, probably I should never get beyond +conjecture. + +In fact, except for that of my cabin, the hatchways were closed; and +it would be vain for me to attempt to open them. At any rate, it +might be more interesting to find out what kind of propeller drove +the "Terror" in these many transformations. + +I jumped to the ground and found I was left at leisure, to proceed +with this first examination. + +The machine was as I have said spindle-shaped. The bow was sharper +than the stern. The body was of aluminium, the wings of a substance +whose nature I could not determine. The body rested on four wheels, +about two feet in diameter. These had pneumatic tires so thick as to +assure ease of movement at any speed. Their spokes spread out like +paddles or battledores; and when the "Terror" moved either on or +under the water, they must have increased her pace. + +These wheels were not however, the principal propeller. This +consisted of two "Parsons" turbines placed on either side of the +keel. Driven with extreme rapidity by the engine, they urged the boat +onward in the water by twin screws, and I even questioned if they +were not powerful enough to propel the machine through the air. + +The chief aerial support, however, was that of the great wings, now +again in repose, and folded back along the sides. Thus the theory of +the "heavier than air" flying machine was employed by the inventor, a +system which enabled him to dart through space with a speed probably +superior to that of the largest birds. + +As to the agent which set in action these various mechanisms, I +repeat, it was, it could be, no other than electricity. But from what +source did his batteries get their power? Had he somewhere an +electric factory, to which he must return? Were the dynamos, perhaps +working in one of the caverns of this hollow? + +The result of my examination was that, while I could see that the +machine used wheels and turbine screws and wings, I knew nothing of +either its engine, nor of the force which drove it. To be sure, the +discovery of this secret would be of little value to me. To employ it +I must first be free. And after what I knew -- little as that really +was -- the Master of the World would never release me. + +There remained, it is true, the chance of escape. But would an +opportunity ever present itself? If there could be none during the +voyages of the "Terror," might there possibly be, while we remained +in this retreat? + +The first question to be solved was the location of this hollow. What +communication did it have with the surrounding region? Could one only +depart from it by a flying-machine? And in what part of the United +States were we? Was it not reasonable to estimate, that our flight +through the darkness had covered several hundred leagues? + +There was one very natural hypothesis which deserved to be +considered, if not actually accepted. What more natural harbor could +there be for the "Terror" than the Great Eyrie? Was it too difficult +a flight for our aviator to reach the summit? Could he not soar +anywhere that the vultures and the eagles could? Did not that +inaccessible Eyrie offer to the Master of the World just such a +retreat as our police had been unable to discover, one in which he +might well believe himself safe from all attacks? Moreover, the +distance between Niagara Falls and this part of the Blueridge +Mountains, did not exceed four hundred and fifty miles, a flight +which would have been easy for the "Terror." + +Yes, this idea more and more took possession of me. It crowded out a +hundred other unsupported suggestions. Did not this explain the +nature of the bond which existed between the Great Eyrie and the +letter which I had received with our commander's initials? And the +threats against me if I renewed the ascent! And the espionage to +which I had been subjected! And all the phenomena of which the Great +Eyrie had been the theater, were they not to be attributed to this +same cause--though what lay behind the phenomena was not yet clear? +Yes, the Great Eyrie! The Great Eyrie! + +But since it had been impossible for me to penetrate here, would it +not be equally impossible for me to get out again, except upon the +"Terror?" Ah, if the mists would but lift! Perhaps I should recognize +the place. What was as yet a mere hypothesis, would become a starting +point to act upon. + +However, since I had freedom to move about, since neither the captain +nor his men paid any heed to me, I resolved to explore the hollow. +The three of them were all in the grotto toward the north end of the +oval. Therefore I would commence my inspection at the southern end. + +Reaching the rocky wall, I skirted along its base and found it broken +by many crevices; above, arose more solid rocks of that feldspar of +which the chain of the Alleghanies largely consists. To what height +the rock wall rose, or what was the character of its summit, was +still impossible to see. I must wait until the sun had scattered the +mists. + +In the meantime, I continued to follow along the base of the cliff. +None of its cavities seemed to extend inward to any distance. Several +of them contained debris from the hand of man, bits of broken wood, +heaps of dried grasses. On the ground were still to be seen the +footprints that the captain and his men must have left, perhaps +months before, upon the sand. + +My jailers, being doubtless very busy in their cabin, did not show +themselves until they had arranged and packed several large bundles. +Did they purpose to carry those on board the "Terror?" And were they +packing up with the intention of permanently leaving their retreat? + +In half an hour my explorations were completed and I returned toward +the center. Here and there were heaped up piles of ashes, bleached by +weather. There were fragments of burned planks and beams; posts to +which clung rusted iron-work; armatures of metal twisted by fire; all +the remnants of some intricate mechanism destroyed by the flames. + +Clearly at some period not very remote the hollow had been the scene +of a conflagration, accidental or intentional. Naturally I connected +this with the phenomena observed at the Great Eyrie, the flames which +rose above the crest, the noises which had so frightened the people +of Pleasant Garden and Morganton. But of what mechanisms were these +the fragments, and what reason had our captain for destroying them? + +At this moment I felt a breath of air; a breeze came from the east. +The sky swiftly cleared. The hollow was filled with light from the +rays of the sun which appeared midway between the horizon and the +zenith. + +A cry escaped me! The crest of the rocky wall rose a hundred feet +above me. And on the eastern side was revealed that easily +recognizable pinnacle, the rock like a mounting eagle. It was the +same that had held the attention of Mr. Elias Smith and myself, when +we had looked up at it from the outer side of the Great Eyrie. + +Thus there was no further doubt. In its flight during the night the +airship had covered the distance between Lake Erie and North +Carolina. It was in the depth of this Eyrie that the machine had +found shelter! This was the nest, worthy of the gigantic and powerful +bird created by the genius of our captain! The fortress whose mighty +walls none but he could scale! Perhaps even, he had discovered in the +depths of some cavern, some subterranean passage by which he himself +could quit the Great Eyrie, leaving the "Terror" safely sheltered +within. + +At last I saw it all! This explained the first letter sent me from +the Great Eyrie itself with the threat of death. If we had been able +to penetrate into this hollow, who knows if the secrets of the Master +of the World might not have been discovered before he had been able +to set them beyond our reach? + +I stood there, motionless; my eyes fixed on that mounting eagle of +stone, prey to a sudden, violent emotion. Whatsoever might be the +consequences to myself, was it not my duty to destroy this machine, +here and now, before it could resume its menacing flight of mastery +across the world! + +Steps approached behind me. I turned. The inventor stood by my side, +and pausing looked me in the face. + +I was unable to restrain myself; the words burst forth -- "The Great +Eyrie! The Great Eyrie!" + +"Yes, Inspector Strock." + +"And you! You are the Master of the World?" + +"Of that world to which I have already proved myself to be the most +powerful of men." + +"You!" I reiterated, stupefied with amazement. + +"I," responded he, drawing himself up in all his pride, "I, +Robur--Robur, the Conqueror!" + + + + + +Chapter 16 + +ROBUR, THE CONQUEROR + + + + +Robur, the Conqueror! This then was the likeness I had vaguely +recalled. Some years before the portrait of this extraordinary man +had been printed in all the American newspapers, under date of the +thirteenth of June, the day after this personage had made his +sensational appearance at the meeting of the Weldon Institute at +Philadelphia. + +I had noted the striking character of the portrait at the time; the +square shoulders; the back like a regular trapezoid, its longer side +formed by that geometrical shoulder line; the robust neck; the +enormous spheroidal head. The eyes at the least emotion, burned with +fire, while above them were the heavy, permanently contracted brows, +which signified such energy. The hair was short and crisp, with a +glitter as of metal in its lights. The huge breast rose and fell like +a blacksmith's forge; and the thighs, the arms and hands, were worthy +of the mighty body. The narrow beard was the same also, with the +smooth shaven cheeks which showed the powerful muscles of the jaw. + +And this was Robur the Conqueror, who now stood before me, who +revealed himself to me, hurling forth his name like a threat, within +his own impenetrable fortress! + +Let me recall briefly the facts which had previously drawn upon Robur +the Conqueror the attention of the entire world. The Weldon Institute +was a club devoted to aeronautics under the presidency of one of the +chief personages of Philadelphia, commonly called Uncle Prudent. Its +secretary was Mr. Phillip Evans. The members of the Institute were +devoted to the theory of the "lighter than air" machine; and under +their two leaders were constructing an enormous dirigible balloon, +the "Go-Ahead." + +At a meeting in which they were discussing the details of the +construction of their balloon, this unknown Robur had suddenly +appeared and, ridiculing all their plans, had insisted that the only +true solution of flight lay with the heavier than air machines, and +that he had proven this by constructing one. + +He was in this turn doubted and ridiculed by the members of the club, +who called him in mockery Robur the Conqueror. In the tumult that +followed, revolver shots were fired; and the intruder disappeared. + +That same night he had by force abducted the president and the +secretary of the club, and had taken them, much against their will +upon a voyage in the wonderful air-ship, the "Albatross," which he +had constructed. He meant thus to prove to them beyond argument the +correctness of his assertions. This ship, a hundred feet long, was +upheld in the air by a large number of horizontal screws and was +driven forward by vertical screws at its bow and stern. It was +managed by a crew of at least half a dozen men, who seemed absolutely +devoted to their leader, Robur. + +After a voyage almost completely around the world, Mr. Prudent and +Mr. Evans managed to escape from the "Albatross" after a desperate +struggle. They even managed to cause an explosion on the airship, +destroying it, and involving the inventor and all his crew in a +terrific fall from the sky into the Pacific ocean. + +Mr. Prudent and Mr. Evans then returned to Philadelphia. They had +learned that the "Albatross" had been constructed on an unknown isle +of the Pacific called Island X; but since the location of this +hiding-place was wholly unknown, its discovery lay scarcely within +the bounds of possibility. Moreover, the search seemed entirely +unnecessary, as the vengeful prisoners were quite certain that they +had destroyed their jailers. + +Hence the two millionaires, restored to their homes, went calmly on +with the construction of their own machine, the "Go-Ahead." They +hoped by means of it to soar once more into the regions they had +traversed with Robur, and to prove to themselves that their lighter +than air machine was at least the equal of the heavy "Albatross." If +they had not persisted, they would not have been true Americans. + +On the twentieth of April in the following year the "Go-Ahead" was +finished and the ascent was made, from Fairmount Park in +Philadelphia. I myself was there with thousands of other spectators. +We saw the huge balloon rise gracefully; and, thanks to its powerful +screws, it maneuvered in every direction with surprising ease. +Suddenly a cry was heard, a cry repeated from a thousand throats. +Another airship had appeared in the distant skies and it now +approached with marvelous rapidity. It was another "Albatross," +perhaps even superior to the first. Robur and his men had escaped +death in the Pacific; and, burning for revenge, they had constructed +a second airship in their secret Island X. + +Like a gigantic bird of prey, the "Albatross" hurled itself upon the +"Go-Ahead." Doubtless, Robur, while avenging himself wished also to +prove the immeasurable superiority of the heavier than air machines. + +Mr. Prudent and Mr. Evans defended themselves as best they could. +Knowing that their balloon had nothing like the horizontal speed of +the "Albatross," they attempted to take advantage of their superior +lightness and rise above her. The "Go-Ahead," throwing out all her +ballast, soared to a height of over twenty thousand feet. Yet even +there the "Albatross" rose above her, and circled round her with ease. + +Suddenly an explosion was heard. The enormous gas-bag of the +"Go-Ahead," expanding under the dilation of its contents at this +great height, had finally burst. + +Half-emptied, the balloon fell rapidly. + +Then to our universal astonishment, the "Albatross" shot down after +her rival, not to finish the work of destruction but to bring rescue. +Yes! Robur, forgetting his vengeance, rejoined the sinking +"Go-Ahead," and his men lifted Mr. Prudent, Mr. Evans, and the +aeronaut who accompanied them, onto the platform of his craft. Then +the balloon, being at length entirely empty, fell to its destruction +among the trees of Fairmount Park. + +The public was overwhelmed with astonishment, with fear! Now that +Robur had recaptured his prisoners, how would he avenge himself? +Would they be carried away, this time, forever? + +The "Albatross" continued to descend, as if to land in the clearing +at Fairmount Park. But if it came within reach, would not the +infuriated crowd throw themselves upon the airship, tearing both it +and its inventor to pieces? + +The "Albatross" descended within six feet of the ground. I remember +well the general movement forward with which the crowd threatened to +attack it. Then Robur's voice rang out in words which even now I can +repeat almost as he said them: + +"Citizens of the United States, the president and the secretary of +the Weldon Institute are again in my power. In holding them prisoners +I would but be exercising my natural right of reprisal for the +injuries they have done me. But the passion and resentment which have +been roused both in them and you by the success of the 'Albatross,' +show that the souls of men are not yet ready for the vast increase of +power which the conquest of the air will bring to them. Uncle +Prudent, Phillip Evans, you are free." + +The three men rescued from the balloon leaped to the ground. The +airship rose some thirty feet out of reach, and Robur recommenced: + +"Citizens of the United States, the conquest of the air is made; but +it shall not be given into your hands until the proper time. I leave, +and I carry my secret with me. It will not be lost to humanity, but +shall be entrusted to them when they have learned not to abuse it. +Farewell, Citizens of the United States!" + +Then the "Albatross" rose under the impulse of its mighty screws, and +sped away amidst the hurrahs of the multitude. + +I have ventured to remind my readers of this last scene somewhat in +detail, because it seemed to reveal the state of mind of the +remarkable personage who now stood before me. Apparently he had not +then been animated by sentiments hostile to humanity. He was content +to await the future; though his attitude undeniably revealed the +immeasurable confidence which he had in his own genius. the immense +pride which his almost superhuman powers had aroused within him. + +It was not astonishing, moreover, that this haughtiness had little by +little been aggravated to such a degree that he now presumed to +enslave the entire world, as his public letter had suggested by its +significant threats. His vehement mind had with time been roused to +such over-excitement that he might easily be driven into the most +violent excesses. + +As to what had happened in the years since the last departure of the +"Albatross," I could only partly reconstruct this even with my +present knowledge. It had not sufficed the prodigious inventor to +create a flying machine, perfect as that was! He had planned to +construct a machine which could conquer all the elements at once. +Probably in the workshops of Island X, a selected body of devoted +workmen had constructed, one by one, the pieces of this marvelous +machine, with its quadruple transformation. Then the second +"Albatross" must have carried these pieces to the Great Eyrie, where +they had been put together, within easier access of the world of men +than the far-off island had permitted. The "Albatross" itself had +apparently been destroyed, whether by accident or design, within the +eyrie. The "Terror" had then made its appearance on the roads of the +United States and in the neighboring waters. And I have told under +what conditions, after having been vainly pursued across Lake Erie, +this remarkable masterpiece had risen through the air carrying me a +prisoner on board. + + + + + +Chapter 17 + +IN THE NAME OF THE LAW + + + + +What was to be the issue of this remarkable adventure? Could I bring +it to any denouement whatever, either sooner or later? Did not Robur +hold the results wholly in his own hands? Probably I would never have +such an opportunity for escape as had occurred to Mr. Prudent and Mr. +Evans amid the islands of the Pacific. I could only wait. And how +long might the waiting last! + +To be sure, my curiosity had been partly satisfied. But even now I +knew only the answer to the problems of the Great Eyrie. Having at +length penetrated its circle, I comprehended all the phenomena +observed by the people of the Blueridge Mountains. I was assured that +neither the country-folk throughout the region, nor the townfolk of +Pleasant Garden and Morganton were in danger of volcanic eruptions or +earthquakes. No subterranean forces whatever were battling within the +bowels of the mountains. No crater had arisen in this corner of the +Alleghanies. The Great Eyrie served merely as the retreat of Robur +the Conqueror. This impenetrable hiding-place where he stored his +materials and provisions, had without doubt been discovered by him +during one of his aerial voyages in the "Albatross." It was a retreat +probably even more secure than that as yet undiscovered Island X in +the Pacific. + +This much I knew of him; but of this marvelous machine of his, of the +secrets of its construction and propelling force, what did I really +know? Admitting that this multiple mechanism was driven by +electricity, and that this electricity was, as we knew it had been in +the "Albatross," extracted directly from the surrounding air by some +new process, what were the details of its mechanism? I had not been +permitted to see the engine; doubtless I should never see it. + +On the question of my liberty I argued thus: Robur evidently intends +to remain unknown. As to what he intends to do with his machine, I +fear, recalling his letter, that the world must expect from it more +of evil than of good. At any rate, the incognito which he has so +carefully guarded in the past he must mean to preserve in the future. +Now only one man can establish the identity of the Master of the +World with Robur the Conqueror. This man is I his prisoner, I who +have the right to arrest him, I, who ought to put my hand on his +shoulder, saying, "In the Name of the Law --" + +On the other hand, could I hope for a rescue from with out? Evidently +not. The police authorities must know everything that had happened at +Black Rock Creek. Mr. Ward, advised of all the incidents, would have +reasoned on the matter as follows: when the "Terror" quitted the +creek dragging me at the end of her hawser, I had either been drowned +or, since my body had not been recovered, I had been taken on board +the "Terror," and was in the hands of its commander. + +In the first case, there was nothing more to do than to write +"deceased" after the name of John Strock, chief inspector of the +federal police in Washington. + +In the second case, could my confreres hope ever to see me again? The +two destroyers which had pursued the "Terror" into the Niagara River +had stopped, perforce, when the current threatened to drag them over +the falls. At that moment, night was closing in, and what could be +thought on board the destroyers but that the "Terror" had been +engulfed in the abyss of the cataract? It was scarce possible that +our machine had been seen when, amid the shades of night, it rose +above the Horseshoe Falls, or when it winged its way high above the +mountains on its route to the Great Eyrie. + +With regard to my own fate, should I resolve to question Robur? Would +he consent even to appear to hear me? Was he not content with having +hurled at me his name? Would not that name seem to him to answer +everything? + +That day wore away without bringing the least change to the +situation. Robur and his men continued actively at work upon the +machine, which apparently needed considerable repair. I concluded +that they meant to start forth again very shortly, and to take me +with them. It would, however, have been quite possible to leave me at +the bottom of the Eyrie. There would have been no way by which I +could have escaped, and there were provisions at hand sufficient to +keep me alive for many days. + +What I studied particularly during this period was the mental state +of Robur. He seemed to me under the dominance of a continuous +excitement. What was it that his ever-seething brain now meditated? +What projects was he forming for the future? Toward what region would +he now turn? Would he put in execution the menaces expressed in his +letter--the menaces of a madman! + +The night of that first day, I slept on a couch of dry grass in one +of the grottoes of the Great Eyrie. Food was set for me in this +grotto each succeeding day. On the second and third of August, the +three men continued at their work scarcely once, however, exchanging +any words, even in the midst of their labors. When the engines were +all repaired to Robur's satisfaction, the men began putting stores +aboard their craft, as if expecting a long absence. Perhaps the +"Terror" was about to traverse immense distances; perhaps even, the +captain intended to regain his Island X, in the midst of the Pacific. + +Sometimes I saw him wander about the Eyrie buried in thought, or he +would stop and raise his arm toward heaven as if in defiance of that +God with Whom he assumed to divide the empire of the world. Was not +his overweening pride leading him toward insanity? An insanity which +his two companions, hardly less excited than he, could do nothing to +subdue! Had he not come to regard himself as mightier than the +elements which he had so audaciously defied even when he possessed +only an airship, the "Albatross?" And now, how much more powerful had +he become, when earth, air and water combined to offer him an +infinite field where none might follow him! + +Hence I had much to fear from the future, even the most dread +catastrophes. It was impossible for me to escape from the Great +Eyrie, before being dragged into a new voyage. After that, how could +I possibly get away while the "Terror" sped through the air or the +ocean? My only chance must be when she crossed the land, and did so +at some moderate speed. Surely a distant and feeble hope to cling to! + +It will be recalled that after our arrival at the Great Eyrie, I had +attempted to obtain some response from Robur, as to his purpose with +me; but I had failed. On this last day I made another attempt. + +In the afternoon I walked up and down before the large grotto where +my captors were at work. Robur, standing at the entrance, followed me +steadily with his eyes. Did he mean to address me? + +I went up to him. "Captain," said I, "I have already asked you a +question, which you have not answered. I ask it again: What do you +intend to do with me?" + +We stood face to face scarce two steps apart. With arms folded, he +glared at me, and I was terrified by his glance. Terrified, that is +the word! The glance was not that of a sane man. Indeed, it seemed to +reflect nothing whatever of humanity within. + +I repeated my question in a more challenging tone. For an instant I +thought that Robur would break his silence and burst forth. + +"What do you intend to do with me? Will you set me free?" + +Evidently my captor's mind was obsessed by some other thought, from +which I had only distracted him for a moment. He made again that +gesture which I had already observed; he raised one defiant arm +toward the zenith. It seemed to me as if some irresistible force drew +him toward those upper zones of the sky, that he belonged no more to +the earth, that he was destined to live in space; a perpetual dweller +in the clouds. + +Without answering me, without seeming to have understood me, Robur +reentered the grotto. + +How long this sojourn or rather relaxation of the "Terror" in the +Great Eyrie was to last, I did not know. I saw, however, on the +afternoon of this third of August that the repairs and the +embarkation of stores were completed. The hold and lockers of our +craft must have been completely crowded with the provisions taken +from the grottoes of the Eyrie. + +Then the chief of the two assistants, a man whom I now recognized as +that John Turner who had been mate of the "Albatross," began another +labor. With the help of his companion, he dragged to the center of +the hollow all that remained of their materials, empty cases, +fragments of carpentry, peculiar pieces of wood which clearly must +have belonged to the "Albatross," which had been sacrificed to this +new and mightier engine of locomotion. Beneath this mass there lay a +great quantity of dried grasses. The thought came to me that Robur +was preparing to leave this retreat forever! + +In fact, he could not be ignorant that the attention of the public +was now keenly fixed upon the Great Eyrie; and that some further +attempt was likely to be made to penetrate it. Must he not fear that +some day or other the effort would be successful, and that men would +end by invading his hiding-place? Did he not wish that they should +find there no single evidence of his occupation? + +The sun disappeared behind the crests of the Blueridge. His rays now +lighted only the very summit of Black Dome towering in the northwest. +Probably the "Terror" awaited only the night in order to begin her +flight. The world did not yet know that the automobile and boat could +also transform itself into a flying machine. Until now, it had never +been seen in the air. And would not this fourth transformation be +carefully concealed, until the day when the Master of the World chose +to put into execution his insensate menaces? + +Toward nine o'clock profound obscurity enwrapped the hollow. Not a +star looked down on us. Heavy clouds driven by a keen eastern wind +covered the entire sky. The passage of the "Terror" would be +invisible, not only in our immediate neighborhood, but probably +across all the American territory and even the adjoining seas. + +At this moment Turner, approaching the huge stack in the middle of +the eyrie, set fire to the grass beneath. + +The whole mass flared up at once. From the midst of a dense smoke, +the roaring flames rose to a height which towered above the walls of +the Great Eyrie. Once more the good folk of Morganton and Pleasant +Garden would believe that the crater had reopened. These flames would +announce to them another volcanic upheaval. + +I watched the conflagration. I heard the roarings and cracklings +which filled the air. From the deck of the "Terror," Robur watched it +also. + +Turner and his companion pushed back into the fire the fragments +which the violence of the flames cast forth. Little by little the +huge bonfire grew less. The flames sank down into a mere mass of +burnt-out ashes; and once more all was silence and blackest night. + +Suddenly I felt myself seized by the arm. Turner drew me toward the +"Terror." Resistance would have been useless. And moreover what could +be worse than to be abandoned without resources in this prison whose +walls I could not climb! + +As soon as I set foot on the deck, Turner also embarked. His +companion went forward to the look-out; Turner climbed down into the +engine-room, lighted by electric bulbs, from which not a gleam +escaped outside. + +Robur himself was at the helm, the regulator within reach of his +hand, so that he could control both our speed and our direction. As +to me, I was forced to descend into my cabin, and the hatchway was +fastened above me. During that night, as on that of our departure +from Niagara, I was not allowed to watch the movements of the +"Terror." + +Nevertheless, if I could see nothing of what was passing on board, I +could hear the noises of the machinery. I had first the feeling that +our craft, its bow slightly raised, lost contact with the earth. Some +swerves and balancings in the air followed. Then the turbines +underneath spun with prodigious rapidity, while the great wings beat +with steady regularity. + +Thus the "Terror," probably forever, had left the Great Eyrie, and +launched into the air as a ship launches into the waters. Our captain +soared above the double chain of the Alleghanies, and without doubt +he would remain in the upper zones of the air until he had left all +the mountain region behind. + +But in what direction would he turn? Would he pass in flight across +the plains of North Carolina, seeking the Atlantic Ocean? Or would he +head to the west to reach the Pacific? Perhaps he would seek, to the +south, the waters of the Gulf of Mexico. When day came how should I +recognize which sea we were upon, if the horizon of water and sky +encircled us on every side? + +Several hours passed; and how long they seemed to me! I made no +effort to find forgetfulness in sleep. Wild and incoherent thoughts +assailed me. I felt myself swept over worlds of imagination, as I was +swept through space, by an aerial monster. At the speed which the +"Terror" possessed, whither might I not be carried during this +interminable night? I recalled the unbelievable voyage of the +"Albatross," of which the Weldon Institute had published an account, +as described by Mr. Prudent and Mr. Evans. What Robur, the Conqueror, +had done with his first airship, he could do even more readily with +this quadruple machine. + +At length the first rays of daylight brightened my cabin. Would I be +permitted to go out now, to take my place upon the deck, as I had +done upon Lake Erie? + +I pushed upon the hatchway: it opened. I came half way out upon the +deck. + +All about was sky and sea. We floated in the air above an ocean, at a +height which I judged to be about a thousand or twelve hundred feet. +I could not see Robur, so he was probably in the engine room. Turner +was at the helm, his companion on the look-out. + +Now that I was upon the deck, I saw what I had not been able to see +during our former nocturnal voyage, the action of those powerful +wings which beat upon either side at the same time that the screws +spun beneath the flanks of the machine. + +By the position of the sun, as it slowly mounted from the horizon, I +realized that we were advancing toward the south. Hence if this +direction had not been changed during the night this was the Gulf of +Mexico which lay beneath us. + +A hot day was announced by the heavy livid clouds which clung to the +horizon. These warnings of a coming storm did not escape the eye of +Robur when toward eight o'clock he came on deck and took Turner's +place at the helm. Perhaps the cloud-bank recalled to him the +waterspout in which the "Albatross" had so nearly been destroyed, or +the mighty cyclone from which he had escaped only as if by a miracle +above the Antarctic Sea. + +It is true that the forces of Nature which had been too strong for +the "Albatross," might easily be evaded by this lighter and more +versatile machine. It could abandon the sky where the elements were +in battle and descend to the surface of the sea; and if the waves +beat against it there too heavily, it could always find calm in the +tranquil depths. + +Doubtless, however, there were some signs by which Robur, who must be +experienced in judging, decided that the storm would not burst until +the next day. + +He continued his flight; and in the afternoon, when we settled down +upon the surface of the sea, there was not a sign of bad weather. The +"Terror" is a sea bird, an albatross or frigate-bird, which can rest +at will upon the waves! Only we have this advantage, that fatigue has +never any hold upon this metal organism, driven by the inexhaustible +electricity! + +The whole vast ocean around us was empty. Not a sail nor a trail of +smoke was visible even on the limits of the horizon. Hence our +passage through the clouds had not been seen and signaled ahead. + +The afternoon was not marked by any incident. The "Terror" advanced +at easy speed. What her captain intended to do, I could not guess. If +he continued in this direction, we should reach some one of the West +Indies, or beyond that, at the end of the Gulf, the shore of +Venezuela or Colombia. But when night came, perhaps we would again +rise in the air to clear the mountainous barrier of Guatemala and +Nicaragua, and take flight toward Island X, somewhere in the unknown +regions of the Pacific. + +Evening came. The sun sank in an horizon red as blood. The sea +glistened around the "Terror," which seemed to raise a shower of +sparks in its passage. There was a storm at hand. Evidently our +captain thought so. Instead of being allowed to remain on deck, I was +compelled to re-enter my cabin, and the hatchway was closed above me. + +In a few moments from the noises that followed, I knew that the +machine was about to be submerged. In fact, five minutes later, we +were moving peacefully forward through the ocean's depths. + +Thoroughly worn out, less by fatigue than by excitement and anxious +thought, I fell into a profound sleep, natural this time and not +provoked by any soporific drug. When I awoke, after a length of time +which I could not reckon, the "Terror" had not yet returned to the +surface of the sea. + +This maneuver was executed a little later. The daylight pierced my +porthole; and at the same moment I felt the pitching and tossing to +which we were subjected by a heavy sea. + +I was allowed to take my place once more outside the hatchway; where +my first thought was for the weather. A storm was approaching from +the northwest. Vivid lightning darted amid the dense, black clouds. +Already we could hear the rumbling of thunder echoing continuously +through space. I was surprised--more than surprised, frightened!--by +the rapidity with which the storm rushed upward toward the zenith. +Scarcely would a ship have had time to furl her sails to escape the +shock of the blast, before it was upon her! The advance was as swift +as it was terrible. + +Suddenly the wind was unchained with unheard of violence, as if it +had suddenly burst from this prison of cloud. In an instant a +frightful sea uprose. The breaking waves, foaming along all their +crests, swept with their full weight over the "Terror." If I had not +been wedged solidly against the rail, I should have been swept +overboard! + +There was but one thing to do--to change our machine again into a +submarine. It would find security and calm at a few dozen feet +beneath the surface. To continue to brave the fury of this outrageous +sea was impossible. + +Robur himself was on deck, and I awaited the order to return to my +cabin--an order which was not given. There was not even any +preparation for the plunge. With an eye more burning than ever, +impassive before this frightful storm, the captain looked it full in +the face, as if to defy it, knowing that he had nothing to fear. + +It was imperative that the terror should plunge below without losing +a moment. Yet Robur seemed to have no thought of doing so. No! He +preserved his haughty attitude as of a man who in his immeasurable +pride, believed himself above or beyond humanity. + +Seeing him thus I asked myself with almost superstitious awe, if he +were not indeed a demoniac being, escaped from some supernatural +world. + +A cry leaped from his mouth, and was heard amid the shrieks of the +tempest and the howlings of the thunder. "I, Robur! Robur!--The +master of the world!" + +He made a gesture which Turner and his companions understood. It was +a command; and without any hesitation these unhappy men, insane as +their master, obeyed it. + +The great wings shot out, and the airship rose as it had risen above +the falls of Niagara. But if on that day it had escaped the might of +the cataract, this time it was amidst the might of the hurricane that +we attempted our insensate flight. + +The air-ship soared upward into the heart of the sky, amid a thousand +lightning flashes, surrounded and shaken by the bursts of thunder. It +steered amid the blinding, darting lights, courting destruction at +every instant. + +Robur's position and attitude did not change. With one hand on the +helm, the other on the speed regulators while the great wings beat +furiously, he headed his machine toward the very center of the storm, +where the electric flashes were leaping from cloud to cloud. + +I must throw myself upon this madman to prevent him from driving his +machine into the very middle of this aerial furnace! I must compel +him to descend, to seek beneath the waters, a safety which was no +longer possible either upon the surface of the sea or in the sky! +Beneath, we could wait until this frightful outburst of the elements +was at an end! + +Then amid this wild excitement my own passion, all my instincts of +duty, arose within me! Yes, this was madness! Yet must I not arrest +this criminal whom my country had outlawed, who threatened the entire +world with his terrible invention? Must I not put my hand on his +shoulder and summon him to surrender to justice! Was I or was I not +Strock, chief inspector of the federal police? Forgetting where I +was, one against three, uplifted in mid-sky above a howling ocean, I +leaped toward the stern, and in a voice which rose above the tempest, +I cried as I hurled myself upon Robur: + +"In the name of the law, I --" + +Suddenly the "Terror" trembled as if from a violent shock. All her +frame quivered, as the human frame quivers under the electric fluid. +Struck by the lightning in the very middle of her powerful batteries, +the air-ship spread out on all sides and went to pieces. + +With her wings fallen, her screws broken, with bolt after bolt of the +lightning darting amid her ruins, the "Terror" fell from the height +of more than a thousand feet into the ocean beneath. + + + + + +Chapter 18 + +THE OLD HOUSEKEEPER'S LAST COMMENT + + + + +When I came to myself after having been unconscious for many hours, a +group of sailors whose care had restored me to life surrounded the +door of a cabin in which I lay. By my pillow sat an officer who +questioned me; and as my senses slowly returned, I answered to his +questioning. + +I told them everything. Yes, everything! And assuredly my listeners +must have thought that they had upon their hands an unfortunate whose +reason had not returned with his consciousness. + +I was on board the steamer Ottawa, in the Gulf of Mexico, headed for +the port of New Orleans. This ship, while flying before the same +terrific thunder-storm which destroyed the "Terror," had encountered +some wreckage, among whose fragments was entangled my helpless body. +Thus I found myself back among humankind once more, while Robur the +Conqueror and his two companions had ended their adventurous careers +in the waters of the Gulf. The Master of the World had disappeared +forever, struck down by those thunder-bolts which he had dared to +brave in the regions of their fullest power. He carried with him the +secret of his extraordinary machine. + +Five days later the Ottawa sighted the shores of Louisiana; and on +the morning of the tenth of August she reached her port. After taking +a warm leave of my rescuers, I set out at once by train for +Washington, which more than once I had despaired of ever seeing again. + +I went first of all to the bureau of police, meaning to make my +earliest appearance before Mr. Ward. + +What was the surprise, the stupefaction, and also the joy of my +chief, when the door of his cabinet opened before me! Had he not +every reason to believe, from the report of my companions, that I had +perished in the waters of Lake Erie? + +I informed him of all my experiences since I had disappeared, the +pursuit of the destroyers on the lake, the soaring of the "Terror" +from amid Niagara Falls, the halt within the crater of the Great +Eyrie, and the catastrophe, during the storm, above the Gulf of +Mexico. + +He learned for the first time that the machine created by the genius +of this Robur, could traverse space, as it did the earth and the sea. + +In truth, did not the possession of so complete and marvelous a +machine justify the name of Master of the World, which Robur had +taken to himself? Certain it is that the comfort and even the lives +of the public must have been forever in danger from him; and that all +methods of defence must have been feeble and ineffective. + +But the pride which I had seen rising bit by bit within the heart of +this prodigious man had driven him to give equal battle to the most +terrible of all the elements. It was a miracle that I had escaped +safe and sound from that frightful catastrophe. + +Mr. Ward could scarcely believe my story. "Well, my dear Strock," +said he at last, "you have come back; and that is the main thing. +Next to this notorious Robur, you will be the man of the hour. I hope +that your head will not be turned with vanity, like that of this +crazy inventor!" + +"No, Mr. Ward," I responded, "but you will agree with me that never +was inquisitive man put to greater straits to satisfy his curiosity." + +"I agree, Strock; and the mysteries of the Great Eyrie, the +transformations of the "Terror," you have discovered them! But +unfortunately, the still greater secrets of this Master of the World +have perished with him." + +The same evening the newspapers published an account of my +adventures, the truthfulness of which could not be doubted. Then, as +Mr. Ward had prophesied, I was the man of the hour. + +One of the papers said, "Thanks to Inspector Strock the American +police still lead the world. While others have accomplished their +work, with more or less success, by land and by sea, the American +police hurl themselves in pursuit of criminals through the depths of +lakes and oceans and even through the sky." + +Yet, in following, as I have told, in pursuit of the "Terror," had I +done anything more than by the close of the present century will have +become the regular duty of my successors? + +It is easy to imagine what a welcome my old housekeeper gave me when +I entered my house in Long Street. When my apparition--does not the +word seem just--stood before her, I feared for a moment she would +drop dead, poor woman! Then, after hearing my story, with eyes +streaming with tears, she thanked Providence for having saved me from +so many perils. + +"Now, sir," said she, "now--was I wrong?" + +"Wrong? About what?" + +"In saying that the Great Eyrie was the home of the devil?" + +"Nonsense; this Robur was not the devil!" + +"Ah, well!" replied the old woman, "he was worthy of being so!" + + +End of The Project Gutenberg Etext of The Master of the World +by Jules Verne + diff --git a/old/thmst10.zip b/old/thmst10.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0aedb21 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/thmst10.zip |
